Docvuit Rums Fl 002 319 Rd 051 717
DOCVUIT RUMS FL 002 319 RD 051 717
ARTNOR Avobulsyi, Oladele; Ind Others Kamouri. TITLE Introductory Kansa. Introduction au IRSTITOTION Center for AppliedLinguistics, Washington, D.C. SPOTS AGENCY Peace Corps (Dept. ofState) , Washington, D. C. FOB DATI Mar 69 NOTR 606p.
SDRS PRICE EMS Price NP-S065NC-$23.03 DESCRIPTORS *African Languages,sAudiolingual Methods, *Audiollagual Skills, CurriculumDevelopment, Curriculum Guides, English,Preach, Grammar, Language Guides, *LaaguageInstruction, Language Skills, Roder' Languages,Second Language Learning, Structural Grammar, *Textbooks IDROTIFIERS *Maori, Nigeria, Peace Corps
ABSTRACT This introductory courseis based on the Terva (Saiduguri) dialect of Kemal, awell-Moen dialect of thelanguage spokes tit Nigeria andNiger. The course, designedto be taught by netive speakers ofEanuzi, consists of 20 lessons,each of which ceatains a major dialogue on someaspect or facet of aPeace Corps volunteer's life in the ',field,'"various structural drillsbased on this dialogue, grammaticalnotes, and vocabulary.The text is presented in Kaauri, English,and French. A glossaryof terns is Kanurillaglish/Freach is included.(IL) EDUCATION & WELFARE U.S. DEPARTMENTOF HEALTH, OFFICE OF EDUCATION P"If
EXACTLY AS RECEIVEDFROM TR Pimp BEEN REPRODUCED THIS DOCUMENT HAS RUM IT.POINTS OF VIEW OR PERSON ORORGANIZATION ORIGINATING OFFICIAL OFFICE OfEDUCATION O STATED DO NOTNECESSARILY REPRESENT CZ) POSITION OR POLICY.
INTRODUCTORY KANURI/ INTRODUCTION AU IQ
By / Park
oh deleAwobuluy4
With the assistanceof / Assistes p
Usman Galtimari Mustafa Lawan Abubakar Sodangi Abba Kaka Ahmed Shettima
Translated by / Traduit par
Remy Madoui
Center for AppliedLinguistics, Washing March 1969
O (Performed under Peace CorpsContract & WELFARE U.S. DEPARTMENTOF HEALTH, EDUCATION OFFICE OF EDUCATION
N TH EXACTLY AS RECEIVEDFROM THE OPINI THIS DOCUMENT HASBEEN REPRODUCED OPINIONS ORIGINATING IT.POINTS OF VIEW OR BON PERSON OR ORGANIZATION OFFICIAL OFFICE OFEDUCATION STATED DO NOTNECESSARILY REPRESENT POSITION OR POLICY.
INTRODUCTORY KANURI /INTRODUCTION AU KANOURI
By / Par)
91:dele AuTbuluy4
With the assistanceof /Assistds par
Usman Galtimari Mustafa Lawan Abubakar Sodangi Abba Kaka Ahmed Shettima
Translated by / Traduit par
Remy Madoui
Center for AppliedLinguistics, Washington, D.C. March 1969
(Performed under Peace Corps Contract No.82-1948)
2 TABLE OF CONTENTS / TABLE DESMATIEE
Introduction / Introduction
Scope and nature of course / Plan et naturede cours Pronunciation / Pronunciation Greetings / Salutations
Lesson I / Lefon I Dialogue / Dialogue: Visiting / Rendre visite Grammar/ Grammaire: Pronouns / Pronoms Possessive suffixes / Suffixes possessifs Interrogative particle CIA/14)/ Particule irate;
Vocabulary / Vocabulaire
Lesson II / Lefon II Dialogue / Dialogue: The naming ceremony / La ceremonie du choixdu Grammar / Grammaire: Dative case (-1-0 / Le cas du datif(-ib) Noun conjoining suffix (-.41 / Conjonctiondu n Tense I (Present/Future/Continuous)/ Temps I Emphatic suffix (-ma) / Accentuation(le suffix
Vocabulary:/ Vocabulaire: Days of the week / Des jours de la semai Means of transport / Mode de transport
Lesson III / Levan III Dialogue / Dialogue: Courtesy call / Visite de courtoisie Grammar / Grammaire: Tense II (Past) / Temps II(Passé) Further examples of the Dative Case/ Examples
Vocabulary / Vocabulaire: Places / Places OF CONTENTS / TABLEDES MATIkRES
nature de cours
dre visite
oms ixes / Suffixespossessifs Inte /wA) article (121/v) /Particule interrogative (A
: du emony / Laceremonie du choix du nom ro) / Le cas du datif(-ib) Ru n g suffix(-.4.1 / Conjonction du nom ou pronom I (prdsent/futur/liaction habituelle) nt /Future/Continuous) / Temps I !ffi x (-ma)/ Accentuation (lesuffixe -ma) tmai the week / Des jours dela semaine transport / Mode de transport
/ Visite de courtoisie t) / Temps II (Passé) )les supplementaire du datit les of the Dative Case/ Examples
Places
4 4 Lesson IV / Leion IV: Dialogue / Dialogue: Meeting a new friend / Rencontred'un nouvel ami Grammar / Grammaire: Tense III (Past) / Temps III (Passe) Further note on bd/wd / Notesupplementaire sur b, Genitive case (-*-1:,-e) / Le casdu gdnitif
Vocabulary / Vocabulaire:Numerals (1-10) / Chiffres (1-10) Time words / le temps Countries and nationality / pays etnational,
Lesson V / Leion V: Dialogue / Dialogue:Travelling / Voyage Grammar / Grammaire: Negation of Tense I (with b4A/wia)/ La ndgation Noun plural suffixes (-a, -sb) / Lepluriel des n 'to have' / Le verbe "avoir" Combination of case suffixes: genitive &ablative
Vocabulary / Vocabulaire
Lesson VI / Leion VI: Dialogue / Dialogue: A chance meeting / Rencontre fortuite
Grammar./ Grammaire: Tense IV (Perfect) / Temps IV Accusative case / Les cas l'accusatif Purpose clauses / Les propositionsd'intention Temporal clauses / Les propositionstcmporelles Co-occurrence of case suffixes and possessivesuf
Vocabulary / Vocabulaire w friend/ Rencontred'un nouvel and. ast) / Temps III(Passé) xr e onbd/wd / Notesupplementaire sur bd/wd
E se (-y ,-bb, -e) / Le cas dugenitif
is (1-10) Chiffres (1-10) ords / le temp's ies and nationality/ pays et nationalites
/ Voyage ion I Tense I (withbAlwdh) / La !ligation du Temps es suffixes (AJ -sb) / Lepluriel des noms (-a, --s11
Le verbe "avoir" tive / Combinaisons de suffixes:gdnifif et ablatif of case suffixes:genitive & ablative
eting / Rencontrefortuite erfect) / Temps IV case (-Al/ Les casl'accusatif n auses / Lespropositions d'intention es lauses / Les propositionstemporelles suf suffixes / Combinaisonsdes suffixes possessifs nce of casesuffixes an,' possessive et des cas dusuffixes. Lesson VII / Leion VII: Dialogue / Dialogue: In the kitchen / A la cuisine Grammar / Grammaire: The suffix -bi? / Le suffixe-bi? The suffix -r m/ -ram / Le suffixe The suffixes -s6 / Les suffixes -s6
Vocabulary / Vocabulaire: foods / aliments household utensils / ustensiles=Ana
Lesson VIII / Leion VIII: Dialogue / Dialogue: Ordering a table / Commande d'unetable Grammar / Grammaire: Verb forms in -11- "to wantself/someone Nouns derivation withnlm- / Les d4rivati
Vocabulary / Vocabulaire: Household furniture and tools / Meub Measurements / Mesures Some adjectives / Certainadjectifs
Lesson IX / Leion IX: Dialggue / Dialogue: Time / Le Temps Grammar / Grammaire:Numerals (11-1000) / Nombres num&raux (11 Telling time / Dire l'heure
Vocabulary / Vocabulaire: Distance (miles) / Distance(miles)
Lesson X / Leion X: Dialogue / Dialogue: Preparing "IltlIm" for babies/ Pr6paratic Grammar / Grammaire: Imperative verb forms / Les formesimperi Hortative verb forms: Tense V/ Les form(
Vocabulary / Vocabulaire: cooking/ termes culinaire food / nourriture la cuisine Le suffixe r / Le suffixe -r6m/LEilm s6, / Les suffixes -s6 et-sb
ents ensils / ustensilesmAnagers.
le Commande d'une table en-(1;"Je veux que" )ne "to want self/someone todo X" / Formes de verbes Kati with nlm- / Lesderivations avec nlm- keub rniture and tools /Meubles d'habitation / Mesures Ifs ves / Certainadjectifs
(11 ) / Nombresnumeraux (11-1000) re l'heure es les) / Distance (miles)
atio Preparation du "BLilm" pourbebgs ' for babies / pera forms / Les formes imperativesdes verbes orme orms: Tense V/ Les formes exhortatives desverbes: Temps V rmes culinaire riture
8 Lesson XI / 1! on XI: Dialogue / Dialogue: A guided tour / Une excursiondirig6e Grammar / Grammaire: Negation of Tenses II-IV / Laagation du T "Perlative":case / Le cas "perlatif"(-man
Vocabulary / Vocabulaire: Directions / Directions Location / endroits
Lesson XII / Lefon X7I: Dialogue / Dialogue: At home / A 19 maison Grammar / Grammaire: Present participle / Le participeprgsent Negative imperative andhortative verb fora
Vocabulary / Vocabulaire
Lesson XIII / Leon XIII: Dialogue / Dialogue: The weather / Le temps Grammar / Grammaire: Adjectival suffix (-1) / Le suffixeadjecti Ordinal numeral formation / Lesnombrer rc
Vocabulary / Vocabulaire: weather conditions / conditions atmosi seasons / les saisons months / les mois
Lesson XIV / Lefon XIV: Dialogue / Dialogue: Rice farming / Culture du riz Grammar / Grammaire: Use of sAtinl/stititin1/ Utilisation de sat: The suffix -tali-mg / Le suffixe
Vocabulary / Vocabulaire: crops /rgccoltes planting vocabulary / termesd'agricu
9 A guided tour / Une excursiondirig6e Negation of Tenses II-IV/ La negation du Temps II-IV "Perlative":case / Le cas "perlatif"(-mben)
laire: Directions / Directions Location / endroits
e: At home / A la maison e: Present participle / Le participepresent exhortations 1 la forme Negative imperative andhortative verb forms / Commandements et negative ulaire
e: The weather / Le temps e: Adjectival suffix(-1) / Le suffixe adjectif (-1) Ordinal numeral formation/ Les nombres ordinaux ulaire: weather conditions / conditionsatmosph4riques seasons / les saisons months / les mois
e: Rice farming / Culture duriz e: Use ofsetinl/stidttn1 / Utilisation de setinl/siitinl
The suffix - me / -ma / Lesuffixe =m1/-mg
ulaire: crops /r4ccoltes planting vocabulary / termesd'agriculture Lesson XV / Leon XV: Dialogue / Dialogue: A projected trip / Un projet de voyage Grammar / Grammaire: Tense VI (verb conjunction) / Temps VI(la conjonction du verbe) Vocabulary / Vocabulaire
Lesson XVI / Leon XVI: Dialogue / Dialogue: The well -baby clinic / Au dispensiare pourbeb6s
Grammar / Grammaire: - -- Vocabulary / Vocabulaire: more kinship terms / termesde liens de parent4 supplementaires
Lesson XVII / Leion XVII Dialogue / Dialogue: At the cap maker's / Chez lechapelier Grammar / Grammaire: Ajective plurals / Le pluriel desadjectifs Inchoative verbs / Les verbes inchoatifs Adverbs modifying ajectives / Les adverbesmodifiant l'adjectif "To be able to X" / "Pouvoir"(Tense/Temps VI)
Vocabulary / Vocabulaire: colors / les couleurs
Lesson XVIII / Leion XVIII: Dialogue / Dialogue: At the market / Aumarche Grammar / Grammaire: Money (Nigerian) / l'ArgentniOrian Vocabulary / Vocabulaire
Lesson XIX / Lecon XIX: Dialogue / Dialogue: A new case / Un cas nouveaux Grammar / Grammaire: The relative clause / Le proposition' relatife Vocabulary / Vocabulaire: body parts / parties du corps bodily ailments / maladies corporelles
11 Lesson XX / Leon XX: Dialogue / Dialogue: At the pre-natal clinic / A laclinique prg-natale Grammar / Grammaire: The suffixes -rb / Les suffixes-rt, Tense VII / Temps VII Vocabulary / Vocabulaire
Glossary / Glossaire: English - Kanuri - French / Anglais - Kanouri -Franyais Kanuri - English - French / Kanouri -Anglais - Franiais
12 INTRODUCTION/INTRODUCTION
Plan et Nature du Cours/Scope and Na
Ce cours d'introduction est base sur le Yerwa(Maiduguri) This dialecte Kanouri, le plus connu et certainement leplus dialect o prestigieux des nombreux dialectes parlds au Nigeria et of the va au Niger.
Le cours est destine a gtre enseigne par un natif, The lettre en anglais (en frangais). I1 y a vingt legons dans who are 1 ce cours, chaque legon estcomposee d'un dialogue principal, which con concernant des situations que leVolontaire du Corps de la Peace Cor Paix peat rencontrer sur "le terrain",Cune variete drills ba d'exercices structuraux bases sur le dialogue, des notes It is est grammaticales et un vocabulaire. Si l'enseignement se to be rec fait consciencieusement et comme it estindique de le faire hundred h le cours s'etendra sur plus de trois centsheures.
Le dialogue doit gtre enseignd commeindique ci-dessous The L'instructeur doit d'abord faire repdter apres lui chaque makes hie expression ou phrase, par les etudiants, aussi correctement accuratel que possible. Puis avecdifferents membres de la classe, out the d interpreter le dialogue, chacun lisant sa partie. Finallement, act it cm. deux par deux, les etudiantsinterpretent le dialogue, livres on. The E ouverts d'abord puisferme. Le dialogue entierdoit gtre appris but it iE par coeur,'maisa ce stade i1 n'est pas necessaire qu'il soit drills a/ completement assimile avant de commencer les exercices. En readings effet, it est conseille, apres quelques lectures dudialogue dialogue de faire quelques exercices avant de revenir audialogue. On dialogue espere ainsi reduire au maximum la monotonie, dans le dialogue if not cc c. les exercices, si cen'est la supprimer completement.
Bien que chaque exercice soit accompagned'instructions Alt1 precises, it est utile d'expliquer encore le but et la doing it, structure d'un genre d'exercice , enparticulier pour les structure instructeurs ou les coordinateurs de langue pourfamiliarises instruct( avec ce genred'exercices. La version frangaise d'un tel English exercice est donnee ci-dessous: * This pz et Ima1 * Ce gens particulier d'exercice est uneadaptation de Prelim: Im lementinVoix et Images de FrancePart I in American Schools and Colleges, Preliminary Edition, Section I, Chilton Books, New York, 1968. nON ODUCTION/INTRODUCTION d Na u Cours/Scopeand Nature of Course this This introductory course is based onthe Yerwa (Maiduguri) o guri) dialect of Kanuri, the best known andcertainly the most prestigeous e va of the various dialects of thelanguage spoken in Nigeria and Niger.
The The course is designed to be taughtby native speakers of Kanuri re 1 who are literate in English. There are twentylessons in it, each of con s which consists of a major dialogue on someaspect or facet of the Cor pal' Peace Corps Volunteer's life in the'field', various structural s ba la drills based on this dialogue, grammaticalnotes, and vocabulary. est It is estimated that, if taughtboth conscientiously and as is going rec to be recommended below, the coursewill amount to more than three ed h ire hundred hours of language study.
The The dialogue should be taught asfollows. The instructor first his sous makes his students repeat each phrase or sentenceof it after him as atel e accurately as possible. Then he anddifferent members of the class act he d ent out the dialogue, reading their parts.Finally, pairs of students t ou act it out reading their parts atfirst but with books closed later he e ement, on. The entiredialogue is ultimately to be committed to memory, t is vres but it is not necessary that this stagebe fully attained before the s ar appris drills are started. In fact, it will beadvisable, after the first few ngs soit readings of the dialogue, to do some drillsbefore returning to the gue En dialogue once again. In this way, it is hoped,monotony whether in the gue ogue dialogue phase or in the drill phase, willbe kept to the minimum t co On alogue if not completely eliminated.
Alth Although each drill is accompanied by preciseinstructions for it, ions doing it, it may still prove useful toexplain here the aim and t ure structure of one type of drill* inparticular with which some ucto s instructors or language coordinators may notbe very familiar. The sh y rises English version of one such drill is givenbelow: s pa * This particular type of drill is adaptedfrom Implementing Voix Imag et Images de France, Part I inAmerican Schools and Colleges, :limi Preliminary Edition, Section I, Chilton Books, NewYork, 1968. scan (Smith), who 1 (Smith), qui faisait le lit? C'etait Mustapha.
(John), whose (Jean), quel lit faisait-il? Celui de Bill.
(Peter), did (Pierre), Bill a-t-il appele Oui, it l'a appele. Mustapha? (Smith), what (Smith), que faisait Mustapha faisait le lit. quand it l'a appele when Bill cal (John), had h (Jean), avait-il fini de Non, it n'avait pas faire le lit quand Bill l'a fini. the bed when appe le? (Peter), why (Pierre), pourquoi l'a-t-il Parce qu'il voulait appe le? qu'il balaie une certaine chambre.
(Smith), when (Smith), quand Mustapha devait la balayer sweep the roc devait-il balayer la quand it finirait de chambre? faire le lit. I see. (Must Je vois.(Mustapha),qu'as-tu J'ai balaye la chambre yot fait ages avoir fini de apres avoir fini de do after bed? faire le lit? faire le lit. (Peter), what (Pierre), qu'as-tu faitapres you finished avoir fini de manger cematin?
Etc. etc... Etc. etc...
The aim Le but de cet exercice(Legon XVI, No. 11) estd'enseigner Kanuri way o: a dire en Kanouri "J'ai/j'avais finide faire X", qui est, mot mot "J'ai fait X etc'est/c'etait fini ou passé". Ceci est 'I did X and requiring fa.4 rendu en posant des questionsexigeant des reponsesconcretes basks sur un dialogue que lesetudiants ont déjà fait already done (Legon XII). Les personnages principauxdans ce dialogue sont Bill, un Volontaire duCorps de la Paix et Mustapha, son homme de maison/cuisinier. Etantdonne que ce dialogue est 2 ho w (Smith), who was making abed? It was Mustafa. ose (John), whose bed washe making? Bill's bed.
,id B (Peter), did Bill callMustafa? Yes, he calledhim. rhat (Smith), what was Mustafadoing Be was making a bed. call when Bill calledhim? td he (John), had he finishedmaking No, he hadn't. )en B the bed when Billcalled him? ahyd him to sweep (Peter), why did he callhim? Because he wanted a certain room.
'en after he (Smith), when was Mustafato He was to sweep it roo the bed. sweep theroom? had finished making asta I swept the roomafter I finished I see.( Mustafa), what did you you making the bed. do afteryou finishedmaking the bed? what (Peter), what did you doafter . hed you finishedeating this morning?
Etc. etc... aim 11) is to teach the The aim of thisdrill (Lesson XVI, No. y of igner doing X', which isliterally, Kanuri way of saying'I have/had finished and mot This is done by askingquestions st 'I did X and itis/was over or finished. face students have requiring factual answersbased on a dialogue the one tes characters in that dialogue are already done (LessonXII). The leading
son apparu plusieurs legons plustot (il doit gtre precise que Bill, a Peace c'est un cas exceptionnel, comme pour la plupart des exercices this particula- de ce genre qui apparaissent dans lamgme leg on, en se earlier (it mu: refdrant au dialogue sur lequel ils sont bases), lespremieres as most drills quatre questions de l'exercice serventa remettre l'etudiant on which they dans l'ambiance de ce dialogue. Apres cela, laconstruction serve to refre qui doit gtre enseignde est introduite toutnaturellement the constructil et employde dans toutes les formes quele contexte peut employed in as permettre (... j'avais fini de faire...), etc. La troisibrae ...you had fin et finale phase de l'exercice vient avecla derniere question context permit qui permet a l'etudiant de communiquer denouvelles infor- with the last mations sur lui ou quelqu'un d'autre, en se servant dela communicate ne' construction qu'il vient d'apprendre. Les questionsde ce construction j genre rendent des exercices permettantainsi autant d'inter- open-ended, th ressantes variations qu'il est possibled'introduire, et to be introduc la classe de passer le temps quel'instructeur juge ndcessaire thinks necessa de consacrer a l'exercice. Cependant tousles exercices ne like this one,, sont pas aussi dtendus que celui-ci.Plusieurs d'entre-eux cases the inst contiennent la phase deux seulement. Dansde tels cas, l'instructeur est sensd introduire la phase III comme it In drills members of the le juge utile. John, Peter, B Pour des exercices de ce genre,l'instructeur pose students shoul des questions et les dtudiants,designds par d'hypothdtiques books closed; noms tels que Smith, Jean,Pierre, Bill, MUstapha, etc..., do so, he shou y rdpondent quand it leur estdemandd de le faire. L'ideal his aim is to exemplify a pe est que les dtudiants puissentrepondre a de telles questions objectives le livre fermd; mais si l'instructeurconsidere que les dtudiants ne peuventle faire ainsi it ne doit In a simi pas hdsitera agir en consequence. Son but dtant avant should be cond tout d'enseigner un modele de phraseprecise plut8t que mind, some use de demontrer une procedure pedagogique. beginning of t the responsibi Dans le mgme ordre d'idde,l'iddal serait de faire notes supplied La classe en Kanouri. Avec ce but entgte, quelques expressions instructor wou utiles en classe sont fournies audebut du cours, dans la legon I, et les instructeurs sontlibdrds de la responsabilitd Notes on d'expliquer des elements de grammaire de courtes notes qui se the course. Bu trouvent a la fin de chaque legon. Maisa aussi, it est that it is exp conseilld a l'instructeur d'agir selon son jugement. Kanuri will it 3
ce Bill, a Peace Corps Volunteer, andMustafa, his houseboy/cook. Since u la que this particular dialoguehappens to have occurred severallessons mu xercices earlier (it must be emphasized thatthis is an exceptional case, lls as most drills ofthis type occur in the same lesson asthe dialogue ey remieres on which they arebased), the first four questions of thedrill fre udiant serve to refresh thestudents' memory of that dialogue. After this, cti ction the construction to be taughtis introduced quite naturally and as ent employed in as many of its forms (... I hadfinished making... 2 fin t isieme ...you hadfinished making..., ... he had finishedmaking...) as mit and final phase of the drill comes uestion context permits. The third st asked so as to make the student for- with the last question which is nec himself or somebody else, using the la communicate new information about n 3 Questions of this type render suchdrills ce construction just learned. th variations as possible inter- open-ended, thus permitting as many interesting due the class to spend as much time as theinstructor et to be introducedyand ssa all such drills are open ended cessaire thinks necessary on the drill. Not ne them contain phase two only. In such s ne like this one, however. Many of nst he sees fit. -eux cases the instructoris expected to introduce phase III as
lls In drills of this type, the instructorasks the qu'estions and the 1 members of the class, indicated byhypothetical names like Smith, John, Peter, Bill, Mustafa, etc. answerthem when called upon. Ideally, oul objective questions with their e students should be able to answer such d; books closed; but if an instructorfinds that his students cannot hou tiques do so, he should not hesitate tochange his approach. For, after all, to his aim is to teach a particular sentencepattern rather than to pe deal lestions exemplify a pedagogical procedure. simi dere In a similar connection, the idealthing would be that classes cond should be conducted throughout inKanuri. Indeed, with this aim in use mind, some useful class-room expressions aresupplied right at the of t beginning of the course in Lesson Iand instructors are relieved of sibi the responsibility of explaining pointsof grammar by means of short lied notes supplied towards theend of each lesson. But here again, the wou re :pressions instructor would be well advised to usegood judgement. s la on nsabilitd Notes on aspects of Kanuri culture occurhere and there in . Bu s qui se the course. But they are, on thewhole, few, for the simple reason exp that it is expected that anyoneplanning to live and work among the 1 in est Kanuri will in any case want to own a copyof R. Cohen, The Kanuri Les notes culturelles Kanouri apparaissent ca etla dans le of Bornu, cours. Mans dans l'ensembleit y en a peu, pour la simple raison informati qu'une personne ayant l'intention de vivre et de travailler avec of the Ka une population Kanouri,ddsirera posseder une copie du livre de R. Cohen, The Kanuri of Bornu 1 HoltRinehart & Winston, New York, This 1967, un livre tres dducatif ecrit par un expert sur cet aspect aspect of précis du Kanouri. aspects c explore c Ce cours d'introduction ne traite pas tous les aspectsde la Astudys structure Kanouri. Plus prdcisemment, les aspectsles plus compli- Universi: quds des verbes Kanouri ont dtd evit4s. Les dtudiants ddsirant s'informer ou etudier les verbes Kanouri en detail trouveront Trac le livre de J. Lukas, A study of the Kanuri Language: Grammar to replac and Vocabulary, Oxford University Press, London, 1937, indispen- of certa2 sable. reflectir L'orthographe traditionnelle Kanouri et d'autres moyens between t proposes en remplacement, ont ete consideres inapproprids Kanuri 02 pour ce coursa cause de certaines importantes insuffisances, telles que l'imprecision sur l'actuelle prononciation. Les grandes differences entre le systeme utilis4 dans ce cours et l'orthographe traditionnelleKanouri sont indiqudes ci- dessous, a l'usage des instructeurs.
In this course In
c as inciinti ch ; gi sh ny .T1 ng 1 1 1 9 ar9im g 9 #94 N NjiI n a kdam a a kazimit
Ce cours ne reconnatit pas la division du motdans beaucoup Thi d'endroits ou l'orthographe traditionnelle Kanouri le fait. where it Ceci sera vu plus clairement dans les deux textessuivants, seen vet l'orthographe traditionnelle et le systeme adoptd dans ce cours. and in t 4 nu et a dans le of Bornu, Holt,Rinehart and Winston,New York, 1967, a very simple raison informative book written by an expert onprecisely this aspect ravailler avec of the Kanuri. his e du livre de linston, New York, This course being truly introductorydoes not treat every t of More specifically, the more complicated sur cet aspect aspect of Kanuri structure. aspects of Kanuri verbs havebeen left out. Students wishing to explore or study Kanuri verbs in greaterdetail will find J. Lukas, es aspects de la A study of the Kanuri Langiage: Grammarand Vocabulary, Oxford rsi les plus compli- University Press, London, 1937, trulyindispensable. ants desirant rae Traditional Kanuri orthography andothers that have been proposed la 1 trouveront to replace it wereconsidered unsuitable for this course because rta age: Grammar of certain crucial technical defectsthey suffer from - such as not cti 1937, indispen- reflecting actual pronunciationfaithfully enough. The -,ajor differences en between the writing system used inthis ..curse and traditional i o tres moyens propries Kanuri orthography are indicatedbelow for the benefit of instructors. suffisances, tion. Les ce cours quees ci-
rse In Kanuri orthography
incfinti = chas in "chinte 'far away' gf sh "shi" 'Y-e, she, it' ai ny "anyi" 'these' nOrpf ng nonganyi" 'I don't know' reason' srl 111 1 1 "dali l" jfri 1 "jili" type' arqm g "argam" millet' no' #94 "Oahu Njfi n "nji" water' 'dam a "kam" 'person' delfil a "dali 1" 'reason'reason 1 1 kazimix a "kazamu" clothes
Thi word division in many places t dans beaucoup This course does not recognize it will be i le fait. where it is regognised intraditional Kanuri orthography. This ye seen very clearly inthe following two texts in traditionalorthography t suivants, dans ce cours. and in the system of writingfollowed in the present course, respectively: Bare to jili gade.gade ngabu. Bare laga na c barezai. Kuru ma barelaga na zarga nji bojialan Ata samma so yaye bananji semi belankambu zai.
Argam gai,nisabali gai to chesalan tanatin. ye barezai yekuru ma juwwzai ye. p. 25, Kitauu Kanindimi)
bdra tf jfil g6deaddNgfbu, bdra ldd flat cd nda zfr91 N j iibbbjfinlk . bardAl. Iciirdmd barb ldd dti simmds6 yaydbdrla Njil s4mlbalankimbilz41.
ar9f41 isigawfinf tfcdsalan tinatfin. sand bardzayd kiirdmajilwdzblyd.
y a plusieurs typesde culture. Un type est fait sur There une superficiesablonneuse, l'autre sur une superficie mardca- and anothe geuse. Dais peu importeoil les graines sont plantdes, elles ont they need besoin de pluie pour prendre. Mille Millet et maYs de Guinde par exemple poussentdans des People p] terrains sablonneux. Les gens lesplantent et les entretiennent aussi longtemps qu'il le faut.
PRONONCIATION
Les sons Kanouri vont gtre ddcrits etpratiquds si The udcessitd s'impose dans ce but d'aiderl'etudiant a percevoir necessary, et, si possible, a acqudrirles subtilitds qui existent dans possible, La langue. the langui
[Dans cette partie, l'explication de la prononciation Some Kanouri est comparde uniquement avec celle del'anglajz. Les English lz instructions sont seulement donnees en franfais pourles sounds or exercices.] heard bef(
The I represent: 5.
i gade_gade nggbu. Bare laga na, chesalan sanata bare laga na zGrga njibojia lan sanatabarezai. ye bananji sami belankambu zai. anyi sanatin ngabali gai to chesalan tanatin. Sandi Kitau uru majuwazai ye. p. 25,Kitabu Kanuribe:
cesaalan sanatii ri g5deede Ngfbu,b4re láá ride sanatil barezbi. bare lad nda zir91Njil bObjlinlan bgna Njii s6mibelan awin.1 ti cesalantinatiin. s6ndi dpi sanatilny4 1.jimaz6iye.
One type is done in sandy areas, ype est fait sur There are many types of farming. regardless of where seeds areplanted, superficie mardca- and another in marshland. But plantges, elles ont they need rain to flourish.
Millet and guinea-corn for instance are grownin sandy areas. them for as long as is necessary. ussent dans des Peopleplant them and keep tending t les entretiennent
PRONUNCIATION
be described, and drilled where ratiques si The sounds of Kanuri will now helping students to perceive and, if diant a percevoir necessary, with a view to sound contrasts that exist in ui existent dans possible, acquire some of the subtle the language. of the a prononciation Some of the sounds of Kanuri arevery much like those quite unlike any de l'anglais. Les English language. Some others by contrast are English are likely to have ever Pais pour les sounds ordinary native speakers of heard before.
The following symbols, arrangedin charts below, are used for representing the sounds of Kanuriin this course: Consonants
p t c k 9 bdjg fsgh
,T1 w y 1 r r
The Kanuri sounds which which speakers of English ma: difficulty at all making are n, 1, w, y. They are are pr( English sounds as follows:
p like p in Re t to ch ch k ke d di if g g sh sli
However, when speaking cing 2, t, and k with as muc pet, ten, and keen. Alittle k in English words of the ty be the case in Kanuri.
Pronunciation Drill 1. Listc Prononciation Exercice 1. Ecouterattentivement l'instructeur following words and repeat t prononcer les mots suivants etrdpdter les apres lui, aussi ressemblant que possible: kimde kakde kafuu kaam tiini tilde Tones Consonants Vowels
p t c k 9 bdjg i u fsgh e a o z a
m n 13 w y 1 r ich The Kanuri sounds which aresimilar to some English soundsand imay which speakers of English maybe expected to have little or no are: difficulty at all making are: p, t, c,k, d, j, g, s, s, h, z, m, pro comparable n, 1, w, y. They are are producedin much the some way as English sounds as follows:
pet sell p like p in pet s like s in ten h hell t t ten h chi z zest c ch chin z kee m met k k keen m LILL n net d d dig n let 1 1 j j 121 get w we g .82t. w she g y yet g sh shell Y Lng However, when speaking Kanuri,students should try to. avoid pronoun- much English usually do in cing 2.1 t, and k with asmuch force as speakers of :tle t, and pet, ten, and keen.A little puff of air usuallyaccompanies 2., typ this does not seem to k in English wordsof the type given here; but be the case in Kanuri. isten Pronunciation Drill 1. Listencarefully as the instructor pronouncesthe at t following words and repeatthem as accurately aspossible after him:
kima 'red' kaka 'mine' kafal 'short' kaam 'man' trmi 'teeth' an. 'boy'
.,£ tddil 't
tdskin t p4nsilr pompom pft 1 p6k (
Prononciation Exercice 2. L'instructeur doit fairel'exercice Pronunciation Drill 2. The it suivant avec les etudiants ensemble et individuellemtnt. and subsequent ones with the group. Suivre le mgme procede que pourl'exercice 1. Follow the same procedw
odam cfda dda lj (IDA I jdna glk) gdda g6de suu sda gfi grim hdl habdar
zO6 mandd meu wd wain y4a yeTid nasa nda láá ldd 7
tddil 'that' tdskin 'to catch' pensiir 'pencil' p6mpbm 'pump' pit 'completely' (black) p6k 'completely' (white)
Pronunciation Drill 2. Theinstructor should do the nextdrill individually and as a and subsequent oneswith the students both group. Follow the same procedure asin Drill 1.
cdam 'milk' cfda 'work' dda 'meat' dfbi 'bad' jAnh 'knife' j614. 'cube,'brick' Oda 'bridge' g6de 'other' suu 'name' sda 'hour,'time' gti 'leg' sfim eye hdl 'character' habdar 'news' za 'hot, expensive' zO6 'basket' irdndd 'salt' med 'ten' wd wcin 'to dislike' yda 'mother' ybvie 'divide!' ndsa 'region' nal 'place; location' ldd somes,icertain' lde 'go out!' English speaker some of the sou in Kanuri not t of them when th in English, but
Prononciation Exercice 3. Pronunciation D Listen car Ecouter attentivementl'instructeur prononcer les mots words and repea suivants et les repeter apres lui, aussiressemblant que possible.
fet 1)&11 Mem b6r5m tapth w6r6k tamn
Many Kanur not unknown in English as it d normal English same consonant at times, d in very careful sp d or n, rather they speak.
In Kanuri, between them, a
Pronunciation r Prononciation Exercice 4. Listen caz Ecouter attentivementl'instructeur prononcer les mots suivants. Vous entendrez des consonneslongues, de breves words. You will periodes d'un silence complet. Repeter les motsapres complete silencc l'instructeur. dabb zann2 zakk2 kaall 8 ake r s English speakers have an additional reasonto be careful when making sou. some of thesounds just exemplified, because thereis the tendency bt t, in Kanuri not to complete(i.e., release) the articulation of some a th of them when they occur at theend of words. A similar thinghappens but in English, but apparently not onthe same scale as in Kanuri. on D Pronunciation Drill 3.
car the following les mots Listen carefully as the instructor pronounces epea' carefully after him. t que possible. words and repeat them just as dt f4t 'very' (long) 'white, 'light' (color) dam kAm 'person' 6r6m b4r6m 'a well' 4pta tapthp 'hair powder' 6rk w4rk 'piece of paper' 4man tin 'price' tanur Many Kanuri consonants occurlengthened. This phenomenon is in not unknown in English,but it does not occur in the sameplace in it d English as it does in Kanuri.Lengthened consonants occur frequentlyin ish normal English between two wordssuch that the first ends in the Ant same consonant asthe other begins with.Consider, forexample, t in in at times, d in mad dm, and nin a clean net. Except in slow or [1 sp very carefulspeech, most people seem to pronounce onelong t, or s, or .then d, or n, rather than two separateshort ones in these phrases when they speak.
Luri, In Kanuri, lengthened consonants occurwithin words rather than a between them, as in English.
.on D Pronunciation Drill 4 i car the following les mots Listen carefully as the instructor pronounces will brief periods of breves words. You will "hear" lengthened consonants as Lencc after your instructor. res complete silence. Repeat the words tubby dabbh 'animal' unna zanna 'heaven' :akk,).1 zakka 'a type of (calabash) measure' caal Win 'noise'noise nbnimm Njittd tussfi
Discernement de longueur Exercice 5. Length Discrimin
Ecouter l'instructeur prononcer les mots suivants, Listen as t un par un et dire si le motprononce contient une consonne at a time and so longue. Si it y en a, l'identifier(les livres doivent Ztre a lengthened con fermis pendant cet exercice). be closed for th
tAth ddl zdnnA cfna ddbbh kAd111 kAdlA fitA ate fitth yAlA yAlld futtf butu kuttu
bdmd Adam nonfnu ylkki! tulur nbtOni ddi tddA Addd
Those Kanu students troubl '. Actually English. 9
nbnimmA 'you [sing] know' Ltta ry gjIttd 'pepper' ssii aissiin 'it will lastlong' ttin7:rb 'for seven'
[mina Length DiscriminationDrill 5. as th instructor pronouncesthe following wards one s, Listen as the 3say the word he haspronounced contains sonne at a timeand say whether or not cons consonant. If one occurs,identify it.(Books should t ttre a lengthened r thi be closed for thisdrill). th tdt, 'son' ddi 'this' nnA zannh 'heaven' na cina 'he/she gave' bbA ddbbh 'animal' dllA kAdllA ''noise' dla kAdlh 'coronation' th fitA 'pouring' (verbal noun) td gad 1west' noun) ttA fittA 'pulling out' (verbal ld yald 'north' lld yAlld 'family' Ltti eitti 'spraying' (verbal noun) itu bdtil 'cheap' ittu kdtt4 'unpleasant' itu fdtil 'meansiway' :ma bdmd 'Barra' Ill nn AdfinnAm east' nOnImmh 'you know' ylkkfskin 'I push into' ilur tulur seven' )rona ribt:11A 'I know' Ii ddi 'this' ida 'son' Ida Addd 'mac hete ' speaking Canur Those Kanuri soundsthat are likely togive English 9, i, 9, ruble students trouble are :b, f, n, 13, r, r, N, i, e, a, o, u, lly o Actually only a fewof these sounds aretruly foreign to English. b: At the begin like English b, i.e. suddenly parting the cords) in the larynx sometimes be heard a other times as6,a almost touching but
Prononciation Exercice 6. Pronunciation Drill
Repeter avec attention les mots suivantsapres l'instructeur. Repeat the foil
bdmA bda bdnd birl b6rm
sdbl/s6be dfbi tibial habrar
f: The Kanuri articulation) than just barely touch ti upper teeth touch tl (notably before o al lip at all; instead between them, as if
Prononciation Exercice 7. Pronunciation Drill
Exercez-vous a dire les mots suivants en lesrepetant Practise sayin, apres l'instructeur. the instructor.
fef6tO ffx f41 fee findi 10
sound is made much b: At the beginningof words, this Kanuri the two lips togetherand then like English b,i.e. by pressing the accompaniment ofvibrations (of the vocal suddenly parting them to hand, it can Ia the middle ofwords, on the other cords) iu the larynx. "uet", and at sometimes be heard asb sometimes as w asin English with the two lips other times asCIa type ofb-sound that is made almost touching but notquite.
Pronunciation Drill 6.
the instructor. Repeat the followingwords carefully after
barna bah 'not' bdne 'night' bfrl 'food' b4rk 'a well'
sabh/s6bh 'friend' dfbi 'bad' tibbl 'baby' hhbahr 'news' 'Gubio'
less force (lenis f: The Kanuri f ismade with considerably the upper teeth articulation) than theEnglish f. In most instances (In English, on theother hand, the just barely touchthe lower lip. quite well for f). In afew cases upper teethtouch the lower lip touch the lower (notably before o andu), the upper teeth do not with a small opening lip at all; instead,the lips are pouted, between them, as if toblow out a candle.
Pronunciation Drill 7. them after Practise saying thefollowing words by repeating the instructor. Mae) 'wing' ffir 'horse' f41 'one' f0 'cow' ffndi 'twenty' fdrb 'girl' f66 'cloud' fuu 'front' fulujlin IIshat' fouoin '1 walk
II: This is ti of n and Y in Eng] the middle of wor( medially and initi thusneedtolean as well as beebb similar in varyini
Pronunciation Dri Prononclation Exercice 8. Listen as the Ecouter l'instructeur prononcerles mots suivants et repeat them after les repdter apres lui.
xiaa. Arne
,T)A Kra le pee n4mpin leag
Sound Discriminat Discernement de sons Exercice9. . Books are to Les livres doiventgtre fermds pour cet exercice.L'instruc- the following WI teur lit les motssuivants au hasard et un par un,et demande students to say u aux eavesde dire si le mot contien 11 ou rt ouxou1. yaa nda xda bdjli bdnd lend la,p4a yaana diode dlyena jana 33 nCkpenh 11- fdrb 'girl' f66 'cloud' fuu 'front' fill4pin 'I shall reduce' f6mjin 'I walk'
by a combination This is the same asthe unit sound represented only in of n and yin English'canyon'. In English this sound occurs it occurs both the middle of words(medially), whereas in Kanuri words). English speakers medially and initially(at the beginning of thus need to learn tomake this sound in a newposition.(initially), it from n, jj and yj towhich it is as well asbe able to differentiate similar in varying degrees.
Pronunciation Drill 8:
the following words and ivants et Listen as the instructor pronounces repeat them afterhim.
'you (sing)' XI xaaa 'marriage' xlme 'conversation' Ag 'diligent' bdja 'fish' lejlee 'let's go' rAlpin 'I shall sit down' nail 'I didn't go'
Sound Discrimination Drill9
for this drill. Theinstructor reads out ercice. L'instruc- Books are to be closed random order one at atime, ane asks the un, et demande the following words in the words contain In or n or Y or1 y.ou1. students to say whether
'mother' 374 ng 'place' Saa 'diligent' 'fish' kin& 'night' len& 'go!' lexee 'let's go' yaana 'brother/sister' &oda 'the world' d/yena 'we have done' jana 'knife n4pena 'w know' r44 a: This Kanuri soul by g in English 'sing, at the end of words and and in some pronunciati in these two positions middle of words, where (especially New York Ci not have much problem w achieve much the same e words together 'sing ou
Pronunciation Drill 10. Prononciation Exercice 10. Practise saying th Exercez-vous a repeter les motssuivants en les repetant the instructor. apres l'instructeur. kdcina nbr nankhrb g6ng6n gong? 16r3 k6rd6n
r: This Kanuri sot tongue and tapping it t upper teeth and the hal. (i.e. vibration of the takes place, or at the voicing), this Kanuri effect that is suggest( 'rush' is written as r- weather is represented
Pronunciation Drill 11. Prononciation Exercice 11. Practise saying ti Exercez-vous a dire les mots suivants enles repetant the instructor. apres l'instructeur.
jire maitra kerb kiri r6b raa c. 5 rdkin ATI, 12 soun This Kanuri sound is pronouncedlike the sound represented Lng, by Dg in English'sing, sung, song'. In English, this sound occurs and at the end of words andbefore consonants (k and £), as in'sink' Latio and in some pronunciations of'finger'. In Kanuri this sound occurs ins in these two positionsalso, but in addition, it occurs inthe ere middle of words, where it may notfor some speakers of English k Cit (especially New York City and LongIsland). English speakers should era wi not have much problem withthis sound in this position becausethey me of achieve much the same effect everyday when they say the following g out words together 'sing out' or'sing in (the chorus)'.
10. Pronunciation Drill 10. g th Practise saying the following wordsby repeating them after -epetant the instructor.
kkina 'money' nOr2inh 'I know' nkflearb 'because' g6ng6n 'tin' gongOlk 'Gongolon' k6rd6n 'tendon of the leg' sou r: This Kanuri soundis pronounced by raisingthe tip of the it u tongue and tapping it upagainst the alveolar ridge(between the har hard palate), to the accompanimentof voicing the upper teeth and the (i.e. vibration of the vocal cords). Occasionally (when lengthening the takes place, or at the end ofwords where this r is pronouncedwithout Lri s voicing), this Kanuri sound comes outstrongly trilled, a phonetic ;es to effect that is suggestedorthographically when in some advertisements LSr- 'rush' is written as r-r-r-r-r-rush, or someonewho is out in very cold tted weather is represented as shivering outbr-r-r-r-r-r.
. 11. Pronunciation Drill 11. igth words by repeating them after etant Practise saying the following the instructor.
gre 'truth' ma and 'vehicle' kbrO 'question' (n.) kiri 'dog' ra, 'living' 'life' rah 'or ?' rdkin 'I look at' ._ 'Jr'. ffir tulur tewZir liar
r: Ears I hear it either In fact, howel of the tongue than the tip c Then with the but, instead ( are likely to tongue more 0:
The diff, schematized t it should be . sounds involv is going to it
Prponciation Exercice 12. Pronunciation
Exercez-vous a produire cer Kanouri en r6petant les Practise mots suivants apras l'instructeur. words after t 13
ffir 'horse' tailr 'seven' 'table' liar 'nine' rs tl r: Ears that arenot used to thissound will in all probability ther hear it either as r or as1 or, at best as a blendof these two sounds. owev In fact, however, it is a typeof r-sound. To make it, raise thetip gue of the tongue to make contactwith the alveolar ridge(if you use more ip o than the tip of the tongue, youwill probably end up with andl-sound!). the Then with the vocal cordsvibrating (if you don't keep themvibrating ad c but, instead closethem,such that pressure builds upbelow them, you to are likely toend up with a t- ord-sound:), withdraw the tip of the or tongue more or less sharplyfrom this contact position.
.iffe The difference between thisr and the one described above is td in schematized in the accompanyingdiagrams. The tongue is shownwhere be a it should be at thebeginning of the production(phonation) of the olve sounds involved. Arrows indicate the direction in which the tongue :o Mo is going to Move:
yl
Pronunciation Drill 12. tise Practise making this Kanuri by by repeating the following er t repftant les words after the instructor.
38 kdje%id ail bin
gurum fire reku riwa inn rikin
Discernement de sons Exercice 13. Sound Pronunciation Dri
Les livres doivent e'tre fermes pour cetexercice. L'instruc- Books are to be cl teur lira les mots suivants auhasard, un par un, les ftudiants the following words in doivent identifier le type de son r,le r normal ou le "fameux" identify the type of r- r. r. kbrb tulur 'can kari r.0 la riwe far/ i'fwa biri
kdjed kdris bare ban. b4rki seurf jfri zgirb fire ffir
Diszernement de sons Exercice 14. Sound Discrimination D:
Les livres doivent rester ferm4s. Les mots sont ls Books remain close au hasard, un par un, commeprec6demment. Les dtudiants doivent a time, as before.Stu( 14
kdjerd 'chair' Ari 'Ali' birl 'excremtnts' 'tomorrow' Ordm 'guitar' fire 'tobacco blossom' reke 'sugar-cane' riwa 'corpse' riUla 'needle' rikin 'I learn' Dril Sound Pronunciation Drill13. e cl Books are to be closed forthis drill. As the instructorreads out in the following words inrandom order one at a time,students are to f r- identify the type of r-soundsheard in them as regular r or"funny" r.
kbr6 'question' tdliir 'seven' karl Ipus1 karf 'tick' Wild 'blue' riwa 'profit' fari 'melon' riwa 'corpse' blri 'food'
blri ... iexCrements1; kdjerd 'chair' kdris , 'chair' bare 'farming' ban. 'tomorrow' b4r6m 'well' scurf 'Shehu's palace' jiri 'type', 'kind' zArb 'very' fire 'tobacco blossom' fiir 'horse' an D Sound Discrimination Drill14
StulBooks remain closed. Words areread out in random order one at contain 1-sounds a time, as before.Students say whether the words
A the la dire si les mots contiennent les sons 1 ou r. Si ce dernier or r-sounds. If apparatt, ils doivent dire quel genre de r est-ce. they are.
gullftm gurum tdid rdkin lakin gulle fire xdrb gardam salaam lad rda fail f41 filr
For most speaker as in'the sea', 'say 'to sue', and 'so', a which may be represen by w. The result is t as sey;'sue' as suw; e, u, and o inthis b like the vowels i in the accompanying glid point in mincriTen sp misunderstood otherwi
Pronunciation Drill 1 Prononciation Exercice 15. Listen as the in Ecouter l'instructeur prononcerles mots suivants et repeat them after him les repeter apres lui. 15
or r-sounds.If the latter, they are to say what typeof r-sounds they are.
gullfim 'you (sing.) said' gilt&'guitar' tdrd 'rebellion' rdkin 'I see' ldukin 'I go out' giale firs 'tobacco blossom' Tifrb 'for you (s.)' garalm 'law' salaam 'peace' Lid 'some, certain' rya 'or' faf 'melon' f41 'one' far 'horse' kers For most speakers of English,the vowels in the words'sea' say' as in'the sea', 'say', as in 'what did hesay', 'sue', as in , as 'to sue', and 'so', as in 'he saidso' are pronounced with glides sent which may be represented, inthe first two by y, and in thelast two s th speech, 'sea' comes out asat/ ; 'say' uw by w. The result is that in as sey;'sue' as suw: and 'so' as sow. The Kanurivowels written as S bo e, u, and o inthis book are pronounced respectively more orless in like the vowels i in Ay, e in sex, uin suw, and o in sow, but without lide the accompanying Elides y and w.It is very important to keepthiiEFE spe point in mind wrenspeakiriga:Ruri, as one is likely to be frequently rwis misunderstood otherwise.
1 1' Pronunciation Drill 15.
ins the following words and is et Listen as the instructor pronounces him. repeat them after him.
cfi 'mouth' sfi 'foot', 'leg' tfmi 'tooth/teeth' fine. 'twenty'
/12 jfii gf dfbi gfim Ina dde f6e Oe kimde fit Nine WI t4wiir ferb
fd4 wuu kdil sdil wd bdd bddrd td1Z1r
r6b f66 zO6 kbrb k6r6 mdskO sdr6
a: The Kanuri sc to a in 'father'. It
Pronunciation Drill Prononciation Exercice 16. Listen carefull: Ecouter attentivement la lecturedes mots suivants par words and repeat ther l'instructeur et les repeter apres lui. kdlla naa yda 16
'type, Ikind,Itribe' gf 'he, she, it' dfbi 'bad' gfim 'eye' indf 'two' dee 'empty' 1 fAe 1cow jee rope kimee 'red' fitte 'west' blind 'night' gel IShehuI tewiir 'table' ferb 'girl' ,'daughter'
fuu 'front' wuu 'five' kuu 'today' suu 'name' wd bdd 'ashes' bddrd 'a wooden bowl' 1seven'
r6b 'life, alive' f66 'cloud' zO6 'basket' kbrO 'question' k6r6 'donkey' mdskb 'hand' sdr6 'stomach', 'inside' i sc a: The Kanurisound written as a J3 similar in pronunciation It to a in 'father'. It israrely pronounced like a in cat.
Pronunciation Drill 16. ally Listen carefully as the instructorreads out the following themes suivants par words and repeat them after him.
kadlla 'noise' nda p lace' yda
4d, rda ldd dda ydlem hdl edam- kdam habdar ddi amnia dam addd
a: This Kanuri make in the first sy 'sofa'.
Prononciation Exercice 17. Pronunciation Drill
Exercez-vous a produire ce son en repetant, avec attention, Practise making les mots suivants apres l'instructeur. carefully after the
b4r6m j4161) w4r6k f61 d4nd61 f4j6r gourdill s4m1 k4k4di tibbl
i: The sound re et English; therefor will serve as a refe is made with t!.e lip high towrTds the roo
Prononciation Exercice 18. Pronunciation Drill
Exercez-vous a produire ce son an repetant avPcattention Practise making les mots suivants apres l'instructeur. carefully after the 17
rda 'or'or ldd some 'a',I 'certain' dda 'meat' yAkin 'I drink' hdl 'character' cdar- 'milk'
kdaal 'man', 'human being', 'person' habdar 'news' Adi 'this' aroma 'but' dam 'people' addd 'machete' nwal 'soap'
e: This Kanuri soundis the same as the sound Englishspeakers make in the first syllable of'about' and in the last syllable of 'sofa'.
Pronunciation Drill 17.
t, avec attention, Practise making this sound by repeatingthe following words carefully after the instructor.
b4rm j414) 'cube' 'brick' 44.r.k 'piece of paper' f41 'one'one d4nd61 'main street' f4jk 'early morning' g6wal 'October' semi 'sky' k4k4d1 'paper' tibal 'baby'
i: The sound represented by idoes not occur in many dialects of English; therefore it is not possible togive an example that will serve as a reference word forall English speakers. The sound is made with the lips spread openand the middle of the tongue raised high towards the roof of the mouth.
Pronunciation Drill 18. nt avec att tion Practise making this sound by repeating the following words carefully after the instructor. silim kilisi
fiir fil birlm sibdi zipti di dirizi firti tirit Ngiwil
Discernement de sons Exercice 19. Sound Discrimination
Les livres doivent e'tre fermes pour cetexercice. L'ins- Books are to be tructeur lit les mots suivants, auhasard et un par un. Les reads out the follow etudiants, individuellementdoivent dire sile mot contient responding individua ou u, ou les deux. contains i or u, or
silim buuru sibdi kiniim snnim tulur kzmbuu
wtskd di buul bf lam
D4ccernement de sons Exercice 20. Sound Discriminatiol
Les livres doivent 'etre fermes.L'instructeur lit les Books remain c mots suivants, comme.dansl'exercice precedent. Les etudiants, the preceding drill individuellement doivent dire si le mot contientla voyelle i word read out conta: of ou la voyello z, oula voyelle u, ou une combinaison de ces or combinations voyelles. 18
sflfm 'black' kilfsf 'carpet' kilmiskl 'darkness' It_-__' ffir fil completely (full)' bfrim 'sea', 'lake' sfbd1 'Saturday' ziptf 'landing' di 'the' dfrfzi 'completely (surround)' ffrti 'root' tfrft 'completely (green)' 'eggs'
.tion Sound DiscriminationDrill 19:
.o be instructor oxercice. L'ins- Books are to be closedfor this exercise. As the illowl students an par un. Les reads out the followingwords randomly one at a time, the words read out contient responding individuallyshould say whether each of or contains i or u, or both.
sflfm 'black' bdtird 'wooden bowl' sfbdi 'Saturday' kInfim 'sleep' (n.) stiiinfm 'your name' tulur 'seven' kimbn 'food' 'method' wUskel 'eight' df 'the' buul 'white' bflim 'gruel' ation Sound Discrimination Drill20. in cl in Icteur lit les Books remain closed. Theinstrucor reads words out, as rill, whether each t. Les etudiants, the preceding drill, andthe students say individually ontal the vowel u, ent la voyelle i word read out containsthe vowel i, or the vowel i or of t inaison de ces or combinationsof these.
48 kilmfski efinti gullfm litiiin cii cii
kfri kiird mInti salnzf gurum jiri nfji 1(61 kilfsf tLai
findi
9: This symbo. ciation (or phonat: situations, notabl: much a break in ph( situations it indic syllable rather the consists of two sy
Prononciation Exercice 21. Pronunciation Dril
Repeter les mots suivants apresl'instructeur. Repeat the fo VA kar9Aa 6119ada wAr9Ata kfl9ada ar9fm
a-
* In some dialects double r, i.e. rr, 19 ski kilmfski 'darkness' cflnti 'far' gullfim 'you (s.) said' fin litiriin 'Monday' cii 'mouth' cii 'fly'(n.) bfrjlf 'city' kfri 'dog' laird 'and', 'moreover' mfnti 'minutes' sainzf 'his name' gWidm 'guitar' jiri 'kind', 'type' niji 'sweetness'
ketil 'today' kilfsf 'carpet' timi 'tooth/teeth' 'he says/said and...' findi 'twenty' rmbo 9: This symbol stands for ashort and abrupt break in pronun- mat i ciation (or phonation) when it appearsbetween vowels. In other :ably situations, notably between r or 1and a vowel, it represents not so tph o much a break in phonation as amode of pronunciation. In such _ndic situations it indicates that the r or1 forms part of the preceding th syllable rather than of the next.*Thus, the word ar9fm 'millet' sy 3 consists of two syllablesar and fm, not a and rfm
)ri I Pronunciation Drill 21.
f o" ur. Repeat the following words afterthe instructor.
I I 6.9d no. a kar9da 'he/she lives/reAdes' da gill9ada 'they said' to war9ata 'buburnt' da kfl9ada 'they met','joined' ar9fm 'millet'
acts 9and r or 1 are pronounced as rr * In some dialects combinations of double r, i.e. rr, or double 1, i.e.11. Discernement de sons Exercice 22. Sound Discrimi
Les livres doivent 'etre fermes. Les etudiants doivent Books sh( dire lequel des mots suivants contientl'element de pronon- words contain ciation symbolise par 9, parmi les mots suivants que instructor rez l'instructeur lit au hasard et un par un. kan ker kfl kl war war lad d9A
Tout comme quelques consonnes longues, it y aquelques Just as some voyelles longues. Les voyelles longues sont ecrites par Lengthened vu series de (deux) voyelles identiques. De celles series sont Such sequence prononcees un peu longuement que les voyelles uniques oucourtes. short vowels.
Prononciation Exercice 23. Pronunciation
Ecouter attentivement pour deceler les voyelleslongues ou Listen c allongees dais les mots suivants que l'instructeur prononce un words as the par un. Puis repeter chaque motapres lui. each word aft
ces yad fit car sal sul yit saa yez moo len spa 51 20
crimi Sound Discrimination Drill 22
..5 sho which of the following is doivent Books should be closed. Students are to say tain pronunciation symbolized by ? as the de pronon- words contain the feature of ,r re que instructor reads them out randomly one at atime.
, kar khrAh 'bush' khr. khr9dh 'he lives' kfl kfl?hdh 'they met' kll kilAh di 'the head' war war war9dta 'burnt' warata 1a will' lax , lad 'some', 'certain' as 'no.11
;ome lengthened, so do some vowels also. uelques Just as some consonants occur !d von of (two) identical vowels. ites par Lengthened vowels are written as sequences ience Such sequences take a little bit longer to pronouncethan unit or eels. series sont piques ou courtes. short vowels. ition Pronunciation Drill 23.
:en c vowels in the following elles longues ou Listen carefully for long or lengthened the them one by one. Then repeat eur prononce un words as the instructor pronounces I aft each word after him.
ces c6saa 'sandy' yll! yAakin 'I shall take away' fit: fitaa 'pouring into,'embroidering' clr eintfi 'plastering' sea saasaa 'they repair. and ...' s di stilee 'of a shilling'
I yit yitfi 'dissolving' (tr.) sha sahta 'weaving' yez yzi),3 'killing' moo moo 'rescuing', 'taking away' len 161166 'go, all of you' sY sc11 'pumpkin' 52 Discernement de sons Exercice 24. Sound Discriffc
Books ar( Les livres doivent etrefermes. L'instructeur lit les mots following wor( suivants au hasard, un par un. Lesetudiants en groupe ou indi- viduellement doivent dire pour chaque motquelle voyelle est as a group sh( or long. allongee ou longue. sfm
sac, ce& fit ces. sy:: ylt sul sas saa moo cfn ken ken cfn war war yit sAa saa
' ': Les deux symboles' et sont des representation ' '; The graphiques dans le degre d'elevation oude retombee qui sont per- rise and fall ceptibles dans la langue Kanouri. End'autres mots, l'intensite other words, (de la voix) s'elave ou le signe apparait et retombe a l'appa- occurs and fa rision du signe grave..1. Le signeaigu sera appele a partir de be referred t iaintenant le ton haut et le signe grave,le ton bas. tone. Syllabi accented syll not to pronot speakers woul 21 rimi Sound Discrimination Drill 24. are reads out the les mots Books are to be closed. As the instructor word t students individually or e ou incli- following words randomly one at a time, sho is lengthened ne est as a groupshould say which vowel in each word read out or long. simC 'ear' sdn simb sdlee 'of a shilling' skif sid/ 'they actually did it' sGdd s/di 'pumpkin'kin' cesa cesaa 'sandy' fita vita pouring','fading' cesa c6sh 'sand' yAki yAkin 'I drink' yitf 'dissolving' (tr.) stir sule 'one shilling sasa sasda 'he repairs and ...' sacs saasAh 'they repair and ...' moo moo 'rescuing, taking away' cfnt cinti 'rubbing' kOnn kOnnilatii 'heating' (tr.) kbni kOnnilati 'turning hot' cinL cintif 'plastering' wart wart?) 'burning' vArt: wArtfi 'melting (iron)' yiti 'dissolving' (in-tr.) sAA sAAti 'weaving' saa- saata 'weaving' the are graphic representat-onsof the ation ' The two symbols and ui sont per- rise and fall in pitch thatis noticeable in Kanuri speech. In Is, 'intensite otheY words, the pitch (of thevoice) rises wherever the acute sign ' 1 fa occurs. The acute sign will e a l'appa- occurs and fallswherever the grave sign ' !d t partir de be referred tc from now on ashigh tone and the grave sign as low Labl tone. Syllables withthe high tone in Kanuri are not the same as ;y11 therefore necessary to remember mow accented syllables in English. It is not to pronounce such Kanurisyllable with extra force, as English /oul speakers would pronounce the firstsyllable of 'sofa' for instance.
54 Pronunciation Drill 25. Prononciation Exercice 25.
Ecouter attentivement pourdeceler les tons des mots qui Listen attentively going to be read out by vont 'etre lus parl'instructeur et que vous repeterezapras him. lui.
(a) sflfm f66 bdn4 bdd sdr6 k6r6 kbrb jbssb nankarb ankara hb61ma yasama
(b) bdja ddnb filté yald anfm gidf kIlda nAdi sad bfla gfi timi gde gdda meu zima lidr y6br 22
Pronunciation Drill 25.
es mots qui Listen attentively for the tonesof the words that are now rez apres going to be read out by the instructorand repeat the words after him.
(a) sflfm 'black' f66 'cloud' bdne 'night' bdd 'ashes' sdr6 'stomach', 'inside' k6r6 'donkey' On?) 'question' . josso 'places like Jos' flanker?) 'on account of ankara 'Accra' trialraa 'drunkard' yesama 'repairer'
(b) bttl 'fish' dim?) 'strength' Rite 'west' yald 'north' artful 'south' gidf 'east'east ki!ia 'head' ngdi 'at once' sad 'year' bfla 'town' ail 'foot' tfmi 'tooth /teeth' gUe 'other' gdda 'bridge' med 'ten' zima 'Friday' 114r 'nine' yar 'hundred' Reconnaissance du ton Exercice 26. Tone Recognition Drill 26.
Les livres doivent etre fermes.L'instructeur lira les mots Books should be closed. suivants au hasard et un par un;les etudiants, en grcupe ou following words randomly one individuellem,nt doivent repondre"pareil" si tous les tons du individually or as a group mot donne sont lesmgmes et "different" sins re sons paspareils. read out are the same, and Ni 411 the same.
blind (s` mdskb (d) sdr6 (s) bdd (s) 206 (d) wuu (d) (s) (d) chino (s) (d) 166 (s) silim (s) kbrb (s) (d) firti (d)
Reconnaissance du ton Exercice 27. Tone Regognition Drill 27.
Les livres restent ferules. Lesetudiants, en groupe ou Books remain closed. S individuellement, doivent identifierl'ensemble tonal des identify the tonal contour mots qui vont 1.1':e lus parl'instructeur, soit par haut-haut read out by the instructor (HH) ou bas-baL (BB) ou bas-haut(BH) ou haut-bas (HB). (LL), or low-high (LH), or
chin?) (HL) ddn6 (HH) bdd (H11) Duu (HL) fiska (HL) dee (HL) kad (LH) tfslur (HL) dn (HL) 23
Tone Recognition Drill 26. eur lira les mots Books should be closed. Asthe instructor reads out the en grave ou following words randomly one ata time, students shouldrespond ous les tons du individually or as a group with"same" if all the tones of the word e sont pas pareils. read out are the same, and with"different" if they are not all the same.
bung (s) 'night' mdskb .(d) 'hand' sdr6 (s) 'stomach' bdd (s) 'ashes' zO6 (d) 'basket' wa (d) 'five' Ma. (s) 'some'some lah (d) 'or' ddn6 (s) 'thigh' gri (d) 'foot' f66 (s) 'cloud' silim (s) 'black' kbrb (s) 'question' (d) 'books' firti (d) 'root'root
Tone Regognition Drill 27.
en groupe ou Books remain closed. Students, individually or as a group. tonal des identify the tonal contour of the wordsthat are now going to be par haut-haut read out by the instructor as eitherhigh-high (0), or low-low as (0). (LL), or low-high (LH), or high -low (HL).
ddnb (HL) 'strength' ddn6 (HH) 'thigh' bdd 'ashes' bn (HL) 'blood' fiska (Hq 'face' deb (HL) 'empty' khd (LH) 'day' (HL) 'seven' (HL) 'middle' sdr6 (HH) kbrb (LL) simb Xim4 (LH) naa (HL) yala (LH)
kiird . (LH) zanna (HL) tibl (HL) mad (LH) bdn4 (HH) lad 0110 rda (HL)
N: This symbol stand pronounced like an m bef like an z before go To p the position for making (lips open, tip of the t or an (lips open, back velum), and utters a higi combination Ng/Ng will o beginning of words).
Prononciation Exercice 28. Pronunciation Drill 28.
Exercez-vous a produire ce son en repetant les motssuivants Practise making thi apres l'instructeur. after the instructor.
tdd tad hdaan tbdjf
Njii tjfim tjittd
tgile hada legge kalge 24
sdr6 (M) 'inside' kbro (LL) 'question' simb (HL) 'ear' Jame (LH) 'conversation' nah (HL) 'place' yhla (LH) 'north' kiird (LH) 'and' zannh (HL) 'heaven' tfbn. (HL) 'baby' meu (LH) 'ten' blind (HH) 'night' lad (M) 'some'some I 91 rah (HL) or. and N: This symbol stands for atone-bearing sound that is of pronounced like an m before bylike an n before d and j, and p like an before go To produce this sound, oneholds the mouth in g the position for making an m(lips pressed together) or an n t (lips open, tip of the tongue in contactwith the alveolar ridge), ck or an 4 (lips open,back of the tongue raised and touchingthe igl velum), and utters a high- or low-pitched groan or grunt. (rhe 0 combination Ng/Ng will often beheard as Mr), especially at the beginning of words).
Pronunciation Drill 28. hi nt les mots suivants Practise making this sound byrepeating the following words after the instructor.
tdd 'who' hdhd 'how many/much?' Wan 'where?' tbdjf 'there is/are' Illblmh 'drunkard' kjn. 'water' kjfim 'room (circular)' kjittd 'pepper' tigibil 'many' tigilh 'good' kWh 'a stream' legge 'I shall go and ...' kage 'I shall pass by and ...' The following consonal (i.e. are syllabic), t preceded by a low tone suffix -nin. Thus, the actually pronounced [ [1(4plin] being frown
Pronunciation Drill 2(
Prononciation Exercice 29. Repeat the folloc Rdpeter les mots suivants apresl'instructeur. kbljan zimpin fannin sarjlin sbw2r an tballn allan zrapin tdnjan.
warjan
Stem vowels bearing same suffix-pin. Thu this course, is actua
Prononciation Exercice 30. Pronunciation Drill 3
Rep6ter ce qui suit apres l'instructeur. Repeat the follo lejan bbpin Apin mans nin Marlin *an bbdisin tamCoin timkpin 25
The following consonants 1,r, m, n, I also, occur with tone (i.e. are syllabic), but only in one situation, namely, whenthey are preceded by a low tone vowel and followed by theinflectional suffix -Zia. Thus, the yord written askbl,flin 'I shall leave'is actually pronounced [kbl,pin], other forms such as[kbajlin] and [kblpfin] being frowned upon or actually rejected by informants.
Pronunciation Drill 29.
Repeat the following words after theinstructor.
'I shall leave' zimpin 'I shall dismount' fenpin 'I shall hear' skipin 'I shall borrow' Awbrinin 'I shall advise' truan 'I shall remember' 'I shall exchange' zkapin 'I shall cover up' td61,pin 'I shall steal' 'I shall show that I am a man' warjan 'I shall snatch'
Stem vowels bearing a low tone arerepeated on a high tone before the same suffix-Lin. Thus the word written as lexin 'I shallgo' in this course, is actually pronounced as[leeXin].
Pronunciation Drill 30.
Repeat the following after the instructor.
lkpin 'I shall go' bOxin 'I shall lie down' 'I shall stand up' mAnApin 'I shall talk' lef n 'I shall greet' nOpin 'I shall know' 'I shall begin' thrdoin 'I shall finish' tim4pin 'I shall expect' Exercice d'identificationd'un son et d'un ton Sound and Tone Recongnitior.
Instructeur: Testerl'abilite de vos etudiants a recon- Instructor: Test your naitre les sons Kanouri. A ceteffet, vous pouvez repeter of Kanuri. For this purpose quelques uns des exercicesproposes plus eat et n'importe quel suggested earlier and any exercice que vous avez creda ce dessein. V
/\ You should also try st Vous devez aussi essayercarrement une dictee. Il y a deux xn which youcould administ fagons de faire une dicteea ce stade. D'abord, vous pouvez First, you could dictate wo dicter les mots que les etudiantsecrivent, et par ce fait sont holding them responsible f respeonsables de chaque son et ton danschaque mot. Ou bien, such word. Or, second, you leur donner une feuille contenant uneliste de mots Kanouri sheets of paper containing imcomplets, c'est-a-dire en oubliantvolontairement certains sons be responsible for filling et tons, ainsi pendant ladictee les etudiants doivent les ajoutercase may be. Forexample, si le cas se presente.Exemple, l'imprime-epreuve peut contenir might contain the entry b' le not-souche b'ne, et quand vousdicterez le mot Kanouri pour for 'night', your students nuit, vos etudants doiventcompleter ce mot-souche en ajoutant under the high tone mark, u sous le signe tonhaut, c'est-a-dire bung. Apply the second meth Utiliser la seconde methoded'abord et choisir les mots from among those given in pour la diet& parmi ceuxqui se trouvent dans les exercices at the end of this book. precedents ou du glossaire que vous trouvereza la fin de ce livre.
63 26
Sound and Tone Recongnition Drills 31. s a recon- Instructor: Test your students' ability torecognize the sounds repfter of Kanuri. For this purpose, you may repeat someof the drills importe quel suggested earlier and any ones you mayhave devised on your own.
You should also try straightdictation. Thereare two ways y a deux in which you could administer adictation drill atthis stage. us pouvez First, you could dictate wordsfor the students towrite down, ce fait sont holding them responsible for every soundand everytone in each the studentsmimeographed . Ou bien, such word. Or, second, you could give s Kanouri sheets of paper containing Kanuriwords for whichstudents would t certains sons be responsible for filling in themissing sounds or tones, as the ivent les ajoutercase may be. Forexample, the mimeographed sheets you passed out peut contenir might contain the entry b'ne, andwhen you dictate the Kanuri word Kanouri pour for 'night', your students wouldcomplete this entry by writing u e en ajoutant under the high tone mark, i.e.bung.
Apply the second method first, and selectwords for dictation 1r les mots from among those given in the precedingdrills of from the glossary s exercices at the end of this book. a fin de SALUTATIONS
Une liste des salutations courantes Kanouri vous sontdonndes A number of common ci-dessous. Les etudiants doivant 'etre autorisesa les apprendre should be allowed to et commencer a les utiliser aussitot que possible pendant le in the training progran stage.
Retenir par coeur / To be memorized:
1. Le mhtin / In the morning
Salutation/Greeting (S/G) gda watt. Bonjour. / Good m (a) watfxd alefa (sflei).
(sflei: option pour la reponse) (silei is optional i4
2. Apres midi / After mid-day:
(S/G) gda Bonne apras midi/
(R) dibdb/dibd6rb
3. Le soir / At night:
(S/G) fdArra/s41 bal. Bonne nuit./ Good
(R) yawa, f4j6r WM/ ski bdri.
E5 27
GREETINGS
vous sont donnees A number of common Kanuri greetings are givenbelow. Students s a les apprendre should be allowed to learn them all and start usingthem as soon le pendant le in the training program as possible.
Bonjour. / Good morning.
efa (sflef).
(sflefis optional in this response.)
Bonne apas midi/Bonsoir./ Goodafternoon/evening. brb alefa.
6i bail. Bonne nuit./ Good night. jk kijild ski bdif. 4. Pendant la saison des pluies / During the rainy season
(S/G) ta kjii?
(R) kjfirb kilefh.
ou/or
(S/G) fahnim Njfirb kilefh se?
(R) hahl fax/ kilefh.
La derniere waniere veut dire a peu pros, "La pluie a-t-elle The latter greet abimt votre maison?" (R) "Tres peu." affect your hous
5. Pendant la chaleur / During the hot weather
(S/G) gdh kadasii? Comment ca va pendant
(R) kddsZirb kilefh/kids4. Nbeji zhmanzi.
La response alternative veut dire JO, "route chose, la The alternative chaleur inclus, a son temps, et on peut faire tres peu including the h a ce sujet." little anyone c
ou/or
(S/G)- gdh zdnel?
(R) zdneirb kilefa,
ou/or ving4 ibeji. = seuer/sweat)
6. ,Pendant la saison froide / During the cold season
(S/G) gdh Midi?
(R) kaki' kbejf.
(Iticalairb alefl: cette expression ne se dit pas.) (*kakiirb 28
se?
elle The latter greeting means something like, "How do the rains affect your house?" (10 "Very little."
Comment g,a va pendant cette chaleur? / How are you making out in this hot weather?
The alternative response here means something like,"Everything, including the hot weather, has its proper time, and there is little anyone can do about that."
tinel = seuer/sweat)
t
pas.) (*kakimb kdlefa is not said) $ ou /or
(S/G) Ida kasdam.
(R) kasdam kbejf.
(kasdam = toux) (kasaan
7. Aux gens entrain de se reposer ou de serelaxer / To people found resting or relaxin
(S/G) Ws?)
(R) yawa, wage kIngeerb. (a une seule personne / to yawa, wish kingeerb. (plus d'un / more than one
Aune seule personne / To only one person:
(S/G) wdge tUstire.
(R) yawa, wage kingen.
8. Aune personne ou des personnestrouves entrain de travailler / To a person or peop.
(S/G) wdge/wdsb cidarb.
(R) wdge/wdsb anUerb.
9. Un terme courant /A cover greeting:
(i) (S/G) wdsb wds45.
(ii) (S/G) wdA baba. Bonjour papas / Hel
10. Aux personnes de rang social eleve / To persons ofimportant social standing:
(S/G) dla
(R) dla katinjo. 29
kAsdam. khsahmkbejf.
Ahi (khsAhm = cough)
de se relaxer / To people found resting orrelaxing:
Ws?) tilsdrb. ynwh, cause kingArb. (a une seule personne / to one person) yawh, wxisb kIngArb. (plus d'un / more than one person)
y one person:
wuse tastire, yawh, wuse king66.
rouves entrain de travailler / To a person or peoplefound working:
wah/wdsO cif:1hr?). wah/wdsb kIngehrb,
g:
%ids?) wdsO. wdst bhbA, Bonjour papa! / Hello, daddy!
/ To persons of important social standing:
Alh Ala kAwdnj6.
711 11. Aux malades /-To thesick:
(S/G) Ida watf/dibdb?
(R) kilefa silei.
(S/G) gand abf 61? Comment te sens-t
(R) gang ggd1w6. Un peu mieux! /A
(S/G) dla wbsi sirs. Je te souhaite ur
(R) Merci! / Thank yc
12. Autres formes / Miscellaneous:
(S/G) bdea kjil kinzdarb. Pendant le jeune,
(S/G) bdr9.11 cil fbndbre. Apees le jeune.
(S/G) bdr9a kgimirirb. Pendant n'imporb
(S/G) bdr9a de. Aquelqu'un com
(S/G) bdr9Z0de kilda f6ndbrb. Pour une naissan
13. En partant / Parting:
(S/G) sg digia!
(R) yawd, ski digfa!
ou/or ski tafa, zare ROW
71 30
ibde?
16f.
f? Comment te sens-tu? / How are youfeeling? w6. Un peu mieux: /A little bitbetter. Je te souhaite un promptretablissement. / I wish you a speedy recovery.
Herci! / Thank you
kinzdarb. Pendant le jeune. / During fasting.
ander?). Apr1s le jeune. / After fasting. celebration. mirirb. Pendant n'importe quelle fte. / During any A quelqu'un concernpar un accident. / to oneinvolved in an accident.
alai ander?). Pour une naissance. / For childbirth.
tusia.
z6erb Ngf la: LESSON I/ LEQON I
Rendre Visite/Visiting
DIALOGUE/DIALOGUE
Susan: Salut. Y-a-t-il quelqu'un? Susan: lald b. keam Nbdjf wa?1
Bind': Entre. Nous sommes a la maison. Bfnel: are gad. andf Nbdjf.
Susan: Comment allez-vous, tous? Susan: n6ndf abfbf?
Tesbien, merci. Bfnth: andf sdmma kildfa.
Susan: Le bebd aussi? Susan: tfb1 dils6 we
Oui, le bdbd aussi va tres bien. Bintil: an, t/b61 dfyd kildfanzf.
Susan: Comment s'appelle-t-il? Susan: sanzf Nd0/ hdd sanzf? 2 Kolo. sanzi Kb16.
1. In Nigel Notes: 1. Au Niger et au Tchad les visiteurs Notes: s'annoncent du pas de la porte en frappant by standing deux fois des mains au lieu de demander, hands twice comme dans ce dialogue, si quelqu'un est dialogue, 1_1 a la maison ou frappera la porte.
2. Les meres Kanouri considerent leurs premiers 2. Kanuri enfants comme leurs soeurs ou freres et marquent sisters or une deferencea ne pas par leurs noms et les dire to them by aux gens. telling oth
1. Classr Exercices: 1. Expressionsautiliser en classe. Drills: A repdter plusieurs fois, ainsi que leurs meanings a definitions, apres l'instructeur.
Vi ens ici! are I- 1
LESSON 1/ LEcON I
Rendre 'Visite/Visiting
Susan: ale b. Mara tlejfwel Susan: Hello there. Is anyone home?
Binth: Are W. andf Bfnth: Come on in. We are home.
Susan: n6ndi abler? Susan: How are you all?
Bfnth: andf sdmma ale& Bantu: Just fine, thank you.
Susan: tibk dias6 we Susan: And the baby, too?
BInth: hah, ab61 diye kildfanzi. Aintil: Yes, the baby, too, is fine.
Susan: salmi idd?/ hdd sdhnzi? Susan: What's its name? 2 BInth: salmi K.616. Kolo. ige teurs Notes: 1. In Niger and Chad, visitors announcetheir arrival ing frappant by standing before the front door andclapping their ice nder, hands twice, instead of knocking orasking, as in this u un est dialogue, if anyone is home. e. ri leurs premiers 2. Kanuri mothers regard their first bornas their or res et marquent sisters or brothers, and consequen lyshow deference by noms et les dire to them by not addressingthem by name and by not oth telling other people their names. ssr classe. Drills: 1. Classroom phrases. To be repeated with their s a si que leurs meanings after the instructor severaltimes: eur.
are Come here!
74 Entre! gad
Sors! ldd
Lev ? -toi! (Debout!) and
Assieds-toi! ne6mnd
Reviens! w6ltind
Rdponds (utilise a la campagne) jaal yd
Reponds! Yerwa) Amsa ye
Rdpete! k416k1ind
2. Donner l'kuivalent frangais des ordres 2. Supply the Engl suivants. following commands.
w6ltine
lde
(land are jaal yd gad ndkand imsh yd
3. Interpreter les instructions suivantes. 3. Carry out the
lde w41t1ne
(land
gad Amsa yd I - 2
Enter!
Go out!
Stand up!
6 Sit down!
In6 Go back!
Respond! (in the countryside) Ye Respond! (in Yerwa) Ye
Repeat!
es ordres 2. Supply the English equivalents of the following commands.
Ind
Ye
6
Ye suivantes. 3. Carry out the following instructions:
tine
6 a y6 are n4mne
4. Respond to the qu 4. Rdpondre a la question parl'une de ces trois reponses: given:
Y-a-t-il quelqu'un Nous sommesa la Kaam Nbejf wd? andf Nbejf. (a la maison)? maison. Je suis a la maison. w; Nbejf. Quelqu'un est A la kaki Nbejf. maison.
5. Respond to these 5. Rdpondre a ces questions, commeindique:
Comment allez-vous? Nous allons tous n6nd/ abaf? Andf summa kildfa. bien. Comment vont-ils? Its vont tous bien. sndfabf6f?. samma kildfa. xi abfof? wukildfa. ..Comment vas-tu? Je vais bien. Comment va-t-il? va bien. gf abfbf? gf kilefa. Comment va Smith? va bien. smith ab141? si kilefa. wd abfbi? xl kilefa.
Comment vont Jean Its vont bien. John, Smith, sndf s6ndikilefa. et Smith? abfbf? andf kilefa. Jean, Smith, Nous allons bien. John, Smith, n6ndf cooment allez-vous? abnf?. Pierre reponds. Its vont bien. Peter gmsh yd. s5ndf Comment vont-ils? s6ndf abf'sf?
6. The following sen 6. La phrase suivante: Kgam iatsbn Nbdif 1.70, est une variante(bien que moins courantc) decelle a variant(though les donna precddemment: Repondre aux namely, Kaam Nbe'l wg questions suivantes, commeindique: as indicated: are n4mnd
de ces trois 4. Respond to the question with anyof the three answers given:
KAam Nbdjf wA? andf Nbejf. Is anyone home? We are home.
wd Nbejf. I am home. kdam Someone is home.
indique: 5. Respond to these questions asindicated: rindf abaf? andf samma kilefh. How are you all? We are all fine.
skull abaf?, sbndf sammi kilefa. How are they? They are all fine. of Abf6f? wu kildfa. How are you? I am fine.
S. f abfk? kilefa. How is he? He is fine.
S. smith abf4f? kildfa. How is Smith? He is fine. wd abfbf? pf kilefa. How am I? You are fine. John, Smith, s6ndfs6ndi kilefa. How are John, They are fine. abfbf? Smith? John, Smith, n6ndf andf kilefa. John, Smith, how We are fine. abfbf?. are you? Peter Amsa yd. s6ndf kilefa. Peter, respond. They are fine. s6ndf ab161? How are they?
Kam fatbn Nbejf we ?, is n Nb4if we ?, est 6. The following sentence, te) de celle a variant (thoughless common) of the one given earlier, A? Rdpondre aux namely, Kdam Nbeif we? Respond to the following question, as inAicated: Y-a-t-il quelqu'un (a la maison)? lamfdtbn Nbejf wd? Nous sommes A la maison. andf fdten Nbejf. Its sont a la maison. gndf fdtbn Nbejf. Je suis a la maison. wd fdtbn Nbejf, Il est a la maison. ;i fatbn Nbejf: Quelqu'un est a la maison. kdam fdtbn Nbejf.
Respond to the follow 7. Repondreaux questions suivantes,comma 7. indique:
Sommes-nous a la Oui, nous sommes a andffdtbn bd? ada, andf fdtbn. maison? la maison. Sommes-nous a Oui, nous sommes andf mAdrantlin Ida, andf l'ecole? a l'ecole. bd? mAdrAntfin. Sommes-nous au Oui, nous sommes andf kasalan bd? ada, andf kasalan. Are =rale? au marche. ma Sommes-nous au Oui, nous sommes andf ambirikalan ada, andf U.S.A.? aux U.S.A. bd? Ambirfkalan. Sommes nous en Oui, nous sommes andf dfrfkalan bd? ada, andf Afrique? en Afrique. dfrikalan. Sommes nous au Oui, nous sommes andf nijerfalan ziaa, andf Nigeria? au Nigeria. be? nijerialan.
Answer these 8. Repondre aces questionsde lama mere indique4 8. ci-dessous: Suis-je a la Tu n'es pas a la wd fdtbn bd? .111 fdtbn bda. maison? maison. Es-tu a la maison?Je ne suis pas a xtf fdtbn bd? wufatOn bda. la maison.
Est-t-il/elle Il/Elle n'est pas gf fdtbn bd? gi fdtbn bda. A la maison? a la maison. Sommes-nous a Vous n'ates pas andf fdtbn bd? n6ndf fdtbn bda. la maison? a la maison.
79 fib6jf wd? Is anyone at home?
and fdtOn kbejf. We are at home. skidf fatOn Nbejf. They are at home. wu fdtbn Nbejf. I am at home. sifdtbn trbejf:' He is at home. kdhm fdtbn Nbejf. Someone is at home.
7. Respond to the following question, asindicated:
bd? hdh, hndf Are we at home? Yes, we are at home. ntfin huh, hndf Are we at school? Yes, we are at school. mddrantfin. lhn bd? huh, hndf ka'sdillhn. Are we atthe Yes, we are at the market? market, fkhlhn hndf Are we inthe U.S? Yes, we are in the U.S. dmbirfkhlhn. hlhn bd? hdh, hndf Are we inAfrica? Yes, we are in Africa. dfrikhlhn. fhlhn huh, hndf Are we inNigeria? Yes, we are in Nigeria. nijerfhlhn.
che manner indicated: diquee 8. Answer these questions in
g fatbn bdh. Am I at home? You are not at home.
wd fitbu bah. Are you at home? I am not at home.
gf fatbn bah, Is he/she at home? He/she is not at home.
bd? n6ndf bdh Are we at home- You are not at home. Etes-vous a la maison? Nous ne sommes pasankidf fdtbn bA? andf fdtbn bda. la maison.
Sont-ils a la maison? Its ne sont pas a la maison. skidi fdtbn bd? skdi fdtbn baa
9. Answer these q 9. Rdpondre a ces questions, comme indiqu4: OU suis-je? Vous gtes a l'dcole. wd Nddrdan/Nddan? mAdrdntfin. OU es-tu? Je suis a l'dcole. g Nddan? wd mAdrAntfin.
OU est-t-il/elle? Il/Elle est gf Nddan? gf mddrdntfin. l'ecole.
OU sommes-nous? Vous etes a 114cole. andi Nddan? nv),`,ndf mddrantii OU gtes-vous? Nous sommes a l'ecole. nkidf Nddan? andf mddrdntfin
Os sont-ils? Its sont a l'ecole. skull Nddln? skdi madrantii
10. Faire cette revision du dialogue plusieursfois, 10. Do this review en substituant par des motsapproprids ceux entre appropriate words f parentheses: Kaam Nbdjf wd? Salut. Y-a-t-il quelqu'un? laid b. Entre. Je suis a la maison. are gas. wd Nb6jf. (Smith) aussi? (Smith) dias6 wd? n'est pas la. sf fdtbn bda, OU est-il? gf Nddan? Il est a (1'dcole). gf (mddrantfin).
11. Rdpeter aprbs l'instructeur: 11. Repeat after
s'appelle Kolo. sdUnz1( Kb16. Tu t'appelles Kolo. sdUnim Kb16. Je m'appelle Kolo. sdiof Kb16.
Answer, as in 12. Rdpondre comme indique: 12. S'appelle-t-il Kolo? Oui, it s'appelle sdUnzi KO16 wd? ada, sanzi K' Ko1o. fatbn bA? andf fatbn bAa. Are you at home? We are not at home.
fatbn bA? s4ndi fAtbn bah. Are they at home? They are not at home.
9. Answer these questions as indicated: You are at. school. dArdan/ftddan? g mAArantfin. Where am I?
dAan? wd mAArAntlin. Where are you? I am at school.
He/she is at school. dAan? si mAdrantlin. Where is he/she?
!Wan? nka mAdrantfin. Where are we? You are at school.
NdAan? andf mdArAntfin. Where are you? We are at school. NdAan? skdi mAdrantlin. Where are they? They are at school.
fois, 10. Do this review dialogueseveral times, substituting other tre appropriate words for those inparentheses:
b. KAam Nb4ji wA? Hello. Is anyone home?
ga4. wd Rbdjf. Come on in. I am home. ith) dias6 wA? And (Smith), too? fAtbn bAa. He is not in.
!idAan? Where is he? (mAdrAntrin). He is at (school).
11. Repeat after the instructor: nzi Kb16. His name is Kolo. nim Kb16. Your name is Kolo. Kb16. My name is Kolo.
12. Answer, as indicated: nzi Kb16 wA? aka, sanzi K616. Is his name Kolo? Yes, his name is Kolo. T'appelles-tu Kolo? Oui, je m'appelle sdUnfm 10516 wd? ada, surf Kolo. Est-ce que je m'appelleOui, to t'appelles sag 1616 wd? ada,sanfmKoj Kolo? Kolo.
13. Repondre comme indique. Faire dessubstitutions la 13. Answer, a! ouit le faut. Comment est-ce que je Tu t'appelles Kolo. Ndd sdUni/ sdUnim (616). m'appelle? sdiof Ndd? Comment t'appelles -tu? Je m'appelle Kolo. Ndd sanfm/ sag (a16). sdUnim Ndd?
Comment s'appelle-t-il? I1 s'appelle Kolo. Ndd sanzi/ sdUnzi sanzi tildd?
14. R4pondre comme indique: 14. Answer as Ton bebe est-il ici? Mon b4b4 est ici. tibinim nda dtilan tibn,p1 n bd?
Ta femme est-elle ici? Ta femme est ici. kamdnim nda dtilan kdmd,pinda bd?
Ton maxi est-il ici? Mon mari est ici. kwdenfm nda dtilan kwaapi 1.14 bd?
Ton pere est-il ici? Mon pere est ici. Abanfm nda dtilan Abkra nda bd?
Ta mere est-elle ici? Ma mere est ici. ydanim nda dtilan ydani nda bd?
Ton ami est-il ici? Mon ami est ici. sdwanim naa dtilan sdwag nd, be
15. Repondre comme indiqu4: 15. Answer, OU est ma mere? Ta mere n'est pas ydkpi Nddan? ydanfm nA' ici. bda. OU est to mere? Ma mere n'est pas ydanim Nddan? Yakninda ici. lode.
OU est sa mere? Sa mere n'est pas ydanzi Nddan? ydanzf nd ici. bda. - 6
Kb l nim Kb16 wd? ada, sdia Kblo. Is your name Kolo?Yes, my name is Kolo.
I Kb16 wd? ada,sdiinfm KO16. Is my name Kolo? Yes, your name is Kolo.
titutions la 13. Answer, as indicated. Make substitutions where required:
16). d sanim (Kb16). What's my name? Your name is Kolo. I Ndd? ). d sdiinfm/ sdiAni (Kb16). What's your name? My name is Kolo. unim NU? 16). d sdiinzi/ sainzi (016). What's his name? His name is Kolo. unzi Ndd?
0 14. Answer as indicated: in b6inim nda Atilan nda Atilan. Is your baby here?My baby is here. 9 nda minim nda Atilan kAm0f nda Atilan. Is your wife here? My wife is here. 9 ná, Aanim nda dal-an kwAani nda Atilan. Is your husband My husband is here. ? here? nda anim nda Atilan db4pi nda Atilan. Is your father My father is here. ? here? nda =flu nda Atilan ydapi nda Atilan. Is your mother My mother is here. ? here? n wanim nda Atilan sAwag nda Atilan. Is your friend My friend is here. here?
15. Answer, as indicated: nA. I !Milan? ydanim nda Atilan Where is my Your mother is not bAa. mother? here. nda anfm MdAan? yard nda AtIlan Where is your My mother is not here. bAa. mother?
anzi NdAan? ydanzi nda Atilan Where is his His mother is not here. bAa. mother? OU est notre mere? Votre mere n'est pas yaande Ndaan? ydand6 nda Atil ici. bah.
Oi est votre mere? Notre mere n'est pas ydand6 Ndaan? ydande nda dtil ici. bda.
04 est leur mere? Leur mere n'est pas ydanzd !Wan? yaanza naa ati] ici. bah.
NOTES GRAMMATICALES GRAMMATICAL NOTES
1. The following I 1. Les pronoms Kanouri suivants correspondent aux pronoms frangais "Je, tu, etc...". "I, you, etc..." a singulier/singular pluriel/plural
1. wd andf/ande
2. jr ndndf
3. gf skull gf equivant aux pronoms frangais "il, elle". gf stands for Eng
2. The Kanuri pos. 2. Les adjectifs possessifs Kanouricorrespondant aux adjectifs possessifs frangais "mon, ma, ton, ta,etc..." sont: English "my, your, singulier/singular pluriel /plural
1. -,if -nde
2. -nim -nd6
3. -nzf -nza.
Its se placent a la fin des noms.(suffixes) They are attached
3. Les noms Kanouri sont declines pour des cas. Les 3. Kanuri nouns a cas des affixes sontattaches, comme les adjectifs possessifs, attached, like the a la fin des noms. Le cas qui sert a exprimer le lieu ou The case for expre l'origine d'un mouvement, le cas de l'ablatif, estexprime The Ablative case, les suffixes -n,trn, et-lan. Le premier suffixe est utilise -lan. The first s avec les noms finissant par un tonbas, exemple fatbn "a la e.g. fatbn'at horn maison" (exemple=fatb "maison"). Le second, oil V remplace for the repetition la repetition dune voyelle de ton bas quiprecede low tone, is used I
I - 7
Nddan? ydand6 nda atilan Where is our Your mother is not here. bda, mother?
Nddan? ydandd nda ad:an Where is your Our mother is not here. bda. mother? !Wan? ydanzd naa dtilan Where is their Their mother is not here. bah_ mother?
GRAMMATICAL NOTES
noms 1. The following Kanuri pronouns correspond toEnglish "I, you, etc..." are:
ier /singular pluriel/plural andf/andd nkldf skidi
*gi stands for English "he, she, it". pos x 2. The Kanuri possessive adjectives corresponding to ur, .." sont: English "my, your, etc..." are: ral ler/singular pluriek/plural
- ndé
-nd6
-nzi - nzd
They are attached (suffixed) to theend of nouns. s a 3. Kanuri nouns are inflected for case. Case affixes are the ssessifs, attached, like the possessive adjectives, tothe end of nouns. pre leu ou The case for expressing location orthe origin of motion, se, primd The Ablative case, is indicatedby the suffixes -n, and t s utilise -lan. The first suffix is used with nounsending on a low tone, horn "a la e.g. Man'at home' (cf. fdtb 'house'). The second, where V stands ion mplace for the repetition of the immediately preceding vowel on a ed low tone, is used with nouns ending on ahigh tone, e.g. madrdntfin 'at school' (cf. andd immddiatement, est utilise avec les nomsfinissant par un is used with both classes of wo ton haut, exemple: mddrantiin 'a 1'dcole1(de madrantf madrantilan 'at school'. 'dcole'). Le troisieme est utilise avecles deux categories de mots, exemple,fdtblan 'a la maison'l mddrdntflan 'a lidcole'.
4. The interrogative particle 4. La particule interrogativewd a une variante ba utilised seulement apres les mots se terminant par n, mou 1. is used only after words ending
VOCABULAIRE VOCABULARY Ore Abe father ce, ca Ati this reponse dmsa response, answer Amdrique Ambirika America Afrique afrfka Africa nous andf/ande. we reponse jddil response personne kaam person epouse, femme kdrad wife, woman
sante kildfa health mari kwda husband marche kasn market dcole madrantf school endroit nda place vous nkidi you (pl.)
to g you (sing.) ils skdi they ami sawa friend I nom situ name I - 8
au mdardntfin 'at school' (cf.maaranti 'scllool'). The third WO is used with both classesof words, e.g. fatblan 'at home', ies madrantflan 'at school'.
cle The interrogative particle wdhas a variant bá which din see 4. is used only after words endingin n, m, or 13.
VOCABULARY father this response, answer America Africa we response person wife, woman health husband market school place you (pl.) you (sing.) they friend
name bebe tfbel baby le /la ti the je wd I mere yda mother out Nddrdanitidan where? qui? Rdd who? quoi (que)? hbi what? particule wa/bd interrogative particle interrogative aussi Ye also plus ou moires, more or less, about environ oui ada yes nest pas bda is not Viens ici! are Come here! Entre! ghe Come in! Leves-toi; cane Stand up, wait! attends! Sors! lde G o out; Retourne, reviens! w4land Return, go back! Assieds-toi! nOmne S it down! Donne! ye G ive:
Repleta k614kline Repeat!
89 LESSON II/LEcON II
La ceremonie du choix d'un nom/The naming ceremony
DIALOGUE /DIALOGUE
§Atimarf: Quand vont-ils celebrer la UtimArf: sAAbf sa di skifin? ceremonie du choix d'un nom?
Samedi. Bal: sibdia.
§etimArf: Samedi? Que c'est agreable! getimArf: sibdia! kgill! Bal: Mais aujourd'hui, vendredi. Je Bal: ka zima (laAv6rb...kbbrirb dois aller chez. comment kajlrf sarbl lenin. l'appellent-ils Koori, dans la soiree, pour une ceremonie du choix d'un nom.
§etimarl: Aujourd'hui, vendredi? §AtimArf: zimh?2 Bal: Oui. Comme initialement prevu, Bal: Ada. Amnia burw6 tia ca. Fannami et moi devious aller wa fanndmia r6kk6 only leneen ensemble mais it est parti et nob, wua kblzil 1e6nO. m'a laisse.
§etImArf: Quel dommage! Comment y allez-- getimAri: yob, xl ti kirm6 futubiin vous maintenant? lAnimln?
J'irai probablement a. cheval. Bal: w6nee filrlAn lenin.
NOTES: 1. The naming c NOTES: 1. La ceremonie du choix d'un nom,sa, a lieu sept jours apres la naissance d'un Ube. Elle est cel.ebree baby seven days durant la matinee seulement. in the morning o 2. This convers 2. Cette conversation A lieu un jeudi, ce queexplique la question de Shetimari. Bul semble ne pas avoir Shetimari's surp remarquer ,tette erreur. noticing this. LESSON II/LE9ON II ony u choixd'un nom/The naming ceremony
DIALOGUE
shabi sa di s6dfin? §etimari: When are they going to perform the naming ceremony? On Saturday.
sibdil! zgirb Ngill! §etimArf: On Saturday? How nice! ka zimh dtihworb...kbbrirb But today, Friday, I shall go khjfri sarbl to....what do they call its name, Koori, in the evening for a naming ceremony.
2 zimh? §etimhri: Today, Friday? hdh. aroma burw6 tih cdh Yes. As originally planned, Fannami en wdh annimia r6kk6 only le en and I were to have gone together, but Slob, wdh kblzil le6nb. he went away and left me behind.
y6b, ti kirmfi futubi3n §etimhri: What a shame! How will you go lenimln? there now? w6nee filrlan I'll probably be going on horseback.
g c performed for a new-born eu sept NOTES: 1. The naming ceremony, suu, is ys baby seven days after its birth. The ceremony is performed g o celebree in the morning only. er s e explique 2. This conversation took placeon a Thursday; hence ur p avoir Shetimari's surprised question. Bul appears to go on without noticing this. Drills: EXERCICES:
1. Repondre a ces questions, comme indique: 1. Answer these sques4
Quand celdbrerant-ils Samedi. saab/ sal di sibdia. la cdremonie du choix s6dfin? d'un nom? Quand vont-ils celebrer Samedi. saabf bar9a di sibdia la ceremonie du choix s6dfin? d'un nom? Quand aura lieu la Samedi. saabf Orlbp di sibdia. course de chevaux? sdfin? Quand aura lieu la noce? Samedi. saabf lbrdsa di sibdia.
Quand aura lieu le Samedi. snbf Nv51 di sibdia. I match de lutte?
Quand aura lieu la Samedi. saabf samn6 di sibdia. conference? Quand feront-ils le Samedi. saabf cfda di sibdia. travail? s6d/in?
Answer the question a 2. Repondre a la question comme indique; Quand feront-ils le Samedi. saabf c/da ti sibdia s6dfin? travail? Dimanche. landia
Lundi. litiriinna
Mardi. talaia Mercredi. largwah
Jeudi. lamisia
Vendredi. zimn Aujourd'hui. kuu Demain. baa
Demain matin. baa sdwa Drills: ues 1. Answer these questions, as indicated:
aabf sdil di sibdia. When will they On Saturday. 'dlin? perform the naming ceremony?
aabf bAr9a di sibdia When are they On Saturday. 'dfin? going to hold the celebration?
aabf g4r12p di sibdia. When will the On Saturday. horse race take place?
aabf lbrdsa di sibdia. When will the On Saturday. wedding reception take place?
aabf Ng6A di sibdia. When will the On Saturday. wrestling match take place?
aabf sAmn6 di sibdia. When will the On Saturday. kain? conference takeplace? aabf cfda di sibdia. When will they 6dfin? do the work? On Saturday.
Answer thequestion as indicated: sahbi cida ti sibdia When will theydo On Saturday. the work? s6dfin? ladia On Sunday. litlifinna On Monday. talc On Tuesday. lArdwaa On Wednesday.
lamfsia On Thursday. zimaa On Friday. kuu Today. bea Tomorrow. Tomorrow morning. bea suwa 3. Answer these qu 3. Repondre a ces questions comme indique:
(Bul), quand vas-tu Je ferai le travail shabi cida cida tf sibdia. faire le travail? samedi. tf dimin? diskin. an, sibdia cid (Pierre) Bul va-t-il Oui, it va faire (Peter), 1)611 ti faire le travail le travail samedi. sibdih wA cida ti ti sidlin. samedi? sidlin?
(Jean et Smith), allez- Oui, nous ferons le (John and Smith), ada, cida ti vous faire le travail travail samedi. sibdia wd cida ti sibdia diyen. samedi? diwi?
(Pierre), quand vont- Its vont le faire (Peter), shabi cida cida ti sibdie ils faire le travail? samedi. ti sdiln. sdlin.
Note to the instruc Note a l'instructeur: Les noms entre parentheses de cet exercice sont hypothetiques. Les remplacer par ceux de are hypothetical. when doing the exec vos dtudiants.
4. Answer these questi 4. Repondre a ces questions comme indique: fdtbn cida sicU (Pierre),oil travaille travaille chez (Peter), bal ti Bul? lui. Nddrdan cida sidiln? ada, fdtbn cida (Bul), travailles-tu Oui, je travaille (buul), fdtbn bd chez toi? chez moi. cida dimin? diskin. (John and Smith), fdtbn cida diy (Jean et Smith), oil Nous travaillons travaillez-vous? chez nous. tiddrdan cida diwi?
haa, fdtbn cid (Pierre), travaillent- Oui, ils (Peter), fdtbn bd ils chez eux? travaillent chez cida sbdiin? eux.
5. Answer the que. 5. Repondre aux questions comme indique: (Bul), que fais-tu J'y travaille. (b621), abf dimin cida diskin. la-bas? nAa tlidtilan? (Pierre), que fait But I1 y travaille. (Peter), ball ti abf cida sidiln. la-bas? Agin nAa tddillan? II -3
q 3. Answer these questions as indicated:
a I shall do the work , saabi cfda cfda ti sibdia (Bul), when are you ain? dfskin. going to do the work? on Saturday. cid buul ti ada, sibdia cfda (Peter), is Bul going Yes, he will do the wA cfda ti ti sidlin. to do the work on work on Saturday. 9 Saturday?
and Smith), aka, cfda ti (John and Smith), are Yes, we shall do the wA cfda ti sibdia diyen. you people going to work on Saturday. do the work on Saturday? a ), saabi cfda cfda ti sibdia (Peter), when are They are going to do dfin. sdfin, they going to do the it on Saturday. work? ru cet Note to the instructor: The names in parentheses in this exercise Replace them with those of your students xe de are hypothetical. when doing the exercise.
st 4. Answer these questions as indicated: id ), buul ti fdtbn cfda sidiin. (Peter), where does He works at home. an cfda sldfln? Bul work? id ), fdtbn bd ada, fdtbn cfda (Bul), do you work Yes, I work at home. dimin? dfskin. at home? ly and Smith), fdtbn cfda dlyen. (John and Smith), We work at home. an cfda diwi? where do you people work? id r), fdtbn bd ada, fatbn cfda (Peter), do they Yes, they work at sdfin? sdlin. work at home? home.
ue 5. Answer the questions as indicated: ), abf dimin cfda diskin. (Bul), what are you I am working. doing there?
), buul ti abf cfda sidlin. (Peter), what is Bul He is working. n ndhtdellan? doing there?
95 (bdU1), nah tddUlan ada, cfda dfskin. (BuI), travailles-tu Oui, j'y travaille. la-bas? cfda wd dfmin? cfda dlyen, (Jean et Smith), que Nous y travaillons. (John and Smith), faites-vous la-bas? nAa tddUlan abf diwi?
hda, cfda s6dfin. (Pierre), travaillent- Oui, ils travaillent.(Peter), cfda wd ils? scifin?
6. Answer these quest 6. Repondre a ces questions commeindiqu4: kbbrirb (Bul), ou vas-tu Je vais a Koori. (bdU1), g zfma aujourd'hui vendredi? Ati NdArArb lenfmin? kOOrfrO lejfin. (Pierre), Bul va-t-il I1 va a Koori. (Peter), bailti, a Koori ou a Maiduguri? kbbrirb wd lejfin rAa yerwarb? kuu zfma Atl (Bul), quand vas-tu Je vais a Koori (bal),.saabf kbbrirb lenimin? a Koori? aujourd'hui, vendredi ada, ka zfma (Pierre), Bul va-t-il Oui, it va a Koori (Peter), bal ti ka Ati kbbrirb lejfin a Koori aujourd'hui, aujourd'hui, vendredi.zfma Atl 1,7A kbbrirb vendredi? lejan? kale din. (Bul), y vas-tu J'y vais (oal), ka wi aujourd'hui ou demain? aujourd'hui. lenimin rda ban.?
kbbrirb (Jean et Smith), ou Nous allons (John and Smith), allez-vous aujourd'hui, Koori. kuu zfma Ati NdarArb vendredi? leniwi? ktiU zima (Pierre), quand vont- Its y vont (Peter), saabf Ati leza. ils e Koori? aujourd'hui, vendredi.kbbrirb lez61?
7. Answer these ques 7. Repondre a ces questions, commeindique: ktiU kajirf (Bul), y vas-tu ce soirJ'y vais ce soir. ka le/31n. ou ce matin? kajfrf wd lenfmin rsa stiwa? ka kajirf (Pierre), quand Bul y y va ce soir. (Peter), bal ti lejfin. va-t-il? saabi lejiin? II-4
n. U1), nAa tddUlan ada, cfda diskin. (Bul), are you Yes, I am. a wA dimin? working there? hn and Smith), cfda diyen. (John and Smith), whatWe are working. a tddUlan abf diwi? y there?
ter), cfda wA hAh, cfda sdfin. (Peter), are they Yes, they are. lin? working? es t 6. Answer these questions asindicated: U1), g kt4u zfma kbbrirb (Bul), where are you I am going to Koori. NdArArb lenfmin? going today, Friday?
ter), bdUl tf, kbbrirb lejfin. (Peter), is Bul going He is going to Koori. rirb wd lejfin to Koori or to yerwarb? Maiduguri? U1),shabf kdU zfma Atl (Bul), when are you I am going today, Orfrb lenfmin? going to Koori? Friday. ada, kdU zfml (Peter), is Bul going Yes, he is going to fin ter), hal tf kdU Ati wd kbbrirb Ati kbbrirb lejfin.to Koori today, Koori today; Friday. jiln? Friday? dU1), kdU wA (Bul), are you I am going today. fmin rah bAa? going today or tomorrow? We are going to Koori. ohn and Smith), kbbrirb lejleen. (John and Smith), zfmA Ati NAdrArb where are you guys niwi? going today, Friday? They are going today, eter), shabf kuuzfma (Peter), whenare Friday. Orfrb lez61? Ati leza. they going to Koori? es 7. Answer these questions, asindicated:
I am going this kdU kuu kejirf (Bul), are you going jiri wd lenfmin this evening or this evening. a sdwa? morning? eter), hal tf kal kajirf (Peter), when is Bul He is going this evening. abf lejfin? lejfin. going? (Jean et Smith), quand Nous y allons ce (John and Smith), kuu khjirf (Jo!' lkpan. whe, allez-vous? soir. saabi leniwl? goi (Pe (Pierre), ou vont-ils? Its vont a Koori. (Peter), Nddrarb kbbrirb leza. lez4I? the (Bu (Bul), pourquoi y J'y vais pour une (bail), abirb sdiirb goi vas-tu? cer6monie du choix lenfmin? d'un nom. odiirb lejfin. (Pe (Pierre), Bul y va-t-il y va pour une (Peter), buul ti goi pour une ceremonie du ceremonie du choix sairb wd ajfin rah cer choix d'un nom ou une d' u''_ nom. bar9hrb? cel celebration? zieal (Bu ( 13(11), quand y J'y vais vendredi. (bd41), saabf goi vas-tu pour la sari) lenfmin, zfeaa cer ceremonie du choix rah sibdid? Sa d'un nom, vendredi ou samedi?
/lb
8. Answer these questions 8. Rdpondre a ces questions comme indique: (bail), ;ImA (Pc (Pierre), qui va a Bul y va. (Peter), Ndd kbbrirb lejiin. goi Koori? lejfin? (B . ada, wdmd leoln. (Bul), vas -tu a Koori? Oui, je vais a (bail), xl wd to Koori. kbbrirb lenfmin?
(J (Jean et Smith), allez-Oui, nous allons (John and Smith), ada, andfmd 0 vous a Koori? a Koori. nkldi wd kbbrirb reneen. Ko
sbndima leza? (Pierre), qui y va? Its y vont. (Peter), Ndd kbbrirb (P Pcurquoi y vont-ils? Its y vont pour une lez41? go ceremonie du choix abir6 lez61. sarb lez61. th d'un nom.
9. Answer these questions 9. Repondre a ces questions comma indique: fanndmia ada, Nada fanndmia (B (Bul), y allez-vous Oui, Fannami et moi (ball), Fa ensemble, Fannami et y allonsensemble. wd r6kk6 leniwi? r6kk6 lkneerl. to toi? ;fa anndalla (Pierre), lui et qui Lui et Fannami y (Peter), 'i'fa Nddh (P r6kk6 lez61. y vont-ilsensemble? vont ensemble. rcikk6 lez61? ar 98 II - 5
(Jo We are going this nd Smith), kuu kajiri (John and Smith), whe, whgn are you guys evening. gol enfwi? lepeen. going: (Pe (Peter), where are They are going to Nddrarb kbbrira lezg. the they going? Koori. (Bu I am going for a abfrb sdarb lerjin. (Bul), what are you goi naming ceremony. 9 going for?
(Pe He is going for a bdal ti sdarb lejfin. (Peter), is Bul goi naming ceremony. d lejfin rda going for a naming cer ceremony or a eel celebration? (Bu I shall go on Friday. zimal (Bul), when are you goi saab/ lenfmin, zimaa going for the naming cer ceremony, Friday or did? Sa Saturday? ons 8. Answer these questions asindicated: Pe Bul isgoing. Ndd k6brira (b641), gimd (Peter), wh,..) is goi going to Koori? (B (Bul), areyougoing Yes, I am going wd . ada, wdmd t Jai to Koori. o lbnimin? to Koori?
(J (John and Smith), are Yes, we are going and Smith), ada, and/ma 0 youguys going to to Koori. Ko wd karirb 9 Koori?
(P ), Ndd Marfrasbndfma azg? (Peter), who are They are going. go going? What are They are going th for a naming lez61. sdarb lez61. they going for? ceremony. ons 9. Answer these questions as indicated: (B Yes, Fannami and I Dia fannamiaada, wta fannamia (Bul), are you and Fa are goingtogether. k6 lanfwi? r6kk6 lkneen. Fannami going to together?
(P sia Nddh *gia fanndmih (Peter), he and who He and Fannami are ar lez61? r6kk6 lezg. are going together? going together. 99 ;fa balla kbbrfr6Fannami a Fannamiet- qui vont Lui at Du]. vont fanngmle Ndfie are goini ensemble a Koori? ensemble a Koori. kbbrieo rokk6 r6kk6 leza? together? zfmah r6kk6 (Bul), wh (Bul), gland y allez- Nous y allons saabf ga landan. and Farm-, vous ensemble, ensemble vendredi. fanndmia r6kk6 together: Fannami et toi? lenfwi? ada, gfa fannAmia (Peter), (Pierre), Bul et Oui, lui et (Peter), bail tf, kbbrfrb r6kk6 going to Fannami vont-ils Fannami vont ensemblegfa fanndmia wd together ensemble a Koori? a Koori. kbbrfrb r6kk6 laza? leza. Fannami?
10. Respond to the following q 10. Repondre aux questions suivantes commeindique: How are Comment y vas-tu, g tf kfrmd futubfin lanialn? maintenant? Maybe I Peut-gtte irai-1e.a cheval. yonee ffirlan apieds. ;Man. dos de chameau. kailmblan. en auto, en car, m6ta lan. en camion. a bicyclette. bdskiirlar. en avion. maard sGmlbelan, en bateau. maara Njfibalan. en train. jfrgf sidfbalan.
Have students act out in c 11. Faire interpreter, en classe, par lesdtudiants, des 11. dialogues prepares et improvisesd'apres les situations dialogues on the following: suivantes:
1) daily activities 1) Activitesquotidiennes 2) a proposed journey 2) Un voyage propose Leur fournir les verbes, tels que:partiriparriver, rester, etc. Supply them with the verbs--suc staying, etc.--they need for th ...dont ils ont besoin pour cesdialogues. Pour d'eventuelles fins de tels verbes, quills se reportent auxnotes to the grammatical notes accomp possible endings of such verbs. grammaticales accompagnant cetteleion. 1 10D II - 6
He and Bul are NdCia buulla kbbrfrb Fannami and who int namia sii r6kk6 arc going Lo Rooici going to Koori tcgethPr. er? together? wh (Bul), when are you We are going ul), saabi ga zfmaa r6kk6 nna namia r6kk6 lapean. and Fannami going together on Friday. er? fwi? together? )) ter), bail tf, gfa fannamia (Peter), is Bul Yes, he and Fannami to are going to fannamia wd kbbrfr6 r6kk6 going to Koori er rfref r6kk6 laza? laza. together with Koori together. '9 Fannami?
indicated: 4: 10. Respond to the following questions as
e ti kfrma futubfin How are you going now? fan? I yonda ffirlan Maybe I'll go on horseback. on foot.
kailmblan. by camel.
m6talan. by car/bus/truck.
bAskilrlar. on a bicycle. maard sGmlbalan, in an airplane. maara Njfibalan. by boat, jirgi sidibalan. by train. n c ints, des 11. Have students act out in class bothimpromptu and prepared tions dialogues on the following:
1) daily activities
2) a proposed journey suc rester, etc. Supply them with the verbs--such as of leaving,arriving, th dventuelles staying, etc.--they need for thesedialogues. Refer them omp to the grammatical notes accompanyingthis lesson for the bs. possible endings of such verbs. Ask questions of the typ Poser des questions en prenant commemodele l'exercice 9. of the class on each of Exemple: qucsticris sc. ze.f6raat a 1.taaqu lialcguc. GRAMMATICAL NOTES NOTES GRAMMATICALES suffixe 1. The Dative Case: T' 1. Le cas du datif: Ce cas est indique par le It is employed for indic Il est employe pour exprimer: (1) un objet indirect, et (2) endroit vers lequel un mouvement estdirige. Exemple, towards which motion is labria lb/11E "Je vais a Koori". going to Koori'
2. Conjonction du nom ou pronom: Les pronoms ou noms 2. Noun or pronoun Conj sont conjoint par l'intermediaire du suffixe-a. Le by means of the suffix suffixe peut-etre ajoute a chaque element ainsi lie. of the items conjoined. En outre, les noms se terminant par d?s consonnes, as a rule, have such cop commes it est deregle, trouvent leurs consonnes dou- suf fix.
blees quand ils revgtent ce suffixe. 3. Tense I Kanuri v tense, number, and pers 3. Temps I: Les verbes Kanouri sont simultanement de- three categories are gel clines en fonction du temps, du nombre et du genre. Les verbs. (Most verb stem affixes servant a indiquer ces trois categories jouent followed by a vowel and generalement le eke de suffixes pour les racines des selected from the group: verbes. (La plupart des racines de verbes sont seule- of x._bs, Group A and B ment d'une syllable--une consonne suivie d'une voyelle inflectional affixes th et, de temps en temps, une autre consonne choisie parmi Tense Iis used to le groupe: p,t,k,$). I1 y a deux groupes de verbes, (1) continuous or habi ..le Groupe A et le Groupe B, definis par un principe de past, (2) future acti base qui est fonde sur les affixes a flexion que les The following affix verbes manifestent. Le Temps I est utilise pour ex- primer: 1) la continuite ou l'action habituelle au present ou au passe; 2) l'action 1 venir.
Singulier/Singular Pluriel/Plural
1. -rein or -111n -Dan/ -,pen
2. -nimin/ -Amin -n1w1/ -n1141
3. -jiln/ -jin -z41/ -z51.
Note: L 'affixe de la premiere personne du singulier est Note: The first perso prononce -nin or -,fin, ce dernier estplus courant. Aux . either as -nin orpin, autres personnes dusingulier et du pluriel,le choix du other persons,singular suffixe depend du ton duradical du verbe: les verbes a depends on the toneof radical de tons bas prennentla premiere seried'affixes, take the first setof alors que ceux de tons hautsprennent ladeuxieme serie. take the second set. II - 7
typ -c -6 in drill 9_ for pxpmnip4 , of Ask questions of the type asked q.cice 9. of the c.lasa vii each of the dialogues. gue.
GRAMMATICAL NOTES T suffix -rb. uffixe 1. The Dative Case: This case is indicated by the dic indirect object, and (2) place ect, et It is employed for indicating(1) is Kbbrirb lenin 'I am Exemple, towards which motion is directed. e.g. going to Koori' onj Pronouns or nouns areconjoined u noms 2. Noun or pronoun Conjunction: x each Le by means of the suffix -a. The suffix must be attached to d. lie. of the items conjoined. Furthermore, nouns ending in consonants, COP as a rule, have such consonantsdoubled when they display this dou- suffix.
3. Tense I Kanuri verbs are inflectedsimultaneously for rs tense, number, and person. The affixes for indicating these gel ent de- three categories are generallysuffixed to the stems of the em re. Les verbs. (Most verb stems contain only onesyllable - a consonant nd, ouent follot.ed by a vowel and, occasionally, another consonant up. s des selected from the group: p, t, k, s.) There are two groups B seule- of verbs, Group A and Broup B, set up onthe basis of the th oyelle inflectional affixes they display. to e parmi Tense Iis used to indicate: bi rbes, (1) continuous or habitual action inthe present or in the ti ipe de past, (2) future action. fix les The following affixes are employedwith Group A verbs: ex-
ent ou
Pluriel/Plural
Ileen/ -,pen
- niwi/-niwi
-z41/ -z61. rso singular affix ispronounced ier est Note: The first person often the latter. In the teAUX either as -.al or xia, more lar of suffix -hoix du other persons, singularand plural, the choice of low tone verb stems rerbes a depends on the toneof the verb stem: f high tone verb stems 'affixes, take the first setof affixes, while e take the second set. :mes exemSample paradigms: lerjin/ leiln "Je vais, irai, aller"; "I am going, shall go, go."
Singulier/ Singular Pluriel/ Plural
1. lerjin le peen
2. lenfmin leniwi
3. lejfin leza n/koin "Je passe, en train de passer, passerai"; "I pass, am passing, shall pass."
S. P1. k4pen 1. k4in
2. k6ntmin koniwi
3. k6jin k6z61
"Je m'assieds, en train de m'asseoir, m'assierai"; "I sit, am sitting, shall sit down.
S. P1.
1. ngim3in n6mIen
2. n4mnImin ngmniwi
3. n6pcin ngpsn.
rain"J'ajourne, en train d'ajourner, ajournerai"; "I postone, am postponing, will postpone.
S. P1.
1. d6wrIjin dwrsiden
2. d6w6rnimin dwrniwi
3. dwrjiin dc46rzgl
104 gulijmn "Je dis, en train de dire, dirai"; I say, am saying, shall say."
S. P1.
1. gillrjin eanden
2. ellnimin gulnfwl
3. gilljfin
tilsinAn "Je me repose, en train de me resposer, mereposerai"; "I rest, am restii
S. Pl.
1. tilsiajin tilsioeen
2. tilsilnimin tusunfwi
3. tussiin tilss41 (Note: tilsimin se comporte comme si son radical Note: tusunin beh, etait
zlmr]in "Je mets pied 1 terre, en train de mettrepied 1 terre, mettrai pied 1 ter shall dismount.'!
S. P1.
1. zimrjin zimpeen
2. zimnimin zimniwi
3. zipcfin zips41
dirrajin "Je divorce, en :.rain de divorcer,divorcerai"; "I divorce, am divorcing
S. P1.
1. dimrAn dimpen
2. dimnimin dimniwi
3. dipcin dips51 say, am saying, shall say."
P1.
giapeen gulnfwi sti me reposerai"; "I rest, am resting, shall rest."
P1.
tilsiApeen tusunfwi beh eissa Note: tilsiinin behaves as though its stem were tils-) ter tre pied 1 terre, mettrai pied1 terre"; I dismount, am dismounting,
P1. zinoeen zimniwi zips4/
in ivorcerai"; "I divorce, am divorcing, shall divorce."
P1. dimpen dimniwi dips61 La fin, au temps I, de la plupart des verbes du Groupe The Tense I ending B (de legeres variations se prdsentent) sort: (slight variation:
S. P1.
1. -skin -yen
2. -min -wi
3. sl--In s--in
Paradigmes exemples: Sample Paradigms:
diskin"Je fais, en train de faire, ferai"; "I do, am doing, shall do."
S. P1.
1. dfskin di:yen
2. dimin diwi
3. sidfin sdfin
thdiskin "Je vends, en train de vendre, vendrai"; "I sell, am selling, shall sel
S. P1.
1. thdiskin lUiyen
2. thdimin 1diwi
3. sindlin sndfin
ruskin, "Je vois, en train de regarder,regarderai"; "I see, am looking at, shah
S. P1.
1. .iskin rdiyen
2. rumin ruwi
3. surin sdrin
"I buy, am buying, shall but yiwilskin "J'achete, en train d'acheter, acheterai";
S. Pl.
1. yfwilskin ylwiliyen
2. yiwilmin yfwilwi
3. ciwin asibin ding s du Groupe The Tense I endings for most of the GroupB verbs ions t: (slight variations occur) are: P1. -yen
-wi s---in
LS: Sample Paradigms:
"I do, am doing, shall do."
P1. diyen diwi s6diin
se 1 endrai"; "I sell, am selling, shall sell."
P1. LIdiyen i.diwi s61diin hall egarderai"; "I see, am looking at, shalllook at."
Pl. ruiyen
ruwi sOrin buy acheterai"; "I buy, am buying, shall buy."
P1.
yiwillyen
Ylwilwi cdsibin Islam "Je viens, en train de venir, viendrai"; "I come, am coming, will come."
S. P1.
1. /skin nen
2. /Amin isimi
3. in.n isn. fndiskin"Je trouve, en train de trouver, trouverai"; I find, am finding, shall find."
S. P1.
1. fkdiskin gnd/yen
2. fkdimin fkdiwi.
3. siiAndfin swkldfin yiskin "Je. donne, en train de donner, donnerai"; "I give, am giving, shall give."
S. P1.
1. yiskin yiyen
2. ylmin y/wi
3. ciin sddin dlAskin "Je reste, en train de rester, resterai"; I stay, am staying, shall stay."
S. P1.
1. didskin Oedlyen
2. diamin didwi
3. didi awiln blipkIn "Je mange, en train de manger, maagerai"; "I eat, am eating, shall eat."
S. P1.
1. bdskin bdiyen
2. bdmin bdwi 3. zibin 109 z6bin 4. Empha 4. Accentuation: Le suffixe -mA est ajoute aux noms et pronoms pour lesaccentuer--exemple: simA leiiin pronouns. "Il va (il est en train d'aller)".
VOCABULAIRE VOCABULAF cdr4monie du choix d'un nom sal naming cc aujourd'hui kal today demain bAri tomorrow soir kajfrf evening matin stiwa morning samedi sibdi Saturday dimanche lAadi Sunday lundi litisi.fin Monday mardi talAi Tuesday mercredi larAwa Wednesda] jeudi lamisi Thursday vendredi zima Friday chose aw6 thing le/la/les df/ti the cheval fiir horse que tddil that bon hila good Maiduguri yerwa Maidugur pied, pieds '611 foot, fe chameau kaimO camel autq, car, camion m6th car, bus bicyclette baskiir bicycle vehicule mahra vehicle
avion maard s4mibb aeroplar boat, s bateau mahrd NjfilA
'I Irl ph The suffix -ma is attached to nouns and 6 aux noms et 4. Emphasis: Ye uns "He is going." le'iln pronouns to indicateemphasis. E.g. sima leiiin
ULA, VOCABULARY
sa naming ceremony kal today row bah tomorrow ng kajlrf evening ng suwa morning day stbdi Saturday y laadi Sunday y litlfin Monday day alai Tuesday esda larawa Wednesday sday lamfsi Thursday ay zima Friday g aw6 thing df/ti the
ffir horse tdel that Ngila good ugur yerwa Maiduguri f gfi foot, feet 1 ka'i'lmb camel buL m6ta car, bus, truck cle haskUr bicycle cle maara vehicle plar maard s4miba aeroplane maard Njfibe boat, ship
i 1 train train jirgf slafbe tAs zrovuc very together ensemble r6kk6 now maintenant kirmA but mais amma before avant bilrwo at first d'abord cda perhaps, maybe peut-are w6n6e why, what for? pourquoi abfrb where to? oh? Ndararb or? ou? rda 'hen? quand? sahbf I do je fais diskin I go je vais lerjin I pass by je passe korjin I sit down je m'assieds n4min I put off, postpone je retire, j'ajourne .cirrjin I say je dis ghlrjin I rest je me repose tilsiirjin dismount je mets pied a terre Amin I divorce je divorce dime in I sell je vends ndiskin I see je vois rdskin I buy j'achete ylwilskin I cme je viens fskin I find je trouve fkidiskin I give je donne yfskin I stay je reste diaskin je mange bliskin I eat LESSON III/LEgON III
Visite de courtoisie/Courtesy Call
DIALOGUE /DIALOGUE
Dit Bul, d'oix sors-tu ce matin? *getimIri: Buul77 xl whhzinh sdwh ati Ndardan kadim?
kadikb. Buu l: De Lamisula.
Qu'y faisais-tu? tetimIri: hbf dilm nah tddiahn?
bar9hrb Buu l: J'y dtais pour une cdrdmonie wd sairO du choix d'un nom ... Je veux 116kb, dire, une visite de courtoisie.
htimhri: kdds6bnzarb 1Mhm, sdUrb tetimhri: Allez! pourquoi y es-tu alld vraiment, la cdrdmonie du choix rah bar9hrb? d'un nom ou la visite de courtoisie?
Buu l: J'dtais rendre une visite de bar9rOile6kb. courtoisie.
rendue a quelqu'un, NOTE: 1. bar -NOTE: 1. bar9h est une visite de courtoisie the en certaines occasions, pourpartager avec lui: joie, douleur, sympatniel etc. som
EXERCICES/DRILLS
1. Respond t 1. Rdpondre a ces questions commeindiqud: hdh, lhasbla (Bul), es-tu venu de Ouilje suis venu de (Beibl),1hmIshlalhn Laaisula? Lamisula. bá kadim?
(Peter),Bdbl ti Aml.sktlalhn Is (Pierre), Bul est- Il est venu de il Lamisula tidardan WV)?
(Bul), Shetimari et toilNon, Shetimari et moi(Bdtil), 4t1mari Jia Seta ttes-vous venus en- ne sommes ras venus wa r6kk6 r6kk6 kG semble de Lamisula? ensemble de Lamisula. LESSON III/LEcON III
Visite de courtoisie/CourtesyCall
DIALOGUE
'getimhrf: Say, Bul, where did you emerge from gtimhrf: g whhzinh sdwl ati Ndarahn 'dam? this morning?
lhmisillalhn kadikb. From Lamisula.
btirahri: Abf dilm rah tddiahn? tetimhri: What were you doing there?
I was there for'a naming ceremony ... BuuI; wd sari) baehrb nab. I mean, on a courtesycall.
.rb actually ttimhrf: iidasAnzarb leahm, sdirb UtimIrf: Come on now, which one did you naming ceremony or rah bar9hrb? go there for, the or the courtesycall? ie? call. bSehr011e6kb. I was there or a courtesy bar made as the occasion arises for e renduea quelqu'un, NOTE: 1. bared is a courtesy call the the purpose of expressing joy, sorrow,sympathy, etc. with sore alter avec lui: joie, someone. dt 1. Respond to these questions asindicated: bid (Bul), did you come Yes, I came from Lamisula. (B11111), lhdisblalhn bah, lbmisbldlhn M kadim? kadikb. from Lamisula? (Peter), where did He can from Lamisula. (Peter)) Blibl ti tieardan kddib? Bul come from? e 1 (Bul),' did you and No, Shetimari and I (Bea), Letinari pil getimIri ka Shetimari come to- didn't come together s w4 r6kk6 Apf r6kk6 kdgb? from Lamisula. la. gether from Lamisula? (Pierre), lui et SetimariNon, lui et Shetimari(Peter), 'gra ed, 'kb TbtimAri2 sont-ils venus ensemblene sont pas venus ntirnrn wa rokko r61 krib. de Lamisula? ensemble de Lamisula.kbn?
(Pierre), oil Setimari dtait chez lui. (Peter), Utimari ;1 fdtbn. dtait-il? tt, si NSran?
2. Repondre a ces questions comrae indique: 2. Respond to th(
(Bul)) quand es-tu Je suis arrive ce (bdU1), sMbf whazina sdwa arrive de Lamisula? matin. nmisUldlhn Kddim? kddfkb.
(Pierre)pquand Bul est- Il est arrive ce (Peter), bdUl ti whhzinh shwa il arrive de Lamisula? matin. shhbi lamisuldlan kddlb. Wit?
(13u1), vous et Fannani, Oui, Fannani et mci (bdUl) gh fhnnAml? Ma, wdh fhnndmih 4 ttes-vows arrivds en- sommes arrivds en- wd r6kk6 kddiU? r6kk6 kAS. sembl'a? semble. Quanq ttes-vous Nous sommes arrivds sahbf kddiU? whazina stiwZ: arrives? ce matin.
(Pierre),quand sont-ils Its sont arrives le (Peter), shhbf ka;b, sdwh arrives, le matin ou lematin. sdwh rdh khjfri? soir? Bul et Fannini, dioU Nous sommes arrives bdUllh fhnndmih, lamisUldlhn kdgb. ftes-vous arrives? de Lamisula. iiddrahn kadiU?
(Pierre), d' ou Bul Il est arrive de (Peter), bell tf lamisUldlhn kddlb. est-il arrive? Lamisula. Ndardlhn kadib? Lui et qui sont Lui et Fannami sont 'ih Nddh r6kk6 kdsgb? sgih fhnndmia rkikk arrivds ensemble? arrives ensemble. kgb.
Respond to th 3. ildpondre a ces questions come indique: 3.
(Bul), habites -tu a Non, je n'habite pas (bdUl),g llmisUldlan CA, lhmIsUldlhn Lamisula? a Lamisula. bá 1,..hedhm? khedskb. OU habites-tu? J'habite a Hansari. liddrdhn khedhm? haUsarfin kar9As s'fa d9 d, sPia YsetImar/a (Peter), did he and No, he and Shetimari a wa rokko gi r6kk6 krsb. Shetimari come to- did not come together gether from Lamisula? from Lamisula.
Utimari si fdtbn. (Peter), where was He was at home. dgrgIn? Setimari?
2. Respond to these questions, as indicated:
Aabi waazina sdwa (Bul), when did you I arrived this morning. lan kddim? kddikb. arrive from Lamisula?
buul ti waazina sdwa (Peter), when did Bul He arrived this morning. siddlan kddib. arrive from Lamisula? iia fanndmn ada, wda fanndmia (Bul), did you and Yes, Fannami and I kddlii? r6kk6 k61. Fannami arrive arrived together. together? din waazina sdwa kg. When did you arrive? We arrived'this morning.
saabf kas,51 sdwa kd;b- (Peter), when did theyThey arrived in the kajfri? arrive, in the morning morning. or the evening? fannamial nmisiddlan kdgb. Bul and Fannami, whereWe arrived from Lamisula. MAU? did you two arrive from?
buul ti lamIsiddlan kddib. (Peter), .where did He arrived from Lamisula. kdd16? Bul arrive from?
r6kk6 kd'gb? sia fannamia rokk6He and who came He and Farmami came kdvsb, together? together,
3. Respond to thesequestions as indicated:
f lamisiddlan d96, lamisiddlan (Bul), do you live in No, I don't live in dam? Apf kar9Askb, Lamisula? Lamisula.
kar9dam? hatisarlin rcdskb.Where do you live? I live in Hausari. r6kk6 naa (Bu 1), you s et Fannami, (Dui, nous y habitons fannamia tddUlan kar9alp habitez-vous ensemble ensemble. babsarrin r6kk6 wA a Hansari? kar9AU?
(Pierre)) ott Bul habite a Hansari, (Pete0)bdUl ti vsi haUsar/in habite-t-il? 7:idArdan kar9Aa?
(13.Y.erre).poU, toi -melee J'habite ici. (Peter),Jli :ti nAa AtIlan kar9 habites-tu? NdArankar9dam?
did, nda Atilan (Pierre), est -ce -que Non, tu n'habites (Peter), wd nda AtIlan j'habite ici? pas ici. bd kar9dskb? kar9Aam. OU est-ce-que Tu habites a tiddram kar9Askb? lamisuldlan j'habite? Lamisula. khr9dam. OU Bul et Fannmi Its habitent badia fannAmia hailsarlin kasar habitent-ils? Hansari. kdArdan kasar9Aa?
(Pierre)poU vous et Nous habitons a (Peter), ,pia sawanimmamadrantilan kar?diye. votre ami habitez-vous? l'dcole. Ndardan kar9A0
(Bul)IoU habitent-ils? Its habitent (bal)Ii.dardan mAarAntIlan l'ecole. kasar9da? kasar?Ah.
Habites-tu a 116cole Non, je n'habite gye madrantilan A9A, mAArAntIla kar9Askb. toi aussi? pas a l'ecole. bA kar9Aam? gpi
4. Respond to 4. Rdpondre a ces questions comme indiqu&:
(Bul), tu n'habites pas Je suis alld rendre (1311U1),sil ti bdr9hrb nab. a Lamisula - Pourquoi une vf.site de lamIsUldlan Apf y es-tu alle? courtoisie. kar9dam - abirb nda tie() lean?
bar9arb la6nb. (Pierre)/ Pourquoi Bul y Il est alld rendre (Peter); bal ti est-il alle? une visite de abirO la6nb? courtoisie.
(Bul),vous et Fannamil Lon, nous ne sommes (Uhl) nnnAmia did, sarb etes-vous ands pour unepas ands pour une sarO wA len? lediya. cftemonie d'un choix aremonie d'un choix d'un nom? d'un nom. Yes, we live there 'till), Tin fenn6mia aSe, r6kk6 ride (Bul), do you and ishrfin rokk6 wd tdalan kar9dlyb. Fannami live together together. 9n? in Hausari? eter), 131%1 ti hailsarlin kar9da.(Peter), where does He lives in Hausari. 'craan kar9da? Bul live? eter), X4 :ti naa dtilan karodskO.(Peter), where do you I live here. 5r6an kaedam? yourself live? No, you don't live here. cter).,wli nah dtiland9d, nda dtilan (Peter), do I live kar9dskb? g1pIkar9Aam. here? You live in Lamisula. ardan kar9dskb? lamisnalan Where do I live? khr/dam. They live in Hausari. calla fannamia hatisarlin kasar9da.Where do Bul and ardan kasar9da? Fannami live? eter),x/h sawanimma (Peter), where do you We live at school. ardan kaen? kaediya. and your friend live?
They live at school. Iidardan madrentilan (Bul), where do they sar9da? kasaeda. live? ye madrentilan d'7 d, me6rantilan You, too, do you live No, I don't live at kar9dam? gkpf kar9Askb. at school? school.
4. Respond to these questions, asindicated:
dn.), xi ti bdr9arb lbokb. (Bul), you don't live I went for a courtesy in Lamisula - What did call. r'7 dam - abirb nda you go there for? rb lean?
eter)) btilt1 ti ber9arb leonb. (Peter), why did Bul He went for a courtesy )irb le6nb? go? call.
dbl.) jaa fannamia d9d, sare Apr (Bul), did you and No, we did not go for a 'Uri) wa len? ledlye. Fannami go for a naming ceremony. naming ceremony? (Pierre)lpourquoi sont- Its sont alles rendre (Peter),hbfrb laddh? baehrb laddh. ils ands? une visite de cour- toisie.
5. Repondre comme dans le precedent exercices: 5. Respond as in
(Bul)poil es-tu elle? Je suis alle a liddrdrb lamisularb la6kb. Lamisula. ledam?
(Pierre), Bul est-il Il est alle a (Peter), ball ti lamisuldrb la6nb. alle a Lamisula ou a Lamisula. lamisularowd la6n6 Hansari? rdh hhilsarirb?
(Bul), vous et Fannami, Oui, nous sormes xlh fhnndmiaadh, r6kk6 gtes-vous alles ensem- all& ensemble. r6kk6 wd ble? V Comment gtes-vous ands? Nous sommes all& a filtiblin lain? siilanlaaiya. pied.
(Pierre), sont-ils alles Its sont ands a (Peter), siilan bd ;flan nada. a pied oil a bicyclette? pied. ladda rdh bdskilrlan? Quand sont-ils alles a Its sont alles ce shhbi ;flan laddh? whhzinh sdwh ladd pied? matin.
(Bul), to es elle a Non, je ne suis pas (bdill), ff tf m6thlana2d,m6thlhn api Lamisula en auto, and en auto. lamisilldrb learn rda? nakb. c'est ca? Comment es-tu alle? Je suis alle a pied. filtilblin ladhm? ;filhn la6kb.
6.
Pourquoi es-tu elle? abirb ladam? Je suis alle rendre une visite de courtoisie. bdr?hrb Je suis alle pour une ceremonied'un choix suuro d'un nom. une noce. 1Ordsar6 une course de chevaux. Orl4r6 III-4
r), hbirb lhddh? baehrb nada. (Peter), what did they They went for a courtesy go for? call.
s in 5. Respond as in the preceding exercises: 6kb. Ndararb lamisularb lhokb. (Bul), where did you I went to Lamisula. m. go? 6nb. er), buul tf amisillarb 1h6nb. (Peter), did Bul go He went to Lamisula. sularb wA le6nb to Lamisula or to hhilshrirb? Hausari? Aiye 1),eniaannamih hah, r6kk6 (Bul), did you and Yes, we went together. 6 wA nal? Fannami go together?
ublin siilan lhaiye. How did you go? We went on foot.
ter), sAalhn bd (Peter), did they go They went on foot. da rah baskiirlhn? on foot or by bike? Mad bi siilan nada? whhzinh stiwh leddh. When did they go on They went this morning. foot?
Z.11), xl tf m6talhn m6thlhn gtjli (Bul), you went to No, I did not go by car. isnarb lbahm rah? 1e6kb. Lamisula by car, right?
'11.1hn 16kb. Howdid you go? I went on foot.
rb lhalm? What did you go for? hrb le6kb. I went on a courtesy call. rb I went for a naming ceremony.
tishrb a wedding reception. 16prb a horse-race.
120 Je suis alle pour un examen. jardwa,b le6kOs un enterrement. sftirarb un travail communal. sirwarb une ceremonie de mariages jadarb
7. Substituer les mots entre parentheses par les elements 7.- Substitut appropries de la liste ci-dessus. for thes,
Pour laquelle es-tu aide, Je suis alle pour Ndasanzdrb leaam (bdearb) 1e( (la ceremonie du choix une visite de (sdUrb) rda d'un nom) ou (la visite courtoisie. (bar9arb)? de courtoisie)?
8.
Tu es alle pour (une Je ne suis pas alle (sari)) ledam rda? (salt-0 gi,Pf cd-remonie d'un choix pour (une ceremonie (bdearb) le( d'un choix d'un nom; d'un nom), c'est Ca? Je suis alle pour (une visite de courtoisie). 9.
OU es-tu aide? hdardrb ledam? Je suis alle au marche. kasairb le6kb. a Chicago. cikagOrb a la ferme. kdr-rb au magasin siitcibrb a 1E. boutique. ic.ntfrb au bureau. Ofisrb a la poste. fdtb wayaberb a l'aeroport. fbmfbmmarfrb au cinema. sinimarb
10.
Tu es a116 a (la Je ne suis pas alle (kabrO) ledam rda? (kL116r6) gltr. ferme), c'est ca? a (la ferme). Je suis le6kb; (kast. alle (au marche). le6kb.
11.
Quand es-tu and? saabf le4am? Je suis aild ce matin. waazina le6kb. hier, bfska hier matin. blska sdwa I went for an exam. a funeral. communal labor. a wedding ceremony.
7.- Substitute other appropriate items from theabove list for these enclosed in parentheses.
(bar9arb) le6kO. Which of the two I went on a (courtesy did you go for, the call). (naming ceremony) or the (courtesy call)?
(siliir6) le6k6; You went for a I didn't go for a (naming (bar9rO) le6kb. (naming ceremony), ceremony); I went on a right? courtesy call.
WI-ere did you go? I went to the market. to Chicago. to the farm- to the store to the shop. to the office. to the Post Office. Lo the airport to the movies.
ledam rda? (killbrb) g/ You went to the I didn't go to the le6kb; (kasiliarb) (farm), right? (farm); I went to the le6kb. (market).
When did you go? I went this morning. yesterday. yesterday morning. Je suis alle hier soir. b/ska kajlr/ le6kb. avant hier. biskdntb liannee derniere. minde
12.
Tu es alle (hier), Je ne suis pas alle (b/ska) ledam rda? (blska) g±_ c est ca? (bier). Je suis and (minde) le l'annee derniere.
13. Faire interpreter en classe, par lesetudiants, des 13. Have t dialogues prepares et improvises d'apres les situations dialog suivantes:
1) une excursion qui vient de finir, 2) le dernier film vu, 3) une rencontre de deux strangers.
Apres chaque dialogue, les etudiants doivent se poser After mutuellement des questions objectives basees surle other dialogue. Les aider dans les difficultes devocabulaire out wi quills rencontrent et corriger toute erreur.
NOTES GRAMMATICALES GRAMMATIC4
Temps II - Il sera refere audeuxieme temps, introduit dans cette Tense II legon, simplement par Temps II. Les suffixesallant avec :_es again be verbes du Groupe A, pour exprimer ce temps, sontclasses et with Grou- commentes ci-dessous: commented Singulier/Singular Pluriel/P
1. -kb(s)kb/-k6(s)kb -kelye/-k 2. -kam/-kram 3. -kOnb/-kOnb -ka/-1c60.
Les suffixes de cette liste sontemployes avec les racines des The suffi verbes finissant en p, t, k, s, seulement.Lorsque les racines in p,t, des verbes se terminent par 1 or r,l'initiale k des suffixes the case est remplacee par 9) alors que pourles autres genres de altogethe racines tout est supprime. Une fois encore,le choix du suffixes, the alter selon les alternatives mentionnees plushaut, est axe sur le stem: the ton de la racine du verbe: les racinesde verbes a ton haut with thos prennent la premiere classification, celles a ton bas prennent la seconde. 1 9 :1 OP
kajiri la6k6. I went yesterday evening. ntb day-before-yesterday, last year,
ledam rda? (biska) g f le6kb; You went (yesterday) I didn't go (yesterday); lc (minde) la6kO. right? I went last year. e t 13. Have the students act in classboth impromptu and prepared log des cuati ons dialogues on:
1) a trip just completed, 2) the movie seen last, 3) a meeting between two strangers.
er poser After each dialogue, members of the classshould ask each er other objective questions based on thedialogue. Help them wl r le abulaire out with vocabulary problems. Correct all their mistakes.
IC! GRAMMATICAL NOTES
II uit dans cette Tense II - The second tense to be introduced inthis course will e again be referred to simply as Tense II. The suffixes employed row avec les asses et with Group A verbs for indicating this tense arearranged and ted commented upon below: 1/P ulier/Singular Pluriel/Plural -kllye/-k6iye au )kb/-k6(s)kb /-kram -kau/ -kau -khd /-kOnb -klea/-14d1 ffi verb stems ending racines des The suffixes listed here are employed only with ? in - les racines in p, t, k, s. The initial k of the suffixes is replaced by se the case of verb stems ending in 1 or r,while it is dropped the s suffixes altogether for other types of stems. Again, the choice between ter res de the alternative suffixes listed herehinges on the tone of the verb the x du suffixes lx6 sur le stem: the first set go with stemshaving a high tone, and the other ho s ton haut with those having a low tone. as prennent Paradigmes exemples / Sample paradigms
leosa"Je suis alle"; "I went".
Singulier/Singular Pluriel/P1
1. le6skb led10
2. ledam lean
3. 11601 nada
gU196kb/gU196skb "Je l'ai dit"; "I said it". 1. gU196skb gU1961A
2. gUi7 6bm gU19 6U 3. gU196nb gUl9Ada
dtla'-r96kb/Awbr96skb "Je l'ai ajourne"; "I postponed it". 1. dMr96skb gw4.r961.y? 2. gwk96bm c:1141.9 6U 3. gw.br9601 d",'wedda (on dit egalement gYArw6kb, etc.) (speakers
kakb/kaskb "Je suis passe"; "I passed by". 1. k6bskb k6O10 2. kam k6OU
3. kali?) k6ada
n6pkOkb/n6pOoskb "Je me suis assis"; "I sat down". 1. n4pkbsk6 n6pkb1A 2. n6pkbm n4pkOU 3. n4pkbnb n4plada
Les suffixes du Temps II, Groupe B sont: The Tense
S. P1.
1. -(s)kb -iye/-iye-
2. -1m -R1/41'.1 125 3. 31--6b s6 - -6b Pluriel/Plural
1?;.41.0
1Mil nada
619610 6196ii 619.4da
"I postponed it". aswebr961y dwr93ii dwtr9dda (speakers also say dw.,:`,rwcikZ?, etc.)
k6b10 kail k6ada
n6pkblyb
n6pkbil n6pkada
The Tense II suffixes for Group B verbs are: Les verbes peuvent prendre dgalement unprdfixe kd- ou ci- In addition, m aux premieres et deuxiemes personnes dusingulier et du and second per pluriel.
Paradigms exemples/Sample paradigms
kedikb/kediskb "Je suis arrive"; "I arrived". Singulier/Singular Pluriel/Plural 1. kddiskb ka;e 2. Mani kddin 3. kddib ltd;O
cidikb/cidlskb "Je l'ai fait"; "I did it".
1. cidfskb cidlye 2. cidiim cidn 3. sld66 sW6b
cilbdikb/cindiskb"Je l'ai vendu"; "I sold it". 1. cithdfskb cithdlye 2. cilbdflm cithd(4 3. s112d6b snW6b
cfirfikb/cUrilskb "Tel'ai vu"; "I saw it".
1. ctirdskb cdrillye
2. cdrilm curru 3. sorb sorb
keiwilkb/kAiwilskb "Je l'ai achete"; "I bought it".
1. kAiwiiskb kdiwuiye
2. kAiwilm kdiwru 3. kaiwb c6stiwb display a prefix kg- or cl- in first e kd- ou ci- In addition, many verbs ier et du and second persons, singularand plural.
Pluriel/Plural
kes.e kddin kesb
cid10 cidn s6d6b d it". cMdlyb cithdfb sndeSb
curuiyb cdrib s6rb
ht it". kdfwuiyb Ufwn
c4sdrab
12,8 clandikb/cifbndiskb"Je l'ai trouve/l'ai recu"; "I found/received it": 1. clandiskb cifkidi0 2. clandam 3. slandob slAnd62)
Le Temps II est gendralement lepasse kanouri. Il est utilisd Tense II is the K le plus souvent au passé narratif et dans lesquestions intro- past narratives, duites par des adverbes ou des expressionsadverbiales tels like Nddrdan que: fiddrahn hddrO/Kddrdre. "a ou ?", shabi "quand?", filtilbfin "how?", ntilbfin "comment?", abirb "pourquoi?", aussi bien quedans questions. les reponses a ce genre de questions.
VOCABULAIRE /VOCABULARY
La circonscription Lamisula de Maiduguri The Lamisula ward La circonscription Hausari de Maiduguri hailsari The Hausari ward examen jardwa exam enterrement gitlra funeral travail communal sirwa communal labor une ceremonie de mariage jilda a wedding ceremon Chicago cikAgb Chicago ferme, champ ktile farm, field magasin silt6b store (n.) une boutique kktf a shop bureau 6fls office bureau de poste fdtb wiybe post office adroport fbmammari airport cinema sinima movie biska yesterday hiei . avant hier biskento day-before-yester "I found/received it": ciandi0
skTkid6b
1 est utilisd Tense II is the Kanuri general pasttense. It is used mostly in introduced by adverbs or adverbials estions intro- past narratives, and in questions Ndarb/Ndararb "to where?", shabf "when?", biales tels like Nddraan "fmm where?", to such abi "quand?", filtilbfin "how?", abfr6 "why?", as well as in responses en que dans questions.
amisula The Lamisula ward of Maiduguri ihilsarf The Hausari ward of Maiduguri
;at...41ga exam laza. funeral slrwa communal labor a wedding ceremony
Ikagb Chicago kulb farm, field siltA store (n.)
.c.kktf a shop
6fis office fatb wayabe post office romfbmmarf airport sInfma movie bfska yesterday biskantb day-before-yesterday Vocabulaire l'annee dernibre mindb ne .... pas api non Cd
ou? rda
i Vocabulary last year not no or?
I';-14-N1/4 132 LEgON IV/LESSON IV
Rencontre d'un nouvel ami/Meeting a new
DIALOGUE /DIALOGUE oh whtf? Ali: Bonjour, Modu. Je vois que tu as Aiv.: visiteur. kils6tb wd fhndilm?
MOdu: Oui, c'est mon ami Dick, celui hdh, ddimA sdwArill dont je t'ai parle. dfik, gr.?) bilrwAn g4pinh
shhbf bilh Ali: Je suis enchante de faire votre znrb hilh! connaissance Dick. Quand gtes-vous &arab kadim? arrive en ville?
Dick: Avant hier. biskantb.
MOdilye wdrb giqpina plyb Ali: Modu m'a dit que vous gtes americain. kdhm dmbirikhA. hdh, ddnf. Dick: Oui, c'est bien ca.
d'un AL: mince wdmd sdwApi kdam ...Ali: Je me suis fait un ami americain Vann& dernibre. dmbirikhye 166 Nbeji.
sgf bilhbfin kddlb? Dick: De quelleville etait-il? Dlik: Ir 14/.8. ddilhn Ali: Chicago% Combien de temps allez- Axi: cikdgblhn. rester dans ce pays? sahbffrb didmin?
Dick: Deux ans. Dfik: shad Indffi., didskin.
EXERCICES /DRILLS
1. aepondreaces questions commeindique:
(Smith) qu'est-ce que Il a un visiteur. (Smith), M6dil ti hbf kils6tO signda Modu a? sland66? Modu, est-ce une epouseNon, ce n'est pas kdind wA d9 d, kdmu apfl que tu as? une epouse. fbndflm? fkdiskb.
114 LEgON IV /LESSON IV
encontre d'un nouvelami/Meeting a new friend
gda wati? Ali: Good morning, Modu. I see you kilsotb wd fandaml have a visitor.
Yes, this is my friend Dick, Modu ; aAa, dim sawkrif, Modu: dflk, jar?) bilrwan of whom I spoke to you before. ganina ti.
Ay I'm glad to meet you, Dick. When Ari: znrb Ngila! saabfbf la Ali: Aar?) kAdim? did you arrive in town?
Dfik: biskAntb. Dick: Day-before-yesterday.
Modu tells me you are an 1,..-.rican. Ari: M6dly4 wdrb ginjifna plya Ali: kdam Ambirfkaya.
Dick: Yes, that's right. Dfik: an, Adlf.
AL: mfnda wdmA sawkpf kAam Ali: I made friends with an American Amblrfkaya lAh Nbeji. last year.
What town was he from? Dfik: gf bilhbfin kAdib? Dick:
cikAg6lan. 14rdl &Ilan Ali: Chicago. How long will you be staying saabnfrb didmin? in this country?
Two years. Dalt: saga IndfrZ) didskin. Dick:
1. Respond to these questions, asindicated:
He has a visitor. (Smith), M6dil ti abfkits6tO sland6b. (Smith), what does sIgnd6b? Modu have? M661, kAmd wA kAmil Apf Modu, is it a wife No, it's not a wife. amdfim? andiskb. that you have? 1`l4 (Smith) est-ce que Non, ce n'est pas (Smith), M6dia Aria did, mSdila Modu et All sont les Modu et Ali. wd kils6tb skkid6b? g J f kasotb personnes qui ont sfOnd66. un visiteur? Qui a un visiteur? Modu est celui qui idd kZis6t6 m66.1 'gfmd kils6 a un visiteur. sland&? sland66.
(Smith) ont-ils une Its ont un visiteur, (Smith), ke.md wd kamd giif sa dpouse ou un visiteur? pas une dpouse. sgnd6b rda kils6tb? kils6tb sand6'
2.
Qui est arrive en C'est Dick. Nchi bfla tfrb Df ik 'gfmd bfla ville? IA? Isl.
Dick, es-tu celui qui Oui, c'est moi. Dfik, ,)if wd bfla ada, wilmd Iskb est arrive dans cette dtlrb fsim? ville? A Etes-vous arrives Non, Modu et moi *pia M6dua wd bfla d9 d, wa ensemble dans cette ne sommes pasarrivesdtir6 Apf bflh dtir ville, Modu et toi? ensemble dans cette vine.
til4pf fskb Toi et qui gtes-vous Je suis arrive seul. jlfh Nda fs14? wu arrives?
til6nzf Isl. (Smith), Dick et qui Il est arrive seul. (Smith), Diikkb Nda sont-ils arrives dans bfla dtirb fsa? cette ville? ada, ti14ni Dick, es-tu arrive Oui, je suis arrive Dfik, til6nfm wd seul? seul. fsim?
3. ti lad Iskb g Pardon, Dick. J'ai dit que je suisDflk abf arrive seul.
(Smith)1,qu'a dit Dick? Il a dit qu'il est (Smith), dfik tf abfsf 0.16nzi isi arrive seul. gillz6b?
I Iv- 2
No, it's not Modu and h), M6dbaArta did, midtia Aria (Smith), are Modu and s6tb sand6b? apf Iths6tb Ali the individuals who Ali. sfbild66. have a visitor?
Modu is the one. 4s6tb m6dil 'glad kils6tb Who has a visitor? d6b? sianda. They have a visitor, h), kamd wA kamd g f sfkd6b;(Smith), do they have not a wife. d6b rah kits6tb? kils6tb sbfbnd6b. a wife or a visitor?
fla tfrb Dfik ifma bila tiro Who arrived in the It's Dick. isi. town?
Yes, I am. ,if wA bah ada, wdmd fskb. Dick, are you the Isim? person who arrived in this town?
16dba wd bin do d, wdh MUM Did you and Modu No, Modu and I did gf bila dt1rb arrive together in not arrive together this town? in this town.
I arrived alone. ddafElb? wd 0.101 fskb. You and who arrived?
h),Dfikka Nddh tilonzi fsl. (Smith), Dick and who He arrived alone. dtirb isa? arrived in this town?
Dick, did you arrive Yes, I arrived alone. , til6nfm wd hdh, 0.101 fskb. alone?
I said I arrived alone. hbf t1101 iskb gillAgb. I beg your pardon, Dick.
He said he arrived alone. th), diik ti hbi 'gf 0.16nzi fsi (Smith), what did Dick 6b? gulz6b. say? NZelye karb Qu'a dit Modu a Ali? Modu a dit a Ali M6dil t:5.1 abf Ailrb que Dick est gblz6b? sidilk ti americain. Ambirfkaye.
Modu, est-ce vrai? Oui, c'est vrai. M6db, ddik wd? ada, ddi6f.
(Smith),qui a dit que C'est Modu qui l'a (Smith), Dilk kdam M66 ;fmd gu Dick est un americain? dit. ambirfkl0 ti Ndd giazdb?
Modu, es-tu celni Oui, je l'ai dit. M6db, ,pf ada, Wind qui l'a dit?
4. Biil clkdgbl Qui est de Chicago? C'est Bill. Ndd clkegblan Isi? clkagbl (Smith), Dick, est-il Non, it n'est pas (Smith), Dfik tfye de Chicago aussi? de Chicago. clkSgban bd kadlb? kddib.
Dick, es-tu celui qui Non, je ne suis pas Dfik, xt w4 clkdgbland9d, wd Apf vient de Chicago? de Chicago. fsim? an fskb.
es-tu? Je suis du Maine. tiilddrdan kddim?Maine-lank. biskantb kdd Quand es-tu arrive Je suis arrive saabf Maine -lan bila du Maine dans cette avant bier. dtirb kddim? ville? Dflk ;fmd Ma (Smit..n), qui est du C'est Dick. (Smith), kdd Maine- Maine, Dick ou Bill? lan isl, Dilk rda lan isl. Bill?
ada, Mona (Smith); Modu et Ali, Oui, Modu et Ali (smith), m6dZiaArta sont-ils de Maiduguri? sont de Maiduguri. ydrwalan k4b? ydrwalan kds
Modu, qu'as-tu? ai un visiteur. M6db, Abi fandllm? ic,Zis6t2) fkcif
kd Depuis quand l'as-tu? Je l'ai depuis bier Weilsaabi kils6tb kilsotb matin. ti clgndilm? sdwa cigndi Iv - 3
Modu told Ali that Dick M6dil til abfArirb M6dily4 kilrb gillzob What did Modu tell is an American. gillz6b? ;i diik ti Mara Ali? dmbirikaye.
Yes, it is. M661, ddni wd? adal ddni. Modu, is that right? It's Modu who said so. (Smith), Dfik kdam M6d4 ;find gillz6b. (Smith), who said that dmbirikaya tf Ndd Dick is an American? etlz6b? Yes, I said so. M6db, wd Ida, wdmd Modu, are you the person who said so?
Bill is. Ndd clkAgblan isl? Bill clkdgblan Isl. Who is from Chicago? No, he is not from (Smith)) Dilk tiy6 d9d, clkAgblan (Smith), is Dick also cikAgblan bd kddlb? kadib. from Chicago? Chicago. No, I am not from Dilk, jii wd clkdgbland9d, wd giii cikdgb-Dick, are youthe man Chicago. isle/ lan isk6. from Chicago? I am from Maine. *pi ti Nddrdan kddim?Maine-Ian kddiskb. Where are you from?
shabi Maine-lan bila biskant6kddiskb. When did you arrive I arrived day-before- yesterday. dtirb kddlml in this town from Maine?
Dick is. (Smith),Ndd Maine- Dilk ;/md Maine- (Smith), who is from lam isi, Dilk rda lan isi. Maine, Dick or Bill? Bill? Yes, Modu and Ali are (Smith)) M6dZia Aria Ma, M6dila Aria (Smith), are Modu and ydrwalan kA4;b? yerwalan kgb. Ali from Maiduguri? from Maiduguri.
I've got a visitor. abi fandilm? kias6tO andiskN. Modu, what have you got?
I've had him since M6dillshabi ktts6tb kilsotb tf kuu Since when have you had him? yesterday morning. ti c1 f6ndi1m? sdwa clf6ndiskb. kuu sdwh. (Smith)Idepuis quand Depuis hier matin. (Smith), M6diz tf Modu a dit qu'il a un shhbf kiasotb tf visiteur? signd6b ellz6b?
5. shad indirb Dick, combien de temps Je resterai deux Dfik, 14rd1 ddilhn resteras-tu dans ce annees. shabfbfrb didmin? didskin. pays? shad indfrb (Smith)lcrmbien y passera deux (Smitb), Dfik tf d'annees Dick y anndes. shad Ndhdrb dIdl? passera-t-il? shad indfrb 14rdi Mainterant (Smith), Il a passé deux (Smith), Bill tf Bill dtait un Volon- anndes dans-ce if dhm Peace Corps- dtilhn kar9da. taire du Corps de la pays. so tilrb f4lnza. Paix. Combien d'annees shad &aft?) 14rdi a-t-il passé dans ce Atilhn kdr9da? pays? hda, sand indirb Ali, est-ce vrai? Oui, it a passé ddl6f cg? deux anndes. kheda.
6.
Combien d'annees passeras-tu dans cepays? shad Ndadr6 nea dtilhn didmIn? J'y passerai une annde. sdA f41rb didskin. deux annees. saad indirb trois yaskirb quatre (Mir?) cinq war?) six hraskfrb sept tulurrb huit wilskdrb neuf lidrrb dix mMrb
1
I 139 IV-4
morning. Modu tf ltuusdwh. (Smith), since when did Since yesterday 6tb tf Modu say he has had the gillz6b? visitor?
I shall stay for two di ddian shad indfrb Dick, how long will years. didmin? didskin. you stay in this country?
spend two years. Dfik tf shad indfrb dial. (Smith), how many years He will 'rb didl? will Dick spendk
He spent two years in Bfil tf shad indfrb ldrdi Now, (Smith), Rill this country. ace Corps- dtilhn khedh. was a P.C.V. How 61nzd. many years did he 'rb 14rdi spend in this country? edh?
Yes, he spent two years. wd? 'tea, shad indfrb Ali, is that right? khedh.
in this country? drb ndh dtilhn Admin.? How many years will you spend rb didskin. I shall spend one year. irb two years. kfrb three rb four rb five skfrb six Zarb seven kdrb eight rrb nine ten rb 7. Remplacer par destermes approprids ceuxentre parentheses: 7. Substit
Tu resteras ici (deux) Je resterais (une) trif nAh dalhn shad (Indfr anndes, c'est ca? armee, pas deux. shad (indfrb) Malin didskin; (s, rdh? fdlrb) ddsk
8.
Combien de temps resteras-tu ici? shabnirb ndh dtilan didmIn? Je resterais deux anndes. shad indfrb didskin. deux mois. kintdi indfrb deux semaines. mdi indfrb deux jours. khd indfrb une quinzaine de jours. viirfrb
9,
Tu resteras ici deux Non, j'y resterais ndh dt1lhn Acd, (shad) anndes, est-ce correct? dix mois, pas deux (shhd)(Indfrb) (indfrb) gi, anndes. didmin rdh? didskin; (k (medrb) did
10.
Quand es-tu*arriv4 Avant-hier. shhbf l4rdi Atirb biskAntb. dans ce pays? kddim? Quand es-tu arrive shhbf ndsa dtlrb dans cette region? kddim? Quand es-tu arrive shhbf sidf dtirb dans cette province? kddim? Quand es-tu arrive shhbf &Orb dtirb dans ce quartier? kddim? Quand es-,tu arrive shhbf bilhdeh dans.ce village? dtirb kddim? Quand es-tu arrive shhbf bkpf dans cette ville? darb kddim? IV-5 e parenthbses: 7. Substitute other approrpiate items for those in parentheses.
.f ndh dtilhn shad (indfrb) g You will be staying I shall be staying ad (Indfrb) didmindidskin; (sah here for (two) years, for a year, not two. h? fdlrb) ddsk1n. right?
Abffrol) ndh dtilhn didmin? How long will you be staying here? ad indfrb didskin. I shall be staying for two years, ntdi indfrb for two months. Indirb for two weeks d indfrb for two days. rfrb for a fortnight.
ndh dalan did, (sand) You will be No, I shall be staying hhd)(indfrb) (indfrb) staying for two for ten months, not two drain rdh? didskin; (kintd1) years, is that years. (mhdr6) didskin. right?
hbf 14rdi Aare, biskantbs When did you arrive Day-before-yesterday. dim? in this country?
Shbf ndgh Atirb When did you arrive
Idim? in this region/area? hbf sfdf dtlrb When did you arrive dim? in this district? abf kdrb Atte) When did you arrive dim? in this quarter (of town)?
-,hbf bilhdeh When did you arrive tirb kddim? in this village? 'abi bkpf When *did you arrive tirb kddie in this city?
142 11.
Dick, quelle est to nationalite? Dilk, g kdam Nddrdye? Je suis americain. wd kdam dmbirfkaye. Je suis franqais. wd kdam fardnsaye. Je suis allemand. wd 'dam jamilsye. Je suis anglais. wd kdam ingllaye. Je suis nig4rien. wd IX= nijeriabe. Je suis du Niger. wd kdam nijrye. Je suis tchadien. wd kdam fbrlamiye.
12. Substituer par d'autres termesappropries ceux entre 12. Substitute o parentheses. parentheses. CA, wd kdam Dick, es-tu (allemand)?Non, je suis D/lk, kdam (americain), pas (jdmilsye) wd? (jdmilsye) arif; (allemand). wd kdam (dmbirikaye).
13. ada, wd f6lnzd. Es-tu un Volontaire Oui, je le suis. jif dam Peace Corp -so du Corps de la Paix? tiye f4lnzd wd? 49d, wd f6lnzd Es-tu un agent du Non, je ne le suis 1p1 dam C. I. A.? pas. tiye f4lnzd wd? glg. wd f6Inzd. Es-tu un representant Oui, je le suis. g dam A. I. D. -s?) du A. I. D.? tfyb f4lnzd wd?
14. Substituer par d'autres motsappropries ceux entre 14. Substitute parentheses. parentheses.
(fdtb)(Smith-ye) WI est (la maison) (a maison) (de Smith) Vdtb)(Smith-ye) (yerwihn). (de Smith)? est A (Maiduguri). RdArdan? de Jean John-ye de Modu *Sdilye d'Ali An.ye de Bill Biilye de Dick Dfikye de Pierre Peter-ye 143 IV-6
I Maui NddrdO? Dick, what is your nationality? dmbirfkayb. I am an American, fardnsayb. I am a Frenchman. jdmils0. I am a German, ingilaya. I am an Englishman. nigriab. I am a Nigerian, nljarya. I am a Nigerman, fbrlamiye. I am a Chadian.
items for those in re 12. Substitute other appropriate parentheses.
kdam d9 d, wd kdam Dick, are you No, I am (an American), ) wd? (jdmilsye) gi,g; (a German)? not (a German). wd kdam (dmbirfkaya).
Peace Corp-sbada, wd f4lnzd. Are you a Peace Corps Yes, I am. lnzd wd? Volunteer?
-so did, wd f4lnzd Are you a C.I.A. No, I am not. lnzd wd? agent?
Yes, I am. A. I.D.-so aih, wd f4lnzd. Are you an A.I.D. lnzd wd? man?
14. Substitute other appropriate wordsfor those in parentheses.
(Smith's)(house) is (Smith -y0 (fdtb)(Smith-ya) Where is (Smith's) (yerwalan). (house)? in (Maiduguri). John's Modu's Ali's Bill's Dick's. Peter's. 144 15. Discussions et dialoguesimprovises en classe. 15. Impromptu cla
NOTES GRAMMATICALES/GRAMMATICAL NOTES
1. Tense III. 1. Temps III. Les suffixes du Temps IIIutilises avec les verbes du Groupe A The Tense III suf sont:
Singulier/Singular Pluriel/Plural 1. -N0/400 2. -nim/-ntim -n14/-nfil 3. -zt or -A/ -za/-zda -zfi or -zoo
Ici, le symbole / veut dire quele choix du suffixe est possible Here the symbol ou ndcessaire. Ainsi,la premibre sdrie de suffixes estutilisde or necessary. T. quand le ton de la racine du verbe esthaut, et la seconde tone of the verb quand le ton est bas.
Paradigmes exemple/Sampleparadigms
kale) "Je suis passe "; "I passed by". S. P. 1. kale) 2. k6nim 3. k6zt k6za
n6mkeo"Je me suis assis"; "I sat down." 1.n6m43 n4mpb 2. n4mnim ndmniu 3. neps1 n4psa
Les suffixes de temps utilises avecles racines de verbes The tense suffix se terminant par 2, t k, s commencent toujours par s always begin wit plutat que par z. IV - 7 cia 15. Impromptu class discussions anddialogues.
1. Tense III. suf du Groupe A The Tense III suffixes used with GroupA verbs are:
gulier/Singular Pluriel/Plural , -Ngb/-Ngb -,W;Tlee
-ntra/-niim
- zt or-zO/ -za/-zda -zit or -zoo ce est possible Here the symbol / indicates that achoice of suffixes is possible T used if the s est utilisde or necessary. Thus, the first set of suffixes are rb seconde tone of the verbs 'tem is high,and the second if it is low.
P.
koNgb
k6zi k6za
n4mNgb n4NO n4mnim n4pst n4psa fix e verbes The tense suffixes used with verb stemsending in 2, t, k, s it par s always begin with s rather than with z.
146 lbSgb "Je suis alle"; "I went". 1. lbggb 2. lbnam
3. lezfl/lbz6b lezda
"Je l'ai dit"; "I said it". 1. gilligb 2. gianfim/giallim gulnfu 3. gillzil/g41z6b gulzed dbwbrSgb "J'ai ajourne"; "I postponed". 1. d6wrgib eGwb*n
2. dbwrnfim dbw4,rnfil 3. dbwbrzii e.Arzda
Les affixes du Temps III utilises avec lesverbes du Groupe B The Tense III affi sont classes ci-dessous: below:
Singulier/Singular Pluriel/Plural 1. -skb -fyb/-iye 2. -im 3. si--6b
Ce paradigme est un guide sommaireseulement car des This paradigm is o irregularites apparaissent frequemment. L's du suffixea occur frequently. la premibre personne du singulier des verbesdu Groupe B accompanying Group est generalement omis dans laconversation.
Paradigmes exemple/Sample paradigms
dikb/diskb "Je l'ai fait"; "I did it". 1. diskb dlyb 2. dilm diu 3. sld6b sbd6b IV - 8
eigb enfim anfil azii/az6b azda
illzil/g41z6b gulzdb
'Gw6rtigb 0,1464pa dbOrnfil Wkzil awkzAh
u Groupe B The Tense III affixes used with Group Bverbs are arranged below: gulicr/Singular Pluriel/Plural -skb -fyb/-1A -im sb--6b es This paradigm is only a rough guide,however, as irregularities fixe a occur frequently. The s in the first person singular tense suffix oupe B accompanying Group B verbs is usually droppedin ordinary speech.
disk?) dfye dam diu sld6b sod& iskb "Je suis venu"; "I came". 1. fskb 2. fsim fsia 3. fsb/Isl fsh
rfikb/rakb "Je l'ai vu"; "I saw it". 1. rdskb rdiyh
2. ram rfit
3. stir?) s6rb
andikb/andiskb "Je l'ai trouv6"; "I found it". 1. gndiskb gndlyh 2. andam fondfu 3, sland6b/slwndob sband6bi
"Je l'ai vendu"; "I sold it". 1. gdiskb 2. thdilm 3. sil6d6b
yiwilkb/yiwilskb "Je l'ai achete"; "I bocght it". 1. ylwilskb y1 yb 2. ylwilm yfwiu 3. cfwb cesiw6
Comme le Temps II, le Temps III exprimele passé. La difference Like Tense entre les deux reside dans ladistribution seulement, c'est-h-dire only in di le genre de phrases dans lesquelles ids setrouvent. Comme are used. déjà vu dans la lecon III, le Temps II est Ondralementle passé general pa kanouri, utilise pour les phrasesaffirmatives-declaratives sentences adverbials aussi bien que dans les phrasesinterrogatives respectant l'in- to the fol troduction par des adverbes oulocutions adverbiales. L'usage situations suivantes seulement: 1 du Temps III est limite aux IV-9
1. fskb fh 2. fsim fsiU 3. fsb/fsl fsh
1. rdskb rdlyb 2. ruum rfu 3. sdrb s6r6
it". 1. f6ndiskb f6ndiy 2. fkdam fdndfu 3. slf6nd6b/siwnd6bsbfkd6b/s6wbnd6b
1. 16diskb 16diyh 2. 16dfim 3. sithd6b s616d6b
it".
1. ylwilskb yiwuiyL
2. yfwitm yiwu 3. cfwb c4siwb The two tenses differ sse. La difference Like Tense II, Tense III has a past meaning. of sentences in which they ulement, c'est-h-dire only in distribution, i.e. in the type is the Kanuri rouvent. Comme are used. Whereas, as said in Lesson III, Tense II ndralement le passé general past tense used in declarativestatements as well as in asked with respect to adverbs or s-ddclarativ:s sentences in which questions are adverbials (adverbial phrases), the useof Tense III is limited s respectantl'in- only: rbiales. L'usage to the following environments tes seulement: 1) Phrases dans lesquelles des questionssont posees en 1) Sentences in consideration a) du sujet b) du complement
2) Interrogativ 2) Phrases interrogatives introduites parNal "qui" et "quoi, que", -bi "quel, lequel". -bi "which ".
3) Phrases declaratives en reponsea 1) et 2). 3) Declarative
(N.B. Ces deux temps sont confrontds dansl'exercice No. 4 (N.B. These two de cette legon.) present le
2. Further note 2. Note supplementaire surbd/wd: Comme mentionnd au No. 4 de lapremibre legon, bd ou wd As stated un est une particule interrogative.Elle se place immedia- particle. tement aprbs l'el4ment particulierde la phrase qui est in the sente interroge. Tel element est toujoursl'un des suivants: one of these 1) subject o 1) sujet ou objet accompagne ou nond'un adjectif/des adjective adjectifs. 2) adverbe ou locutionadverbiale. 2) adverb or 3) verb. 3) verbe.
Comme déjà indique, les Temps II etIII doivent gtre As already utilises en fonction des conditionsdéjà mentionnees to conditio quand (1) et (2) sont concernes.Quand it s'agit de When (3) is (3), une autre genre de Temps dupasse, le Temps IV be introduce doit gtre utilise (ce temps seraetudie a la lecon VI.)
3. The Genitiv 3. Le cas du genitif: Le cas du genitif est employe pourexprimer des idees telles The Genitive content, pr que la possession, lecontentement, la provenance, etc...Il est indique par le suffixe-be ou ou -b. Ces troissuffixes suffix -be -changeably, sont utilises sans distinctionmais quelques personnespre- ferent employer -be, seulement quand le nom prenant unsuffixe se when the no termine en m, n ou rt. Voir lesexemples 4clairant ce cas m or n or L. dans les exercices Nos. 11-14 de cettelepon. drills Nos. IV- 10
in asked with respect to en 1) Sentences in which questions are
a) the subject b) the object tiv 2) Interrogative sentences introduced byNal "who" and abi "what", h" -131 "which". ve 3) Declarative sentences made in responseto 1) and 2). wo (N.B. These two tenses are contrasted inDrill No. 4 of the le o. 4 present lesson.) ote 2. Further note on bd/wd: un bd or wd is an interrogative ou wd As stated under No. 4 of Lesson I, It comes immediately after theparticular element nte 4dia- particle. in the sentence that is questioned. Such an element is alw:-..ys ese i est nts: one of these: t o 1) subject or object with or withoutaccompanying adjective/ ive /des adjectives. or 2) adverb or adverbial (phrase).
3) verb. y1 III must be used, subject tre As already indicated, Tenses II and io when (1) and (2) are involved. 6es to conditions already mentioned, is tense, Tense IV (to de When (3 is involved, another type of past uce be used. IV be introduced in Lesson VI) must n VI.)
iv 3. The Genitive case: ivc ideas such as possession, d6es telles The Genitive case is used to express pr indicated by means of the etc... Il content, provenance, etc... It is e used inter trois suffixes suffix -be or -ye or -e. These three variant suffixes are ly, -changeably, except that some speakers prefer to use-be only no onnes pre- nt un suffixe se when the noun to which the suffix is to be attached end in a ce cas m or n or EL. Forexamples of the occurrence of this case, see drills Nos. 11-14 of the presentlesson.
152 VOCABULAIRE/VOCABULARY visiteur, etranger, invite kils6tb visitor, stranger France France faransh England Angleterre ingila Allemagne jamus Germany Republique du Niger nfjar Niger Republic Chad (Fort Lamy) Tchad (Fort Lamy) fbrlami how much? how mar Combien Ndad seul ti16 + poss. suffixes alone ville/cite bila/bfr,pi town/ ity district district sidf region nAga area, region village bfladea village circonscription, quartier (de ville) Ngdrb ward, quarter (o1 year, hour an, heure sah month m ois kintdi week semaine mai day jour kad fortnight quinzaine wbri one un f4l two deux indi three trois yaski four quatre clef five c inq wuu six s ix araski seven Sept tailr huit wusku eight nine neuf liar dix mad ten kils6t6 visitor, stranger, guest fardnsa France Ingila England Germany nijer Niger Republic fbrlami Chad (Fort Lamy) Ndad how much? how many? til6 + poss. suffixes alone bila/bkpi town/ ity s/df district niga area, region bIladea village Ngdrb ward, quarter (of town) sda year, hour kintd1 month
and l week kad day wuri fortnight one
indi two yaski three
clef four wuu five araski six tdlur seven
wilskd eight
lldr nine mbd ten LEgON V/LESSON V
Voyage/Travelling
DIALOGUE / DIALOGUE
Modu: Et au retour, es-tu venu directement MUU: gild, sda w6ltimin tiln, s61- a Maiduguri? wd yerwar6 kddim?
Bill: Non, je suis alld a Lagosd'abord. Bill: d9d, bUrw6mdan ik6rb 116sk6.
Modu: Les avions n'atterrissent pIus.ici maardsb kirmd tiro nda dal depuis un bon bout de temps mainte- zipsa wah ti tUssina. futu nant. Comment y es-tu venu, en auto nda dar6 ik6lan kddim, m6t ou en train? bd rdh jirgi sidibee
Bill: J'ai pris l'avion de Lagos a Kaduna, Bill:limaard sdmibbn ikan kaddndr puis de Kaduna 1 cet endroit, en kddikb. dal kaddndyden nda auto. darb m6talan kddikb.
Modu: Combien de temps le voyage a dure HMI: gild, kadnimNdad dib6llan?
Bill: Trois jours. Bill: kad yaski.
Modu: Vraiment ! Comment se fait-il que ce dh dh, abf nankhrb dtifrb soit si long? kar9dam?
Bill: C'est parce que je suis reste deux Bill: day4 glfilnzf kaddnd tiin jours a Kaduna. khd indfr?) tilsw6k6.
Modu: Es-tu restd chez tes amis, tes sawadnimma rda dUrwdnimma parents ou a l'hatel? kar9dU, rda hbtdellan kdrdar.
B511: Je n'ai ni amis, ni parents a Kaduna. Bill: saw101 dU dUrwApi kaddndan Pour cette raison, je suis rest4 bda. Ati nankar6 hOtdelan l'hatel. zipk6kb.
EXEKICES/DRILLS
1. Repondre aux questions suivantes comme indique: Respond to
Bill, en revenant,es- Non, je n'y suis Bill, sda w41tImin d9d, s6krb g pas venu tout droit. s6krb wd kAdikb. to venu tout droita . yerwarb kddlm? Maiduguri? /LESSON V
/Travelling
s6I- a w6ltimin tfin, s6krb Modu: And on your way back, did you come rb kddim? directly to Maiduguri? kb 46mian ik6rb le6skb. Bill: No, I first went to Lagos. here now kirma ti rb nda atilan Modu: Planes have not been landing here, dati tUssina. filt4bfin for quite a while.. How did you come 6 ikolan Maxi, m6telen by car or by train? frgf sit:Men? and then miben ik6On kaddnarb Bill: I flew from Lagos to Kaduna, this place, by car. daf kaddnaydennda came from Kaduna to talan kadfkb.
take? &lira Nded dflAllen? Modu: How long did the journey
Bill: Three days.
long? bf nankarb atibfrb Modu: Really ! How come it took you so
That's because I stayed two days in lfilnzfkadtind tan ` Bill: rb tilsw6kb. Kaduna.
rah darwanimme Modu: Did you stay with your friends or rale hbteellan kara.arn? relatives, or in a hotel?
dudirw4pf kaddnaan Bill: I have no friends orrelatives in Kaduna. in a hotel. t nartkar6hbteelan For this reason, I stayed
Respond to the followingquestions as indicated:
No, I didn't. imin d9d, s6krb gigpf Bill, when you were kadfkb. returning, did you come straight to Mai duguri? (Smith))en revenant, En revenant, it (Smith), Bill tf, sgf sdh w4ltin tfin (S oU Bill s'est arrgtd? s'est arrgtd a tfin, kaddnaan tilsw6nb. wa Kaduna. Nddrdan tilsw6nb? di Et toil en revenant iciJe me suis arrgtd ,ii tf, sdh nda sdh nda dtirb fskin An oU t'es-tu arrgte? a Chicago. 4tirb fsimin tfin, tfin, cikdgban cc Nddrdan tilswcibm? yc
(Pierre) et (Smith) En revenant ici, (Peter-a) (Smith-a), sdh nda dtirb In (P en revenant icioU vous nous nous sommes saa nddtirb fsiwl tfin, cikdgban wh gtes-vous arrgtds? arrgtds a Chicago. tfin, Nddrdan tilswa?tilsw6k6. cc di
(Jean), en venant, se Oui, en venant, ils (John), sda fsn. tan, ada, sda isdi tan, (.1 sont-ils arrgtds quel- se sont arrgtds nda lddan bd tilswdda? nda lddan tilswAda. cc que part? quelque part. ar
(Smith))en venant a En venant a l'dcole (Smith), sda biska sda bfska sdwa l'ecole hier matin, hier matin, nous sdwa mdArdntir6 mddrantfrb nen qui avez-vous vu? avons vu notre ami Isiwi tfin, Nda tfln, sawand6 Modu. rfU? MAdil rdlye.
(Pierre), quand vous Quand nous revien- (Peter), sdakuu sda kuu kajfrf reviendrez chez vous drons chez nous ce kajfrf mddrdnalan mddrdntilan fdtbrb al de l'dcole ce soir, soir de l'ecole, nousfdtbrb w4ltiwi tan,w4itlyen tan, sc que ferez-vous? irons au cinema. abf diva? sInfmarb 1peen. wr
2. Repeat the follow/ 2. Rdpeter ce qui suit.
Quand je reviendrai, jem'arrgterai a Kaduna. sah w6ltfskin tfin, kadUndan krt Quand je mien irai, je verrai Modu. saa.lerjin tiin, modil rdskin. Wt Quand je ferai le travail, je vousle.dirai. sda cfda dfskin tfin, Dire, giarjin. WI Quand je viendrai, je vous approterai sda /skin tfin, aw6 láá Ilfrb kdskin. Wi quelquechose. Quand j'apporterai la chose, jem'arrgterai sda aw6 ti kdskin tfin, nda ladantusuYJin. Wt quelquepart. Quand j'y passerai, j'acheterai sda korAn tfin, aw6 lid yiwUskin. WI quelquechose.
3. Supply the past ti 3. Mettre les phrases de l'exerciceprecddent au passé. preceding drill. 111 tf, si sah weltin tfin (Smith),when Bill When he was coming n tfin, kaddn6an tilsw6nb. was returning, where he stopped in Kaduna. Usw6n6? did he stop? a nda sda nda dtirb IskinAnd you, when you were I stopped in Chicago. min tiin, tan, cikdgblan coming here, where did ilswder2 you stop?
(Smith-a), sah nah dtirb rien (Peter). and (Smith), When we were coming here .tirb islwi tfin, cikag6lan when you people were we stopped in Chicago. rdan tbswal? tilsw6k6. coming here, where did you stop?
a Isn. tan,ada,sda fsbi tan, (John)?when they were Yes, when they were bd tilswddh? naa lddan tilswdda. coming, did they stop coming, they stopped anywhere? somewhere. sda biska sae bfske sdwa (Smith), when you peopleWhen we were coming to dntfr6 mddrantirb nen were coming to school school yesterday morning n, Ndd tan, sawand4 yesterday morning, whomwe saw our friend Modu. M6dil rdlye. did you see? saa kuu sah kuu kajiri (Peter), when you people When we are returning dirantflan madrantilan fatbrbare returning from home from school this ltiwi tan, w4ltlyen tfin, school this evening, evening, we shall go to sinfmarb lepden. what will you do? the movies.
2. Repeat the following. iskin tan, kaddndan When Iamreturning, I shall stop in Kaduna. n tiin, m661rdskin. When Iamgoing, I shall see Modu. diskin tfin, Xt.?) gillrjin. When Iamdoing the work, I shall tell you. n tfin, aw6 lddxlrb kdskin. When Iamcoming, I shall bring you something.
f kdskin tan, nde ladendista3in.When I ambringing the thing, I shall stop somewhere. n tan, aw6 lddyfwilskin. When I ampassing by, I shall buy something.
3. Supply the past tense equivale"t of the sentencesin the preceding drill. 138 4. Turn those s 4. Mettre ces ames phrasesa la forme interrogative.
5. Repeat the 5. Rdpdter ce qui suit:
Les avions n'atterrisent pas ici. maardsb nda ltilan zips61 wAh. Bill n'habite pas ici. Bill tf nAh Atilan didi wAh. Je n'irai pas au cinema ce soir. Kuu khjfri sinimhrb lerjln bah. Bill ne fera pas le travail ce soir. Bill cida ti kdu Ickgri sidfin bda. La femme ne me dira pas le nom dubdbe. KAmd tf sdu tibl tiye wdrb guljiin b Nous ne venons pas a l'dcole ledimanche. mddrAntirb ldadlh igen baa.
6. Turn these 6. Mettre ces phrases a la forme interrogative etdonner des reponses affirmatives ou negatives. either in ti
7. Repeat the 7. Repdter ce qui suit:
Les avions n'atterrissent plus ici depuis mAardsb kirrad tirb nda Atilan un bon bout de tempsmaintenant. zips41 wda tf Modu ne fait plus son travail depuis un m6dil cidhnzi sidfin bAh ti bon bout de temps maintenant. (Jean) et sa femme ne viennent plusa (John-h) kamunzia m6SrAntirb isbi' l'ecole depuis un bon bout de temps 1461 ti maintenant. Je ne suis pas alld au cinema depuis sinimarb bda ti un bon bout de tempsmaintenant. ne rend plus visite(voit) h son sdwanzi Art sdrin bah tf a:ni Ali depuis un bon bout de temps maintenant. Its ne vendent plus d'objets au marche awe kasuu tiin sbldlin bah tf depuis un bon bout de temps maintenant. dissInh. Je n'achete plus d'objets ici depuis nAh tddiahn hw6 yfwilskin bAh ti un bon bout de tempsmaintenant. Modu et moi ne mangeons plusensemble wda M6dua biri r6kk6 bdiyen bda depuis un bon bout de temps maintenant. ti
8. Turn the pr 8. Mettre les phrases precedentesa la forme affirmative et les traduire en anglais(en francais). translate ive. 4. Turn those same sentences intoquestions.
5. Repeat the following: eras?) nda Atilan zipsn. wda. Planes do not land here. 11 ti nda dtilan dialwAa. Bill does not live here. this evening. u kajlrfsInfmarb lerjin bda. I shall not go to the movies 11 cfda tf kuu kajfrfsidfin bda. Bill will not do the work this evening. md ti suu tibl tiya wdrbguljiin bda. The woman will not tell methe name of the baby. drAntfrb ldadia aan bda. We do not come to school onSundays.
and have them answered t donner 6. Turn these sentences into questions either in the positive or in the negative.
7. Repeat the following:
for quite ardsb kirmA tirb nda atilan Planes have not been landing here now ps4i wda ti a while. work now for ducfdanzi sidfin bda ti tUssina. . Modu has not been doing his quite a while. ohn-a) k6mfinzia mSfirgntirb (John) and his wife have not been coming to a tititssina. school now for quite a while.
for nfmarb lbrjin bah ti I have riot been going to the movies now quite a while. wanzi An. sdrin bAh ti He has not been visiting(seeing) his friend Ali now for quite a while.
the market T6 kasd4 tiln s616d1in bda ti They have not been selling things at .ssina. now for quite a while. here now for a tudulan aw6 yiwtiskin bAh tf I have not been buying things ssina. quite a while. together now 'a M6dua bid r6kk6 bdiyan bda Modu and.I hare not been eating for quite a while.
negative into positive and firmative 8. Turn the preceding sentences from translate into English. 9. Respond to 9. Repondre a ces questions comme indique:
(Pierre)) Modu et toi ne Oui, Modu et moi (Peter), tpfh M6dia hdh, wdh M6dith mangez-vous plus en- ne mangeons plus bfri r6kk6 bdwi bfri r6kk6 bdi semble depuis long- ensemble depuis wta ti tilssina wa? bah tf temps? longtemps.
Cleany a-t-il long- Oui, it y a long- (John), (Peter) Lil ada, ;fa mosia temps depuis que temps depuis que .iffh M6dua bfri bfri r6kk6 z4b (Pierre) et Modu ne (Pierre) ec Modu r6kk6 z4bin bdh bdh tf titssinh mangent plus ensemble? ne mangent plus tf tiissfnh wa? ensemble.
(Modu),ne manges-tu Non, je ne mange naa dtilanaaa, nda dtila plus ici depuis long- plus ici depuis bfri bdmin bdh ti bid bdskin bd temps? longtemps. tiissina wa? ti eissina.
Ou manges-tu main- Je mange chez Kira. tfrO Nddrdan KIrmd tfrb fat tenant? moi. bfri bdmin? bfri bdskin. a'a, fdtbn bf (Smith),manges-tu Non, je ne mange (Smith),gye fdtbn chez toi aussi? plus chez moi bd bfri bdmin? bdskin bdh tf depuis un bon bout eissina. de temps maintenant.
10. wd fdtbn bfri (Smith), depuis combien fly a trois jours (Smith)of fdtbn de temps ne manges-tu maintenant depuis birisbdmin bdh tf bdskin bdh tf plus chez toi? que je ne mange Khd Ndhd? Khd yhskf. plus chez moi. Depuis combien de y a deux semainesji[fh Modia bfri wua MOdua bfr semaines Modu et toi maintenant depuis r6kk6 bdwi wda r6kk6 bdiyen ne mangez plus en- que nous ne man- ti mai kdad? tf mai indf, semb le? geons plus ensemble.
(Modp),depuis combien y a dix mois (116dit), mahrdsO ndh maardsb ILA a de mois les avions maintenant depuis dtilan wdh zipsa wdh tf n'atterrissent plus que les avions tf Kintdi Ndad? kintdi med. ici? n 1atterrissent plus ici. 9. Respond to these questions as required:
(Peter),ga aaa, wua M6dZia (Peter), have you and Yes, Modu and I have not been eating bfri r6kk6 bdwi bfri r6kk6 bdiyen Modu not been eating together for a Nada tf tiissina wd? bda ti tiissfna. together for a long time? long time.
Yes, it's a long time (John), (Peter) tf, aAa, (John)yis it a long since (Peter) and sia M6dua bfri bfri r6kk6 z4bln time since (Peter) r6kk6 z4bln bda ti tilssfna. and Modu have not Modu have not been tf tilssina wA? been eating together? eating together.
OWIX1 nda dtllanaAa, nda Atilan (Moduhave you not No, I have not been eating here for a long bfri bdmin bAh tf bfri bdskin bda been eating here for time. tiissfna wd? ti a long time?
KfrmA tfrb Nddrdan KIrmA tfrO fAt6-a Where do you eat I eat at home. bfri bdmin? bfri bdskin. now? No, I havesnot been (Smith)ilifyefatbn fdtbn bfri (Smith)Ido you eat eating at home now bA bfri bdmin? bdskin bda tf at home also? for quite a while. t tilssfna. nt.
It's three days now (Smith), Jil fAten wd fdtbn bfri (Smith), how long is bfribdmin bda tf bdskin bda tf it since you have not since I have not been eating at home. Kad Ndau? Kad yaski. been eating at home? It's two weeks now Ines xlaM6dua bfri wua M6dua bfri How many weeks is it since you and Modu since we've not been s r6kk6 biwi wda r6kk6 bdiyen eating together. tf mai Ndad? ti mdi indf. have not been eating ble. together?
(WM, maardse nda maarasO nda Atilan (Modu),,how many It is ten months now Atilan zip61 wda zips41 wda tf months is it since since planes have not been landing here. tf Kintdi Ndad? kintdi med. planes have not been landing here? ii. Mettre les phrases do l'oxerciec No. 9 a la forme 11. Have the sentences interrogative, selon les questions de l'exercice of the type pract, No. 10, et y repondre.
12.
Comment es-tu venu de Lagos a Kaduna? futubfinikan Khddndrb kddim? Hoy Je suis venu en avion. maardsmiban kddikb. I Je suis venu en train. j/rgi sidiben kdd/kO. I Je suis venu sur le cheval de Modu. Ear m6dilben kddikb. I Je suis venu sur le chameau d'Ali. karimoAaben kadikb. I Je suis venu dans l'auto de Bill. meta Billben kddikb. I
13.
Avec qui (chez qui) es-tu reste a Kaduna? nah Nddyen Khddndhn zipkda.m? Wi Je suis reste avec Modu. ndh M6dilyen zipk6kb. Je suis reste avec Ali. nAh Ariyen zipk6kb. Je suis reste avec Bill. ndh B/Ilyen zipk6kb. Je suis reste avec Dick. ndh Dfikyen zipk6kb. Je suis reste avec Shettimari. ndh Setimariyen zipk6kb. Je suis restd avec quelqu'un. ndh 'dam ladyen zipk6kb.
14.
Es-tu reste avec tes Je suis restd sawadnimma rah sawakira khedlye. Did amis ou avec tes avec mes amis. eirwSnimma klr9R1? yot parents? Je suis reste eirwhpih klr9610. yo avec mes parents.
(Pierre)pavec qui Bill Il est reste £Peter), Bfi 1 tf sawhanzia (Pe est-il reste? avec ses amis. Nddh khshedh? kasaeda. Bil
Combien de jours a-t-il Il a passé deux kad Ndhdrb sawahnzia kad Ind/x.6 shwhhnzfh Ho passé avec ses amis? jours avec ses amis. kasheda? khshedh. spe
Bill, avec qui restes-tuJe reste avec un B/11, Nddh ndh dtilhn kAhm fhrdnshyea Bil ic i? frangais. khedil? khehlye. you
Combien de mois avais- J'avais passé kaam fhrdnshye tih kahm ardnshye tih Hol tu passe avec le huit mois avec le didwi ti kintdi didiyen tf kintdi spe frangais? frangais. Ndhd? man t1 C V J
CC forme 11. Have the sentences under Drill No. 9 turned into questions ct' rcice of the type practised under Drill No. 10, and answered.
Har. Utilbfin ikan KhddnArb kAdim? How did you travel from Lagos to Kaduna? I ahrAsOmiben I arrived by plane. I frgf sfdfben kAdfkb. I arrived by train. I fir m6dilben kAdikb. I arrived on Modu's horse. I hfrrib Anben kAdfkb. I arrived on Ali's camel. I oth Billben kAdfkb. I arrived in Bill's car.
asNddyenladdnAhn zipkAhm? With whom (at whose place) did you stay in Kaduna?
Ah M6dilyen zipkokb. I stayed with Modu. Ah Ariyen zipk6kb. I stayed with Ali. Ah Billyen zipk6kb. I stayed with Bill. as Dfikyen z.4k6kb. I stayed with Dick. Ah %6etimhriyen zipkokb. I stayed with Shettimari. Ah kakm lAdyen zipk6kb. I stayed with someone.
Did hwaAnimmh raa sawaAnia kar9diye. Did you stay with I stayed with my friends. yot. Urw5nimul ker9R0 your friends or with yo klenye. your relatives? I stayed with my relatives.
(Pe (Peter), Bill ti shwhAnza (Peter),with whom did He stayed with his Bil ,;c1dh kasar9Ah? khshedh. Bill stay? friends. Ho cad Ndhdrb shwhAnzih khd Indfrbsawanzia How many days did he He spent two days with spc :hshr9Ah? khsar9Ah. spend with his friends?his friends.
Bi 1 fil, Nddh nAh Atilhnkahm fhranshyeh Bill, with whom are I am staying with a French you :hen? khroglye. you staying here? man.
Hov :Cam fhrAnshye tih kaam faransaya tia How many months have I have spent eight months spc 1lAwl ti kintdi didiyan tf kintai spent with the French with the French man. man 'dad? man? (Smith), e s t-i 1 avec Oui, il est avec le (Smith), kdam ada, kdam (Smitl le frangais depuis francais depuis farAnshA tia rarSneaye tta stayii longtemps? longtemps. kas1r9S1 t1 tussta kasar9da ti tilssina.manfi wS?
15. 15.
As-tu des amis a Non, je n'ai pas fawaancmKackinaan sdwadni Do yot Kaduna? d'amis a Kaduna. Nbeji wd? Kaddndan bah. in Ka,
As-tu des parents Non, je n'ai pas dirwdnim Kaddndan VA, airwdpi Do yol Kaduna? de parents a Kaduna. wd? Kaddndan bda. in Ka
As-tu des enfants Non, je n'ai pas Nairinim Kaddndan 49A,Ndurijlf Do yo Kaduna? d'enfans a Kaduna. Vbejf wd? Kaddndan bah. in Ka
As-tu des fils Non, je n'ai pas de tadadnim KaddnAhn 49.42 tadakii Do yo a Kaduna? fils a Kaduna. Nbejf wd? Kaddndan bda. in Ka
As-tu des filles Non, je n'ai pas de ferbdnim Kaddndan Vd, ferOdpi Do yo a Kaduna? filles a Kaduna. Nbeji wd? Kaddndan bah. in Ka
As-tu des maisons Non, je n'ai pas de fatOdnim Kaddndan VA, fatbdpi Do yo a Kaduna? maisons a Kaduna. wd? Kaddnahn bah. in Ka
16. Mettre les phrases de l'exercice No. 15 a la forme 16. Turn the sentences u affirmative.
17 17
Combien d'amis as-tu Tsai (deux) amis AvAdnim Kaddndan sawhApi Kaddngln How n a Kaduna? a Kaduna. Ndau? (indf). you
Combien de parents as. -tu j'ai (deux) parents darwanim Kadfinan eirwAni KlainglnHow a Kaduna? a Kaduna. Ndad? (indf). you 17
1b5 V - 6 mit 101 kam hdh, kahm (Smith),,has he been Yes, he has been staying ayi shyh tfh earAnalye tla staying w::h the Frenchwith the French man for n f 9S1 tt tussinh khshr9dh tf tilsrfnh.man for a long time? a long time.
15.
nfm achindan d9d, sdwhApf Do you have friends No, I have no friends wd? Khddndhn bah. in Kaduna? in Kaduna.
nfm Khddndhn d9A, diirwApf Do you have relatives No, I have no relatives wd? KhddnAhn bah. in Kaduna? in Kaduna.
nfm Khddndhn A9A, Neapf Do you have children No, I have no children wA? Kaddnahn bah. in Kaduna? in Kaduna.
nfm Khddndhn d9d, thdaApi Do you have sons No, I have no sons wd? KhddnAhn bdh. in Kaduna? in Kaduna.
.nfm Khddndhn did, arbApf Do you have daughters No, I have no daughters wd? KAddnAhn bdh. in Kaduna? in Kaduna.
nfm Khddndhn fatbApi Do you have houses No, I have no houses wd? Khddndhn bdh. in Kaduna? in Kaduna.
orme 16. Turn the sentences under No. 15 from negative to positive.
17
Anfm KhddndAn shwhApf Khddnan Howmanyfriends do I have (two)friends 9 (indf). you havein Kaduna? in Kaduna.
anfm Khd 6nan diirwApf KlainanHow manyrelatives do I have (two)relatives 9 (indf). you havein Kaduna? in Kaduna. Kaddndan How Combiend'enfants J'ai (deux) enfants ilaanfm Kaddndan you as-tu aKaduna? a Kaduna. (Indi).
tadadpf Klain6In How Combiende fils J'ai (deux) fils tadadnfm Klainan (indi). hav, as-tu Kaduna? a Kaduna. Ndad? ferbAnf Klaingln How Combiende filles J'ai (deux) filles ferbdnim K'adtingIn you as-tu Kaduna? a Kaduna. Ndad? (indi). How Combiende maisons J'ai (deux) maisons fatbanfm eaddn61n fatbdpi Kelfin6In you as-tu aKaduna? a Kaduna. IqAd? (indi).
18. nda dtin,ferbd How Combien de filles y a(trois) filles nda dt n frOd (yaskf) Nb4ji, her v-a-t-il ici? ici. tidW
Hov, Combien de garcons y a (trois) na San tadad nda dt1ntadad her y-a-t-il ici? garcons ici. (yaskf) Nbeji. Hew Combien de femmes y a (trois) naa dein kamild nda Atin,kamild (yaskf) Nbejl. her y-a-t-il ici? femmes ici. r.iau? How Combien de marches y a (trois) naa San kasiiiia nda dtin kasUld (yaskf) Ihdjf. her y-a-t-il ici? marches ici. MU? How Combien de livres y a (trois) naa Lan kithild nda dtln kitaud (yaskf) Ihejf. her y-a-t-il ici? livres ici. MU?
19.
As-tu un ami Non, je n'ai pas sAwanim Kddndan sAwani Dc h Kaduna? d'ami a Kaduna. Nbejl we Kaddndan bda. in
As-tu un parent Non, je n'ai pas darnim Klaingln VA, da*If Dc a Kaduna? de parent a Kaduna. Ihejf we Kaddndan bda. in
As-tu une femme Non, je n'ai pas kAmdnim KlainAln A9A, kAmdpi Dc a Kaduna? de femme a Kaduna. Nbejf we Kaddndan bda. in
As-tu un fils Non, je n'ai pas tddanim Klaingln A9A, tAdani Dc a Kaduna? de fils a Kaduna. Nbejf we Kaddndan bda. in V - 7
OW Kaddndan How many children do I have (two) children ou nfm Kaddndan (indi). you have in Kaduna? in Kaduna. ow tadaApf KadfinSan How many sons do you I have (two) sons av nfm KadifinSan have in Kaduna? in Kaduna.
ow I have (two)daughters nfm Kadifingan ferbdpi Klainan How many daughters do you in Kaduna. (indi). you have in Kaduna?
ow houses nfm Kleinhan fatb4p1 Klainaln How many houses do I have (two) you you have in Kaduna? in Kaduna.
How nda dtinjarba How many girls are There are (three) her tin farbd (yaskf) Nbeji. here? girls here.
Hox nda dtin, tadad How many boys are There are (three) her t1n tadad (yaskf) Nb4ji. here? boys here. Hoy How many women are There are '(three) her t ankamild nda dan,kamild (yaskf) Nbejf. here? women here. How nda dtin kasUld How many markets are There are (three) her ItIn kasuud (yaskf) Nbejf. here? markets here.
Hoy. There are (three) -'1t1n kitaud nda dtin kitaud How many books are her books here. (yaskf) irbejf. here?
Dc nfm Kaddndan d9d, sdwapi Do you have a friend No, I have no friend in if wd? Kaddndan bda. in Kaduna? in Kaduna.
Dc -nfmKlainSan d9d, da4pf Do you have a relative No, I have no relative in 'f wd? Kaddndan bda. in Kaduna? In Kaduna, Dc KadfinSan d9d, kam4pi Do you have a wife No, I have no wife in ?f wd? Kaddndan bda. in Kaduna? in Kaduna.
Dc nfm Klaingan d9d, cadAni Do you have a son No, I have no son in "f wd? Kadtindan bda. in Kaduna? in Kaduna. d9d, fer6g Kadtindan Do yo As-tu une fille Non, je n'ai pas ferbnim Kaddndan in Ka a Kaduna? de fille a Kaduna. Nbeji wd? bda.
As-tu une maison Non, je n'ai pas fatbnimead6n6In d9A, fdtbjii Klain6In Do yo, in Ka, a Kaduna? de maison a Kaduna. imejf wd? bda.
20. Refaire l'e:aercice 19,en repondantaffirmativement . 20. Repeat drill 19, answ au questions. affirmative.
21.
Do you As-tu un ami? Oui, j'ai un ami. sdwanimma wd? ada, sAwknia. Do you un fils? un fils. tddanimma wh? 161, tddapia. Do you une fille? une fille. ferbnimm1 wh? 161, ferilpia. Do you une femme? une femme. Id:minima w6? 161, kdm4pia. Are yo faim? faim. kindanimma w6? aaa, ktnAga.
aaa, itglidWa. Are soif? soif. kgdainimma 1.76? y. Are y. sommeil? sonuneil. lanamnimml wd? aaa, kinampia.
22.
Who Qai a faim? Smith a faim. ivdd kindanzfa? Smith, 's'imd andanzla wO.
(Smith)pas-tu faim? Oui, j'ai faim. (Smith)",pf andanimma ada,kind4ga. (Smit1 wd?
(Pierre) et (Jean), Non, nous n'avons (Peter4a) (John-1), d9d, kindande bah. (Pete you avez-vous faim aussi? pas faim. nondlye kindanda. wd?
696, an6Inz6 1161. (Bill (Bill)) ont-ils faim? Non, ils n'ont pas (Bil.49sbndi faim. lan6Inz61 w6?
(Bill (Bill), et toi? Je n'ai pas faim. (Bill), III di.i6b? andag bda. yours 1b9 V - 8
yo rOnfm Khddndhn d9d, fdrkpf Khddnahn Do you have a daughter No, Ihave no daughter Ka djf wd? bah. in Kaduna? in Kaduna.
yo d9d, fat4pf Klainan Do you have a house No, I have no house Ka .tbnimKlainran djf wd? bah. in Kaduna? in Kaduna. nsw vement 20. Repeat drill 19, answering the questions inthe affirmative.
you whnfmmh wd? aaa, sdwhpfL. Do you have a friend? Yes, I have a friend. you Yes, I have a son. ddhnimmh wg? aaa, tddkPla. Do you have a son? you have a daughter. 6rOnfmmA wg? aaa, ferbgh. Do you have a daughter? Yes, I you unimmh wa ! 161, kAmdpfa. Do you have a wife? Yes, I have a wife.
inAhnimmh wg? 16h, kindhpfh. Are you hungry: Yes, I am hungry.
dainimma wA? aaa, iqgddiApfh. Are you thirsty? Yes, I am thirsty.
Inilmnimmh aaa, kinfimpfh. Are you sleepy? Yes, I am sleepy.
du kinahnzfh? Smith, sgfrad Who is hungry? Smith is. kindanza wb. iti Sraith)),n1kindhnimmh hdh, kindhpfh. (Smitb),are you hungry? Yes, I am hungry. -a? to Peter4h) (John-1), d9d, kinahndd bdh. (Peter) and (John), are No, we are not htrtgrY ndlye kindhnda wd? you people hungry, too? 11 Bfil),sbndf 696, kin6anz6 bal. (Bilplare they hungry? No, they are not lanfanzfil wa? hungry.
11 Bi 1)) ,ni kindhpf bdh. (Bill), what about you I am not hungry. urs yourself? 170 Substitute other appropri 23. Substituer par des elements approprids ceux 23. parenthhses. parentheses. How come y cn!nment se fait-il C'est parce que je hbi nankhrb atlyd glfilnzi long? que to aismis si suis restd (deux atibire Kar9Aam? Khddnd tan (khd longtemps? jours) a Kaduna. indfrO) tilsw6kb.
24. Follow the instructions f 24. Suivre les instructions de l'exercice No.23. Why did yo Pourquoi es-tu restd C'est parce que hbf nankar6 Kachindandtlye in Kaduna? a Kaduna? (mes amis) y tilsw6bm? (sawa4g) naa tfin habitent. Kashedh.
25. Impromptu class discussio 25. En classe, discussions et dialoguesimprovises en Kanouri.
NOTES GRAMMATICALES/GRAMMATICAL NOTES
1. La negation du verbe 1. Verb negation: La negation des formes de verbesdu Temps I est obtenue en Tense I forms of the verb a utilisant bAh ou sa variante wdh (pour cette derniere, (after Tense I forms end.alL quand les formes du Temps I se terminent pardes voyelles).
2. Le pluriel des noms 2. Noun plurals: Le pluriel des noms est obtenu en ajoutantles suffixes Nouns are made plural by th 4.ou -sb. Toutes les syllabes d'un nom prenant-1 doivent the suffix -sb. The tones etre changdes au ton bas si elles ne le sont pasdéjh. which -1 is to be attached En outre, les noms finissant par des consonnes, commeit are not so already. Furthc est de rbgle, trouvent leurs consonnesdoublees avant ce a rule, have such consonant suffixe. Pour des raisons inconnues, les geessemblent prdfdrer For some unknown reason, sp l'emploi d'un de ces suffixes a l'autre avec quelques suffixes to the other with noms; sans quoi ils sontutilises sans distinction. are used interchangeably. Originalement -sb veut dire "et d'autres duame groupe/ in the same group /class'. E. de la :dem esphce", exemple: Bfilsb"Bill et ceux qui him'. Its plural meaning Liaccompagnent". La signification de son pluriel est,par extension of its basic mear. consdquentld'une extension insignifiante par rapport a 1' original. V - 9 ri 23. Substitute other appropriate items for those in parentheses.
nankarb Atlyd dnfilnzf How come you took so That's because I stayed frb Kar94am? Kadtind tfin (ad long? (two days) in Kaduna. indfrO) titswokb.
24. Follow the instructions for Drill No. 23. yo nankarb KachinAhndtlye dblillnzi Why did you stay That's because (my a? 6bm2 (sawa4pi) nda tfin in Kaduna? friends) live there. Kasar9da. io en Kanouri. 25. Impromptu class discussions and dialogues in Kanuri.
1. Verb negation: a obtenue en Tense I forms of the verb are negated withilia or its variant nE rniere, (after Tense I forms ending in vowels) WI. voyelles).
2. Noun plurals: th uffixes Nouns are made plural by the addition ofeither the suffix -a or doivent the suffix -se. The tones on all the syllables of a noun to ed déja. which -1 is to be attached must be changed tolow, if they he comme it are not so already. Furthermore, nouns ending inconsonants, as nt avant ce a rule, have such consonantsdoubled before this suffix.
sp -eferer For some unknown reason, speakers seem to prefer oneof these two h ,lques suffixes to the other with some nouns; otherwise, thesuffixes on. are used interchangeably. The basic meaning of -0) is 'and others groupe/ in the same group /class! E.g. Billsb 'Bill andthose accompanying Cti ix qui him'. Its plural meaning would seem, therefore, to be aslight ear est, par extension of its basic meaning. port
I r) 1 ft.:, 3. Le verbe AVOIR 3. TO HAVE
Le concept du verbe avoir est rendu en ajoutant,dans cet ordre: The concept les suffixes possessifs et le suffixe-h (different du suffixe suffixes and pluriel) ax el6ments possedes. Voir les exercice615 et suivants in that order de cet legon. Cet autre suffixe -h est un adjectifdevenu of the presen suffixe et voulant dire: "pourvu/imbude/caracterise par". forming suffi: characterized
4. Combinaisons des suffixes: 4. Combination o
En Kanouri, tous les cas des suffixesexiges clang un membre In Kanuri all de phrase sont ajoutes les uns aux autres aumgme nom, de la clause are at proposition plutBt que d'gtre repartis entreles noms de la clause rather proposition et selon son sens. Ainsi le francais "Je suis res4 clause, among chez Modu" (Je suis1 la maison de Modu) est, en idiome Kanuri stayed in Mod "Je suis reste endroit Modu dededans" -n61 Modu -ve-n kIrcSskb. Kanuri idiom, khr9Askb. I Quand les cas du genitif et del'ablatif se presentent When the Genii ensemble, leur ordre est toujours: always is: Racine du nom + genitif + ablatif Noun stem Voir exercices 12 et 13 de cette legon. See drills No
VOCABULAIRE/VOCABULARY
Kaduna Khddna Kaduna Lagos ik6 Lagos hotel hotel hbteel aliment biri food voie, route dibbl way, road enfants Nala children gargon, fils tddh boy, son fille ferO girl, daughter narent &liar relative book livre kitai -10
3. TO HAVE
ajoutant, dans cet ordre: The concept 'to have' is expressedby attaching the possessive -a (different du suffixe suffixes and the suffix -a (different fromthe plural suffix), See drills No.15 etc. es exercices 15 etsuivants in that order, tothe items possessed. st un adjectif devenu of the present lesson. This other suffix -a is an adjective de/caracterise par". forming suffix with the basic meaning'endowed/imbued with/ characterized by!
4. Combination of case suffixes:
called for within a exiges dans un membre In Kanuri all the case endings that are single noun in the res au deme nom, dela clause are attached one after another to a the sense of the entre les noms de la clause rather than apportioned, according to le francais "Je suis reste clause, among the nouns occuring withinit. Thus English 'I u) est, en idiome Kanuri stayed in Modu's place' (I stayed inthe place of Modu) is, in -n6a Modil-ye-n kar96skb. Kanuri idiom, 'I stayed placeModu-of-in' -nda M6dil-ye-n kar9dskb. their order if se presentent When the Genitive and the Ablative cases co-occur,
always is: - Noun stem + Genitive + Ablative See drills No. 12-13 of the presentlesson.
Kaddna Kaduna
ik6 Lagos hOt661 hotel birl food dibl way, road Nala children tdda boy, son
ferO girl, daughter
(lair relative
kitau book faim kinAa soif Ngddil sommeil kiniim alors, puis dal directement, direct s4krb pourquoi? Mai nankar6 raison cilill j'apporterai kdskin donc, par consequent Ati nankarb
I kinds hunger
Ngddii thirst kinam sleep al then s6krb directly, direct abf nankarb why? glill reason kdskin I shall bring dti nankarb therefore
1?6 LEgON VI /LESSON VI
Rencontre fortuite/A chancemeeting
DIALOGUE /DIALOGUE
rfikIji. Makinta: Je ne t'ai pas vue depuislongtemps. Makinta: Llan: 1Sl, diffirb Lawan: C'est vrai. J'dtais a Diffa depuis assez longtemps. tussina. difdA di Ibi 1.1? Makinta: Comment vont les gensa Diffa? Makinta: aam
klleflnz6 silei. Lawan: Its vont bien. Llan: Aamnd6 sAmm6 kllefa? Makinta: Et les membres de tofamille? Makinta:
LIAln: kllefl. Lawan: Its vont bien. difAan tilskimma wa? Makinta: Es-tu reste longtempsa Diffa? Makinta: aAa, difAan Lawan: Oui, je suis reste longtempsa Diffa. saabi bill Sarb kAdim? Makinta: Quand es-tu revenu enville? Makinta:
LaSln: bikl kajiri kAdikb. Lawan: Je suis arrive bier soir. kajiri kInghalla rAa biane? Makinta: Le soleil dtait-il encorehaut Makinta: ou faisait-ildéjà noir? bika kajiri sOkil kngaal Je suis arrive au moment oule Ll6an: Lawan: tiro kAdikb. soleil se uchait. difArb cidarb leAam raa Makinta: Es-tu allea Diffa pour travailler Makinta: ou pour visiterles curiosites? romtarb?
LaAan: difAan ttasiirb leokb. Lawan: Je suis and passer mes vacances a Diffa. Wo, NdSrArb lenimin kirmS? Makinta: Je vois.Ou vas-tu maintenant? Mlkintl: LEgON VI /LESSON VI
Rencontre fortuite/Achance meeting
for a long time. kintl: tussina xil Makinta: I haven't seen you
That's true. I was away in Diffa aan: aaa, diffhrb Lawan: for quite a while.
Makinta: How are the peoplein Diffa? kintl: Slm difdyl di Ibi bi? an: kllefInzh Lawan: They are well. family? kintl: aamndo samma kllefl? Makinta: And the members of your an: kllefl. Lawan: They are well.
in Diffa? kintl: difhln wa? Makinta: Did you stay long while in Diffa. An: lhl, difhln Lawan: Yes, I stayed a long Makinta: When did you arriveback in town? kintl: saabi bill StIrb khdim?
an: bike kljiri khdikb. Lawan: I got back yesterdayevening. Makinta; Was the sun still upthen or was lkintl: kljiri kIng61111 raa bone? it already dark?
bikl kljiri s6kii kInghll Lawan: I arrived when the sun wasjust sukuriin tan khdikb. setting.
difhrb ciarb leSlm raa Makinta: Did you go to Diffafor work or natIrb? for sight-seeing?
I went to spend my vacationin Diffa. hhln: difhln tusuro leOkb. Lawan:
Makinta: I see. Where are yougoing now? lkintl: yoo,Ndhrfirb lenimin kirmh? 11Aln: sLw1X1 16L 11131n. Lawan: Je vais rendre visitea un ami.
Makinta: Alors a bient8t. Mlkintl: too, filI ktlewI.
pres NOTE: Diffa is a town NOTE : Diffa est une ville du Niger, border. de la frontiere Nigdrianne.
DRILLS EXERCICES 1. Respond to the fol 1. Rdpondre aux questionssuivantes commeindique.
(Lawan), es-tu restd Oui, je suis restd (1161n), dlfgan longtemps a Diffa? longtemps a Diffa. tusunimma wa?
(Pierre), Lawan est- Oui, it est reste (Peter), 11.Van ti reste longtemp longtemps a Diffa. difLIn tussina wa? a Diffa? a, Samnzi difgan (Smith), les membres Oui, ils sont (Smith), Aemnzi tussana. de sa famille sont- restds longtemps difaan tussana wa? ils restds longtemps a Diffa. a Diffa?
ILI, tilsio6nI. (Lawan), y ftes-vous Oui, nous sommes (11dan),g1 LImnd61 restds longtemps les restes longtemps. n61 tan tusuniuwa wa? membres de to famille et toi?
2.
(Pierre), Lawan a-t- Oui, it y a (Peter), 116In ti difLIn161, cidl sldinl. it travailld a Diffa? travailld. cid sIdinl wa?
Lawan, as-tu travailld Oui,j'y ai 1161n, dlfan cida aaa, cida disking. a Diffa? travailld. dimea 146?
(Jean), les membres Oui, ils ant (John), LIminzi tiy6 161, sbndiye cida de sa famille ont-ils travailld aussi. cidl 1.4? sbdina. travailld aussi?
1 vD VI -2
friend of mine. sSwlx6 1L6 lairfilrb 14In. Lawan: I am going to visit a
Makinta: So long them. a, All kllewl.
NOTE: Diffa is a townin Niger, not far fromthe Nigerian border.
DRILLS
I. Respond to thefollowing questions asindicated. la, diMn (Lawan), did you stayYes, I stayed a long Ifan while in Diffa. wS? long in Diffa? Yes, he stayed a long Wan ti la, dlfan (Peter), did Lawan while in Diffa. sins wh? stay long in Diffa?
Yes, they stayed along S. 161, amnzi difan (Smith), did members while in Diffa. sans wS? of his family stay long in Diffa?
S. Yes, we stayed long. amnd61 la, tilsiofenl. (Lawan), did you and usuniuwa wS? members of your family stay long there?
(Peter), did Lawan Yes, he worked. llan ti difan la, cidlsiding. work in Diffa? a wS? Lawan, did you work Yes, I worked. fan cidl la cidl disking. in Diffa?
(John), did members Yes, they, too,worked. lmnzi tiye la, sbndiye cidl of his family work na wa? sldinl. also? 11AIn, Adrai wa? Lab'. Lawan, est-ce Oui, c'est correct. la, correct? XII Llmnd61 cidl aaa, cidI Toi et les membres Oui, nous avons difiwl wa? de ta famille avez- travai lie. vous travaille?
3.
11Aln ti, Pannzirb Ada. (Pierre), etait-ce Oui, i 1 l'a fait pour( Peter), pour les membresde les membres de sa LImnzieo wa cidI sa famille queLawan famine. ti s1da? a fait le travail? filmnzirb sldinl. (Jean), Lawan a-t- Oui, it a travaille (John), 1ILIn ti travaille pour pour les membres LImnzirb cidl les membres de sa de sa famine. sldinI wa? famille?
1ILln, cidl dimma I61 , disking. Lawan, as-tu Oui, j'ai travaill6. w6? travaille? 11LIn, cidI ti wa aaa, cidl ti disk?). Lawan, as-tu fait Oui, j'ai fait le dilm? le travail? travail. 161, rokko cida Lawan, toi et les Oui, nous avons laaan, 1,11 LImnimul diyenl. membres de ta travaille ensemble. r6k1c6 cidI difical wa? famine avez-vous fait le travail ensemble? rOkk6 cid1 ti Lawan, toi et les Oui, nous avons 116In, JII LImnimml rokk6 W6 cid/ ti cidiye. membrcz de ta fait le travail famille avez-vous conjointement. cidn? fait le travail conjointement?
laaan, ,pia SImnimmI aaa, will61mJAI Lawan, etait-ce Oui, c'etait eux et wa cidlti rcikk6 cidl ti rokko diye. toi et les membres moi qui avons fait de ta famille qui le travail conjoin- avez fait letravail tement. conjointement? VI - 3
it is. i h? AI, Scab/. Lawan, is that right? Yes,
Yes, we worked. cidl AI, cidl diyenl. Did you and members of your family work?
Aln ti, Slmnzirb sida. (Peter), was it for Yes, he did it for the members of his a cidl the members of his family that Lawan family. did the work?
Yes, he worked for 51n ti filmnzieo sldinl. (John), did Lawan members of his family. idl work for members of his family?
Yes, I worked. dimml AI , disking. Lawan, did you work?
ti wh ILI, cidl ti diskb. Lawan, did you do Yes, I did the work. the work?
amnimea ISI, raid) cidl Lawan, did you and Yes, we worked together. di(1141 wS? diyena. members of your family work together?
Yes, we did the wok Almnimml '9611 rOkke) cidl ti Lawan, did you and , idl ti cidiye. members of your jointly. family do the work jointly?
Slmnimml ISI, wua Semgil Lawan, was it you Yes, it was they and I 1 rOkkodiii? cidl ti raid) diye. and the members of that did the work jointly. your family that did the work, jointly?
I C.,I.) 4.
(Pierre), y a-t-il Oui, it y a longtemps (Peter), 1161n diffirb 161, diffirb lezinl longtemps que Lawan que Lawan estalld lezinl ti tussina w6? ti est alld a Diffa? a Diffa.
(Jean), et les membresOui, it y a longtemps (John), 6Imnzi ti 161, diffirb lez6n1 de sa famille? Y a -t- qu'ils sont allds dila? difSeo ti il qu'ils Diffa. lez6n1 ti wa? sont allds a Diffa?
Lawan, it y a Oui, it y a longtemps 116In, JAI filmnimml ILI, diffirb lextenl longtemps que toi que nous sommesallds dIfSrb ti ti dissina. et les membres de a Diffa. ran? to famille ftes- allds a Diffa, est-
Lawan, y a-t-il Oui, it y a longtemps 1161n, ja difArb 161, dIf6rb longtemps que tu que je suis allda ti dissina ti es allda Diffa? Diffa.
5.
Alors, quand Lawan Oui, it est restd 1161n ti, s61 difhrb 161, NgibilrO klr961. est alld a Diffa, longtemps. lezinl ti, nal tan y est-il restd Ngibilrb wa klr961? longtemps?
Bien, Makinta, Oui, j'y suis alld. Mlkintl, y1 ti 161, leninl. es-tu ddja alld diffirb kgIlte ylye a Diffa avant? lenimmaw6?
ILI, Ngibilrb Quand tu es alld Oui, j'y suis restd s61 difArb lenimm1 klr96skb. a Diffa, y es-tu longtemps. ti, n61 tart restd longtemps? Ngibiab wa klr9film?
161, lerltnl. (Smith), es-tu Oui, j'y suis alld. (Smith), ykly6 nAl alld quelque part, 16Arb kgIlte ylye avant? anima wa? VI - 4
(Peter), is it a long Yes, it is along tame lIfiln diffirO 161, diffirb he went to Diffa. w6? ti tussina. time since Lawan went since to Diffa?
Yes, it is a long time 6Imnzi ti 161, dif6rb lezfinl (John), what about the. since they went to Diffa. difSrb ti tussina. members of his family? ti tussina w6? Is it a long time since they went to Diffa?
Yes, it is a long time J11 Slmnimml ISI, dif6rb 1/116nI Lawan, it is a long since we went to Diffa. lentfiwl ti ti time since you and r6I? members of your family went to Diffa? Right?
Lawan, is it a long Yes, it is a long time /11. difArb 161, dIf6rO lezAn1 since I went to Diffa. ti ti tussina. time since you went to Diffa?
Yes, he stayed long. s61 olf6rb 161, NgibUrb klr961. Now,when Lawan went to 'N.M., did til nfil in w6. kIr96I? he stay long there?
161, lerAnl. Well, Makinta, have Yes, I have. hIlt6 jay6 you ever been in wS? Diffa before? Yes, I stayed long there. -Set) ienimml 161, kgibUrb When you went to tiln klr9Sskb. Diffa, did you stay wS klr9film? long there?
(Smith), have you Yes, I have. 1 xisr6 nil 161, 14nl. :g1 1t6 yly6 ever been anywhere wS? before?
184 cikfieorb le6kb. OU es-tu and? Je suis alld a Ndfir6 lefilm? Chicago.
afil, NgibUrb Quand Cu es alld Oui, j'y suis restd she cikfigOrb, kar9fiskb. a Chicago, y es-tu longtemps. lenimol ti, NgibUrb restd longtemps? wfi kercfilm? dizUrga kar9filye. Chez qui dtais-tu? J'dtais chez un kda ker9,54? parent.
minde New York-rb Et toi, (Janette), L'annde derniere (Janet), fl ti leokb. oil es-tu alld avant? je suis allee a Ndfirfirb tigalte yaye New York. lefilm?
sfiwege lefilye. Qui est alle avec Mon amie. Ndua aga toi? fich, NgibUrb glg Quand vous gtes Nous n'y sommes sfil New York-eo allds a New York, pas restds long- leni6w1 ti, nay tiln karcfilye. y gtes-vousrestds temps. kgibilrb wS kar9Sil? lcngtemps?
Combien de temps Deux semaines. s61 Ndauairo klr954? mayIndirb gtes-vous restes? klr9Slye.
6.
Makinta, as-tu vu Oui, je l' ai vu. makinta, iaaan rummy ILI, i'il Lawan? wA?
Lawan, Makinta Oui, it m'a vu. 1161n, mlkintl t; J11 1.51, will t'a-t-il vu? suruna wS? 1.51, xil rayenl. Lawan et Makinta, Oui, nous t'avons mlkintll 11SInnl, will m avez-vous vu? Vu. ri6w1 wa? IS1, nbndil i;kin Lawan, nous as-tu Oui, je vous ai lean, g ti Indil vus? vu. rummy wa? 161, eandia Arlin Lawan a-t-il vu Oui, il les a vu. 1161n ti filmnzi les membres de diffien suruna wa? sa famille a Diffa? 185 VI-5 ehem? clkhgbrob le6kb. Where did you go? I went to Chicago.
heorb, 16e, Ngibileo When you went to Yes, I did. ti, Ngibilrb klr9hskb. Chicago, did you Llm? stay long there?
dargl klr?hiye. With whom did you I stayed with a relative. stay?
fliti minde New York-0) And you, (Janet), Last year I went to Ngllt6 yey6 1160). where have you ever New York City. been before?
shwegl lehlye. Who went with you? My friend.
York-rob 6?6, Ngibileo glg When you went to We didn't stay long ti, nhe tan klr961ye. New York City, did there. w6 ker9hil? you stay long there?
fibirb ker96ii? mayindiro How long did you Two weeks. klr?hlye. stay?
1161n rumma Makinta, have you Yes, I've seen you. seen Lawan?
makinta ti Tll 16e, wua Lawan, has Makinta Yes, he has seen me. wh? seen you?
Yes, we saw you. a 116enne, 161, rfilyhne. . Lawan and Makinta /6? did you see me?
ti Indil 16e, n'andil Lawan, did you see Yes, I saw you. 46? us? ti 61mnzi 1he, Did Lawan see the Yes, saw them. suruna wh? members of his family in Diffa? 7.
lean ti iqdr6rb naa shw1nziberb Wt OZI Lawan allait I1 allait chez son lejiin sal mlkintl g( quand Makinta 1'a vu? ami quand lakinta lejiin saa mlkint10 sia suruna tfln. l'a vu. sia suruna tiro?
lean, ebi dimin saa nh1 shw1x1berb Lawan, que faisais-tuJ'allais chez mon lex)in saa wua d; quand Makinta t'a vu? ami quand it m'a vu. makintaye suruna suruna
1161nne makintaa jtil Que faisaient Lawan etLawan et Makinta Ilannl mlkint11 Ibi m1nz2i. saa sbndie Makinta quand nous lesparlaient quand nous saa sbndi1 rayen1 tan. VT1 avons vus? les avons vus? rillyen1 tiln? manazai saa sbndie Que faisaient-ils Its parlaient quand Ibi sbdiln saa sbndie rfilyen1 tin. dl quand vows les avons nous les avons vus. riuwa tiln? vus?
fhtbrZ) 1Z.,6nO saa Qu'a fait Makinta Il est alld chez makinta ti, lbi 1.1n sia kblzinl C quand Lawan l'a lui quand Lawan saa 1161nye sia tan. quitte? l'a quitte. kblzine tin?
1 1161n, 1b1 diim saa naa shw1x1berb L Lawan, quas-tu fait Je suis alld chez le6kb saa mlkint1 d quand to as quitte mon ami quand mlkint.1 kollimma kblijin1 tin. ri Makinta? j'ai quitte Makinta. tiln?
8.
saa naa shw1nzi- i1 Makinta, quand as-tu Je l'ai vu quand mlkint1, slIbi Ilan berb lejlin tin vu Lawan? it allait chez son curum? y ami. sia curusko.
saa naa shw1Ilberb Lawan, quand Makinta I1 m'a vu quand 1161n, mlkint1saabi lerjin tan wa t'a-t-il vu? j'allais chez mon x11 suro? ami. suro.
m1kint1 ;11.1 suro (Pierre), quand Makinta l' a vus (Peter), mekinte seebi saa Sl naa shwIn- Makinta l'a-t-il quand i 1 allait siasuro, saa difan ether?) lejiin vu, quand itvenait chez son ami, inn tiln ba raa saa r de Diffa ou quand naa shwInziberb tiln. itallait chez ses lejiin amis?
1 8 7 VI- 6
He was going to hi,.; Aln ti lidArArb naa sAwInziberb Where was Lawan friend's place when jiin saa mlkintlye lejlin sal eakintI going when Makinta Makinta saw him. a suruna tiln? sia suruna tan. saw him? I was going to my friend's AIn, Ibi dimln saa n51 sAw4piberb Lawan, what were you place when he saw me. kintlye Jlia suruna le/An saawua doing when Makinta in. suruna tiln. saw you? Lawan and Makinta were canna mlkint11 abi 11AInnl eakintlI What were Lawan and talking when we saw diln saa sbndil mInIza saa sbndiI Makinta doing when iyen1 tan? rayenI tiln. we saw them? them. They were talking i sbdiln saa sbndilmInlz61 saa sbndil What were they when we saw them. uwa tiln? rfilyen1 tiln. doing when you people saw them?
kintl ti, Ibi slla ftitbrC leonb saa What did Makinta He went home when Lawan left him. la 1WIllyesic laaan sic kOlzinl do when Lawan left lzinl tiln? tiln. him? I went to my friend's Aln, Ibi dilm saa naa sAwljAberb Lawan, what did you d kintl kbllimml le6kb saa mlkintl do when you left place when I left An? kblrainl tiln. Makinta? Makinta.
'kintl, sllbi 11Aln saa naa sAwInzi- Makinta, when did I saw him when he was urum? berb lejiin tiln you see Lawan? going to his friend's sic curusko. place.
IAln, mlkintl slIbi saa naa sAwlgberb Lawan, when did He saw me when I was 11 suro? leqln tilnwua Makinta see you? going to my friend's place.
Peter), eakintI sllbieakinea sic suro (Peter), when did Makinta saw him when II suro, saa difan saa si naa sAwln, Makinta see him, when he was going tohis sin tiln b6 raa saa ziberb lejiln he was just coming friend's place. 51 sAwInziberb tan. back from Diffa or ejiin tan? when he was going to his friend'splace? she naa shwegber Lawan, quand as-tu Je l'ai vu quand 116In, sllbi mIkinea lex3in tiln gie vu Makinta? it allait chez mon curum? ami. curusko.
she meneza tiln (Smith), quand les Nous les avons vus (Smith), sbnclie selbi sbndie diraye. avons-nous vus? quand ils parlaient.
9. % I % nhe shwextberb lerAn. OU vas-tu? Je vais chez mon ami. Ndaro lenimin? shwenimberb len3 -m OU vais-je? Tu vas chez ton alai, lerjln? shwenziberb lejil OU va-t-il va chez sonmi. lejiin? s6wIndeberb leyke OU allez-vous? Nous allons chez notreami. leniwi? shwIndoberb leniv OU allons-nous? Vous allez chez votreami. lex6en? shwenzAberb lezoi OU vont-ils? Its vont chez leur ami. lez0?
10.
OU es-tu and? Je suis alld chez Modu. Ndaro leaam? nhe mOdilbeib leab. OU suis-je alld? Tu es alld 1/6kb? leonb. OU est-il and? 11 est alld lecinb? lehlye. OU &:es-vous alle Nous sommes alles le6U? OU sommes-nous ands? Vous etes allds le6lye? lehdl. OU sont-ils ands? Its sont le6d1?
11. Have these answ 11. Mettre ces rEponscsa la forme interrogative, phrases which the subje dans lesquelles le sujet,la locution adverbiale et le verbe sont interroges.
12. shwenziberb leono? Quand Lawan est-il alld chez sonami? laaan ti sIIbi naa gi Iighwb makinta suruna tan leono. Il est alle a.prIs avoir vuMakinta. garb isine ti-in leono. etre arrive ici. naa Ztre venu de Diffa. difaan isinl tan leono. dif6 kbizine tiln leonb. avoir quittd Diffa. A6nO. s"etre repose chez 1u4. gi Ngawo faton tiissine tan le coucher du soleil. gi 45wO langigel sidairtine tilnleOnb. VI- 7 ber I saw him when I saabi mekinte she naa shweslarb Lawan, whendid you friend's ler3in tan gie see Makinta? was going to my place. cfiriiskb.
We saw them when they sbndie slebi she meneza tan (Smith), when did were talking. -ye? eandie we see them?
lace. I am going to my friend's o lenimin? naa shweIlberb le/3in. Whereare you going? You are going to your lerjin? shwenimberb lenimin.Wheream I going? He is going to his lejiln? shwenziberblejiin. Whereis he going? We are goint to our leniwi? shwendeberblejken. Whereare you going? You are going to your letpfeen? shandOberbleniwi. Whereare we going? They are going to their leza? sawanzaberolezi. Whereare they going?
I went to Modu. o learn? naamOcalbeib le6kb.. Wheredid you go? You went to Modu. le6kb? lehem. Wheredid I gc? He went to Modu. le6nO? leOnb. Wheredid he go? lehlye. Wheredid you go? We went to Modu. leaye? Wheredid we go? You went to Modu. They went to Modu. leAde? lehde. Wheredid they go?
SW interrogative utterances in rases 11. Have these answers turned into 3e and the verb are questioned. et which the subject, the adverbial,
friend's place? In tisaabi naa shwenziberb leemb? When did Lawan go to his 'ghwb mekinte saline ti1n leono. Hewent after he had seenMakinta. naahtlrb isms leono. he arrived here. difaan isms tiln leono. he came from Diffa. dif6 kblzine tiln leCnb. he left Diffa. resting at home. Vgawo fhtbn tiassine tan leonb. sunset. .!ghwi) kInghel sukuruna tan non?). 13. laaan ti saabi Was6w'anziberb leono? Quand Lawan est-ilalle chez son ami? kau makinta surin tan leono. Il est alld avant d'avoir vu Makinta. de venir ici. naa 6t1rb inn de revenir de Diffa. difAl inn de quitter Diffa. dif5 koljiin de le voir. n7aruiyen de se reposer chez lui. f5tOn tussiin le coucher du soleil. sZik4riln
14. Faire les substitutionsapproprides des phrases entre 14. Make appropriat parentheses.
Quand Lawan est-il alli chez son ami, llan ti saabi naa shwanziberb leOnb, avant (d'avoir vu Makili6a) ouapres kau(makinta surin tan) b6raa (l'avoir vu)? ttawb (sUrUnl tilpl?
Il est all& voir son ami apres (qu'il si Ngawo ( Makinta surunatan) n61 ait vu Makinta). sAtAnziarb leOnb.
15.
Je vois. OU maintenant? y6b, NdArb lanimin kirmh? Je vais voir un ami. shwaja 1h6 kUrUUrib1erj n. Je vais a Diffa pour travailler. dif6rb cidarb Je vais a Diffa pour visiterdes curiosites. dif4rb romearb Je vais a Diffa pour des vacances. dl_fhrb tusuro Je vais acheter quelque chose. aw6 l.aa Njiwbrb Je vais vendre quelque chose. Iwo lhA thdbrb Je vais manger (aliment). birl klmbUirb Je vais faire des affaires aumarch. kasuu klmbarb
16. Make appropria 16. Faire les substitutionsapproprids des dldments entre parentheses.
(Smith), oulas-tu fait (a Chicago)quand (Smith), XI ti sal(cikhgbrb) to y es alld? lenimma ti, abirb legam? Je suis and (faire une visitedes (romtarb) le6kb. curiositds). VI - 8
friends' place? i nil sLwInziberb le6nO? When did Lawan go to his Cain Can 1/6nb. He went before seeing Makinta. inn coming here. returning from Diffa. Inn leaving Diffa. n we saw him. Mn resting at home. ukuriin sunset.
14. Make appropriate substitutions foLthe phrases in parentheses. bi nil siiwInzibleo le6nO, When did Lawan go to his friend's, before surin tiln) b.6 raa (he saw Makinta) or after (he had seenhim)? atilp)?
after (he had kint.%a suruna tiln) naa He went to his friend's seen Makinta).
Zmimin kIrmi? I see. Where to now? I am going to see a friend ofmine. o I am going to Diffa for work. rib I am going to Diffa forsight-seeing. o I am going to Diffa for vacation. :6r6 I am going to buy something. ro I am going to sell something. o I am going to eat (food). aro I an going to do business atthe market.
16. Make appropriate substitutionsfor the items in parentheses.
(Smith), what did you go (to Chicago) for ti saa (clkieorb) able() leilm? when you went there?
ZOkb. I went (for sight-seeing). 17. Impromptu cl 17. En classe, discussions etdialogues improvises en Kanouri
NOTES GRAMMATICALES/GRAMMATICALNOTES
1. Tense IV. 1. Le Temps IV. Les suffixes du Temps IVutilisees avec les verbes du The Tense I Groupe A sort:
Singulier/Singular Pluriel/Plur
1. -Tine
2. -nimme -n uwa
3. -zinc -z5nl
Paradigmes exemples/Sample paradigms
"Je suis/Vetais alle"; "I have/had gone".
1. -ler3ine -lex6n1
2. -lenimme -leniUwe
3. -lezina -lezhnh
193 discussions and dialogues inKanuri. en Kanouri. 17. Impromptu class
1. Tense IV. Group A verbs are: erbes du The Tense IV suffixes used with gulier/SLgular Pluriel/Pluval
-Ijin -xlen'a
-nimml -nifiwl
-zin'a -z6n1
-lezjin -lejlen'a
-lenimm'a -lenilaw.)
-lezinl -lez6n1 koqinl "Je suis/j'etais passe"; "I have/had passed by".
Singulier/Singular Pluriel/Plu kkilen1
2. kOnimml koniuwa
3. kOzinl kozLn1
"Je suishn'etais assis"; "I have/had sat down".
1. n6m.rjinl n6mpen1
2. n6mnimml nknifiwl
3. Tlf;psinl n6ps6n1 dbwbrijinl "J'ai/avais ajourne"; "I have/had postponed".
dlwbrxien'a
2. dbwknimml crewbrnifiwl
3. dbwbrzia clbwbrzSm'a
"J'ai/avais dit"; "I have/had said". 1. gulrna gul Pena
2.
3. gulzina gillz6n1
(Note: gilln (Note: gillnimml est aussi possible.dans l'exemple No.2.)
"I have/had rested". 61sUijinl "Je me suis/jem'etais repose";
tilsiven1
2.
3. tuss na tussana /had passed by".
Singulier/Singular Pluriel/Plural
kOrjinl koIknI 2. kOniuml kOnifiwl kozida koz.finl
have/had sat down".
1. n6m13inl n4lickrka
1.1.11nimes rImni(1141 3. n6psinl n6psfia
'I have/had postponed".
db4,7141.13inl cilwbrxen'a 2. dbwknimml Awbrniiml dbx,Arzta dbwbrzAn1 e/had said". gal jkna
gulzana
1 exemple No. 2.) (Note: ellnimml is also possible in example 2.)
"I have/had rested".
1. tilsin3tn1 tilstxlen1
2. tilstraiml
3. ttssinl tussana "J'ai/avais mis pied 1 terre"; "I have/had kasmounted".
Singulier/Sillgular Pluriel/Plural
1. zkrmkna zimjihnl
2. zkmnImma
% if 3. zkpskna zIpsana dinuAn1 "J'ai/avais divorce"; "I have/had divorced". 1. diunAn1 dimpea
2. dimnimml dimniuwa
3. dipsinl dipshnl
The Tense IV affix Les affixes du Temps IV pourles verbes du Groupe B sont:
1. -skin1 -iyen1
2. -mea 46w1
3. s1---n1 -sb---n1
Paradigmes exemples/Sampleparadigms:
disking "J'ai /avais fait"; "I have/had done".
1, disking diyen1
2. dimml dia71.
3. siding eadia
lbdiskInl "J'ai/avais vendu"; "I have/had sold".
1. 12diskin1 adiyen1
2.
3. sW.Gdinl sn.bdin1 VI - 11
,e /haddismounted". ngulier/Singular Pluriel/Plural
zEmijEna zimAn1 zEmnEmma4 4 zEpsEna zEpsana
orced".
,A-Emjlena
dimnimml dtmnifiwl dipsinl dips6n1
Group B verbs are: pe B sont: The Tense IV affixes for
-skinl -iyen1 -mml -Ural si---n1
I'
disking diyen1 dimml dgral. sldinl s2:3a
ld".
lbdiskinl thdiyen1 lbdimml lbdi6w1 sbradia
198 "I have/had seen". rilskinl "J'ai/avais vu";
Singulier/Singular Pluriel/Plural
1. rdskinl riliyen1
2, riimm1 riuwa
3. suruna soruna
"I have/had bought". yiwfiskinl "J'ai/avais achete";
1. yialskinl yiwayenI
2. yiwilmml yiwitmI
3. ciainl cesiwilnl
"I have/had come". iskinl "Je suis/j'etais venu";
1. iskinI i,sena
2. isimml isifiwl
3. isinI isanl
"I have/had found". fIndiskinl "J'ai/avais trouve"; fIndiyen1 1. fIndiskinl
2. fIndimml fIndifiwl
3. sWendinI sbwIndinl
"I have/had given". yiskinl "J'ai/avais donna";
1. yiskinI yiyeril
2. yimml yifiwI
3. cinl sadinl
"I have/had stayed". d1askinl "Je suis/j'etaisreste";
1. dlaskinl dlaiyen1
2. cilLmea dlattwl
3. dianl dbwan1 Singulier/Singular Pluriel/Plural
ruskna riayenl rumma suruna soruna
yiwilskin1 yiwayen1 yiwUmml
iskinl aerie isimm1 is16141 isSnl
fIndiskin'a andiyen1 andimml andifiw1 slw2ndinl sbwIndinl
yiskinl yiyen1 yimml yuwa cina s6dinl ve/haikstayed".
dlAskinl aSiyen1
2. d'iLma dISCITA dlLn1 crawfin1 bilskin1 "J'ai/avais mange"; "I have/had eaten".
Singulier/Singular Pluriel/Plural
1. bfiskinl bfilyen1
2. bumms WITA
3. ziwuna z6141n1
Kanuri Tense Le Temps IV kanuricorrespond au Parfait ouPlus-que-Parfait depending on frangais en fonction du contextedans lequel it apparait. Occasionnellement cependant, it a un rapportavec le temps du however, it h certain verbs present quand it se trouve avec certainsverbes dont Ei9.2;n1 are examples. "Je sais",timarjina "Je pense, espere". As said in Le Comme vu 1 is legon IV, leTemps IV doit etre employerquand un past tense is verbe au temps du passe estinterrogatif (avec 145). Pour le between the u contraste entreTutilisation des Temps II, III et IV dansles interrogative phrases interrogatives, sereferer s llexercice No. 3 de cette lesson. legon.
2. The Accus 2. Le cas de l'accusatif. The Accusativ Le cas de l'accusatif, casdu complement d'object, estindique means of the par le moyen dusuffixe -1. Il est obligatoired'utiliser ce cas suffix with a du suffixe avec les pronomscomplements d'objets (voir exercice use is option No. 6); avec les noms, sonutilisation est facultaire.
3. Purpose c 3. Les propositionsd'intention. Infinitives 1 Les infinitifs des propositionsd'intention anglais et francais nouns in the correspondent aux noms verbauxdans le cas du datif, dansles "I am going pLopositions d'intention. Ainsi "Je vais voir unami" est en 166 Kanouri sew pi leekiirarb lerAn, lit. "Je vais pour voyant un verbe dans The last (fil ami". La derniere(cinquieme) serie kanouri de cheque its verbal nc le glossaire est son nomverbal. Exemple, to see: voir: ruskin, surin; rui, raw66;kuruu ou kuruu est la forme du nom verbalde rilskin. where kiirfiii
201 VI - 13
n
Singulier/Singular Pluriel/Plural
bfiskinl bumma Aw6n1
English Perfect or Pluperfect, Plus-que-Parfait Kanuri Tense IV corresponds to depending on the context in whichit occurs. Occasionally, it apparait. reference when it occurs with avec le temps du however, it has a present tense nbiAn1 "I know", "I think, hope", rbes dont nbilinl certain verbs of which are ex..mples.
IV must be used when a verbin the e employerquand un As said in Lesson IV, Tense wA). For contrasts Pour le past tense is cadeinto a question (with Tec 146). III, and Tense IV in II et IV dans les between the use of Tense II, Tense Drill No. 3 of the present ice No. 3 de cette interrogative sentences compare lesson.
2. The Accusative Case. of the object, is indicated by bject, est indique The Accusative case, case this case ire d'utiliser ce cas means of thesuffix -1. It is obligatory to use (cf. Drill No. 6); with nouns, its jets (voir exercice suffix with object pronouns facultaire. use is optional.
3. Purpose clauses. clauses correspond to verbal anglais et francais Infinitives in English purpose in Kanuri purpose clauses. Thus du datif, dans les nouns in the Dative case of mine" is in Kanuri,shwIsl oir un ami" est en "I am going to see a friend friend of mine". vais pour voyant un 166 kuruurb lei]in,lit. "I am going for-seeing a for each verb in the glossaryis i de chaque verbe dans The last (fifth) Kanuri entry its verbal noun form. E.g.,
to see: rfiskin, ral riliw66; kilra form of rfiskin. in. where kuruu is the verbal noun
202 4. Tempor 4. Les propositions temporelles. Temporal c Les propositions temporellessont introduites parsa "temps, NOwb "bac quand", Nghwb "derriere,apres" et WI "depuis, avant". Se referer a la lecon V, exercices No.1-2; lecon VI, exercices Drills No. clauses in No. 5-8, 12-14. Tense IV. Les verbes dans les propositionsintroduites par sa ouWO) Tense I. sont au Temps I ou., auTemps IV. Les verbes dans les propositionsintroduites par WI sont toujours au Temps I. The posses 5. Les suffixes possessifs peuventapparditre conjointement avec les cas du suffixes ou descombinaisons de ces derniers. L'ordre combinatio d'apparition est toujours: follows: tablatif genitif Noun ste Racine du nom.1. suffixe possessif Datif
Voir exercices Nos. 9-10 de cetteleion. Cf. Drill
VOCABULAIRE/VOCABULARY
the sun le soleil kIngfill
'mine night back, aft enarriere, apres NgSwo before, avant, depuis klfi all,ever tout shmm6 I leave je quitte kbliAn (kblzinl) I walk je marche f6m13in (fbmtl) I fall d je tombe (il/elle esttombe(e), il/elle est pose(e)) ever befo avant (jamais avant). Nealte yeye je parle (Je suis en train de mnexjin (menez61) I am talk parler)
203 VI - 14
4. Temporal clauses.
s51 "temps, Temporal clauses are introducedby shl "time, when", Lesson V, vant". Se NOwb "back, after" and klfi "since, before", cf. Verbs in exercices Drills No. 1-2; Lesson VI, DrillsNo. 5-8, 12-14. clauses introduced bysgl or Nggwil are in either Tense I or Tense IV. Verbs in clauses introduced byklfi are always in saa ou WO) Tense I.
au sont
with the case suffixes or njointement avec The possessive suffixes can co-occur The order of occurrence is always as rniers. L'ordre combinations of them. follows: [Ablative blatif Possessive Suffix 4 Genitive Noun stem Dative atif
Cf. Drills No. 9-10 of the presentlesson.
the sun night back, after before, since
all,every I leave I walk I fall down, (it falls down,it sets)
ever before
az61) I am talking LEON VII/LESSON VII
A la cuisine / In the kit
DIALOGUE /DIALOGUE ev, nda dtilan dbi cidanimil Ali: Quel travail fais-tu? An.:
Mistad: wd tdsasb finjdalsb tdl Mustapha: Je fais la vaisselle et je nettoie cet endroit aussi. kiird naa dtlyd yasdkin.
iiddrd rdkiiiyd zgirb buu Ali: Je suis surpris que chaque Aa: endroit que je regarde est f4k tiro ajamina. Kadd d' un propretd immaculde. f41ma bah! Pas un seul grain el poussiere!
ddimd aw6 nasaradyd Mustapha: C'est ce que les hommes blancs Mistad: aiment. saradna
ddi kOnniir4m bA? Ali: Est-ce ca la cuisine?
aaa, kOnntir4m tima. Mustapha: Oui, c'est Ca. mistaa: nda rdkin ddi, f6l biri Ali: Alors, cet endroit (z.z.z. l'appareil a gaz sonne) que lda kaldye raa abf? je regarde, est-il pour les aliments ou le ragoilt ou quoi?
Mistad: f4l dti birlye, f4l dt1 Mustapha: Celui-ci est pour les aliments, celui-la est pour le ragout; kaldye, eTsina f41 dti celui qui reste est pour le the. ;nye.
Ari: skIdi yaskis6 k41k4lrb Ali: Est-il possible de faire marcher cidatirb mbOnjfin bA? tous les trois en mgme temps?
Mistda: ada, mbbnjfin. radmmaa Mustapha: Oui, si tu le veux, tu peux les kilda tiloarb aidatfmi utiliser en mgme temps. ,v% kiird ddiyd abi? Ali: Et ca, qu'est-ce quec'est? LEcoN VII/LESSON VII
A la cuisine / In the kitchen
nda atilan dbi cidanimin? Ali: What work do you do here? tad: wd tdsasb finjdalsb td1r3in; Mustafa: I wash dishes and glasses, and kiird nAa dtiye yasdkin. I also clean this place.
ilddrd ragye zairbbuul Ali: I am surprised how every place I f6k tiro ajamrjfna.Kaddu look at is so spotlessly clean. famd bda! Not a single speck of dusty
tad: Adimd aw6 nasaradye Mustafa: That's what these white men saradna like.
ddi kOnnUr4m bA? Ali: Is this the kitchen?
tad: ada, kbriniir4m timd. Mustafa: Yes, it is.
ride rdkin ddi, fAl biriye Now this place (viz, gas rings) lda kdldye rda abf? I am looking at, is one for food or stew or what? sad: f41 dti birlye, f41 dti Mustafa: This one is for food, this one kAldye, Opsina f41 dtiye is for stew; the one that is left ;diye. is for tea.
skdi yaskis6 k41k4lrb Ali: Is it possible to keep all three cidatirb mObnjiin bd? going at the same time? stria: adal moonjiin. radmmaa Mustafa: Yes. If you so like it, you can use kilda tiloarb gidatimin. them at the same time. And what is this? kiird Ad lye abf? Ali: Mistaa: Ati k4rend6 ginatf04m. Mustapha: C'est ici (3:I nous gardons nos choses. k4re sdr6 dfin s6rUniwi, Ali: Vous ranger les choses dedans et An: chaque chose est a sa place. abfs6 ndanzi pdanzA. beulement vous, vous pouvez faire 1411e, aw6od6 ddi sg nbridf. des choses come Ca. Et Ca, encore, ddlye abf? qu'est-ce que c'est?
ddi Mustapha: Ce sont des bols en bois. Mistai: nasardsb ti skidly6 Ali: Tu veux dire par la que ces gens Ari: blancs sont accoutumds aux bols bdtir nbzarta wd? en bois?
ada. kasnlan costiwb. Mustapha: Oh oui, ce sont eux qui les ont mistad: bel et bien achet' au marche [local]. 16rdinzdan bda wd? Ali: Ne les trouvent-ils pas dans leur pays?
Mistad: 14rdinzdan bda. Mustapha: Non, ils n'en ont pas.
EXERCICES/DRILLS First repeat th Rdpeter d'abord les reponsesapres l'instructeur; puis 1. 1. then answer his repondre a ses questions avec ceslames phrases. nda dalan abf cidanimin? Quel travail fais-tu ici? Je lave les assiettes. wu tdsas6 Je lave les verres. finjdalsb Je lave les pots. k6lbsb Je lave lescuilleres. c6kOlsb Je lave les habits. kazfmilsb je lave les couteaux. janasb Je lave lesfeatres. tdichsb yasdkin. Je fais le lit. dfg Je nettoie cet endroit. nda dti VII - 2
This is where we keep our ad: dti k4rend4 ginAtir6m. Mustafa: things.
it and 1c6r. e sdr6 clan s4r6Intwi, Ali: You arrange things inside abfs6 ndnzi pdanzfa. everything is in its place. Only awond6 ddi s4f nbndf. you people cando things like ddiye abf? that. What are these?
They are wooden bowls. ad: ddi bddrsb. Mustafa: people nasardsb ti skidlye Ali: You mean to say these white wooden bowls? bddr nbzdn wd? are familiar with
Oh yes. Actually,it's they who ad: hdh. leasdillan c6sdwb. Mustafa: bought it at the [local] market.
14rdinzean bdh wd? Ali: Is it not available in their country?
No, it isn't. tad: 14rdinzdan bda. Mustafa:
sentences after the instructor; ur; puis 1. First repeat the response with the same sentences. s. then answer his questions
dtilanabf cidanimin? What work do you do here? tdsas6 td1rAn. I wash dishes. finjaalsb I wash glasses. k6lbsO I wash pots. c6kOlsb I wash spoons. kazimilsb I wash clothes. jdnas6 I wash knives. tdkasb yasdkin. I cleaL windows. d141 I make up the bed. nda dti I clean this place. 2.
;1 kOnnimgmlan. (Smith), ou dtait I1 dtait dans la (Smith), mistd tf Mustapha quand Ali l'a cuisine. ;1 Nddan sda An.yd ;fa sdrdna tfin? vu? tdsasb finjdalsb (Smith),que fait-il Il lave les verres (Smith), abf tdljin. dans la cuisine? et les assiettes (ilkOnniir6mla tfin fait la vaisselle) sidfin?
skidla nasard Mustapha, pour qui les Il les lave pour un mistad, Nddrb skidfa lddrO to lain. laves-tu? homme blanc. tdllimin? tdkasb sbsel. (Smith)yquoi d'autre nettoie les (Smith),m1stad tf Mustapha fait-il dans fengtres. abf Odd kbnni)r4mla la cuisine? tiin sidfin? kOnniir4m tf Mustapha, quoi d'autre Je nettoie la mistad, abf Ode yasdkin. nettoies-tu? cuisine. yasdmin? d94, r6kk6 apf Vous et l'homme blanc Non, nous ne la tpfa nasard tfa y'AsAyen; wd nettoyez-vous la nettoyons pas en- kOnniir4m tf r6kk6 yhsakin. cuisine ensemble? semble. Je la nettoie wdyasdwi? seul.
tdsasb dila? r6kk6 d', d, r6kk6 gf Et les assiettes, Non, nous ne les td],pen; wd les lavez-vous en- lavons pas ensemble wd tdlliwi? td1131n. semble? Je les lave seul. d9d, tdkasb r6kk6 (Smith), Mustapha et Non, ils ne nettoient(Smith), mircada sbsdi wda. l'homme blanc nettoient-pas lesfengtres nasard tfa tdkasb ils les fengtres ensem- ensemble. r6kk6 sMsdi wd? ble? d9d, tdkasb sbs61 Mustapha, l'homme blancNon, it ne nettoie mistad, nasard tf wda. ne nettoie-t-il pasles pas lesfengtres. tdkasb ss61.wda fengtres? wd?
(Smith), Mustapha nettoie Oui,it nettoie bien (Smith), mistad 44a, kbnnitr4m t -t-il bien la cuisine. la cuisine. kOnnim4m tf itflarb Ngflarb s6s61. 0.4s61. VII - 3
He was in the kitchen. th), mIst44 tf 'gf kOnniir6mlan. (Smith), where was :ddan sda Aayd Mustafa when Ali sdrdna tfln? saw him? He washes glasses and th), abf tdsasb finjdalsb (Smith), what does tfin tdljin. he do in the dishes. in? kitchen? I wash them for a tad, Nddrb skIdlaskidfa nasard Mustafa, whom do white man. limin? lddrb t6113in. you wash themfor? He cleans the windows. ith),mistad tf tdkasb ski I. (Smith); what else Odd lanntir4mla does Mustafa do in n the kitchen? tad, hbf Odd kbriniir4m tf Mustafa, what else I clean the kitchen. Amin? yasdkin. do you clean? No, we don't clean it nasard tia d9d, r6kk6 Do you and the white together; Y clean it n4r4m tf r6kk6 yasdyan; wd til4pfman clean thekitchen alone. yasdwi? yasdkin. together?
No, we don't wash them as?) dila? r6kk6 r6kk6 apf What about the dishes, tApan; wd til4pf do you wash them together; I wash them td1131n. together? alone.
No, they don't clean the ith), mistada d9d, tdkasb r6kk6 (Smith)2do Mustafa and and tfa tdkasb wAa. the white man clean thewindows together. k6 sMsdi wd? windows together?
No, he doesn't clean tad, nasard tf tdkasb s6s61 Mustafa, doesn't the windows. sb sbs61 wda wAh. white man clean windows?
Yes, he cleans the ith), mistad 44a, kbnairdm t( (Smith),does Mustafa well. ti Ngflarb Ngilarb sbs61. clean the kitchen well ,..kitchen -41 wi?
210 ada, gf zgirb (Smi (Smith), Ali dtait -il Oui, it dtait (Smith),Kaye sda surp surpris quand it a vu tres surpris. kOnn4r4mti sdrdna ajapsina. the la cuisine? tiln, sihjapsina wd?
Ali, est-ce vrai? Oui, j'etais tres ddif wd? ada, wdzdarb Ali. surpris. aPnina.
Why Pourquoi dtais-tu J'etais surpris abi nankarb Nddrd rdklaye f6k tirb surpris? paroe que chaque ajaplcdara? bout endroit que j'ai ajamijina. regard& dtait d'une proprete immaculde.
3. (Smith), Pour qui travaille pour (Smith), mistad ;f nasardr6 (Sm Mus Mustaphatravaille? un homme blanc. ti Nddrb cidajfin? cidhjiin.
Mustapha, ce qu'a dit Oui, c'est juste. mistad, (Smithyb) ada, MusI rigl (Smith) est juste? jirnzi wd? Do Aimes-tu ton travail? Oui, je l'aime. cfdanim ti radmma wd?hdh, rancina.
ada, cfdanzi (Sm (Smith)91'homme blanc Oui, it aime son (Smith), nasara aye man aime-t-il le travail travail. cfda mistadyb tf siraina. de Mustapha? siraina wd? ada, nasard (Sm (Smith): Mustapha Oui, it cuisine (Smith), mistaa coo. cuisine-t-il pour pour l' homme blanc. nasara tir6 tiro dejin. man l'homme blanc? ddjin bd? dtlyd dWi/nzi Wha Qu'est-ce-qui vous C'est parce qu'il abf nankarb nda birlya lqbdji say fait dire ca? y a un endroit ellwAm? (l'appareil a gaz tfrb. qui sonne) pour [faire cuire] les aliments.
ada, ;fr.?) ;di (Pe (Pierre)) Mustapha fait- Oui, it fait du (Peter), mistIA ti mak it du the pour lui? the pour lui. 3iro taid6w6rjin ddwerjin. bfi? VII - 4
m- h), ARye sda ada, ;f zgirb (Smith), was Ali Yes, he was greatly rp surprised. ram tf stirdna ajapsina. surprised when he saw ;1 ajapsina wd? the kitchen? Yes, I was greatly Adibf wd? ada, %Azar?) Ali, is that so? aPmrjina. surprised.
surprised because ankarb Nddrd ralay4 Why were you surprised? I was every place I looked at am? bal f6k tire. clean. ajamrjina. was spotlessly
Sm He works for a h), mistad sf nasardrb (Smith), whom does us white man. dr?) cidajfin? cidajfin, Mustafa work for? us Mustafa, is (Smith) Yes, he is right. igi d, (Smithyb) jirenzi. f wd? right? Yes, I do. fm tf radmma wd?ada, radkina. Do you like your work?
Sm Yes, he likes his work. Eh), nasara tiyeada, cfdanzi (Smith), doesthe white -n man likeMustafa's or mistadyb ti sirainh. fnawd? work? Sm Yes, he cooks for ch), mistad aaa, nasari (Smith)pdoesMustafa oo. the white man. rd tirb bfri tirohfri cook for the white -n n bd? dejin, man? a That's because there nankarb dtlye d6li3.lnzi What makes you ay is a place (viz, gas 6Ora? nda bfri0 Nbejf say so? ring) for [cooking] food.
Pe Yes, he makes tea er), mistad ti ada, ;10) U1 (Peter), does Mustafa k for him. o d6w6rj1n ddw4rjin. make tea for him?
212 Pourquoi as-tu dit C'est parce qu'il y xl abi nankarb dtlye 061111nzi nda Ca? a un endroit (l'appa-gillw6bm2 gdiye Nbeji tirb. reil a gaz qui sonne) pour [faire] le the.
Mustapha, les hommes Oui, ils l'aiment. misted nesardsb ti ada, saradna. blancs aiment-ils le sbndi sdi saradna the? wd?
Et toi, aimes-tu le Oui, j'aime beaucoup J tf dila? "idi ada, Wye zgirb the? le the. radmma wd? radkina.
Travailles-tu pour Oui. ,ii nasard ti r4) Ma, tiissine. l'homme blanc depuis cidanimin ti longtemps? eissina wd?
Combien de temps? Deux ans. sdaidadbfrb? seed Indfrb.
(Smith), depuis Deux ans. (Smith), misted ti saad indI. combien de temps nasard tirb cidajfin Mustapha travaille- ti sda hdad? t-ik pour l'homme blanc?
Class discussio 4. Discussion de la classe en Kanouri sur lesexperiences 4. de travail des stagiaires aussi bien que sur ce as well as thei auront a faire dans le payshate.
5. First repeat t 5. D'abord, repeter les reponses apres l'instructeur; puis se servir de ces minesphrases pour repondre aux questions. then use the s
Mustapha, quel genre de nourriture fais-tu mista4, IAA jiabi nasard tirb pour l'homme blanc? d4w4rtImin? Je (lui) fais du gruau. billm d6w4rrjin. du ragott. kdld du "ndelei". Ndelef du riz. g6nkdfd du pain. bdr4d1 des galettes de feves. k6s61 des galettes de mais tdbiska des galettes de semoule. finkasi VII 5
That's because there / abf nankarb atiye Oblillnzi ndi, Why did you say that? gdlylibejf tirb, is a place [viz, gas ring] for [making] tea.
Yes, they do. tstadnasardsb ti ada, saradna. Mustafa, do white Gndi sal shradna men like tea?
Yes, I like tea very / ti dila? ;di ada, Wye zgrb What about you, much. admma wd? radkina. do you like tea?
Yes. I nasard tirb dissina. Have you been working idanimin tf for the white man for ussfnawd? a long time? Two years. aNdatiblrb? saad indfrb. How long? Two years. Smith), mistad ti saad indf. (Smith), how long asard tirb cldajfin has Mustafa been saa iidad? working for the white man?
trainees' past work experience, xperiences 4. Class discussion in Kanuri of ce quills as well as their workplans in the host country.
after the instructor; cteur; puis 5. First repeat the response sentences aux questions. then use the same sentences to answerthe questions posed.
bid jrabf nasard tirb Mustafa, what kind of food do youmake 4w4rtImln? for the whitb man? f 13md6w4qin. I make (him) gruel. :flu stew. 'ndelei'. 2idelef rice. klicdfd bdr4di bread. k6sa bean cakes. tabiska corn cakes. finkasi wheat cakes. (L'instructeur doit expliquer dans les details comment sont (The instructor prepares les aliments Kanouri cites ci-dessus.) Kanuri foods men
6. Rdpeter les questions et reponses suivantes plusieurs fois. 6. Repeat the
Est-ce un plat que Oui, je veux un Use wd realm? ada, Use redsk' tu veux? plat.
Est-ce une cuillere Oui, je veux une cab!, c6kbl que tu veux? cuillere.
Est-ce un pot que Oui, je veux un k6lb k6lb tu veux? pot.
Est-ce un couteau Oui, je veux un jana jana que tu veux? couteau.
Est-ce un verre que Oui, je veux un finjdal finjdel tu veux? verre.
Est-ce un livre que Oui, je veux un kitdu kital tu veux? livre.
7. Repondre a ces questions comme indique. 7. Respond to
Quel plat veux-tu? Je veux ce plat. tasabi radem? tAse tddil redsk' Quelle cuillere Je veux cette cbkblbf c6kb1 veux-tu? cuillere. Qt.el pot veux-tu? Je veux ce pot. kblbbf k6lb Quel couteau veux-tu? Je-veux ce couteau. jenabf jana Quel verre veux-tu? Je veux ce verre. finjaelbf finjdel Quel livre veux-tu? Je veux ce livre. kitabbf kital
8. Repeter ce qui suit. 8. Repeat the
Je vux un plat a nourriture. tase bfriye reaskb. une cuillerea the. c6kbOalye un pot a eau. k6lb Njfiye un couteau a pain. Aka bdtddlye un verre pour boire. finjaal Njfiye un livre Kanouri. kital kandriye 215 VII -6 nt sont (The instructor should here explain in detail how the Kanuri foods mentioned above are prepared.) lours Lois. 6. Repeat the following questions and answersseveral times. wA radam? ada, tash radskb. Is it a plate you Yes, I want a plate. want?
coked Is it a spoon you Yes, I want a spoon. want?
k61b Is it a pot you Yes, I want a pot. want?
jdne Is it a knife you Yes, I want a knife. want? al finjdel Is it a glass you Yes, I want a glass. want?
kitel Is it a book you Yes, I want a book. want?
7. Respond to these questions as indicated.
f rldam2 tdsa tddil reaskb. Which plate do you want? I want that plate. bf c6kbl Which spoon do you want? I want that spoon.
/ k61b Which pot do you want? I want that pot. f jana Which knife do you want? I want that knife. albf finjdal Which glass do you want? I want that glasc. abf kitd4 Which book do you want? I want that book.
8. Repeat the following.
bir/0 rAdskb. I want a plate for food. 06.0 a tea spoon. Njfiye a water pot. bdtddlye a bread knife. Ahl kjfiye a drinking glass. u kendriye a Kanuri book. 9. The follow 9. La revision suivante est undialogue supposd avoir lieu dans un refectoire decollege, au restaurant, dans un taking pla magasin ou mgme a la maison. Lesdtudiants doivent in a store l'interpreter en classe, en substituant par des mots in class, approprids ceux entre parentheses. enclosed i
A. Veux-tu quelque chose? aw6 lád raimma wl?
B. Oui. hda.
A. Que veux-tu? hbf radala
B. Je veux (une cuillere). (c6k61) rhaskb.
A. Quel genre de (cuillere) veux-tu? (c6kb1) jiabf raidam?
B. Je veux (unecuillere a the). (c6kb1) (gaiye) radskb.
10. Rdpondre a ces questions commeindique: 10. Respond
a) De quelle ville es-tu? a) bilhbfin kddiaa Je suis de Chicago. wu cikagblan kacifkb. Maiduguri. yerwhlan Damaturu. ddmatdrdlan Magumeri. mhilmerflan Gongolon. g6ngb16131an Bama. bamalhn b) Comment es-tu venu? b) 6_161131in kadim? Je suis venu a pied. wd siilan kadfkb. venu en auto /car/carrion. mftalan venu a dos de chameau. kiffmolan
11. Rdpondre aux questions suivantes commeindiqud. 11. Respond t
De qhelle ville es-tu Je suis de Maiduguri. jitkAam bilabfbe? wu kdam Orwa De quelle cite es-tu? Je suis de Kano. bigpibfbe? Kanbb Lamis be quelle circonscrip- Je suis de Lamisula. itilrbbibb? tion es-tu? gone) be quelle province Je suis de Congolon. sidiblbe? es-tu? be quel pays es tu? Je suis d'Amdrique. 1 brdibib??? ambir VII -7
be assumed to be se avoir lieu 9. The following review dialogue is to nt, dans un taking place in a college dinirg-room, at a1.estaurant, Students are to act it out doivent in a store, or even at home. appropriate words for those r des mots in class, substituting other enclosed in parentheses.
aw6 láá Aiwa 1.70 Do you want something/anything?
ada. Yes, I do.
obi Adam? What do you want?
(c6k61) radskio. I want a (spoon).
(c6kb1) jiabi radam? What type of (spoon) do you want?
(c6kb1) (sd10) radskb. I want a (tea spoon).
10. Respond to these questions asindicated:
a) J1i bilablin Maxi? a) What town are you from? wd cikAgblan I am from Chicago. yerwalan Maiduguri. ddmdtdrdlan Damaturu. mrlmrilan Magumeri.. On016131an Gongo]rn. Mmalan Bama.
b) kddie b) How did you come? wd ;flan Wild). I came on foot. m6thlan by car/bus/truck. Itaimolan on a camel.
11. Respond to the ollowing questions as indicated.
I am from Maiduguri. 1p1 kaam bllabibe? wd kdam yerwabe. What town are you from? bi*Ibibe? Kanbbe. What city are you from?I am from Kano. I am from Lamisula. Neirbbibe? LamisuldbeWhat (election) ward are you from? sidibib6? gongOldtpe.What district are you I am from Congolon. from? lbrdibibe? dmbirfkalA6 What country are you I am from America. from? 12. adpondre a ces questions co- r.leindiqud: 12. Respond
CDmbien d'entre eux est-il possible sktdf iidad kAlk6lrb cidatfrb pour une personne defaire fonctionner mbOnjfin? en mane temps?
On peut faire fonctionner les deux seAldf indfs6 k41k4lrb cidatfiZ; tab en mgme temps.
On peut faire fonctionner tous les yaskfs6 trois en lame temps.
On peut faire fonctionner tous les ddis6 quatre en mgme temps.
On peut faire fonctionner tous les walso cinq en mgme temps.
On peut faire fonctionner tous les meus6 dix en mane temps.
On peut les faire fonctionner tous sammas6 1 en mgme temps.
13. Rdpdter individuellement et aprsl'instructeur 13. Repeat les questions et reponses suivantes: instru
Est-il possible de faire Ouil it estpossible skldf yaskfs6 mbbnjf fonctionner tous les de le faire. k41k4lrb cidatirb trois simultandment? mbOnjfin bd?
Est-il possible de se skldf yaskfs6 servir de tous les k41k4lrb f6Idatfrb trois simultandment? ,lanjfin bg?
Est-il possible de skldf yaskfs6 surveiller tous les trois k411(61rb kiirdirb simultandment? mbbnjfin bd?
Est-il possible de s6ndf yaskis6 laver tous les trois 01k4lrb tatirb simultandment? rannjfin bd? VII - 8
12. Respond to these questions asindicated:
Ndad kAlk4lrb cidatirb How many of them is itpossible for one in? to operate at the sametime?
the indfs6 k61k4lrb cidatirZSmbbnjfin. One can operate both of them at same time.
Askis6 One can operate all threeof them at the same time. ddis6 One can operate all fourof them at the same time. wats6 One can operate all fiveof them at the same time. meus6 One can operate all tenof them at the same time.
simultaneously. sAmmAs6 One can operate all of them
13. Repeat the following questionsand answers after the instructor /a member of theclass;
yaskis6 an, mbbnjiin. Is it possible to operate Yes, it is. lrb cidatirb all three simultaneously? in bA?
yaskfs6 Is it possible to use lrb fn.datirb all three simultaneously? fin bA?
yaskfs6 Is it possible tolook Irb kiirarb at/inspect all three fin bd? simultaneously?
4. yaskis6 Is it possible to wash lrb tdltirb all three simultaneously? fin bA? Est-il possible de Oui, it est possible sbndf yhskfs6 aaa, mbbnjfin. Is it p all thr nettoyer tous les de le faire. k41k4leo yhshrb trois simultanement? mbbnjfin ba?
Est-il possible de skidf yhskfs6 Is it p all th faire cuire tous les k611(41rb dftirb trois simultanement? mbOnjfin' ba?
14. Rdpdter d'abord ces questions etrdponses, ensuite 14. First repeat these qu ne repondre que lorsque cesmgmes questions sont when the same questio posees.
aaa, hbfs6 nAhnzf Is eve Est-ce que chaque Oui, chaque chose hbis6/hbf wbs6 place? chose est a sa place? est a sa place. ndhnzi ndhnzih wd? nAhnzn.
aaa, tdds6 nAhnzf Is eve Est-ce que chacun Oui, chacun est lidds6/Ndd wbs6 place? est a sa place? a sa place. ndhnzi ndhnzih wA? nAhnzfh. Is eve Est-ce que chaque Oui, chaque livre kitAU wbs6 hAh, kitAU wbs6 place? livre est a sa place? est a sa place. nAhnzi nAhnzih wd? nAhnzf nAhnzfh.
Is eve Est-ce que chaque Oui, chaque garcon tAdh wbs6 aaa, tAdh wbs6 nAhnzf nAhnzfh. place? garcon esta sa place? est a sa place. ndhnzi nAhnzfh wd? aaa, fdrb wbs6 Is eve Est-ce que chaque Oui, chaque fille ferb wbs6 place? fille est a sa place? est a sa place. nAhnzi nAhnzfh wA? nAhnzf nnnzfh: hAh, fiir wbs6 Is eve Est-ce que chaque Oui, chaque cheval ffir wbs6 place? cheval est a sa place? est a sa place. nAhnzi ndhnzih wd? nAhnzf nAhnzfh.
aaa, m6th wbs6 Is eve Est-ce que chaque Oui, chaque-auto m6th wbs6 place? auto est a sa place? est a sa place. nAhnzi nahnzih wd? nAhnzl ndanzfh.
15. First repeat the res 15. Repdter d'abord lesrdponses plusieurs fois, puis repondre a la question posee avec cesm'eme3phrases. answer the question p What Quel genre d'objets y a-t-il dansl'endroit sdr6 gznatfr6mbb tiin *ells?) Nbej/? thing oU sont ranges les choses? There y a des bols en bois. sdr6 tfin bddrsbNbdjf. des assiettes. tdshs6 des verres. finjahlsb r
VII -9 t p ada, mbbnjfin. Is it possible to clean Yes it is. th r all three simultaneously? t p Is it possible to cook th all three simultaneously?
qu repeat these questions and answers,then respond only 10 14. First when the same questions are posed. ye Yes, everything is s6 ada, hbis6 ndanzf Is everything in its e? is wd? ndhnzia. place? in its place. ye s6 ada, 1dds6 ndanzfIs everybody in his Yes, everybody is e? ih wd? ndhnzfa. place? in his place. ye adh, kital vbs6 Is everybook in its Yes, every book is e? la wd? ndhnzf ndhnzlh. place? in its place. ye hdh, tdda wbs6 Is everyboy in his Yes, every boy is e? fa wd? ndhnzi ndhnzlh. place? in his place. eve adh, fdrb wbs6 Is everygirl in her Yes, every girl is ce? la wd? ndanzf nAhnzia: place? in her place. eve hdh, ffir wbs6 Is everyhorse in its Yes, every horse is ce? la wd? ndanzf ndhnzfa. place? in its place. eve ada, m6th wbs6 Is every car in its Yes, every car is cc? in its place. fh wd? ndanzf nanzia. place? res 15. First repeat the response sentencesseveral times, then n p answer the question posedwith the same sentences. at kba tiro ablsO Nb4jf? What kind of things are in theplace where ing things are kept? ere 'tirsb Nbejf. There are wooden bowls there. sash dishes njdalsb glasses y a des pots. sdr6 tfin c6kblsbkbejf. des cuilleres. janasb des couteaux. kazimilsb des bouteilles. k61wAsb des tasses. kw4bss6
16. Follow the 16. Suivre les instructions del'exercice 15.
Et Ca, qu'est-ce que c'est? adiye abi? C'est la cuisine. ddi kOnniir4m. C'est la oil les choses sont rangees. k4re glnatirk. C'est la salle de bains. lashlardm. Ce sont les toilettes. C'est la buanderie. tilt rdm. C'est la oit nous dormons/chambre a toucher. bilnardm. C'est la salle de s6 jour. n4ptirki. C'est un restaurant. birirdm. C'est une parcelle de riziere/paddy/ferme. gkikafardm. C'est une parcelle d'arachides/ferme. kbljirdm.
17. Repeat the 17. Repeter individuellementapres l'instructeur.
Je te le dis, i1 n'y a que moi pourfaire Lalle, aw6pf adi sdi des choses .comme ga!
Je te le dis, it n'y a que toi pourfaire Lalle, aw6nim ddi s4i des choses comme ga:
Je te le dis, it n'y a quelui pour faire Lalle, amonzi ddi s4f gi! des choses comme c4.
Je te le dis, it n'y a que nous pourfaire aw6nde ads s41 andi! des choses comme pa!
Je te le dis, it n'y a que vous pourfaire Lalle, aw6nd6 ddi sdf nbndf! des choses comme ga!
Je te le dis, it n'y aqu'eux pour faire Lalle, hwonza ddi sdi sndf! des choses comme ca! VII -10
sdr6 tfin c6kblsbibejf. There are pots there. jdnasb spoons kazimilsb knives k61wdsb bottles kwgssb cups
16. Follow the instructionsfor Drill No. 15.
ddiye abf? And what is this?
ddl kOnniir4m. It's the kitchen. k6re gIndtirbm. Its where things are kept. kasalargm. It's the shower room/bathroom. tilsiir6m. It's the rest area. tilltIr4m. It's the place for washing things. bilnar6m. It's where we sleep/the bedroom. n4ptIrk. It's the sitting room. birir6m. It's a restaurant. flicafar4m. It's a rice plot/paddy/farm. kbljir4m. It's a peanut plot/farm.
after the instructor/a member of the class. teur. 17. Repeat the following do things like this! Ldlle, Awctlf ddi s41 wd! I tell you, only I can
Mile,Aw6nfm ddi sf I tell you, only you cando things like this!
can do things likethis! Ldlle, aw6nzi ddi s6f;f: I tell you, only he
things like this! Ldlle, aw6nde ddi s61 andf! I tell you, only we can do
things like this Ld116, aw6nd6 ddl sf nbndf! I tell you, only you can do
do things like this! Ld116, aw6nzd ddi s4f sbndf! I tell you, only they can i.
Grammatical Notes NOTES GRAMMATICALES 1. The suffix -bf: 1. Le suffixe -bf:
Quand le suffixe -bi "quel, lequel,quelle, laquelle?" est When the suffix -b ajoutd a un mot (ordinaement un nom), tout ton de ce mot noun), every tone doit etre change au ton bas,s'il ne Vest pas déjà. low. E.g. fat?) fathi Exemple: MO) ,fatbbf maison , quelle maison? Idmd kg.md kamilbf femme quelle femme?
2. The suffix -r4m/-r 2. Le suffixe -r4m/-rkti: The most common me Le role le plus courant du suffixe-r4m/-rm est de designer l'endroit ou quelque chose est faite. Cependantd'autres where something definitions de mgme rapport lui sontattribudes. La variante -r4m est courammentutilisee avec des noms. The variant -r4m I such nouns which j Chaque ton de tels noms quinest pas fondamentalement bas doit gtre change a ce tonlorsque ce suffixe est when this suffix ajoute. Les deux variantes sont employds avecles noms verbaux The two variants at (voir legon VI, Note 3): -rkt quandle ton precedent VI, Note 3): -rk -r4m when this tot est haut et -r4m quandcelui-ci est bas. Les tons fondamentaux de quelquesnoms verbaux sontimprevisible- Theinherent tones ment changes aux tons basquand le suffixe est ajoutd. to low when this
3. The suffixes 3. Les suffixes -s6 et -sb: -sb a déjà dte vu et son utilisationillustrde, voir legon V, The latter of the; usage illustrated note 2. The former indicat -s6 indique la pluraritd dans la plupartdes cas. Prdcisdment it est souvent employe dans le sensde "chacun ou tous" ou it is often used "tout". Ce dernier est utilisd quand it estajoutd a ce nombre when it is attach; numeral, exemple: 4bis6 :"tout"(abfsb "quelles choses?") abis6 'everythi, yaskis6 'all thre yaskis6 tous les trois. Ses autres significations sont tropparticularisees pour gtre Its other meaning aborder dans un cours dldmentaire. Grammatical Notes
1. The suffix -bf:
'which?' is attached to a word (usually a aquelle?" est When the suffix -bf which is not low is changed to ton de ce mot noun), every tone of that word s déja. low. E.g. ison? Let?) fatbbf house which house? mme? kemd kamilbf woman which woman?
2. The suffix -r4m/-rk: suffix -r4m/-rk is that of a place est de designer The most common meaning of the related meanings occur, however. nt d'autres where something is done. Other es. commonly with nouns. Every tone of des noms. The variant -r4m is used most low must be changed to low ,ntalement such nouns which is not inherently axe est when this suffix is attached.
verbal nouns (for these cf.Lesson s verbaux The two variants are used with immediately preceding tone ishigh, and ecedent VI, Note 3): -rha when the -rem when this tone is low. changed sent imprevisible- Theinherent tones of some verbal nouns areunpredictably t ajoute. to low when thissuffix is attached.
3. The suffixes -s6 and -sbf has already been described and its voir legon The latter of these two suffixes usage illustrated; seeLesson V, note 2. of its usages. Specifically, cas. Precisement The former indicates plurality in most un ou tous" ou it is often used to mean'every' or 'all'. The latter meaning ajoute a ce nombre when it is attached to numerals. E.g.
abfs6 'everything' (cf. abfsb 'what things?') yaskis6 'all three' elementary course. arisees pour gtre Its other meanings aremuch too specialized for an
246 VOCABULAIRE /VOCABULARY
truth verite jfre plate, dish plat, assiette tdsa glass, tumbler verre, gobelet finjdal bottle bouteille kolwd cup (for tea,coffee) tasse (a the,a café) kwgs kitchen cuisine kbnnur4m dirt salete kaddu white man homme blanc nasard stew, soup ragodt, soupe kdld tea the ;dI articles, things. articles, choses k4re place where things ar endroit ou les choses sont rangees gindtirm shower room salle de bains kasalar6m rest area toilettes place where things ar endroit ou les choses sontlavees tultrrdm fbuanderie) place for sleeping, endroit pour dormir; chambrea coucher bimar6m sitting room salle de sej our n4ptirk restaurant restaurant blrir4m rice paddy/plot/farm paddy/parcelle/ferme 'ankafar4m peanut plot/farm parcelle d'arachides /ferme kblji.r4m rice riz 'ankdfd wooden bowl bol en bois bddr spoon cuillere cola)l knife couteau Jana very shallowcircula plateau de paille circulaire ettres fflei peu profond window fengtre tdka
9Y:4 _gra truth tdsh plate, dish finjaal glass, tumbler kawd bottle kwgs cup (for tea,coffee) kOnnur4m kitchen kadn dirt nasard white man lulu stew, soup gal tea k4ra articles, things. ginatirm place where things are kept kasalhr4m shower room rest area place where things are washed
btinar4m place for sleeping, bedroom n4ptirbm sitting room birir4m restaurant gbnkafar6m rice paddy/plot/farm kbljir6m peanut plot/farm 'ankafd rice bddr wooden bowl c6k31 spoon jana knife fildi very shallow circular strawtray
takes window habits kazfmZI clothes lit (de bois/metallique) df61 bed (of wood/ir pain bdr4d1 bread galette de faves k6s41 bean cake galette plate de mars tdbfska flat corn cake galette plate de ble finkasf flat wheat cake "ndelei" imbler 'ndelei' gruau bflim gruel blanc, propre bull white, clean et kiird and compldment (utilise avec ball) f4k completely (use simultanement k61k41r6 simultaneously simultanement krlda t116arb simultaneously tout abis6 everything quelles choses? abisb what things? pas un seul f4lmd bda none at all je repare, nettoie, epoussette yasdkin I repair, clean je lave tuli in I wash je suis surpris, etonne aj*fna I am surprised. reste gk)sfna it remains c'est possible mbOnjfin it is possible j'utilise Mdatfskin I use j'aime radskina I like j'arrange s6rn.1.31n I arrange je.travaille cidkjin I work je cuisine der3in I cook kazfmu clothes d161 bed (of wood/iron) bdr4d1 bread k6s41 bean cake tabfska flat corn cake finkasf flat meat cake Ndblbi 'ndelei' bflim gruel buul white, clean kiird and f4k completely (used with bail) k41k4lrb simultaneously kIldh tilarb simultaneously abis6 everything abfsb what things? fdlmd bda none at all yasdkin I repair, clean, dust td1rAn I wash hjamina I am surprised, amazed gpsfna it remains mbOnjfin it is possible fgdatfskIn I use radskfna I like
sorn.rjin I arrange cidarAn I work d4in I cook
230 LEgON VIII/LEESON VIII
Commande d'une table / Ordering a table
DIALOGUE/DIALOGUE
Blil: tewtirra kabbdda radkina Bil: Bill: Je veux une table et unebibliotheque pour ranger meslivres. En avez-vous gabkii gi ndtfrO. ndanfmlan ici? wd? Mus Moussa: Non, je les fais sur demandeseulement. Mdsd: d9d, s41 61z4la t4ndiskin.
dti nanka tiro, We) tdwZirra Bil Bill: Bien, dans ce cas je voudrais que Bill: vous me fassiez unetable et une kabdda t4ndimfa radkina. bibliotheque.
sli yaskil MuS4 Moussa: Voulez-vous une table ronde avec Mdsd: t6wur ti korkarcata defy ti? trois pieds ou une table rectan- manimin rda 4 gulaire avec quatre pieds?
Viral %ill ddia ti main. Bil Bill: Je veux une rectangulaire avec Bfil: quatre pieds. Mus Mousse: D'accord, quelles sontles Mdsd: M hat, abf 136Anzi ti? dimensions?
aw6 main ti, nimkiiranzt Bil Bill: Je la veux de unmetre cinquante deux Bill: de long, quatre vingt orzecentimetres flit wa, kiird nimf4r4knziy4 de large et un metre trente septde flit Oki, datinziye flit clef inci arakfa. haut. yawa. IcabZ;d du6o, nimkdranzfabf Mus Moussa: 'Men. Maintenant, labibliotheque. Mdsa: De quelle profondeur, lavoulez- bf? vous?
Incl. med. Bi: Bill: Vingt cinq centimetres. Bill: Mu: Moussa: Combien dietageres? Mdsd: kanta Ndad?
Bill: kantd wuu. Bi: Bill: Cinq. LEgON VIII/LESSON VIII d'une table / Ordering a table
for tewiirrh kabbdde rhakfnh Bill: I want a table and a bookcase have any gthilkif ginatirb. nahnfmlhn keeping my books. Do you Nbejf we around here?
CA, s4-1 gulzM.a tndiskin. Musa: No, I only make them on request. like you Ati nenkh tfrb, wdrbtewUrrh Bill: Well, in that case, I would bookcase for me. kabddh t4ndimfh rhakfnh. to make a table and a
with three legs tewiir tf k6rk6r9Athsgfi yhskih Musa: Do you want a round table table with four legs? manimin rah kiirn sgfi den. ti? or a rectangular
with four kiirn gfi den. tf main. Bill: I want a rectangular one legs.
ha, ebf b4yenzl ti? Musa: All right. What will itsdimensions be?
long, three ew6 main tf, nimkiirnnzf Bill: I want it to be five feet inches ffit wn, kiird nimf4r4knzfye feet wide, and four feet six ffit yekf, datinziye ffitdef high. fnci hrhkfh. How ynwa. kabd not!), nimkdrenziabf Musa: All right, And now, the bookcase. deep do you want it to be?
fnci med. Bill: Ten inches.
'dna Ndhd? Musa: How many shelves?
kanta wn. Bill: Five. Drills EXERCICES
1. Repeat the followin 1. Repeter individuellement apresl'instructeur les phrases suivantes: of the class:
Je veux unebibliotheque/cabinet. kdbd radkina. Je veux une table. tewiir radkina. Je veux une chaise. kdris radkina. Je veux une botte (enbois), radkina. Je veux des montants de lit. skmb df6lye radkina. Je veux du bois decharpente/bois. kiskd radkina. Je veux des clous. kdsa eaSkine. Je veux une scie/lime. ddrtb rancina. Je veux un marteau. hdmma radkina.
2. Substitute other a 2. Substituer par des elements appropries ceux entre parentheses. (tewilr) gig Wha Que voulez-vous, une Je veux une (biblio- abi radam, (kabd) Oibliotheque) ou une theque) pas une wd rah (tewilr)? radskb; (kabd) (bo (t- (table)? (table). radskb.
3. Repeat the respons 3. Repeter les phrases plusieurs fois avantde les utiliser pour repondre aux questions: to answer the ques Wh Pourquoi voulez-vous un cabinet? abfrO kAbbd ciradam?
Je veux un cabinet pour ranger meslivres. kdbd radkina kitau i gindtir6. Je veux un cabinet pour ranger mesobjets. k6redg Je veux un cabinet pour ranger meshabits. kazimildni Je veux un cabinet pour ranger mespots. kblOdni Je veux un cabinet pour ranger mescouteaux. janadni Je veux un cabinet pour ranger mescuilleres. cbk61101 Je veux un cabinet pour ranger mes simOdDi chaussures.
4. Follow instruction 4. Suivre les instructions del'exercice 3. Wh Pourquoi voulez-vous du bois decharpente? abirb klskd ciradam?
Je veux du bois de charpente pourfaire kAbbd tbndbrb klskd ciradskb. un cabinet. VIII - 2
Drills
1. Repeat the following sentences afterthe instructor/a member of the class:
I want a bookcase/cabinet, akIna. I want a table. Akina. I want a chair. aakina. I want a (wooden) box. lye raakine. I want bed posts. I want lumber/wood. king. I want nails. I want a saw/file. I want a hammer.
for those in parentheses. 2. Substitute other appropriate items
I want a (bookcase) not (kabed) (tdwilr) giji/ What do you want, a tewiir)? reaskb; (kabk) (bookcase) or a a (table). r4skb. (table)? ns times before using them 3. Repeat the response sentences many es to answer the question posed:
Wh bbd claTern? What do you want a cabinet for?
I Akira kit.VIAN ginatirb. I want a cabinet for keeping mybooks. I kk.e4p1 I want a cabinet for keeping mythings. I kezimil4p1 I want a cabinet for keeping myclothes. I kblOkif I want a cabinet for keeping my pots. I janhAni I want a cabinet for keeping myknives. I cOkb114pf I want a cabinet for keeping my spoons. I shoes. siinb4pf I want a cabinet for keepnng my
4. Follow instructions for Drill 3.
Iska clraan? What do you want lumber for?
bndbrb klska cireaskb. I want lumber for making acabinet. I Je veux du bois de charpente pour t6wiir t6ndbrb kiskd circaAkb. faire une table. Je veux du bois de charpente pour kdris faire une chaise. Je veux du bois de charpente pour taka faire une fenftre. Je veux du bois de charpente pour clinna faire une porte. Je veux du bois de charpente pour di4l faire un lit. Je veux du bois de charpente pour simb faire des montants de lit.
5.
damtf WI De quel sont faites les Les tables sont 14rdInd6bn dam tf lardInddn mm (tables) dans votre faites de (bois) abilan (telwilr) kiskalan) (t6wtr) pays? dans mon pays. sdiln? Have students say what Faire dire aux 4tudiants avec quelsmateriaux sont faits les divers objets aux U.S.A. Puis eninversant les roles are made of. Then,wig dire aux dtudiants en guise derdponses a leurs questions to their questions in en Kanouri, avec quoi sontfaits les objets de maison Kanuri language area vocabulary; let them 1 qu'on trouve dans les rdgonsou cette langue est parlde. Leur fournir le vocabulairenecessaire et qu'ils se servent de la phrase ci-dessus commemodble.
6. Respond to these 6. Repondre a ces questions commeindiqud: Abddh (Smith), que veut veut de lui une (Smith), bill ti nab. tdwilrra ndanzflan mAjin. B. Bill de Moussa? table et une biblio- mdsayblan abi mAjln? theque.
kdbbd 1da t4wiar (Pierre), y a-t-il n'y a pas de (Peter), kAbM Ida ( nda tiln bda. t. des tables ou des tables ou de biblio- rzwur nda tan t. bibliotheques? thlques. Nbdji wd?
adal ddi 6f. Est-ce correct, Bill? Oui. Bill, ddi61 Tad? VIII - 3
tdwur tbndbre kiskA circadkb. I want lumber for making atable.
a chair. kdris
a window. tdka a door. clinna
a bed. df41 bed posts. simb df4lye
What are (tables) (Tables) are made of t 14rdind6bn dam ti 14rdIndan dam tf (wood) in my country. abilan (tdwilr) kiskAlan) (tdwZir) made with in your sdfin? sbdfin. country? tat materials various common objects, inthe U.S. tdriaux sont faits Have students say What wi students, in answer nversant les roles are made of.Then, with roles reversed, tell ire Kanuri, what common householdobjects in the s a leurs questions to their questions in a made of. Supply students with needed bjets de maison Kanuri language area are above sentence as model. langue est parlee. vocabulary; let them use the et qu'ils se servent
these questions as indicated: iqud: 6. Respond to
(smith), what does Be wants a table and a i une (Smith), bill ti ndatdwiirra AbUda bookcase from him. biblio- mdsAyelan abf mAjln? ndanzflan mAjin Bill want from Musa?
(Peter), is there any There is no table or de (Peter), kdbd Ida kAbbd lda tdwur bookcase there. biblio- tewur ndh tan nda tan bda. table or bookcase there? tbdjf wd?
Bill, ddni wd? adal ddi Is that right, Bill? Yes. Atiyd (1,11filnzf (Smith), pourquoi? C'est parce que (Smith), hbf nhnkhrb Moussa ne vend pas Adis? mdsdyd kAbks6 des objets tels que siThdfin bdh tfr6. des bibliotheques.
MdsA tf s41 (Pierre), que fait Moussa fait des (Peter), bided tf hbf C gillz6fh kAWAs6 1,1 Mous sa? objets tels que des sidfin? bibliotheques sur sit4ndin. demande seulement.
hah, s6f Moussa (Pierre) dit- Oui, je fais des Mdsd,(' etery4), gulzoia kAbklsb t4ndlskin. il la verite? bibliccheques, etc. jfrenzi sur demande seulement.
7. Repeat the folio,: 7. Rdpdter les phrases suivantes plusieursfois:
Je veux aller au cinema. sInfmarb lengfh radkInh. Je veux manger du riz. skIkAfA bdskfh Je veux voir mon ami. sdwhpf rdAfh Je veux acheter quelquechose. awe lda yfwdskfh Je veux vendre ma voiture. mdthrif ndiskfh Je veux faire letravail. cfdh tf dfskfh Je veux quitter cet endroit. nah Ati kblngfh Je veux partir dansla matinee. sdwh cingfh Je veux revenir dans lasoirée. khjfrf w4ltfskih
8. Follow the instr 8. Suivre les instructions del'exercice 7.
Je veux/aime aller aucinema. sinfmhrb lengfh rhAkinh. Tu veux/aimes lenfmfh rhammh. veut/aime lejfh sirhinh. Nous voulons/aimons Wien rhAydnh. Vous voul.ez /aimez lenfw/h rhAwh. Its veulent/aiment lez6fh skhanh.
9. Respond to the f 9. RdpOndre aux questions suivantes commeindiqud:
(Smith), que voudrais- Je voudrais aller (Smith), hbf dfmfh sinfmhrb lengfh to faire? au cinema. rad-am? rhAkinh/rhask6. VIII - 4
Smith), abf nankarbAtiye (Smith), how come? That's because Musa does not sell things di? mdsaye kabbds6 sindfin bda like bookcases.
Peter), Mdsa ti abf Mds4 ti s4 (Peter) what does Musa makes things like bookcase only on request. idfin? gitlz4fa kabZ4ds6 Musa do? sit4ndin.
Yes, I make bookcases, etc. (Peteryd), ada, sei guizofa Musa: is (Peter) only on request. Irenzi wd? k4Wsb t6ndiskin. speaking the truth?
7. Repeat the following sentencesseveral times:
3/nfmarb angle reAkina. I want to go to the movies. -kkkafd bdskfa I want to eat rice. Awkrif rdskle I want to see my friend. ur,76 1d4 yfwdskfa I want to buy something. (Stkpi ndiskfa I want to sell my car. cfda ti diskfa I want to do the work. nda áti kblngfa I want to leave this place. sdwa cingfa I want to leave in the morning. w6ltiskie I want to return in the evening.
8. Follow theinstructions for Drill 7. sfnfmar6 lengfa radkina. I want/like to go to the movies. lenimia rhamml. You want/like leja siraina. He wants/likes Apea radydna. We want/like leniwia radwa. You want/like lez4la sbradna. They want/like
indicated: que: 9. Respond to the following questions as
(Smith), abf dimfa sinimar6 lengfa (Smith), what would I would like to go to the movies. 1 radald radkina/radsk6. like to do?
9:4riP, sinfmhrb lbjfh (Pc (Pierre), oil (Smith) voudrait (Peter), (Smith) ti sirhab. (Sr voudrait-il aller? aller au cinema. tidarb lhjfh sirha?
151, wilye (Pc (Pierre), voudrais- Oui, je voudrais (Peter),D1 ye sinfmarb angfh lil tu aller au cinema aller au cinema sinimIrb anima rhakinh. mo aussi? aussi. eaLmui1 IA?
sinfmarb lhjfh (S (Smith), quiest-ce I]. voudrait aller (Smith), (Peter) ti sirhab/sirhinh. que (Pierre) voudrait au cinema. hbf sidfh sirha? (P faire? Ma, r6kk6 lknefh (S (Smith), voudriez-vous, Oui, nous voudrions (Smith), gh sfh rhdyenh. vous deux, aller aller ensemble. n6kk6 lbniwfh rhawh ensemble? we- sinfmarb r6kk6 (Pierre et Smith), que Nous voudrions aller (Peter-h, Smith-h), (1) infiqfh rhaA. wo voudriez-vous, vous ensemble au cinema. hbf r6kk6 dfwfa do dux, faire ensemble? An?
sInfmarb r6kk6 (J (Jean), que voudraient-Its voudraient (John), hbf r6kk6 lhz6fh sbrhn. li ils faire ensemble? aller ensemble sbdfh skhdb? au ciner.a.
10. Repeter les phrases suivantesplusieurs fois. 10. Repeat the follow).
Jo veux que.tu ailles aucinema. sfnfmar6 lenfmfh rhaskinh. I tu manges du riz. skikAfd beimfh tu visites mon ami. sawn if rdmih tu achhtes quelquechose. hw6 lád ylw6m/h tu vendes ma voiture. m6thpf thdimih tu fasses mon travail. cidh tf dim/a tu quittes cet endroit. nah al k011imih tu partes dans la matinee. sdwh animfh tu reviennes dans lasoirée. khjfrf w6ltimfh
11. Suivre les instructions del'exercice 10. 11. Follow the instruc
J'aime /veux faire le travail. cfdh ti dfskih raakinh. Je veux que tu fasses le travail. dImi1 qu'il fasse le travail. sidfh que nous fassions letravail. diyelh thaskinh. que vous fassiez letravail. diwih quills fassent le travail. gdfh rlakin1.
N/ VIII - 5
(Pc He wpuld like to go to ), (Smith) tf sinfmarb lejia (Peter), where would (Sr: lejfa siran? siradb. (Smith) like to go? the movies. (Pc Yes, I would like to ),g Ye aaa, wfiy6 (Peter), would you li] also. lenimia sinfmarb lengfa like to go to the go to the movies mo 146? radkfna. movies also? He would like to go (S ), (Peter) ti sinfmar6 lejfa (Smith), what would (P di& siradb? siradO/siraina. (Peter) like to do? to the movies.
(S ), ga sfa an, r6kk6 lejlen (Smith). would vou twoYes, we would like to lenfwia radwa radydnh. like go together? go together.
(12 We would like to go -a, Smith-a), sinfmar6 r6kk6 (Peter and Smith), what wo kk6 dfwfa lenfwfa radye. would you two like to to the movies together. do do together?
would like to go (J abf r6kk6 sinimarb r6kk6 (John), what would they They li skadb? lez4fa sbran. like to do together? to the movies together.
owi 10. Repeat the following sentencesseveral times.
I r6 lenfmfa reAskina. I want you to go to the movies. 1 btimfa to eat rice. rtimfa to visit my friend. :A yfwilmfa to buy something. lUfmfa to sell my car. f dim/a to do the work. kbllfmia to leave this place. infmfa, to leave in the morning. w4ltfmfa to return in the evening.
TUC 11. Follow the instruction fordrill 10.
I like/want to do the work. I diskla AAkfna. dfmfa I want you sidfa him dlyeia raaskfrIN. us diwie eeikina. you people sOdia r1hkinl. them 9 Zi 12. Repondre a ces questions commeindique: 12. Respond to these tdwUrra kdbWda ;frb- Moussa, qu a voulu Il a voulu que Musa, bill ti t4ndfskfh slrha. Bill? je lui fasse une abi sirhdb? table et une bibliotheque.
aaa, Mdsdy6 tdwiirrh (Smith), Bill a-t-il Oui, it a voulu (Smith), bin tf voulu que Moussa lui que Moussa lui fasseMdsaye tewUrrh kdbWda "ifrb sit4ndi fasse une table et une table et une kdbkida 'ifrb sirhfna. unebibliotheque? bibliotheque. sit4ndfa sirafna wd? kAbbddh Bill, qu as-tu voulu J'ai voulu quill Bfil, hbf Mdsd grb tewUrra que Moussa fasse pour me fasse une table s1dfh radhm? wdrO sit4ndfa rhdskb. t oi? et une bibliotheque. ada, ;frb tdwUrrh Je vois. Maintenant, Oui, je veux lui ya, Mdsd g tf Moussa, veux-tu faire faire une tc.ble et BfilrO tdwUrrh kdbcidh t4ndfskfh une table et une biblio-une bibliotheque. kdb?Adh t4ndfmfh rhdkfnh. theque pour Bill? rhdmma wd?
Et pour moi, veux-tu Oui, mais que veux-tu wdrb dila?hwo ldd ad'; abf gr.?) me faire quelquechose? que je fasse pour wile) t4ndfmfh t4ndfskfa rhdhm? toi? rhammA wd?
13. D'abord, repeter les phrases suivantesplusieurs fois, 13. First, repeat th puis les utiliser pour repondrea la question posee: then use them in
Quel genre de table veux-tu? jiabf mdnimin? Je veux une table ronde. k6rk6r9dth main. une longue table haute. kiira une grande table. kdrh une petite table. ghnd une table basse. khfa une large table. f4r41(
14. Suivre les instructions del'exercice 13. 14. Follow the instr
Quelles sont ses dimensions? abf btrenzf tf? Cinq pieds de long (ou un metre cinquante nimkiiranzf ffit wa. deux de long) VIII - 6
se 12. Respond to these qudstions asindicated:
Mdsa, bill ti tdwiirra kdbWda ;ire,Musa, what did Bill He wanted me to ma!:e him a table and a abi siradb? t4ndiskia slrafib. want? bookcase. ra Yes, he wanted Musa to make (Smith), bill tf ada, Mdsdyd tdwarra (Smith), did Bill ndi him a table and a Mdsdyd tdwUrra. kdiAxida sire slt4ndia want Musa to make him kdb6dda gir6 siraina. a table and abook- bookcase. sit4ndia siraina wd? case? I wanted him to make Bill, abi Mdsd gr6 tdwUrrakdWda Bill, what did you me a table and abookcase. sldia radam? wdr6 sit4ndia want Musa to make radsk6. for you?
y66, Mdsd g tf ada, .giro tdwiirra I see. Now, Musa do Yes, I want to make him bookcase. Biilro tdwUrra kdgdda t4ndzskia you want to make a a table and a kdbdda t4ndimil radkina. table and a bookcase radmma wd? for Bill? Yes, but what do you u wuro 6166?Aw6 lddada; abi xlr6 What about me, do make for you? wdr6 t4ndimil t4ndiskia rani:0 you want to make me want me radmma wd? something?
th several times, usieurs fois, 13. First, repeat the following response sentences in Lion posee: then use them in answering the questionposed:
tewur jiabi mAnimin? What kind of table do you want? tdwar k6rk6r9dta main. I want a round table. kbrdil a long hightable. kdra a big table. gand a small table. kafda a low table. f4r4k a wide table. str 14. Follow the instruction for Drill13.
'abi b4yenzi ti? What are its dimensions? nimkiirdanzi flit wuu. Five feet long. Trois pieds de large. nimf4r4knzi flit yaki. (ou quatre vingt onze centimetres de large) Quatre pieds et six pouces de haut. da.tinzi flit def arekle. (ou un metre trente sept de haut) Dix pouces de profonJeur. nimkdrenzi Ind med. (ou vingt cinq centimetres de profondeur) Approximativement trois pieds de large. nimf4r4knzi flit yaktbi. (ou quatre vingt onze centimetces de large)
NOTE: LesKanouriens qui ne sont pas lettrds en anglais, NOTE: Kanuri speal utilisentles mesures traditionnelles qui suivent: following traditic
kawah empan (l'empan kanouri est la mesure comprise kawde : span (t, entre le pouce et le medius). thc
za coudee, mesure comprise entre le coude et zda : cubit, i le bout du medius.
: the disc gibbdi : est mesurd par la plante du pied et va du talon au bout de l'orteil: heel to
dangd : ?ace. dangd : pas.
15. Pour exercice, faire dire aux etudiants les mesures du 15. For practice, mobilier de la classe: tables, bureaux, tableaux noixs, items of furn. portesl.tableaux, cartes, etc. doors, picture
16. Rdpeter les phrases plusieurs foisd'abord, puis les utiliser 16. First, repeat pour rdpondrea la question posee: them to answer the
Quel genre delis veux-tu pour faire klskA jiiibi mdnimin la table? tSwur ti tkiarb? Je veux du bois dur. klska abbil main. souple. tIldla
rugueux. kisesa
lisse. sdlsfl
rectiligne. s4k
plat. f41.4k du bon bois. Ngf le VIII - 7
nimf6rgknzi flit yaki. Three feet wide.
datinzi flit del /1-.:1 arakie. Four feet six inches high.
nimkdrenzi inci med. Ten inches deep.
nimf4r4knzi flit yakai. Approximately three feet wide.
es en anglais, NOTE: Kanuri speakers who are notliterate in English use the suivent: following traditional measures:
between the thumb and sure comprise kawde : span (the Kanuri span is measured s). the middle finger). cubit, the distance from the elbow to the tip ofthe coude et zda : middle finger. the foot, from the et va du gibkil : the distance measured on the sole of heel to the tip of the big toe.
denga : pace. s les mesures du 15. For practice, have students tell the measurements ofthe various tableaux noirs, items of furniture in the class-room: tables, desks,blackboards, doors, pictures, maps, etc. bord, puis les utiliser 16. First, repeat the response sentences several times;then use them to answer the question posed:
kiskd jiribf manimin What kind of wood do you want for tewiir ti tklarb? making the table? klska cibbil main. I want hard wood. tildle soft
kisesa rough sdlsfl smooth s4k straight
f41.6k flat good Ngile 24 Grammatical Notes NOTES GRAMMATICALES 1. Verb forms in -fa: 1. Formes de verbes en -fh: Les formes de verbes finissant en-fa sont obtenues en Verb forms ending in -fa arc suffixes (see lesson XX) fol ajoutant suffixes du Temps VII (voir LeconXX) et nation of these two suffixes en faisant suivrela racine du verbe par -a. Les com- binaisons de ces deux suffixesutilisees avec les verbes du Groupe A sont:
Singulier/Singular Pluriel/Plural
1. -ngfa
2. -nimfa -niwfa
3. -jla -zgh lengfa "aller" ; "to go" 4 1. lengla ikpera 2. nnimia lenfwfa
3. lejfa az6fa
Les combinaisons du Groupe B sont: The combinations used with Grol
Singulier/Singular Pluriel/Plural
1. -skfa -yea
2. -rafa -wfa
3. sl--fh. s6--fa dfskia "faire" ; "to do" 1. dfskfh dlyela 2. dfmfa dfwfa 3. skin. Okila
Les formes de verbes en-fa ont deux emplois importants. Verb forms in -fa have two imp Le premier, dan3 les constructionstelles que "Je veux 'I want to' constructions, for (que)", voir exercices No. 7-12 de cettelecon. Le present lesson. Their second i second important emploi sera introduitplus tard. later. VIII - 8
Grammatical Notes
1. Verb forms in -fh: arc tenues en Verb forms ending in-fh are obtained by suffixing the Tense VII fol n XX) et suffixes (see lesson XX) followed by-h to verb stems. The combi- xes Les com- nation of these two suffixes usedwith Group A verbs are: les verbes
ingulier/SingularPluriel/Plural
-pp fa -niwia
-z4fh
lengfh
lejfh
Gro The combinations used with Group Bverbs are listed below:
ingulier/SingularPluriel/Plural -skfa -mfa si--fh
. diskfh diyen
. d/m/h diwn
. sid/h sclfh imp importants. Verb forms in -fh have two important usages. Oneof these is in for e "Je veux 'I want to' constructions, for which see Drills No. 7-12 ofthe d i on. Le present lesson. Their second important usagewill be introduced :ard. later.
24 6 2. Les ddrivations avecram- 2. Derivations v
Les noms sontd&i.vds des adjectifsauxquels on Nouns are de? ajoute le prdfixe -nim ; exemple: nmkuruu "longueur" nimkiirdil 'ler de kiirdil "long".
VOCABULAIRE/VOCABULARY table table chaise kdris chair porte cfnna door cabinet, bibliotheque, Etagere kdbd cabinet, bookca: bois de charpente, bois klskd lumber, wood botte en bois wooden box comptoir, etagere, meplat kdrita counter, shelf,' clou kdsa nail scie, lime dart?) saw, file marteau harmaa hammer chaussures sdn6 shoes hauteur ddti height dimensions, mesures b4ye dimensions, mea pieds flit feet pouce Ind inches
pas dangd pace empan kawda span coudde (mesure du coude au bout du zaa distance from mddius) mesure du talon aubout de l'orteil distance from h gros, grand kdra big, large petit, peu gand small, little, VIII - 9
2. Derivations with nim-
uxquels on Nouns are derived from adjectiveswith the prefix nlm-; e.g. : ±mkuruue Iflongueur" nimkiardil 'length' from kiirdit 'long'.
table
kdris chair canna door kabd cabinet, bookcase, shelf kiska lumber, wood
sbnddil wooden box kanta counter, shelf, ledge
ktish nail
dart?) saw, file llama hammer sdn6 shoes daft height b4A dimensions, measurement flit feet inci inches dangd pace kawda span zda distance fromelbow to the tip of the middle finger (cubit)
gibcq distance from heel to the tip of the big toe. kdra big, large gand small, little, few kuruu long, profond kbfuu court, bas k6rk6r9dta rond f4r4lc large cibbu dur tildla doux, (souple) kisasa rugueux sgc droit (rectiligne) t4ndlskin faire, construire gindlin (ginatirb) riettre, placer main vouloir, chercher lisse
249 kiirdil long, deep khfdil short, low k6rk6r9dth round f4r4k wide cibbil hard tilala soft kissa rough s4k straight t6ndlskin to make, construct gindlin (ginatfrb) to put, place main to want, look for sdlsil smooth
t
251 LECON IX/LESSON IX
LeTemps/Time
DIALOGUE /DIALOGUE
kdrjfna motabe nda Ada kdnba Bill: As-tu dit que le prix d'une place Bii 1; d'ici a Kano est de trente shillings? tf stile ffakf we
Modu: Oui. 14,115dil: aka.
Bill: Combien d'heures cela prend-il en Bfil: kinblah.ciq m6talan nda dtirb auto/camion de Kano a. cet endroit? are ti sae Ndad?
indfinne-- Modu: Ca prend de dix a. douze heures - M601: -k6tekkd sda meda medira les vdhicules ne peuvent pas aller m6thsb ddirb dibMlan dpilan leza tres vite sur ces routes, vous savez. wda, none.
Bill: Oh oui alors, je le sais! Bfil: ada, zgmlArb
Modu: Quand as-tu quittd Kaduna? saabi kaddnaa kblwobm?
Bill: Nous avons quittd Kaduna aux environs Bfil: kaddnda saa areskgf kbloiye, de dix huit heures, nous sommesarrives kdnbyerb sda lidrikdge. sea a vingt et une heures a Kano oil nous fgrb ttisk6iyel dai laird sea nous sommes reposespendant une heure letindd puis nous avons repris la routea vingt deux heures.
Modu: Si vous avez quittd Kanoa vingt deux M6dil: kdnba sae. med bdneyef k616ila, heures, vous avez du arriver ici aux daf sda wusku sdwabe tau fsfdwe. environs de huit heures le lendemain.
Bill: A vrai dire, nous ne sommes arrives Bfil: haiya tirba sda medim ici qu'aux environs de onze heures. kdse.
Modu.: Comment cela? M661: ebi nankarb ddi?
Bill: Nous avons eu un tasd'ennuis avec Bfil: motandd kgcbilrb bannatfna. 1' auto.
Modu: Quelqu'un d'entre vous savait-il sdr6nd6 latan, kdam láá reparer les voitures? mJtasb yasa nbzina hejf wd? LECON IX/LESSON IX
Le Temps/rime
here dqina m6tebe nde dtle kdnba Bill: Did you say the fare from shillings? f sdle faki wd to Kano is thirty
Modu: Yes.
car/truck -6nblaN.cine m6talan nde dtirb Bill: How many hours is it by from Kano to this place? re tf sdaiided? twelve hours- - :kekbte sda meda meuun indfinne--Modu: It takes from ten to 16thsb darb dibMlan 011an lez41 vehicles cannot go very fast on these roads, you know. hie, none. Oh boy, do I know! de z4timdrb nbrjfna.... Bill: When did you leave Kaduna? shabf keddnha kblwam? Modu: entered .:addnde sdh araskgf kb161ye, Bill: We left Kaduna around 6 p.m for one hour, kanbyer6 sda lidrf kdgb. sdh Kano at 9 p.m., rested by 10 p.m. f4lrb tilsk6iye, dar kiird sda and were on the road again rned f letinde
kdribe sae med bdneyebf kblah, Modu: If you left Kano at 10 p.m., you around 8 a.m. dhf sda wusku sdwebe tan Isfdwa, must have got here the following morning.
didn't haiya tfrba sda mean til6On- Bill: In fact, however, we arrive here until about 11 a.m. ?41 kdse,
abf nankArb ddi? Modu: How come? Our car developed all sortsof mOtande 1Vgfburb bannetfne, Bill: troubles.
Did any of you know how torepair sdr6nd6 latfin, Mem ldd Modu: cars? mothsb yash nbzfriatbejf wl? Ndtinddmd m6tas6 yasa Bill: Pas un ne sty connaissait en voiture. nbzina bda.
EXERCICES DRILLS
1. First rep 1. R4pdter d'abord ces phrases plusieurs fois, puisles utiliser en guise de reponses A la questionposde: use them i
Quel est le prix de la placed'ici a Kano? kdrAna m6tabb nda dtia kdnba ti sd
Dix shillings. still Vingt findi. Trente ffaskl. Quarante fidei. Cinquante fn. Soixante ffraski. Soixante dix Quatre vingts Quatre vingt dix ffliar. Cent mda.
2. Follow th 2. Suivre les instructions del'exercice No.1.
Combien de temps cela prend-il enauto/camion/ kAnblan cindm6thlan nda dtirb ar autobus de Kano a cet endroit? ti sda Nall?
Entre dix et onze heures. kkekbtd sda rAda mWin til6Onna. et douze indfinna. yaskfinna. et treize et quatorze et quinze araskiinn. et seize et dix-sept - 2
Not a single one of us knew how. Bill: Nddnddmd m6ths6 yash Bill: nbzinh bah.
DRILLS
several times, and then puis les 1. Firstrepeat these response sentences on posde: use them in answeringthe accompanying question:
kqina mothbe nAh Atia kdnba ti sdle Ndhd?What is the fare from here to Kano? Ten shillings. stile med. Twentywenty Thirty Forty ffdel. Fifty Sixty firhski. Seventy Eighty Ninety fflihr. One hundred mdh.
2. Follow the instructions for Drill No. 1.
/ kAnblhn cind m6thlhn ndhAar?) hrd How long is it bycar/truck/bus from Kano ti sda Ndhd? to this place?
Ictekbtd sda meda mea-a tIlannh. Between ten and eleven hours. indfinna. twelve yaskannh. thirteen derfa, fourteen fifteen
hrhskiinnh. sixteen
seventeen 1 Entre dix et dix-huit heures. kkhkke sit' mihdh mean wbskain. Betwec dix-neuf mhd lIhrih. vingt
Follow the instruct] 3. Suivre les instructions de l'exercice No. 1 3.
Combien de milles (kilometrey a-t-il biland6bn clne rid& Xtirb Haw mz entre votre ville et cet endroit? are tf mfil ildad? to thi
Vingt et un mines (34 Km). mill findin t116bn. Twent Twent3 Vingt deux (35 Km). findin indfin. Vingt quatre (39 Km). findl dbri. Twent Vingt cinq (40 Km). findi Twent' find1 lIhri. Twent, Vingt neuf (41 Km). J Cent dix (176 Km). mean meuun. One hi
Cent orize (178 Km) . mean mhdtin One hi Cent lingts (192 Km). mean findin. One hl Cent trente (200 Km). mean fihsk1n. One hi Deux cents (322 Km). yar indi. Two hi Trois cents (483 Km). y6br yhskf. Three Mille (1600 Km). dfbb. One t]
4. Substituer Kano par les noms des villes villages se 4. Substitute the names of trouvant aux alentours, ainsi que les prixdes places and actual fares, (where (quend ils sont connus ou sinon approximativement) pour figures) for (141h ffrid1. d4lh ffndl. Varier les modes de transport aussi - prix train fare, plane fare, de placedans un train, avian, bateau, etc...
A combien de dollarsLe prix dune place kdrifnh motabh kdrafria mOthbh nah How mi (francs) revient le en auto/autobus/ nah 41h (Kariba) dtih (KAribh) it by trajet en auto/ camion est de vingt d6lh Ndhd? (d4lh ffndi). from ] autobus/camion d'ici dollars (cent francs). h Kano? IX - 3
kkakke saa mada mannwilskain. Between ten and eighteenhours. mad liaria. nineteen twenty
Drill No. 1. 1 3. Follow the instrut_cions for hometown bilandan clne rida atirb How many miles is it from your are ti mill iidad? to this place?
mill findin Twenty one miles. findin indfin. Twenty two
findi darf. Twenty four
findi Twenty five
ffiid1 llarf. Twenty nine mean mann. One hundred and ten mean mann ti16bri. One hundred and eleven mean findin. One hundred and twenty mean fiask1n. One hundred and thirty yar findi. Two hundred yobr yaski. Three hundred One thousand
near-by towns and villages for Kano t villages se 4. Substitute the names of otherwise, any suitable des places and actual fares, (whereknown ; of transportation also - tivement) pour figures) for dna findi. Vary the means aussi - prix train fare, plane fare,boat fare, etc...
The car/bus/truck kdflina mot-Abe kdrjina mOtaba rida Haw many dollars is fare is twenty dollars. rida Atia (Mnba) atia (Kariba) it by car/bus/truck d4la Ndad? (d6la findi). from here to Kano? 5. Trainees questi 5. Les stagiaires posent des questionsa leurs instructeurs (en Kanouri) sur les prix dans fares in the ho: le pays hate. Se rdferer aux cartes geogra- of Nigeria or N: phiques appropriees du Nigeria ou du Niger pour les noms de villes etdes villages.
6. For Drills 6 an 6. Pour les exercices 6 et 7, suivre les instructions de l'exercice No. 4.
Combien de mines Chicago est a (cikagblan) cane (cikagblan) cine (Kms) de (Chicago) a sept cents milles naa etirb are ti nda AtIrO are tf cet endroit? (1126 Kms) de mail &dad? mail (yar tdiUr). cet endroit.
7.
Combien de milles De (Chicago) a (elkdgblan) eine (cikagblan) eine (Kms) y a-t-il de (Selma) it y a six (selmhrb) lane tf (selmarO) lane tf (Chicago) a (Selma)? cents mines (966 Kms). millNdad? (yar araskf).
8. Trainees questi 8. Les stagiaires posent des questions(en Kanouri) leurs instructeurs sur les distances et la duree distances and t des voyages dans le pays hate.
9. Repeat these re 9. Repeter ces phrases avant de les utiliser pourrepondre a la question qui les accompagne. the accompanyin
Quelle heure avez-vous? saa Nail? Neuf heures. saa liar sdwha. Neuf heures dix. minti meua suwae. Neuf heures et quart. mind mad wilria sdwaa. Neuf heures vingt cinq. minti findi wuria sdwha.
Neu.f heures et demie. retah sdwaa. Neuf heures quarante cinq. saa mad sdwaarb mind mad wk./ baa/gps Neuf heures quarante cinq. kwata baa/gbpsa. sti instructors (in Kanuri) about 5. Trainees question their ho: fares in the host country.Refer to appropriate maps - N. of Nigeria or Niger - for namesof towns and villages.
an the instructions for Drill No.4. ns 6. For Drills 6 and 7, follow
(Chicago) is seven elan) and (cikagban) axle How many miles is hundred miles to tirb 'rd tf ndh dtirb hre ti it from (Chicago) this place. &cad? mill (yobr bilk). to this place?
It's (six hundred) gblhn) cind (cikdgblhn) cind How many miles is miles from (Chicago) 4.1.b) lend ti (selmhrb) lend ti it from (Chicago) to (Selma). Ndhd? (y6br hrhski). to (Selma)? sti about 8. Trainees question theirinstructors (in Kanuri) d t distances and traveling timein the host country.
re before using them in answering 1:4pondre 9. Repeat these response sentences yin the accompanying question.
What time do you have? Ndhd? 9 a.m. lidr sdwhe. mina mode sdwA. 9:10 a.m. mina mbd wiala sdwae. 9:15 a.m. mind findiwiirn sdwab. 9:25 a.m.
rdtha stiwab. 9:30 a.m. rued sdwherb mind med wUrfbah/Ops6b. 9:45 a.m. kwath bah/gps6b. 9:A5 a.m.
x--% -r, 10. Suivre les instructions du precedent exercice. 10. Follow the ins
Queue heure est-il? sda Ndad? Sept heures. sda tulur sdwae. Onze heures. sah 'Ann t116bn
Midi. kddsil dn. Trois heures de l'apres midi (15 heures) sda yaski khjirih. Sept heures de soir (19 heures) sdh
Minuit. dirti.
11. Pour exercice faire l'heure aux etudiants en se 11. Have the stuck servant d'une pendule ou d'un schema au tableau or clock diagr representant un cadran horaire.
12. Poser aux dtudiants des questions leur permettant 12. Ask students de donner l'horaire de leurs emplois du temps, of their clai 1 :. allant du reveil a l'heure dialler se coucher. their bed tim
St 13. Poser aux dtudiants des questions sur leurs voyages 13. Ask students jusqu'a l'emplacement du stage, et en prenant the training ce dernier comme base deddpart: mode de transport, arrival time, heure de ddpart, heure d'arrivee, etc...
14. Suivre les instructions de l'exercice No. 9. 14. Follow the in
Quelqu'un d'entre vous sait-il reparer les kahmand6 láá mOthsb voitures? yhsh n6zinh Nbeji wd? Non, aucun d'entre nous ne sait reparer d9d, IlIddndema =Stasi) yasa nbzina bda. les voitures. Oui, un d'entre nous sait reparer les ada, kdamnde f61 m6ths6 yhshnbzinh. voitures. IX- 5
ins preceding drill. ice. 10. Follow the instructions for the immediately
id' Ndhd? What time is it? sdh tulur sdwU. 7 a.m. sdh mean tilAnkgsn. 11 a.m. ddsil dn. 12 noon. sdh yaski khjira. 3 p.m. sdh witskd bdnA 7 p.m. dirt. 12 Midnight. tuck telling with actual clocks ants en se 11. Pave the students practise time iag r bleau or clock diagrams onthe blackboard.
ts will make them tell the times mettant 12. Ask students questions that from the time they get up to mps, of their daily activities tim her. their bed time. ts their journeys to and from s voyages 13. Ask students questions about ng ant the training site: mode of travel,departure time, me, ransport, arrival time, etc...
in 9. 14. Follow the instructions for drill No. 9.
kdhmhnd6 ldd mOthsO Does any one of you know how torepair yhsh nozinh iqbdj/ wd? cars? repair cars. d9 d, tiddnddma mothsb Asa nbzinhbdh. No, none of us knows how to na. hdh, kdamnd6 f41 m6tas3 yhshnbzinh. Yes, one of us knows how torepair cars.
26J Oui, plusieurs d'entre nous(moi iaclts) ada, Ngibilndds6 matasb yasa nby. savons rdparer les voitures.
15. Rdpdter les questions suivantesplusieurs fois 15. Repeat avant d'essayer d'y rdpondre,vdridiquement ou attempt autrement.
Quelqu'un d'entre vous sait-il rdparer kdamand6 láá dibl yasa nbzina les routes? Quelqu'un d'entre vous sait-il rdparer ag6g6 les montres? Quelqu'un d'entre vous sait-il rdparer gada les pouts? Quelqu'un d'entre vous fait -il rdparer stilqf tine fuite /urieperforation/une ddchirure? Quelqu'un d'entre vous sait-il rdparer rddib les radios?
16. Discussions et dialogues enclasse sur les probnmes 16. Class d et les inconvdnients que les sagiaires ont pu the try: rencontrer ou rencontreront au cours deleurs voyages travels dans le pays hate en auto/autobus/camion pannes, tires, crevaisons, panne d'essence, etre bl,quds parla Supply neige, boue, ou sable. 2ournir au stagiaires le mistake vocabulaire necessaire et corriger toutes leurs erreurs.
NOTES /NOTES
1. Nombre numdraux 1. Numeral:
Les nombres numdraux Kanouri de una dix ont dtd déjà vu Kanuri n dans la lecon IV. Les nombresnumdraux au-dessus de dix et Lesson qui ne sont pas des multiples de dix sontobtenus en ajoutant multiple un, deux, trois, etc. auplus bas multiple de dix suivant: to the n Ainsi, quinze est dix plus cinq et vingt-sept estvingt five, an plus s,pt. IX- 6
6 adh, Ngibiandds6 mOthsb Ash Yes, several of us (includingmyself) know how to repair cars. at fois 15. Repeat the following questionsseveral times before pt otherwise. t ou attempting to answer them truthfully or
kahmand6 lad dibn. Ash nbzina Nbdji wd?Does any one of you know how to repairroads?
timepieces? hg6g6
gada bridges?
Does any one of you know how tomend leaks/ punctures/tears? radios? rddiO Does any one of you know how to repair
s cl the problems and inconveniences s probllmes 16. Class discussion and dialogues on: tr might encounter in their nt pu the trainees have ever encountered, or car/bus/truck - breakdowns, flat ours voyages travels in the host country by s, stuck in snow, mud or sand. - pannes, tires, running out of gas, getting ly par la Supply trainees with needed vocabulary,and correct all their ake ires le mistakes. 1.-turs
al: 1. Numerals in at 6t4 déjà vu Kanuri numerals from one to ten havealready been given (in n I dessus de dix et Lesson IV). Numerals beyond ten which are not wholenumber plc obtenus en ajoutant multiples of ten are formed byadding one, two, three, etc. e n de dix suivant: to the next lowermultiple of ten. Thus fifteen is ten plus an ept est vingt five, and twe-ty-seven, twentyplus seven. 11 mann tilan or mad ldkkb ti16
12 indfin indf,
13 yaskiin yhsk
14 derf deii,
15 wi'arf wdbi
16 arhskiin arcs
17 tillial tillL
18 wilsknn wilsk
19 mad liarf liar
20 ffndi
30 Hasa 40 ffdai 50 fiu 60 ffraski
70 fitulur
80 ffiskti 90 fflnr
100 mea
110 mean mann or meanldkkb maLi 111 mean mann tilan
120 mean findin 130 mean fnskin
200 par indi 300 yar yaski
1000 dfbu
21-; 3 alb or m&I ldkkO tilObn indf indfin yask yaskfin deii dean wall wan arcs araskfin 611u 611in-fin wilsk wuskuun liar Bari in
or mean ltikkb medial 2. Telling time 2. Dire l'heure The Kanuri day .4 La journde Kanouri estdivisde selon les principales pdriodes suivantes:
sdwl 6 a. r.. sdwa 6 heures 10 heures kadsu 10 a. r.. kadsil 10 heures 13 heures kajiri 1 p.r. khjirf 13 heures 19 heures bdnd 7 p.1 blind 19 heures 5 heures The time betwe La periode allant de 5 heuresa 6 heures est appelee Midi est kAlisil Mt (et nondal kadsa comme on 12 Noon is kali expected), whi, aurait pu sly attendre) tandis queminuit est dirti. also refer to Quelques personnes appelent minuiteau btinda "le milieu de la nuit". The hours are Les heures sont indiqudesselon les exemples suivants:
7 heures sda tdltir sdwhe
11 heures sdh min 0.16bn kddstie 15 heures saa yhski khjirle 20 heures sAh wuskd bdnee For the way qu Pour la designation du quartd'heure et de la demie-heure Drill No. 9 of voit exercice no. 9 de cettelepn.
VOCABULAIRE /VOCABULARY
rapidement deirb quickly cis (pluriel deAti) these (plural of
entre kkakké between shilling sdla shilling
dollar chIlh dollar
argent kdz3frih money
nuit (19 heures - 5 heures) blind night (7 p.m. - 5 plusieurs Ngfbu many, several 8
2. Telling time
into the following majorperiods: les The Kanuri day is divided
a. n sdwa 6 a.m. - 10 a.m. a.r.. Wtsii 10 a.m. 1 p.m. P. r, lajirf 1 p.m. 7 p.m. P. bdne 7 p.m. 5 a.m. we and 6 a.m. is referred to asf4jr. lee The time between 5 a.m. (WI (not dal kadsU that wouldhave been .e on 12 Noon is kadsil hi dirti. Some people apparently ti. expected), while Midnight is 0 also refer to 12 Midnight asdab. bdnee 'middle of night'.
in the following examples: ants: The hours are indicated as
a tulur sdwae 7 1.m. a mann tilan katisn 11 a.m. a yaski kajirn 3 p.m. 'a wtskd bade 8 p.m.
qu half-hour periods are expressed, see e-heure For the way quarter Lad of Liill No. 9 of this lesson.
arb quickly these (plural of Ati) Gtlate between ule shilling dollar
qina money
Line night (7 p.m. - 5 a.m.)
fbu many, several Lard dans la matinee (10 heures -13 heures) kddsil late aprs-midi/soir (13 heures - 19 heures) kajirf afte minuit dirti midn half moitie/demie rota quar quart Imdth mild milieu ddil minute mind minu mule 'mdil mile road route dibl brid pont gddh time n-.ontre ag6g6 rad radio red/6 fuite/perforation/dechirure sddi leak L vrai dire haiya tft-OA as nobo personne/aucun Nddmd bda I st Je commence b?',d1/31n (hodidiA) I J'abime/endommage bannarAn (bannattra) IX - 9
es) kddsil late morning (10 a.m.- 1p.m.) khjfri afternoon/evening (1 p.m. - 7 p.m.) dirt1 midnight
rdth half kwdth quarter
ddit middle m/nti minute 'm/11 mile dIbbl road gddh bridge hg6g6 timepiece redn radio scurf leak, puncture, tear hhlyh tirbh as a matter of fact Nddmd bdh nobody, none bUirjin (11kidlyh) I start bhnnhrjln (bannhtinh) I spoil/damage. LEcON X/LESSON X
Prdparation du "Bflim" pour bdbds/Preparing "BC.
DIALOGUE /DIALOGUE
Judy: Votre bebd a-t-il pris quelque chose Judy: tibblnim ti wIlzinl suwa 6t1 ce matin? birl zuuna wa?
Fati: Non, pas encore. F6t1:
Judy: Tres bien. Venez, preparons-lui sa Judy: z-,-Zieo Ngill; are birinzi d6A. nourriture. J'ai avec moir de la farine n611111n rime) 1r9imbe Nbeji de millet pour faire du "bilk". Avez- billmnzi kIrtarb. 'dab kldht vous un pot propre quelquepart? ban. Ihejf wd?
Fati: Oui, mais it est trop grand. F6t1: 161, Nb6j11 Imm6 Wirb
Judy: Apportez-le que je le vois Judy: 'tilde rfika...696, 6d1 Italy& Non, it n'est ni trop grand, ni trop gan6y6 glg: 6d1 k611c1. petit: c'est juste ce qu'il faut. Njfi flimil kOndirb gindlne Versez-y de l'eau et mettez-la a suloru. bouillir, l Fati: L'eau est en train de bouillir. Fati: kiii ti kirma
Judy: Bien. Laissez-le pot sur le feu, versez Judy: yaw6; kblb dil 1(1161 konnube de la farine et remuez vivement. Ajoutez tiln kb116, rime) filn6, ktrfi approximativement deux morceaux de sucre. naAleo kute, suwur Indiy1y6 kb191n6. . Fati: Ca va maintenant? FSti: 6d1 skims wa?
Judy: Non, continuez de remuerjusqu'a ce que Judy: 696, kilt& gln6 tiwIrrb ca devienneldgerement dpais. I1 faut woljil. salbis6rb rklIn toujours mettre la bonne mesure d'eau: aldatin6 Njii ti tigibta, s'il y a trop d'eaul le ubtlim sera billmnim kjillrb woljin; kuru liquide; mais s'il y en a peu, le Njiiye gln611 Wirb tiwIreo "bilk" sera trop epais. Nwoljin.
Fati: Que dois-je faire apres? F6t1: Ibi eade kuru dikln? LECON X/LESSON X
Ion du "Bilim" pourbdbes/Preparing "Bflim" for Babies
this Judy: tibblnim ti wlIzinl suwa Judy: Has your baby taken anything birl zuuna we? morning?
Fed: Fati: Not yet.
Judy: aleo Ngill; are birinzi deJe. Judy: Very good. Come, let's preparehis food. nelxlin rfingb Ircimbe Nbeji I have scme millet flour herewith me billmnzi klrearb. kOlb kadau for making "bflim". Have you got aclean ball hejf wd? pot around?
Fati: lea, Nbeji, aroma Wirb Fati: Yes; but it's too big.
Judy: !tilde rake 696, ad} kfirlyi, Judy: Bring it and let me see it...No, this glneye kolkol. is neither too big nor too small:it's Njil flimil kOnnfirb gindlnd just the right size. Pour some waterin suloru. it and bring it to a boil.
Fati: Njil ti kirma Fati: The water is boiling now.
Judy: yaw6; kOlb dil 1(1161 konnfib'e Judy: Fine. Leave the pot on thefire, pour some tiln kolle, rime) fine, kuru flour into it and stir briskly. Add two Wade() kute. suwurindiylye or so cubes of sugar. kbPine. Fati:ads satinswe? Fati: Is it all right now? becomes a bit Judy: VS, kute sai gang tiwIrrb Judy: No. Keep stirring until it wOljil. slIbisorb Njii r6k1In thicker. Always use the right amount of fbidltine: Njii ti Ngibtl, water: if the water is toomuch, the billmnim Njillrb woljin; kiirt "bilk" will be watery; on the other Njiiye ganaa, WirbtiwIrrb hand, if it is too small, the "bflim" w61j1n. will be too thick.
Fati: lbi gbde kuru dikin? Fati: What do I do next? saa billm ti Smilstirb woljil, Jud Judy: Quand le refroidit, nourrir . Judy: Iwo le bdbd avec une cuillere. Gardez tibbl dirb cokollan ye s5. kuru couvert ce qui reste pourle prochain gbpsinl ti zbipe gInhene; s61 lange fenzinelen siro ye s5. repas de bdbd.
DRILLS EXERCICES
1. Repdter les phrases suivantesplusieurs fois. 1. Repeat the following
Remuez jusqu'a ce que ca devienneepais. kite s6i tiwIrrb wOljil. St dur. c ibburo moel leux /uni. ti1511rb liquide. kjillrb cuit. b"Ifilnlrb gluant. Ndrapciinrb poudreux/fin. klwuro brun. bIntInIsrb
2. Suivre les instructions del'exercice precedent. 2. Follow the instruction
sbi ticalreo woljil. St Remuejusqu'ace que ca devienneepais. kilte deene blfUnsarb Co Cuis cuit. klwuro Gr Pile fin. Ane tiwIrrb Co Couvres epais. zbiyie h6mglne ticarrb Co Refroidis epais. klyeene tiwIrrb Fr Fris. epais. tiwIrrb He Chauffe epais. gitalne Po Pilonne fin. glwilrne klwuro
3. Follow the instruction 3. Suivre les instruction del'exercice No. 1.
St Remuez jusqu"a ce que ca devienneepais. kutoo s6i tiwIrrb wOljil. Co Cuisez cuit. deen66 Gr Pilez fin. An66 s61. kllwarb zb/p66 s6i tiwIrrb Co Couvez &pais. C Refroidissez epais. h6mang Fr Friez epais. klyeen66 He Chauffez epais. gitaln66 glwilrn66 Pilonnez fin.
271 cools down, feed sea ti Amtsfirob woljia Judy: When the"bille . Judy: tibbl dirob cokbllIn ye se. 1146 it to the baby with a spoon. Keep covered and give it gbpsia ti zbijne glnelne; ktrfi whatever is left he feels hungry. sadkIne1 fInzin1lIn ;irb ye s6. to him when next
DRILLS
1. Repeat the following sentencesseveral times.
kite s61 tilareo 1461jil. Stir until it becomes thick. hard. cibbileo smooth/even ti1611rob liquid. kjillrob cooked. blffin1rob sticky Ncillpciinrob powdery/fine. blnanIsrb brown. on 2. Follow the instructionfor the preceding drill.
St thick. kilt& satiwIrrb 1461jil. Stir until it becomes Co cooked. deene blffinlrb Cook Gr fine. Ane k1114fieo Grind Co thick/solid. zkne tilarrob Cover Co thick. heinglne ticareo Cool Fr thick klyeene tiwIreo Fry He thick. gitklIne tiwIreo Heat Po awilrne Pound fine. on 3. Follow the instructionsfor Drill No. 1.
St (pl.) kZit66 s6i tiwIreo woljia. Stir until it becomes thick. Co cooked. deen66 Cook Gr An66 s6i kllwArb Grind fine. Co eaT66 sof. tiwIrrb Cover thick/solid. C thick. hemgln66 Cool Fr thick. klyeen66 Fry He thick. gitklIn66 Heat P fine. glwilrn66 Pound
'y_
c . . 4. Have the students 4. Faites faire aux etudiantsle court dialoguesuivant en substituant leselements entre parentheses par ceux appropriate items du precedent exercice: (pour lesverbes (introduits dans in parentheses: ( l'exercice No.2) qui ne sont pas a la formeimperative, duced in Drill 2, voir le vocabulaire de la fin de cettelegon).
Pendant combien de temps dois-je le(remuer)? slIbibirb (kiltiskin)? Continuez de remuer) jusqu'h ce que Ca devienne (kite) s61. (ticarrO) wOljil. (epais).
5. Repeter les phrases plusieurs fois avantde s'en servir 5. Repeat these resp pour repondrea la question qui les accompagne. them to answer th
Combien de temps dois-je attendre ici? slIbibirb naa StIlln glrerAn? Attendez jusqu'h ce que je revienne. n5I StIlln glreene s61. wltiskil. je vous appelle. III b6Ongih. j'apporte de la birl nourriture. qu'il arrive. isia. qu'il passe. kOjil. que to le vois. sia rumia.
6. Suivre les instructions del'exercice No. 5. 6. Follow the instru
Dois-je ajouter Oui, ajoutez des suwur kb191kin b5? I5I, suwur kb19ine! des [morceaux] de [morceaux] de sucre. sucre?
Dois-je ajouter Oui, ajoutez suwur filar' IA? ILI, gilwiir fiine. du sucre? du sucre. sel? du sel. manda m5nd6 du poi /re? du poivre. Njitt6 Njitth des oignons? des oignons 1Msbr luwds 2r land51 land51 de l'huile? de l'huile. klmnn klmhIn du miel? du miel. de l'eau? de l'eau. bin Njii d61 de la viande ? de la viande. da caam du lait? du lait. cam rungo rime) de la farine? de la farine. do the following shortdialogue substituting ue suivant 4. Have the students appropriate items from thepreceding drills for thoseenclosed s par ceux of the verbs intro- roduits dans in parentheses:(for the non-imperative forms vocabulary at the end of thislesson). imperative, duced in Drill 2, see the
(stir) it? (kiltiskin)? For how long should I becomes (thick). (kiith) soi (tiwIrrb) woljil. (Keep stirring)until it
several times before employing s'en servir 5. Repeat these response sentences question. 'rte. them to answer the accompanying here? naa haran glr6rAn? How long should I wait Wait until I return. ahalln gireene s61. w6ltiskil. x11 b66ngil. I call you. birl kfiskra. I bring food. isia. he arrives. kOjil. he is passing by. sia rfimil. you see him.
6. Follow the instructions forDrill ND. 5.
Should I add [cubes]Yes, add [cubes] uwur kbl9tkin bh? 161, gUwiir kb19ine! of sugar? of sugar.
Should I add Yes, add Uwilr filkin bh? 161, gUwilr Mile! sugar? sugar. salt. Andh mhndh salt? pepper? pepper. :jitth Njitta onion? onion. LW 2s dr 14w6sk Arida kIndhl oil? oil. Aman kiman honey? honey. water? water. .jil Njii meat. 61 daa meat? am cam milk? milk. flour. ungo rime) flour? 7. First repeat the 7. D'abord rdpdter plusieursfois les questions suivantes answering them ei avant d'y repondre affirmativement oua la negative.
161b Njii detlye kbeji wa? Cuire: Avez-vous un pot pour del-1)m: bouillir de l'eau? Avez-vous un pot pour k61,13 dS1 detlye tibeji wa? cuire de la viande? Avew-vous un pot pour kOlb Sai detaye Nbeji wa? infuser du thd?
Cuire/faire: Avez-vous un pot pour kSr/31n: 161,73 kalu kertlye Nbeji wa? faire un ragoat/de la soupe? Avez-vous un pot pour kOlb billm kertlyeNbeji wa? faire du "Wire?
kbeji wa? Prize/ Avez-vous un pot pour Ovenln: kOlb kgiwil klyetlye Griller: frire des oeufs? Avez-vous un pot pour kOlb kOlji klyetlyeNbkji wa? griller des cacahuates?
kOlb birl gIttlye kbeji wa? Chauffer: Avez-vous un pot pour gitkIlskin: chauffer des aliments?
8. Repeat the foil 8. Repdter les phrases suivantesplusieurs fois.
J'ai mange du ce matin. weezine singe ate billm Okine. une orange lemOn Okine. J'ai fume une cigarette ce matin. tewhe Okla. J'ai bu du thd ce matin. g61 Okla. J'ai mange [de la nourriture] ce matin. birl J'ri mange une banane ce matin. lylwe J'ai mange du papaye,ce matin. OnesWane. J'ai mange du "Nealei" ce matin. Ndbleibukina. J'ai mange de la viande ce matin. daaglrikina. J'ai.mange des oeufs ce matin. Ngiwil glrikine. J'ai mange de l'ananas ce matin. learbS glrikinl. Vai mange du pain ce matin. 1)&6d' glrikine.
275 following questions several timesbefore ions suivantes 7. First repeat the affirmatively or in the negative. la negative. answering them either Do you have apot forboiling water? delp: kcilb Njii. detlyekbeji wS? Cook:
cooking meat? kcilb dS1 detlyekbeji wS?
brewing tea? kolb sal detlyekbeji wa?
Cook/make: Do you have a potfor making stew/ kSri3in: kOlb kfilfi klrtlyekbeji wS? soup? Do you have a potfor making "bflim"? 161,13 billm kIrtlyeNbeji wS?
Fry/roast: Do you have a potfor frying eggs? klyerAn: kcilO kgtwil klyetlyetlbeji wS?
Do you have a pot forroasting kolo kOlji klyetlyeNbeji wS? peanuts?
Warm: Do you have a pot forwarming food? gttkIlskin: kcilb btri attlyekbeji wS?
sentences several times. fois. 8. Repeat the following I ate"bfliethis morning. suwa at} blam ySktnl. morning. lemuun ySktnl. an orange this tlwa I smoked a cigarettethis morning. sal ySktnl. I drank tea this morning. I ate [food] this morning. biri bfiKinl. morning. lylwl bfikinl. I ate a banana this morning. gfindl bUktnl. I ate pawpaw this Ndblei bail& I ate"ildblei" this morning. I ate meat this morning. daagIrtkinl. Ngtwil glriktnl. I ate eggs this morning. morning. WarbS glrikinl. I ate pineapple this arikinl. I ate bread this morning. 9. Have the stude 9. Faire faire aux etudiaatsles courts dialogues suivants en substituant parles dldments approprids del'exercice appropriate it No. 8. ceux entre parentheses de cetexercice. parentheses.
A: As-tu (ma.gd) (des bananes) cematin? A: Tanzina :Aiwa at}(ayawa) wfi (balm)?
B: Non, B: a96. A: Qu'as-tu (mange)? A: Ibi (bfiLm)? B: J('ai mangd) (du papaye). B: (gain) (bfikb).
10. a) Regeat the 10. a) Rdpdter les phrases suivantesplusieurs fois. yiskl Quand a soif, que dois-jelui donner 'sal Ngudu fanzinalan abi girb donner boire? sa? lanfil fanzinalan abi siro yiski, Quand a faim, que dois-jelui sal donner amanger? zdfi?
b) Suivre les in-,tructions de 10a). b) Follow th
Quand it a soif, donne-lui duth6 sea NUL anzialln girb staff ye sa. a boire. Quand it a soif, donne-lui une lenan ye sa. orange a manger. Quand it a soif, donne-lui une tawaa ye sa. cigarette a Rimer. Quand il a faim, donne-lui du sea lanfil fInzinlan giro billm ye sa. a manger. Quand it a faim, donne-lui des ly1w1 ye zuu. bananes a manger. Quand it a faim, donne-lui du Ondl ye 7.(1(1. papaye a manger. Quand it a faim, donne-lui de dfil ye Alri. la viande a manger. Iblrbfi ye zliri Quand it a faim, donne-lui de l'ananas a manger. bfirodi ye Air Quand it a faim, donne-lui du pain a manger. 277 X - 5
the following short dialogue,substituting suivants 9. Have the students do 8 for those enclosed in l'exercice appropriate items from Drill No. parentheses.
(bananas) this morning? s6w1 fitl (1y1w1) wfi (barn)? A: Did you (eat)
6. B: No. (eat)? i (bialm)? A: What did you findl) (bab). B: I (ate) (pawpaw).
sentences several times. is. 10. a) Repeat the following what should sal Ng6d4 fInzinIlln Ibigiro yiskin When he feels thirsty, I give him to drink? sa? what should I saa kInfil fInzinIllnIbi giro yiskin When he feels hungry, give him to eat? zdfi?
b) Follow the instructionsfor 10 a). u 4fanz nalan girl) sai ye sa. When he feels thirsty, give him tea to drink. lem66 ye sa. When he feels thirsty, give him an orange to eat.
tawaa ye sa. When he feels thirsty, give him a cigarette to smoke. When he feels hungry, give naa billm ye sa. him "bilk" to eat.
lylwl ye zuu. When he feels hungry, give him banana to eat.
gUndl ye zfifi. When he feels hungry, give him pawpaw to eat.
(161 ye Alri. When he feels hungry, give him meat to eat.
Iblrbfi When he feels hungry, give him .pineapple to eat.
bfir6d1 ye zilrf. When he feels hungry, give him bread to eat. ...
c) Have the stude Faites faire aux etudiantsle court dialogue suivant en c) substituting a substituant par leselements appropries de 10(a) et those in paren 10(b) ceux entreparentheses de cet exercice. A: A: saa(kInfil) fanzinalan abi nrZ) A: Quand it a faim, quedois-je lui donner I manger? yiskin (za)? saa (kinaa)fanzinalln girb B: Quand it a faim, donnes-lui B: une bananeI manger. lyawl ye (za).
11. Faites poser les questions suivantes par undtudiant a 11. Have the students add un autre qui doit yrdpondre vdridiquement. Un exemple another and answer th de rdponse est donnd.
Qu'aimes-tu boire quand tu as soif? saaNgfidil annimmalan, Ibi yamia raaam? Qu'aimes-tu manger quand tu as faim? lanLY bfimil Qu'aimes-tu manger quand tu as fain? glrimil Exemple de reponse: Sample answer:- J'aime boire de l'eau quand j'ai soif. s61 Ngfial famAnalan, hjil yLskil raSskb.
12. Rdpdter les phrases suivantes plusieursfois avant 12. Repeat the following de les utiliser comme rdponses a la questionqui using them to answer les accompagne.
Que devons-nous (deux) faire maintenant? abi kirmS diyen? Viens, cuisinons. are bin mangeons. bfilye. achetons de la nourriture. yiwuiye. vendons de la nourriture. lbdiye. buvons du thd. ;61 yfilye. mangeons decacahates. kOlji glriye.
279 X - 6
dialogue Have the students nowdothe following short dialogue suivant en c) 10(b) for substituting appropriateitems from 10(a), pries de 10(a) et those in parentheses. t exercice. When he feels hungrywhat should I (kInfil) fenzinInnIbi siro A: A: sal give him to eat? yiskin (zial)? give him a banana B: When he feels hungry saa(kInfil) fenzialln siro B: to eat. lylwl ye (zi16).
the following questions to one r un dtudianta 11. Have the students address truthfully. A sample answer is given. ent Un exemple another and answer them
when you are thirsty? saa Ibi yamia eafilm? What do you like to drink when you are hungry? kInfil' bfimil What do you like to eat glrimil What do you like to eatwhen you are hungry? Sample answer:' when I am thirsty. saa kVA yfiskil rlfiskb. I like to drink water
sentences several timesbefore s fois avant 12. Repeat the following response accompanying question. estion qui using them to answer the
Ibi kirmA diyen? What shall we (two) donow? are birlde fe. Come, let's cook. bfilye. eat. yiwuiye. buy food. lbdiye. sell food. drink tea. sai yfilye. kOlji ariye. eat peanuts. 13. Suivre les instructions de l'exercice No. 12. 13. Follow the inst4
Que devons-nous (tous) faire maintenant? abi kirma diyen?
Venez tous, cuisinons. ar66 birl dex66. mangeons. 1)6106. achetons de la nourriture. yiway66. vendons de la nourriture. lGdiyeo. buvons du thd. sai 576106. mangeons des cacahuates. kolji glriye6.
14. Suivre les instructions de l'excercice No.12. 14. Follav the inst
Que devons-nous faire maintenant? abi kirmL diyen? Allonscuisiner. llpee bir3 deA. I manger. bfilye. boire du thd. sai yaiye. acheter de la nourriture. blrl rendre visite a Modu. mOdil ruiye. faire notre travail. cidande diye. rdparer notre voiture. motande yasnya.
15. a) Faire ddcrire par quelques dtudiants et avec 15. a) Have some of leur propre vocabulaire Kanouri comment on Karuri the p prepare le "bilim".
b) D'autres dtudiants, expliquant en Kanouri comment b) Have various on prepare de simples plats amdricains. to prepare si
c) Discussions et/ou dialogues avec la classe. c) Class discuss
NOTES GRAMMATICALES/GRAMMATICAL NOTES
1. Les formes imperatives des verbes. 1. Imperative verb Le singulier et le pluriel de la plupart des verbes The singular.and aux formes impdrattves sont obtenus en ajoutant formed by suffi respectivement les suffixes -nd et n66 aux souches of such verbs. I 281 X - 7
13. Follow the instruction for Drill No. 12.
lama diyen? What shall we (all) do now?
66 birl dej66. Come on everybody, let's C00144 baye6. eat. yiwaye6. buy food. l2diye6. sell food. sai ySiye6. drink tea. kolji glriye6. eat peanuts.
14. Follow the instructions for Drill No. 12.
kirmS diyen? What should we do now? xtee IAA deA. Let's go cook. eat. sai yaiye. drink tea. biri buy food. mOdil raye. -visit Modu. cidande diye. do our work. motande ylsaya. repair our car.
15.a) Have some of the students describe in their own words in Kamuri the preparation of "bille. omment b) Have various students give instructions in Kanuri about how to prepare simple American dishes-.
c) Class discussions and/or dialogues.
1. Imperative verb forms rbes Tlee singulard plural imperative forms of most verbs are formed by suffixing -nd and -n66, respectively, to the roots or stems hes of such verbs. Irregularities occur, however. The imperative ou racines de ces verbes. Cependant des irregularites forms of verbs, both apparaissent. Les formes imperatives des verbesreguliers et listed for convenienc irreguliers sont classees, pour convenance, commetroisieme entry for each verb a et qustrieme elements dans la serie pour chaque verbe a la fin de ce livre.
Hortative verb fo 2. Les formes exhortatives des verbes: Temps V. 2. En Kanuri, les exhortations positives sontindiquees par une Positive exhortat serie de suffixes ajoutes aux souches ou racinesdes verbes. of suffixes attac y a des affixes pour lespremieres et troisieme personnes affixes for the f du singulier et du pluriel seulement. L'affixe de la pre- plural only. The mere.. personne du pluriel adeux formes: une forme se forms, a form end terminant par -e, utilisee quand deux personnesseulement people are involv sont concernees, l'autre formefinissant en -6 et quand plus more than two are de deux personnes sont concernees. Les suffixes utilises avec les verbes du Groupe A sont: The suffixes used
Singulier/Singular Pluriel/Plural
1. -fige/Age r 66
-,nee / -xie
2.
3. -zi/-z1 -ze/-z1
Paradigmes exemples/Sample paradigms:
leflge "laissez moi ailer"; "let me go".
1. lehe
3. lezi
kage "laissez moi passer"; "let me pass by".
1. koNge rk6X66 kone
3. kOz1 X - 8 h rites forms of verbs, both the regular andthe irregular ones, are nc reguliers et listed for convenience, as the third andfourth items in the a troisieue entry for each verb at theback of this book. verbe a la
f 2. Hortative verb forms: Tense V. at uses par une Positive exhortations are indicated inKanuri by a set ac des verbes. of suffixes attached to verb stems or roots. There are f me personnes affixes for the first and third persons,singular and he de la pre- plural only. The first person plural affix has two nd rme se forms, a form ending in -el which is usedwhen oni.y two lv seulement people are involved, and another formending in -1 when re t quand plus more than two are involved.
sont: The suffixes used with Group A verbs are:
Singulier/Singular Pluriel/Plural
-fige/-kge f) nPW-A
-zi/-zk
lefige rpe6 Ise
lezi lez6
koNge
- 16z1 2 84 Les affixes exhortatifs utilises avec lesverbes du Groupe B The hortative aff sont:
Singulier/Singular Pluriel/Plura
1. -ske c-06
1.-ye 2. .1.
3. -sb
Paradigmes exemples/Sample paradigms: diske"laissez moi le faire"; "let me do it".
1. diske fdiye6 tdiye
3. sldi sbdi
lbdiske "laissez moi le vendre"; "let me sell it".
1. lbdiske rthdiye6 lthdife
3. sllbdi sblbdi
iske "laissez moi venir"; "let me come".
1. iske 1166 ise
3. isi isfi X - 9 ff bes du Groupe B The hortative affixes used with Group Bverbs are:
To Singulier/Singular Pluriel/Plural
1. -ske (-3766 t-ye ____ 2. ----
3. sl---i -sbi
UI
1. diske piye6 tdiye
3. sldi sbdi
ell it".
1. adiske fadiy66 Illdiye
3. sladi sbadi
1. iske Sag) Liie
3. isi is6
286 VOCABULAIRE/VOCABUIARY cuire/cuisiner (liquides de kfirrjin I cook (liquid diets) regime) griller, frire klye/An I roast, fry je cuisine de/An I cook il/elle devient w6ljin it becomes j'apporte kfiskin I bring je remue kuteskin I stir je pilonne awiriAn I pound je garde, preserve gEnaEskin I keep, preserve je verse dans filskin I pour into il/elle boue sulbriin it is boiling Je laisse tomber kb19iskin I drop into je couvre zbmiln I cover je refroidis hAmaskin I cool je rechauffe gitlalskin I warm up j'attends glre/An I wait propre kaddil ban clean dur cibbu hard epais tiwIr thick moelleux, uni tilfill smooth, even Brun antInIs brown ripe, cooked mur, cult blf6111 fin, poudreux klwu fine, powdery etre gluant/collant Ndapciin to be sticky gros, grand kfirl big, large petit eanfi small suffisant r6k sufficient autre eade other (adj.) 1 s) I cook (liquid diets)
I roast, fry I cook it becomes I bring I stir I pound I keep, preserve I pour into it is boiling I drop into I cover I cool n I warm up I wait a clean hard thick smooth, even brown ripe, cooked fine, powdery to be sticky big, large small sufficient other (adj.) . 283 vivement, rapidement nbbarb briskly, quickly toujours slIbisorb &ways jusqu'l until mais amnia but faim kInel hunger feu kOnn6 fire w sucre suwur sugar millet rim millet farine rime) flour
sel mends salt ognion lilw6sbr onion landa oil huile I miel kimeln honey viande del meat lait calm milk oeuf tgLwil egg orange llman orange cigarette tawaa ciagrette the sal tea nourriture birl food banane lylwl banana pawpaw gfindl pawpaw ananas Iblrbe pineapple pain bfirOdi bread
28 briskly, quickly always until but hunger fire sugar millet flour salt onion oil honey meat milk egg orange ciagrette
tea
food banana pawpaw pineapple bread
230 LEgON XI/LESSON XI
Une excursion dirigde/A guided tour
DIALOGUE /DIALOGUE
Modu: Eh bier': es-tu peet a y aller? WWI: a hdh, ,p1 d4w4rtimmh wA letir6?
hdh, w4i, (and du6b. kdi3fnh lAL4, Bill: Oui. Oh, attends une minute... Bill: Je voudrais prendre del'argent g6ngfh rhdkfnh... kfrmd dfh mti avec moi... Maintenant,je suis d4w4rtfkinh. prft.
Modu: Tout de suite nous sommes dans kirma tirba, andi negh pres du hdTinnhm bflhbh tan, bota . la partie est de la ville, palais Shehu. Aimerais-tu le voir? sehuribetiin. rdmih radmma wd?
rdkfh dfh rhdkisif; hmmd yhyd Bill: Pas particulierement, mais Bill: allons-y quand m&le. Wee.
Modu: Cette large rue commence devant dfbn kdrh dt1 fuu gehilrfbh le palaic de Shehu et mine tan 1)di4t1, hhttd kildh direction ouest a l'extdrieur fUtdenna suluwb ndgh ddmdtdrds de la ville vers des endroits KdnOs6, jbssOmben. tels que Damaturu, Kano, Jos et au-dela.
Bill: Et oil sont les magasins? Bill: k6ntisbNddrdhn?
Ngfbilnzds6 hnfm bilhbb tan, Modu: La plupart d'entreeux se trouvent dans la partie sudde la ville, kasuu kdrh dfhs6. ainsi que le grandmarchd, etc...
sdwhnfm Al tfiiddhn khr9dh? Bill: Ou habite ton ami Ali? Bill: yhld bilhbh tan kar9da. fdanz Modu: I1 habite la partie nord de la ville, en face de la gare. tdghn jirgi sidlbe tia wdtn.
iiddhn? Bill: Oil se trouve la poste? Bill: fate, wdyhbe tf ',Ego XI/LESSON XI cursion dirigde/A guided tour
Now then, are youready to go? ahdh, ji/ d4w4rtfmmh wdntirb? Modu: I wish adh, wa, and du6b.kdr3inh ldd Bill: Yes. Oh, wait a minute. along... g6ng/h rhdkfnh... kfrmddta wd to take some money Now I am ready. d4w6rtfkfna.
Right now we are in the easternpart kfrmd tfrbh, hndfndgh Modu: of the town, close to theShehu's ac Tinnkm bflhbetan, b6t6ii it? gehilribe tfin. rdmih rhdmmh wd? palace. Do you like to see but let's go all rdk/h dfh rhdkkg; hmmdyhyd Bill: Not particularly, the same.
fiont of dibl kdrh dti fuugehbrfbe Modu: This wide road starts in the Shehu's palace andleads westwards tfln bbd14til hhttdkildh places like filtanra siatiwb nighddmdtdrdsb, out of town towards Damaturu, Kano, Jos andbeyond. Kanbsb, jbssbrobn.
And where are the stores? kbritfs6 Nddrdhn? Bill: southern Ngfbilnzds6 hnfm bflhbe tfin, Modu: Most of them are in the part of the town, alongwith the lcasuukdrh dfhsb. big market, etc.
Ali live? sdwanfm Art tfisiddhn khedh? Bill: Where does your friend part of yald bflabe tiin kledh.fdhnzf Modu: He lives in the northern railroad station. tdghn jfrgi sfdibe tfa wdt61. the town, opposite the Where is the Post Office? fdtb wAyIbb tifiddan? Bill:
2 32 Modu: Elle est loin d'ici. Wde: gf df nda dtla clInti.
Bill: Comment pourrais-je Bfil: fetebfin ndh tiro y aller? lerjln?
Modu: Descends cette rue du palais et 1146: dibbl kdra tehertba dt1 tourne a gauche a la croisde des g6nimia, animin diAb naa rues (interserction). La poste dtbl ddf lalda kflzdna tf sera a to droite. fbndfmia, mdskenfm wefild Of. fate wAyaba tf rah mdske kimber4mban.
EXERCICES DRILLS
1. Rdpdter plusieurs fois les phrases suivantes: 1. Repeat the foil
Je ne veux pas le/la voir. rdkfa dfa radiant. Tu ne veux pas rdmfa dfa radami. ne veut pas sdria dfa slradkni. Nous ne voulons pas rdfydfa dfa radyende. Vous ne voulez pas rdwiA dfa radawi. Its ne veulent pas sOria dfa sbraapi.
2. L'instructeur pose des questions telles que 2. The instructor "aimes-tu ..." en kanouri, dans l'intention de Kanuri question faire rdpondre les dtudiants par lanegative: negative - "no, "non, je n'aime pas..." ou "non, it n'aime pas " to X", etc. etc... Example: "Do ye Exemple: "Desires-tu abandonner ce programme "No, I don't wa d'instruction?", "Non, je ne desire pas abandonner ce programmed'instruccion".
3. Rdpondre a ces questions comme indiqud: 3. Respond to theE
(Pierre), est-ce que Non, it ne veut pas (Peter), Bfil tf gaherf dn. Bill veut voir le voir le palais Shehu. Uhbri dfa sdrih sdria siraapi. palais Shehu? siraina wd?
Est-ce correct, Bill? Oui, je ne veux pas Bill, ddlbi wd? ada, rdkih rada,nf. voir le palais Shehu. XI- 2
dtih cfinti. Modu: It's far from here.
bfin nah tiro Bill: How do I get there? n?
1 kdrh nhilribb dt1 Modu: Go down this palace road and mih, lbnimln &IA rah turn left at the crossroads. I ddi kilzana ti The Post Office will be on your Imfal mdskbnim w6fIld right. fatb wayabb ti nagh o kimbbr4mbn.
DRILLS
1. Repeat the following sentences severaltimes:
I don't want to see it. -haamf. You don't Irhakpf. He doesn't rhayende. We don't -ada.wf. You don't sradkif. They don't
2. The instructor asks round the class such"do you like to X" Kanuri questions as would make the studentsrespond in the negative - "no, I don't like to Xor "no, hedoesn't like to X", etc. Example: "Do you wish to drop out ofthis training program?", "No, I don't want to drop out of this trainingprogram".
3. Respond to these questions as indicated:
/11 ti A9.41 nhilrf dn. (Peter), does Bill wantNo, he doesn't want sdria sdrfh s rani. to see the Shehu's to see the Shehu's palace? palace.
I wa? hahl rdkfh rhakkpf. Is that right, Bill? Yes, I don't want to see the Shehu's palace.
9,44 Pourquoi ne veux-tu Parce que je l'ai abi nankarb rdmfa Adiye dblfilnz pas voir le palais vu hier. radami ti? biska rdkina t Shehu?
Pierre et Smith, que Nous voudrions Peter-a Smith-a fdtbrb lkpen voudriez-vous faire aller chez nous. kirmd tirb abi raiyena. maintenant? diwia raga
(Jean), veulent-ils Non, ils ne veulent (John), cida sgdfh A9d, cfda travailler? pas travailler. skhdnh wd? 0:An sbrhdhpf
Que veulent -its Its veulent manger. abi s4dfh sbrhdb? birl z4bfh sb faire?
(Pierre), est-ce Non, nous ne voulons (Peter), dd1f wA?69d, IAA bdfy correct? pas manger. rhdyhndé.
Pourquoi ne voulez- Parce que nous abi nankarb biri 6tiy6 dblfilnz vous pas manger? n'avons pas fain. bdwfh rhdhwi ti? andande bda t
4. Repfter les phrases suivantes plusieurs fois. 4. Repeat the
Je n'ai jamais vu un palaisshehu auparavent. sehurf Ithltemd rdskIsf. Tu n'as jamais vu n'a jamais vu Nous n'avons jamais vu Vous n'avez jamais vu Its n'ont jamais vu
Respond to 5. Repondre a ces questions comme indique: 5.
(Pierre), as-tu Non, je n'ai jamais (Peter), Fehtlrf gWirf vu un palais Shehu vu de palais Shehu Nghlte yhye Ngaltema rdski, auparavant? auparavant. rummy wd?
(Smith), Pierre a- Non, it n'en a pmith)4 Peter ti 69d, Ngaltdmd t-il vu un palais jamais vu un sehuriNgalteyaye sdriof. Shehu auparavant? auparavant. sdrdnh wd? XI-3
Abf nAnkarb rdmIA ddlye Why don't you want Because I saw it Adam/ ti? biskA rdkina to see the Shehu's yesterday. palace?
Peter-A Smith-A fatbrb lApen Peter and Smith, what We would like to kirmd tirb Alf rAiydna. would you like to do go home. awn radii? now?
(John), cida s4d1Ad9d, cfdA (John), do they want No, they don't want sbrAdnA wd? sUfA sbrAd4111. to work? to work.
Abf s4dIA skAdb? bid z4blh sbrAdb. What do they want to They want to eat. do?
(Peter), ddMf wd? A9d, birl bdfy6fh (Peter), is that right? No, we don't want rAdOnde. to eat.
bblnankArb atlye dblillnzi Why don't you want Because we are not bdw/A radAwf ti? kindAnde bah tirb. to eat? hungry.
fois. 4. Repeat the following sentences severaltimes.
I've never seen a Shehu's palace before.. . ;ehtirf NgAltdma rusk s. ram/. You've never seen sdrio.f, He has never seen rdlyende. We've never seen ram/. You've never seen s6rt,pf. They've never seen
5. Respond to these questions as indicated:
No, I've never seen a (Peter), 5ehilrf 49d, ahilrf (Peter), have you ever NgAlte yaye NgAltdmA rdskf. seen a Shehu's palace Shehu's palace before. rdmmA wd? before?
Omith)4 Peter ti d9d, Nghltdmd (Smith), has Peter No, he has never seen one before. sehilrf Nghltdyhyd sdriulf. ever seen aShehu's sdrdnA wd? palace before? Et toi, en as-tu Moi aussi, je g di166, haltd wdyd iighltdmd vu un auparavant? n'en ai jamais vu yhyd rdmmh wd? rdslajlf. un auparavant.
Pourquoi n'as-tu Parce qu'il n'y xl sehilrf NgAltdmdddlye jamais vu un palais en a pas dans mon rdumfti hbf gehilrfsb 16rd Shehu auparavant? pays. nhnkhrb? bdA tfrb.
(Jean), Pierre et Non, ils n'en ont (John), Peter-A d9d, gAltdmd Smith, ont-ils vu jamais vu auparavant. Smith-A gehilri s6rApf. un palais Shehu NgAltd yAyd auparavant? scirdnA wd?
6. Rdpeter les phrases suivantes plusieurs fois. 6: Repeat th
Je ne suis pas prgt a partir. letirb d4w4rtilag. Tu n'es pas d4w4rtImi. n'est pas d4w4rtij 1. Nous ne sommes pas d4w4rtkId6. Vous n'gtes pas d4w4rtiwf. Its ne sont pas d4w4rtApi.
7. Repondre a ces questions comme indiqud: 7. Respond t
(Pierre), Bill dtait-Non, il n'dtait pas (Peter), Bill ti d9d, letfrb il a partir? prgt a partir. letirb d4w4rtinh wd?d4w4rag.
Bill, pourquoi Parce que je n'avais Bfil, Abi nankArb ddiye (Alin n'etais-tu pas prgt? pas d'argent sur moi. g d4w4rtim1 tf? ndApfin kdrjf tiro. (Smith), es-tu prgt Non, je ne suis pas (Smith), bfri d9d, bid le asmanger maintenant? prgt A manger. kimbArb d4w4rammAd4w4rtfkig. wd? (Jean), gtes-vous Non, nous ne sommes (John), xiih Smith-hd9d, bfri ki prggs a manger, pas prgts A manger. bfri kimbarb d4w4rtende. Smith et toi? d4w4rtidwh wd?
(Pierre), sont-ils Non, ils ne sont (Peter), bfri d9d, bid k prgts a manger? pas prets a manger. kimbairb d4w4rallf. d4w4rtdnh Comment cela? Parce qu'ils sont hbi nankhrb ddi? ddiye occupds. cianzd Nbej XI-4
kghlte wdye kgaltemA What about you, I, too, have never seen wd? rdskkpi. have you ever seen one before. one before?
NghltdmA&aye dblillnzt Why haven't you ever Because there aren't abi gehilris6 16rdindean seen a Shehu's palace any in my country. 9 bda tiro. before?
Peter-h VA, tgaltemA (John), have Peter No, they've never seen gehtiri s6r4pi. and Smith ever seen one before. YhYd a Shehu's palace wd? before?
6. Repeat the following sentences several times. d6w6rtikig. I am not ready to go. d4w4rtImi. You are not d4w4rapi. He is not d4w4rtande. We are not d4w4rtiwi. You are not d6w4rtklf. They are not
7. Respond to these questions as indicated:
Bill ti A9A, letirb (Peter), was Bill No, he wasn't ready to go. d6w6rtfna wd? d4w4rag. ready to go?
bi nankarb Adlyd Bill, why weren't Because I hadn't any rtimi ti? ndapiln ktil3fna bda you ready? money on me. tfrb. bid A9A, birl kimbarb (Smith), are you ready No, I am not ready to eat. o d6w4rtfmmad6w6rtilaxi. to eat now?
ga smith-A d9g, bfri kimbarb (John), are you and No, we are not ready to _mbarb d6Wrtandd. Smith ready to eat now? eat. wd?
),bid PA, bid ambairb (Peter), are they No, they are not ready rb d6w6rtag. ready to eat? to eat. Ana wd? nkarb Adi? &aye How come? Because they are cidanza Nbeji tfrb. busy. 8. Suivre les instructions de l'exercice No. 7. 8. Follow the inst
Bill, es-tu prgt Non, je ne suis pas Bfil, letfrb d9d, letfrb a partir? prgt a partir. ddw6rtimmh wd? ddw4rtfkig.
Quand seras-tu A dix heures. shhbf letfrb sdh mad sdwhyen. prgt a partir? ddw4rti min?
Que penses-tu de Non, je ne serais sdh lidr rethhn d9d, letfrb 9.30 heures? pas prat a cette dila? d4w4rtiskin bah. heure.
(Pierre), Bill Non, it ne sera (Peter), Bill tf d9d, letfrb sera-t-il prgt pas prgt. sdh lidr sdwhyen d6w4rtin bdh. partir a 9 heures? ddw4rtin bd letfrb?
Est-il prgt a Non, it n'est pas kfrmd tfrb nat.?) d9d, d4wdrtiilf. partir maintenant? prgt. ddw4rtfnh wd?
Quand sera-t-il A 10 heures. shhbf letirb sdh mad sdwhyen.. prgt A partir? ddw4rtin?
9. Rdpeter les phrases plusieurs fois avant de les 9. Repeat these r utiliser comme reponses a la question qui les them to answer accompagne.
04 sommes-nous maintenant? hndf ilddrahn kfrmd? Nous sommes dans la pantie est de laville. kfrma tfroh hndf hdfinnhm bflhbe tfin. ouest filtd nord yhld sud hnfm au centre de la ville. dda Nous sommes dans la peripherie de la ville. cfi prbs de la ville. khrfingi
10..Suivre les instructions du pr6c6dent exercice. 10. Follow the ins
Oil est la poste? fdtb wdyhbe tf NdAhn? C'est a Vest de cet endroit. adannam ndh dtiben. XI-5 St 8. Follow the instructions for Drill No. 7.
tfrb VA, letfrb Bill, are you ready No, I am not ready to go. wd? ddwIrtfag. to go?
tfrb sda meu suwayen. Whet will you be At 10 a.m. n? ready to go?
retaan d9d, letfrb What about at 9:30 No, I shall not be d4w4rtiskin bda. a.m.? ready then.
Bill tf d9d, letfrb (Peter), will Bill be No, he will not be sdwayen ddw4rtIn bda. ready to go at ready. bd letfrb? 9 a.m.?
rb letfrb d9d, d4w4rtijil. Is he ready to go No, he isn't. a wd? now?
>tfrb sdh med sdwayen: When will he be At 10 a.m. 9 ready to go?
r 9. Repeat these response sentences several times before using er them to answer the accompanying question.
rdan kfrmd? Where are we now? . rda andi adilnnam bflabe tfin. We are in the eastern part of the town. ate western yald northern anfm southern del center of the town. cil We are at the outskirts of the town. karfingi close to the town. ns 10. Follow the instructions for the preceding drill.
Abe tf;Wan? Where is the Post Office?
nal. dtiben. It's east of this place. C'est au nord de cet endroit. yell nda itiben. a l'ouest fit au sud anfm au sud-ouest anfmnte au sud-est anfmgidf au nord-ouest yaldate au nord-est yaldgidf
11. Suivre les instructions del'exercice No.9. 11. Follow the inst
OU sont les magasins? kkItisb tfiddAn? La majorite d'entre-eux est dans la partie NgIbUnzds6 anfm bflaben. sud de la ville. L'un d'entre-eux est dans la partie sud fdlnzd tf anfm bflaben. de la vine. Peu/quelques uns d'entre-eux sont dans laanza tf anim bflaben. la partie sud de la ville. Le reste d'entre-eux est dans la gbpsfnanza tf anfm bilaben. partie sud de la ville.
12. Repeter les phrases suivantes plusieurs fois. 12. Repeat the foll
a) La poste est loin de cet endroit. fat6 wdyabe tf nde dtia clinti. de la ore. tdgan jirgf sfabea cfin du palais Shehu. gehUrfa cfintl. du marchd. kasaa clinti. La poste est en face de la gare. tdgan jirgf sidfbea wilt de cet endroit. naa itia wdtk. du palais Shehu. wan.. du march& kasdUa wdtM.. b) La poste n'est pas loin du marche. fdtb wiyabe tf kasdUa clinti du palais Shehu. gehUrfa La poste n'est pas en face du march& kasdUa wutain bda. du palais Shehu. gehUrfa wdtUn loda.
13. Poser des questions en Zanouri et faites les poser 13. Ask and have th d'un etudiant a un autre sur les emplacements des about the loca importants edifices, magasins, etc... de la ville ou or village wher village oil le stage a lieu. lben. It's north of this place. west south south-west south-east north-west north-east
11. Follow the instructionsfor Drill No. 9.
Ndaln? Where are the stores? anfm bflaben. The majority of them are inthe southern part of the town.
nfm bflhben. One of them is in the southern partof the town. anim bilhben. A few/some of them are inthe southern pact of the town.
tf anfm bilaben. The rest of them are in thesouthern part of the town.
12. Repeat the following sentencesseveral times. e tf nah dtia cfintl. a) The Post Office is far fromthis place. tagan jfrgf sfdlbeh cfintl. the railroad station. ;ehLrfa cfintl. the Shehu's palace. kasnh cfinti. the market. taghn jirgf sfdlbeh w1101. The Post Office is oppositethe railroad station. nah Atia wdt61. of this place. gehrfh wilti. the Shehu's palace. the market. kasuua wilt6i. the market e tf kasna cfinti gig. b) The Post Office is not far from the Shehu's palace. ;.ehilrfa kasnh mitein bah. The Post Office is not oppositethe market. the Shehu's palace. gehLrfa wilt6in bah.
Kanuri 13. Ask and have the studentsask one another, questions in about the locations of keybuildings, stores, etc. in the town or villagewhere this training program istaking place. ;1(' 14. 11.peter ces phrases plusieurs fois avant de les 14. Repeat the response utiliser pour repondre a la question qui les them to answer the accompagne.
Par oU cette route passe-t-elle? dibn Ati NdArAemben lejfin? Elle passe par Kano. kAnOmben lejfin. Maiduguri. yerwamben Bama. bamA:amben Diffa. difAemben Jos. jOsmben Chicago. cikAgOmben Selma. sélmemben
15. Suivre les instructions du precedent exercice. 15. Follow the instruct
Oi va cette route? dib61 Atl iidArArO lejfin? Elle va direction ouest a Kano etau-dela.. kilAe fUteenne kAn6mben lejfin. sud eniminne est edfinnemme nord yelAenne
16. Poser des questions telles quecelles des deux 16. Ask questions like exercices precedents, avec l'aided'une carte reference to a roa et en design-ad:des emplacements connusdes members of the cla etudiants.
17. Repeter ces phrases plusieurs fois avantde les 17. Repeat the respons utiliser pour repondree la question qui les using them to answ accompagne.
OU est la poste? fAte wAyabe NdArAen? Elle est pres de la gare. b6t6U tAen jfrgf sfdfben. en face de la gare. fuu derriere la gare. tigAwOiNgAO dans la gare. stir6 au-dessus de la gare. kilAe en dessous de la gare. sIdle XI-7
14. Repeat the response sentences several times beforeusing them to answer the accompanying question.
Ndaraamben lejfin? Through where does this road go?
lejfin. It goes through Kano. n Maiduguri. n Bama. Diffa. Jos. en Chicago. n Selma.
15. Follow the instructions for the precedingdrill.
Ndararb lejfin? Where does this road go? teenna kanbmben lejfin. it goes westwards to Kano and beyond. Iminna southwards
finnamma eastwards . Hanna northwards
16. Ask questions like those in the preceding twodrills with reference to a road map of some place that isknown to members of the class.
17. Repeat the response sentences a number of timesbefore using them to answer the accompanyingquestion. yabe Ndardan? Where is the Post Office? assn jirgf sfdfben. It is near the railroad station. in front of the railroad station. gab behind the railroad station. in the railroad station. above the railroad station. under the railroad station.
2 4 18. Subsituer "Smith" et "Pierre" se trouvant dans les 18. Substitute questions .ussi bien que dans les reponses, par "Peter" in les noms des etudiants.
Qui est assis pres deC'est (Pierre). tdd 1)6t61 (Smithyen) gima (Peter). (Smith)? ngpsina ti?
Qui est assis en face (111 fuu (Smithyen) de (Smith)? ngpsina ti?
Qui est assis Ndd Ngawb (Smithyen) derriere (Smith)? ngpsina ti?
Qui est assis a Ndd wbfila (Smithyen) la gauche de ngpsina ti? (Smith)?
Qui est assis a. Ndu kimbilygm (Smithyen) la droite de ngpsina ti? (Smith)?
19. Exercez-vous a demander et a donner les directions 19. Practise a en vous servant des routes, rues, Edifices se streets, a trouvant aux alentours de votre centre.
NOTES GRAMMATICALES/GRAMMATICAL NOTES
1. La ndgation du verbe. 1. Verb negat Les temps du passe introduits jusque la (Temps II, III, The past t IV) sont rendus rlegatifs par une serie particuliere de negated by suffixes negatifs. Les suffixes negatifs employds avec les verbes du The negati Groupe A sont:
Singulier/SingularPluriel/Plural 1. -nig -sleendek-,pende
2. -rqimi/-nimi -nfiwi/-niwi 3. -zfig/-zig -zAni/-z411 305 XI-8 ute 18. Substitute names of members of the class for 'Yimith" and in ans les par "Peter" in these questions as well as in responses to them.
botal (Smithyen) gima (Peter). Who is seated near It's (Peter). sina ti? (Smin)?
J fuu (Smithyen) Who is seated in sins ti? front of (Smith)?
Ngawb (SmithOn) Who is seated sins ti? behind (Smith)?
wbfila (Smithyen) Who is seated to sins ti? the left of (Smith)?
klmbilr4m (SmithyZ-7.1) Who is seated to sins ti? the right of (Smith)?
e a 19. Practise asking and giving road directions withthe roads, a ections se streets, and buildings at the training site.
gat, 1. Verb negation t t .ps II, III, The past tenses so far introduced (Tenses II, III andIV) are by 'culiere de negated by means of a special set of negative suffixes. ati es du The negative suffixes employed with Group Averbs are: ral Singulier/SingularPluriel/Plural nde 1. -nix -,Theudekliende
2. -niimi/-niml 3. -zapi/-zig -zdani/-zap
3f1G Paradigmes exemples/Sample paradigms
14),Ixd "je ne suis pas and" ;"I didn't go"
1. lerjig lepeende
2.leniimf lenilwf
3.lezag leza4g
ktiag "TA suis as passe" ; "Ididn't pass by"
1.kkig k4pende
2.kemimi k6rawl
3.k6zig k6zeg
Les su:fixes negatifs utilises avecles verbes The negative suffixes du Groupe B sont:
Singulier/SingularPluriel/Plural 1. -skig -iyende 2. -Vmf -Vwf
3.4J1INI -Vg /,1
Here, as elsewhere in Icil comme ailleurs dans celivre, signifie la repetition d'un ton bas de lavoyelle qui precede. law tone of an immedia Dps deux variantes du suffixedela troisieme personne of the third person su the suffix is on a hig -1,111 est utilise quand la voyelleprecedant le The other variant is u suffixe est de ton haut(exemple:sidanf "il ne (e.g. s6r l'a pas fait"). L'autre variante estemployee quand a low tone la voyelle precedant le suffixe estde ton bas (exemple: sOriof "ils ne Vont pasvu"):
dfskig "je ne l'ai pas fait" ; "I did not doit, I have not done it"
1. diskig dfiyende . 2. Mal dfiwf 3. sidiig skfig
JU I *XI- 9
le,p4ende lenawf 1.zákri
k6Ande k6niwi k6eala es The negative suffixes usedwith Group B verbs are:
r/Singular Pluriel /Plural -iyendé -Vwf
in Here, as elsewhere in thisbook, v stands for the repetition on a dia low tone of an immediatelypreceding vowel. Of the two variants su of the third person suffix, --vniis used when the vowelpreceding hig the suffix is on a high tone(e.g. sidapf 'he did not doit'). s u The other variant is usedwhen the vowel before the suffixis on ru. a low tone(e.g. s_62Ani 'they did not seeit').
have not done it"
dfiyend6 diiwf s6dfig rdskinsli "Je ne l'ai pas vu"; "I did not see it, I have ndtseen it".
% 1. rdskisli rulyende
2. rditali ruuwi
r 3. sdr41 sorusa
2. Le cas "Perlatif". 2. The "Perlativc
Le cas "parlatif" signifie "mouvement a travers/par". The "Perlativc Il est indiqud par le suffixe ..mben exemple: indicated by t
T11,11_ _ kanOmbet"- lej" ; p ab be F L kclillubenlejii Le cas "perlatif" est le cinquiemeet dernier cas Kanouri The "Perlativc qui doit ftre appris. Pour les quatre autres cas déjà needs to be le introduits, voir Legon I (Ablatif) ; Legon II (Datif) ; see Lesson I Legon IV (Gdnitif) ; Legon VI (Accusatif). Lesson VI Okc
VOCABULAIRE/VOCABULARY
I go out je sors laskin I am ready, prepar je suis pret, prdpard d4w6rtiskin je transporte/prends gonln I carry, take up I follow je suis gaskin I join je joins/rejoins kilnin we shall meet nous nous rencontrerons kilda kilDen I stand, wait ie reste/j'attends money argent kdnina road route dib61 magasin k6nti store market marchd kasa hand main mdskb left gauche wbfiid right droite kimbilrem XI - 10
t, I have not seen it".
, 1. rdskixl ruiyende
2. rdilmi ruuwi , r 3. stiriOf sorusli
VC 2. The "Perlative" Case. vc ers/par". The "Perlative" case signifies 'motion through'. It is t e: id4-tc4 INy the qviffi,_ _mben ; e.g.
kdnOmben lejfin : it passes through Kano.
er cas Kanouri The "Perlative" case is the fifth and last Kanuri case that cas déjà needs to be learnt. For the four other cases already introduced, I (Datif) ; see Lesson I (Ablative); Lesson II (Dative) ; Lesson IV (Genitive) ; Lesson VI (Accusative).
alskin I go out ar 4w4rtiskin I am ready, prepared onin I carry, take up dskin I follow ilnin I join ildh we shall meet I stand, wait money
ifb61 road kiti store
.asuu market dskb hand bald left imbur6m right
II 3111 vicinity alentours b6t6ii near pros karfingi far, dis loin, distant, clinti oppose (en face) face a face wilt51 opposite
nord yald north ouest Rite west
sud _ anfm south est (preferd) adfinnam east (pr -:,Al est (tab,u) b...... east (ta
milieu, centre 'Jail middle, entree (bouche), lisiere, abords ell mouth, e Cete, sommet ' dans (dedans) stir6 inside face fa front derriere iigewb back en dessous (sous) sidia undernea XI - 11 vicinity near far, distant opposite, be facing each other north west south east (prefered) east (tabooed) middle, center mouth, edge, outskirts head, top inside front back underneath 3 i 2 1 LECON XII/LESSON XII A la maison/At home DIALOGUE DIALOGUE Bill: Nistaa! B Bill: Mustapha! Mustapha: Oui, monsieur! Nistad: nadm! Bill: g Ndaan? B Bill: Coti 'gtes-vous? Mustapha: Je suis dans la chambrea Mistad: card Njiim bunaban, diii ri coucher, entrain de faire yasdkin. le lit. Bill: saa did 1 ti yaseam dajfh, Bill: Quand vous finirez le lit, are Njfim atiye firdane, vous devrez balayer lasalle kiird kdrissb tiye clinne. de sdjout et dpousseter les skidi zgirb birbirra. chaises. Elles sont trts poussibreuses. Mistad: yób, Ala Ngibilrb! Mustapha: Bien monsieur! M kdnanzilr fAtbn Nbejf Avons-nous du kerosene b. la Bill: Bill: firliji ti cidajfin bah, maison? Ce frigo s'est arrgte kandnzfir bda tfrb. parse qu'iln'a plus de kerosne. MIstad; gama lad geps6b, fetilarb Mustapha: I1 n'en reste quetrbs peu, mame fithamd sitiln bda pas assez pour116clairage nuit. ddima aw6 timanina wb. C'est ce que je pensais. Sur B Bill: madrdntfrb lacinna kentf mon chemin,versl'ecole, je Anyarb daike gfrb giagge m'arrfterai au magasin d'Ali xlrb kandmfir gkirwa f4l et lui demanderaide t'envoyer ziwajfin. kdama laniiml. un bidon dekerosbne. Ne va nulle part, reste a la maison. 3 3 XII/LESSON XII a maison/At home Bill: Mustafa! Mustafa: Yes2 sir! daan? Bill; Where are you? jiim bilnaben, dill Mustafa: I am in the bedroom, making Akin. the bed. dill ti yasaam dajia, Bill: When you finish making the bed, Njilm Atlye firAane, you should come and sweepthis kdrissb tiy4 clinne. sitting-room, and dust the chairs. di zgirb bfrbirra. They are very dusty. Ala NgibUrb! Mustafa: All right, sir! Anziir fAt6n Nbeji wA? Bill: Do we have kerosene at home?This liji tf cidajiin bda frig has stopped working because illnzi kAnanziir bAa tirb. there is no kerosene in it. A iáá eps6O, f5tilarb Mustafa: Only a small quantity is left, and hand sitiin bAa even this will not beenough for lighting tonight. ma aw6 timanina wb. Bill: Just as I thought. I shall stopby rAntirb lkinna k6nti Ali's store on my way to school and yeti) daike girogulge ask him to send you a tin of kerosene. o kAnAnziir OrdwA f4l You be sure to stay at home and not ajiln. wkte gdamA go anywhere. Mustapha: Si je n'y suis pas, je serai Misthd: Nati sdrohn Mach, Ngdwb h l'arriere-cour entrain de fatbben tuii pompbmlhn pomper de l' eau. goijin. w5.nt4 Njesiniim/ awerld Bill: Et n'oublie pas que le ddjeuner Bill: eat pour deux (personnes) tf Ahm indibe. aujourd hui. Mustapha: Bien monsieur! MisthA: ya, fhni3inh. Alh EXERCICES DRILLS 1. Repeter les phrases suivantesplusieurs fois. 1. Repeat the fo mAArAntirb lerjinnh k6ntiAIlyerb dhi Sur mon chemin versl'ecole, je m'arrgterai Au magasin d'Ali. leniminnh dh4 Sur ton chemin versl'ecole, tu Carrgteras au magasin lejfinnh da.2 Sur son chemin,versl'ecole, it s'arrgtera au magasin d'Ali. da Sur notre chemin, versl'ecole, nous nous lejgennh a rgterons au magasind'Ali. day Survatre chemin versl'ecole, vows vous leniwih arrgterez au magasind'Ali. lez411 da: Sur leur chemin vers l'dcole,ils s'arrgteront au magasin d'Ali. 2. Suivre les instructions duprecddent exercice. 2. Follow the mdArantilhn iskinnh 1(6.ntiAayerb d A mon retour de l'ecole,je m'arrgterais au magasind'Ali. isiminnh A ton retour de l'ecole,tu Carrgteras au magasind'Ali. XII - 2 aA: w1.1 sdr6an maa, Ngdwb Mustafa: If I am not inside, I shall be fdtbben kjfi pompbmlan in the backyard pumping up water. gorjin. x4nte kjesiniimfduwarla Bill: And don't forget that lunch is for tf dam indfbe. two [people] today. taA: y6b, fani3fna. Alakgfbilrb. Mustafa: All right, sir! DRILLS 1. Repeat the following sentences severaltimes. rAntfrb lerjinna k6ntfkayerb dafskin. I shall stop by Ali's store on my way to school. lenfminna dafmln. You will stop byAli's store on your way to school. lejfinna daziln. He will stop by Ali's store onhii way to school. rejleenna daiyen. We shall stop by Ali's store on our wayto school. lenfwia dalwi. You will stop by Ali's store on your way toschool. lez4la daz461. They will stop by Ali's store on their way to school. 2. Follow the instructions for thepreceding drill. drAntilan iskinna kktfAn.yerb daiskin.I shall stop by Ali's store on my wayback from school. isiminna daimin. You will stop by Ali's store on your way back from school. A son retour de l'4cole, ii starrgtera ma...AI:Ant/Ian iginfla kktiAn.yC au magasin d'Ali. A notre retour de 114cole, nous nous aenna arrgterons au magasin d'Ali. A votre retour de 114cole, vous vous isiwia arrgterez au magasin d'Ali. A leur retour de l'ecole, ils isia starrgteront au magasin d'Ali. 3. R4pondre aux questions suivantes comme sugg4r4. 3. Respor (Smith), quand Bill Il projete de (Smith), Bill ti maarantir projete-t-il de s arreter au Oabi kkti nah tfrb starrgter au magasin magasin d'Ali sur Ariyerb dazfin? d'Ali? son chemin vers lt4cole. Bill, est-ce correct? Oui, je m'arrgterai Bill, adik wd? ada, au magasin d'Ali sur ;rjinna mon chemin vers Ariyerb d, l'ecole. Vous et qui vous Moi seul. xla 1Idtia maarantirb wu til6g aregterez-vous au lenfwia kkti magasin d'Ali sur Ariyerb dafwi? votre chemin vers l'ecole? (Pierre), quand Bill Ilprojete de sty (Peter), Bill ti si madrau projete-t-il de arrgter sur kkti lejiinna staregter au magasin son chemin vers Ariyerb dazfin, daziin. d'Ali, sur son l'4cole. maarantirb lejfinna chemin vers ltdcole rda maarantilan ou 4 son retour de farina? 1' 6cole? (Jean), projetes-tu Non, je ne projete (John), X/ tf 494, madr de Carrgter quelque pas de mtarrgter maarantirb hia baa iski part sur ton chemin quelque part sur Isiminna, naa dai vers l'ecole demain? mon chemin vers laarb dafmin bá? l'ecole dewain. XII - 3 I e rAntilan iginna k6ntifayeri) dazfin. He will stop by Ali's store on his way back from school. fgenna daiyen. We shall stop by Ali's store on our way back from school. isiwia dafwl. You will stop by Ali's store on your way back from school. is6la daz6A.They will stop by Ali's store on their way back from school. 3. Respond to the following questions as suggested. tir ith), Bill ti mAArAntirb lejlinna (Smith), when is Bill He plans to stop there rob bi k6nti nAa tfrb dazfin. planning to stop by on his way to school. Orb dazfin? Ali's store? áár Adi6i wA? aAa, mAArAntirb Bill, is that Yes, I shall stop by a k ;eqinna kkti right? Ali's store on my way o d ARyerb dafskin. to school. &dtia mAdrAntire wu tilbni dafskin. You and who will I alone. iwia k6nti stop by Ali's store on Orb dafwl? your way to school? rail 'ter), Bill tf gi mAdrAntirb (Peter), when is Bill He plans to stop there na bi kkti lejlinna nAa tirb planning to stop by on his way to school. Lyere dazfin, dazfin. Ali's store, on his drAntirb lejlinna way to school or on a mAdrantilan his way back from inns? school? AAr A9d, mAArAntirb (John), do you plan toNo, I don't plan to ski ohn), Id tf bAri fskinna stop anywhere on my dal drAntirb bari stop anywhere on your iminna, nAa dafskin bAa. way to school tomor- way to school tomorrow. Arb dafmin bA? row? (Smith), Jean veut-il Non, it ne veut (Smith), John tf Pa, mqrantfrb s'arrgter quelque part pas s'arrgter maarantfrb ban. f'S'inna Ndama 6.2 sur son chemin vers quelque part sur f;Inna, na. Liar?) siradkpf. l'ecole demain? son chemin vers dazifa siraina wa? l'ecole demain. siraina. (Pierre), et Bill, Oui, it s'arrgtera (Peter), Bfil diu5b, ada, veut-il s'arreter quelque part. naa Mari) dazifa quelque part? sirafna wd? madrantirb Iginl Quand veut-il Il veut s'y arrgter saabf nda tirb dazifa siradb. s'y arrgter? sur son chemin vers dazila Aran? l'acole. (Jeanne), que projetes-tu de faire I. ton (Joan), ka kajfri fat brblenfminna retour chez toi cette nuit? abf dimin? 4 4. Rdpdter les phrases suivantes plusieurs fois. 4. Repeat the -.1-.' Je me suis arrgte au magasin d'Ali sur mon sda madrantfrb lenin tiin k6ntf chemin vers l'ecole. criyerb dajffskb. Tu t'es arrgte au magasind'Ali sur ton saa maarantfrb lenfmin tiin kkItf chemin vers l'ecole. An.yerb dajlim. Il s'est arrgte au magasin d'Ali sur son oa madrantfrb lejfin tiin kktf chemin vers l'ecole. Ariyerb dajfib. Nous nous sommes arrgtes au magasind'Ali sda madrantfrb lejleen tiin kktf sur notre chemin versl'dcole. ARyerb dajffiye. Vous vous gtes arrgtds au magasind'Ali sda madrantfrb lenfwi tiin k6ntf sur votre chemin versl'dcole. cayerb dajffil. Its se sont areetes au magasind'Ali sda madrantfrb lezei tiin k6ntf sur leur chemin versl'ecole. Aayerb dajda. XII -4 ohn ti d94, madrAntir6 (Smith), does John No, he doesn't want to ban. iginna Ndama dazfia want to stop anywhere stop anywhere on his a ladr6 siraakni. on his way to school way to school tomorrow. ina wi? tomorrow? ill (1666, aaa, siraina. (Peter), what about Yes, he does. dazila Bill, does he want 9 to stop anywhere? tiro madrantirb isinna When does he want He wants to stop there lib? dazila Arad?). to stop there? on his way toschool. kajiri fats:n.6 leniminna (Joan), what do you plan to do on your way back home tonight? 4. Repeat the following sentences several times. zir6 lean tiin k6nti I stopped by Ali's store on my way to school. jiisk6. tiro lenimin tiin kkIti You your jiim. tiro lejiin tiin k6nti He his jii6. tiro leMen tfin k6nti We our jiiiye. tires leniwi tiin k6nti You your jiiii. tirb lez4l tiin k6nti They their jaa. 5. Repondre aux questions suivantes comme suggere. 5. Respond to the follow Bill, t'es-tu arrfte Oui, je me suis bill, biska sda aaa kdnti ARyerb Bi quelque part sur arre'te au magasin mddrantie, lenfmindajifskb. an ton chemin vers d'Ali. tfin, nda ladrb to l'ecole, hier? daamma wd? (Smith), oil Bill s'est arrfte (Smith), Bill tf kGnti Asayerb (S s'est-il areete au magasin d'Ali. biska sda dajifb. Bi sur son chemin vers mddrantirb lejiin to l'ecole, hier? tfin Iddrdrb dajifb? a.d. Bi Bill, aimes-tu Oui, j'aime m'areeter Bill, g tf , mddrantirb t'areeter au magasin au magasin d'Ali sur mddrantirb lerjinna kkti leayerb to d'Ali sur ton chemin mon chemin vers lenfminna Icitti daiskia radskfna. st vers l'ecole? l'ecole. 1Giyerb daimia radm: to ( Smith), t'es-tu areete quelque part sur (Smith), X1 kdil sdwa sda mddrantirO (S, ton chemin vers l'ecole, ce matin? isimin tiin, nda ladrb daamma wd? wa 6. Repondre aux questions suivantes comme indique. 6. Respond to the follot (Pierre), que veut I1 veut y acheter (Peter), Bill ti nda tfin kdndnziir faire Bill au magasin un bidon de kerosene. abi ARyen g6rdwa f61 cfwia Bi d'Ali? sidia siradb? siradb. Al Est-ce correct, Bill? Oui, je veux y Bill, ddi6i wd? ada, nda tan Is acheter du kerosene. kandnziir yiwdskia radkfna. Y as-tu achete Oui, j'en ai achete. naa tfin kandnziir ada,yiwdskfna. Ha du kerosene avant? Ngalte yaye yiwdmma wd? ke Quand as-tu achete Je l'ai achete sur g saabi kandnziir sda mddrantirb Wh le kerosene,sur ton mon chemin vers tf yiwim, sda lenlin tan yiwtskb. kc chemin vers l'ecole l'ecole. madrAntirb lenfmin tc ou a ton retour de tfin bd rda sda wa l'ecole? mddrantilan isimin tfin?' (Smith), quand Bill s'est arrfte (Smith), Bill tl ;i sda madrantirO (S s'est-il areete au sur son chemin saabi kkti Asayerblejiin tfin dajifb. Bi magasin d'Ali? vers l'ecole. dajifb? st (Pierre), qu'as-tu fait sur ton chemin pour (Peter), xl biska sda nda dtirb (P ici hier? isimin ttin abi dilm? ye XII - 5 ow 5. Respond to the following questions assuggested. Bi aaa, kdnti An.Arb Bill did you stop Yes, I stopped by an mindajfiskb. anywhere on you way Ali's store. to to school yesterday? (S k6ntf kayarb (Smith), where did He stopped by Ali's Bi dajfa. Bill stop on his way store. to in to school yesterday? _gib? Bi ada, maardntfrb, Bill, do you like Yes, I like to stop to larDinna kkitf Axiyarbto stop by Ali's by Ali's store on st daEskla radskina. store on your way my way to school. to rair7uTIY7q11 to school? (S sdwa saa mdarantfrb (Smith), did you stop anywhere on your wa a ldarb dadmma we way to school thismorning? ov 6. Respond to the following questions asindicated. tf nda to kandnziir (Peter), what does He wants to buy Bi en g6rdwA f6l cfwfa Bill want to do in a tin of kerosene Al siradb. Ali's store? there. ada, nah tan Is that right, Bill? Yes, I want to buy kandnzfir yfwdskfa kerosene there. radkfna. Ha zfiradhyfwdskina. Have you ever bought Yes, I have. kc wummawrjj1 kerosene there before? Wh zfir saa madrantfrb When did you buy the I bought it on my kc ler3fin tiin yfwdskb kerosene, on your way way to school. tc train to school or on your wa a way from school? imin (S ti ;11 saa mdardnare (Smith), when did He stopped there Bi iyerb lajfin tan dajffb. Bill stop at Ali's on his way to school. store? (P ska saa nda dtirb (Peter), what did you do on your way here y yesterday? g dfim? r. 7. Rdpeter les phrases suivantesplusieurs fois. 7. Repeat the follow .e passe toute la journde desdimanches h yiim ldadia cida diskinr catlAr2111. travailler. Tu passes dIminral dibdOnimin. Il passe sidlinnh dibdbjfin. Nous passons diyenna dibdivIden. Vous passez diwia dibdOniwi. Its passent sediinnh dibdbz41. 8. Rdpondre aux questions suivantes commeindiqud. 8. Respond to the fo kau araskirb (Smith), corabien Je travaille six (Smit:h), slir6 mAiyen ce jours travailles- jours par semaine. kad NdLirb tu par semaine? cidhnimin? Quand ne travailles- Je ne travaille sahbi cidanam yiim landlh cida tu pas? pas les dimanches. bah? diskin bAa. Comment passes-tu Je passe toute yiim madia abt hbima diskin baa toute la jourmee la journee a diminna dibdobnimin? dibdC43in. des dimanches? rien faire. (Pierre), Smith Non, it ne passe (Peter), Smith tf VA, cidh sidlinna passe-t-il toute pas toute la yiim lAhdia cidh gija dibdbjiin. la journee des journee a travailler. sidiinna wA dimanches a dibdOjiin? travailler? Et toi, comment Je passe toute Id ti yiim madia yiim lAadia passes-tu toute la journde des abi diminna tilsivjinna la journee des dimanches a me dibdb0.n. dfmanches? reposer. (Jean), Pierre et Non. (John), Peter-h VA, saradhpf. Smith, aiment-ils Smith-a yiim passer toute la madia cidh journde des dimanches sedfinna dibdOz4ia a travailler? shrhAna wd? (Jean), comment, toi, passes-tu la (John), yl tf yiim lAadia abf iournde des dimanches? diminna dibdOnimin? XII - 6 1 7. Repeat the following sentencesseveral times. m India cldhdiskinnh (Wld?)nin. I spend all day working on Sundays. dfminnh dibanfmin. You spend sidfinnh dibdbjfin. He spends diyennh dibd4nden. We spend dfwih dibdOnfwl. You spend scIfinnh dibdOz4i, They spend 8. Respond to the following questions asindicated. I work six days sdr6 malyen kadhrhskfrb (Smith), how many days do you work in a week. Ndhdrob cidhrjin. animin? a week? I don't work on Ibf cidhniim ylim laduYa cldh When don't you work? dfskin bah. Sundays. I spend the whole landih hbf hbfma diskin bah What do you spend day doing nothing. Anna dibdOnfmin? dibdOTIn. all day doing on Sundays? No, he doesn't spend eter), Smith ti A9A, cfdh sidlinnh (Peter), does Smith the day working. im landlh cfdh dibdbjfin. spend all day working dfinnh wa on Sundays? bdbjfin? I spend all day tf yfim idadia ylim landih And you, what do you resting oa Sundays. 1 dfminnh spend all day doing bdOnimin? dibdOijin. on Sundays? (John),do Peter and No, they don't. ohn), Peter-h VA,shrlag. ith-a yfim Smith like to spend all adia cfdh day working on Sundays? dfinnh dibdOz4fh rhanh wa? ohn), Xtf ti yfim landih hbf (John), what do you yourself spend all day doing on Sundays? minnh dibanfmin? 9. Repeter les phrases suivantesplusieurs fois. 9. Repeat the foil Cc ne sera pas assez pour allumer(la lampe). fetflarb fitaa sitiin bda. pour cuire la nourriture. bfrl detarb pour acheter de la bfri NjiwOrb nourriture. pour reparer une pendule. ag6g6 yasarb pour laver des habits. kazfmU tdltirb pour faire une kdbed tendbrb bibliotheque. pour conserver/garder kere gindtirb des choses. pour dix jours. cad medic) pour vingt persc4ines. dam findlrb pour Modu. M4dUrb pour moi. wda pour toi. ga pour lui/elle. sia 10. Repondre aux questions suivantes come indique. 10. Respond to the (Jean), combien reste-Il reste tres peu ,(John), kandnziir gand lid ge)s6b. il de kerosene? de kerosene. Ndad fdtbn geps6b? Mustapha, le keroseneNon, ce ne sera Mlstad, kandnziir d9d, fetilarb sera-t-il suffisant pas suffisant pour tf feti1arb fitaa fitaa slain pour eclairer (allu- eclairer (allumer). sitiin bA? bda. mer)? (Pierre), oU Bill Au magasin d'Ali. peter), Bill tf k,enti Ariyen prend-il le kerosene? Ndardan kandnziir slfendlin. sifendiin? (JeP.n), combien de achetera un (John), kandnzfir kAndnziir gerdwa bidons de kerosene bidon de kerosene. gerdwd iidad cfwin? fel cfwin. achetera-t-il? (Smith), ce bidon Oui, ce sera (Smith), gerdwd ada, ffriiji tfrb sera-t-il suffisant suffisant pour fel tfy4 firiiji fitaa sitiin. pour faire marcher faire marcher tfrb fitaa sitiin le frigo? le frigo. bd? (Mustapha), combien durera insdlaiiggrdtat kati findirb sitiii de jours ce bidon vingt jours. durera-t-il? sitiin? XII - 7 9. Repeat the following sentences severaltimes. sitfin bah. It will not be enough for lighting [the lamp]. for cooking food. for buying food. fcr repairing a timepiece. for washing clothes. for making a bookcase. for holding/keeping things. for ten days. for twenty people. for Modu. for me. for you. for him/her. 10. Respond to the following questions as indicated. Cir gana láá gps6b. (John), how much A small quantity of s6b? kerosene remains? kerosene remains. fir 494, fkilarb Mustafa, will the No, it will not be taa fitaa sitfin kerosene be enough enough for lighting. bda. for lighting? tf kktfAriyen (Peter), where does From Ali's store. fir slfkidfin. Bill get kerosene from? fir kananzfir g6rtiwa (John), how many tins He will buy one tin n? f61 ciwin. of kerosene will he of kerosene. buy ? aaa, firfiji tirb (Smith), will that oneYes, it will be enough to run the frig. Jl fitaa sitfin. tin be enough for run- in ning the frig? a kad findirb sitiin. ( Mustafa), how many It will last twenty Uri) days will that one days. tin last? 3 )13 ada, kad findiei Bill, est-ce Oui, it durera Bill, ddiei wd? sitiln. correct? vingt jours environ. 11. Repdter les phrases suivantesplusieurs fois. 11. Repeat the sl est dix heures sda med sdwaye sitina. kddsil ddu siting. it est midi. Il est vingt heures (ou huit heures dusoir). sda wusku bdneye siting. II n'est pas encore neuf heures. sda lidr sdwaye sltiig. Ce n'est pas l'heure deddjeuner, sda dirwerldye sltiig. 12. Rdpondre aux questions suivantes comeindique. 12. Respond to ti sinkdfd bdskb. (Smith), qu'as-tu J'ai mange (Smith), Ica' suwa mange ce matin? du riz. abi barn? d9A, wde As-tu eu assez de Non, je n'ai pas ginkdfd ti riz a manger? eu assez. sitina we ada, kind4pia. Alors to as faim Oui, j'ai faim. Adi nankarb ki:ndanimma rde? ma.intenant? sda f41 kddsilye (Jean), a quelle A treize heures (ou (John), saabi bdiyen. heure ddjeunez-vous? llheure de l'apres- dimerld bdwi? midi). sitani ; Est-il treize heures Pas encore; mais ce sda f41 kddsile emd 1dA geps6b. eeja? sera danstres peu siting wd? de temps. (Pierre), quelle Douze heures trente. (Peter), sda retaa. heure as-tu? Ndad kIrmd? Alors, (Smith), y66, (Smith), (lane du6b. sda attend un peu. Ce d4werldye nest pas encore l'heure de ddjeuner. XII - 8 adik we? ada, kad findifrb Bill, is that Yes, it will last right? about twenty days. 11. Repeat the following sentences severaltimes. a medsdwaye sitfna. It is 10 a, m. sitina. It is midday. a wilskdbdneye sitina. It is 8 p.m. a liar sdwayesitiig. It isn't 9.a.m. yet. a duwkl6ye sitag. It isn't time for lunch. oti 12. Respond to the following questions asindicated. 'mith), kdu sdwa ankafA bdskb. (Smith), what did you I ate rice. I balm? eat this morning? inkafA ti '196, wda sitiig. Did you have enough No, I didn't. ttfna wA? rice to eat? di nankarb ,ii aaa, kindaga. So that you are Yes, I am. Indanfmma rda? hungry now? John), saabi sAa f41 kdds6ye (John), what time do At 1 p.m. 6wklA bdwi? bdiyen. you people eat lunch? Not yet; but it'will 6b. asf6l kadsn Is it 1 p.m. yet? itina wag? gand Ida geps6b. be in a short while. Peter), sda k6ds6 dA6 (Peter), what time do 12:30 p.m. dad kfrmA? retaa. you have? 66, (Smith), (lane d466. sAa Well, (Smith), wait a 6w6rl6ye sitfig. while. It isn't time for lunch yet. 3.?,8 13. Repeter les phrases suivantesplusieurs fois. 13. Repeat the t'enverra un bidon de kerosbne. Jr?l kAnAnzlir g6rdwa fel zlwajiin. de riz. sinkAfA de lait. cAam d'eau. Njii de vin. Nbc,1 de petrole. petiir de the. gal 14. Follow the 14. Suivre les instructions duprecedent exercice. t'enverra un bidon de kerosene. Xlrb kAnAnziir gerdwA fel zMjiin. un paquet de cigarettes. thwah fAket une bouteille debiere. bia kolwA un sac de riz. ginkAfA buu une livre deviande. dAa Labe une boited'allumettes. agAna fAtb un gallond'essence. petur gelki un yard (91cms) de tissus atampA yAhdi imprime. 15. Follow the 15. Suivre les instructions del'exercice No. 13. Ali, envoie un bidon dekerosene a Mustapha. Ari, gertiwA f41 kAnAnzilrye mistaAr un paquet de cigarettes faker. fel taw.4Aye LEiw une bouteille debire k61wA fel biaye un sac de riz buu f41 ginkAfAye une botted'allumettes fate f41 agAnAye un bidond'essence gelki fel petilrye 16. Follow the 16. Suivre les instructions del'exercice No. 13. Mustapha, ne va nulle part! MiztaA, wkIte1\1dAmA,lenitml! n'oublie pas le dejeuner! ti Njesinfiml! ne balaie pas lachambre! Njilm ti flrAnimi! n'epoussette pas les chaises! kdrissb tiye cinnimf.! XII - 9 several times. fois. 13. Repeat the following sentences grb kananzfir g6rdwa f61Awajfin. He will send you a tin ofkerosene. rice. sinkafd milk. edam water. wine. 11131 petrol. petiir tea. gal rcice. 14. Follow the instructions forthe-preceding drill. jilrb kananzfir g4rdwA f61 ziwajfin. Be will send you a tinof kerosene. a pack of cigarettes. tawaa faket bla kcilwa a bottle of beer. 'ankafil buu a sack of rice. dad laba a pound (lb.) of meat. aana fatb a box of matches. peair gelk a gallon of gas. of printed cloth. atampa yladi a yard 15. Follow the instructions for drill No. 13. . 13. An, Ordw.i f61 kaninzlirye mistaarb Ali, send a kerosene tin to Mustafa. faket f61 tawdaye kiwane. a pack of cigarettes. kOlwa f61 biaye a beer bottle huuf41 ginkafaye a rice sack Litb fl aganaye a match-box 016n f61 petilrye a gas can 13. 13. 16. Follow the instructions fordrill No. Mistad, vAnte lidamd lennmi ! Mustafa, don't go anywhere! ti kjesinilmi! forget lunch! Njiim ti flranimf: sweep theroom! kdrissb tiy4 cfnniml! dust the chairs! Mustapha, ne fais pas le lit: MIstad, w6nt6 d/61 ti yasaami! ti ne pompe pasl'eau: kjii p6mpbmlan g6nImi! ne t'assoie pasa la maison! fatOn n4mnimi! n'envoie pas un bidon de kerosene! kandaziir g6rdwd f61 ziwanii NOTES GRAMTIATICALES/GRAMtvIATICAL NOTES 1. The present partici 1. participe prdsent Le participe present est obtenu enajoutant le suffixe The present partici -na aux formes de verbes du Temps I, finissant par Tense I forms of th des consonnes et -a a ceux se terminant pardes voyelles, to those ending in canme dans les paradigmesexemples suivants: paradigms: lerjinna "allant" ;"going" Singulier/SingularPluriel/Plural 1. lerAnna leDdenna 2. leniminna lenfwia 3. lejanna lez4la d/skinna "faisant" ; "doing" 1. diskinna diyenna 2. dIminne diwia 3. sidiinna s6dfinna Le participe prdsent Kanouri estutilise seulement dans The Kanuri present les propositions de durde aux pr6sent/futur(Temps I), (Tense I) durative genre de propositionsintroduites par "pendant" ou or 'as' in English. comme". Remarquer cependant, que dans lapropo- clause, the subord sition de durde en Kanouri, la propositionsubordonnde the main clause, ul a toujours le dente sujet quela proposition principale, sentence. E.g. a moins que cette derniere soft une phraseimpdrative. Exemple: Je m'arr8terai au magasin d'Ali en madrAntirb leijinna kkIti allant a 1'6co1e. A'iiyerb dafskin. Dis-moi quand Ali passe: An. kojinna XII - 10 bed! a:stad, wkt6 If41 ti yasAamf! Mustafa, don't make the pump water! IIjii pampbmlan g6nimil sit at home! fath n4mnimf! kerosene! ni kanaazfir Ordwa f41 ziwaniimf! send a tin of ici 1. The present participle ici formed by suffixing-na to those e suffixe The present participle is th which end in consonantsand -à .t par Tense I forms of the verb in in vowels, as in thefollowing sample es voyelles, to those ending paradigms: 3ingulier /Singular Pluriel/Plural leninna lePeenna . lenfminna leniwia . lejfinna lez4ia . diskinna diyenna 2. dfminaa dfwia . sidfinna sdfinna ent present/future lament dans The Kanuri presentparticiple is used only in ive the type introduced by'while' (Temps I), (Tense I) durative clauses of ish. the Kanuri durative nt" ou or 'as' inEnglish. Note, however, that in ord clause always has the samesubject as ropo- clause, the subordinate unless the latter happens to be animperative .ubordonnee the main clause. principale, sentence. E.g. mperative. Ali's store while I am madrantfrb Mriinna kkItf I shall stop by going to school. Criyerb daiskin. Tell me when Ali is passingby! k6jinna wdrb g4116! 1;Jr"' Les propositions au passé sont exprimdesd'une fagon Past durative clauses a diffdrente. Les propositions de durde aux present et Present and past durati\ passé sont contrastdes dans les exercices 1 et 4 1 and 4 of this lesson de cette lesson. 2. Commandements et exhortations a la forme negative. 2. Negative commands and C? Les commandements et exhortationsa la forme negative Negative commands and sont exprimds par le moyen dewkite (pour une personne) (for one person) or NNTI-, forms of verbs. E.g. ou wktt66 (pour plusd'une personne) et la forme 1 negative des verbes au passé. Exemple: Va lend. C Allez (plus d'une personne) len66. Ne va pas w6nte N'allez pas (plus d'une personne) w)Gnt66 Allons-y (seulement deux) Wee, N'y allons pas (seulement deux) wkite lejldendd. VOCABULAIRE/VOCABULARY balayer firaqin to sweep dpousseter, polir cfni]in to dust, polish suffisant/assez sitiin/sItina be enough espdrer, penser timarjin/timar3ina to hope, think slarr'eter daf skin to stop by envoyer iwarjin co send porter g6rjin to carry entendre, comprendre fan yin to hear, understand passer la journde dibdbr3in to spend the day "frige firiiji frig chambre a coucher Njiim bunabe bedroom karosne kdnanziir kerosene d'une fagon Past durative clauses are expressedby a different method. present et Present and past durative clauses arecontrasted in drills 1 et 4 1 and 4 of this lesson. negative. 2. Negative commands andexhortations. expressed by means of NAnte orme negative Negative commands and exhortations are r une personne) (for one person) orwkIt66 (for more than one) and past negative la forme forms of verbs. E.g. lene. Go ! len66. Go (more than one person) wente 1.11.1qmr. Don't go Don't go; (more than one person) levee. Let us go (only two) wkIte resieend4. Don't let us go (only two). ffraqin to sweep cfnrjin to dust, polish sitiin/sitina be enough timarjin/timarjina to hope, think dafskin to stop by ziwarjin to send g6flin to carry fanrjin to hear, undLrstand dibderjin to spend the day ffriiji frig kjiim bilnabe bedroom kananziir kerosene 34 lamp e fkila lamp 'oidon (contenant environ 18 litres) g6rtiwa tin (hcf pompe p6mpbm/f6mfbm pump dejeuner dilwklA lunch riz nnkAfA rice vin, boisson I1131 wine, dr gaz/petrole pettIr gas/petr cigarette tawaa cigarett paquet fAket packet bibre bla beer sac bild sack o livre laba pound (J allumettes aanA matches tissu imprime atampA printed yard (de tissu ) yAadi yard(o: gallon gl,ki gallon 315 fkfla lamp hei 0,T6rdwd tin (holding about 4 gallons) pompbm/f6mfbm pump dilwrla lunch ginkAfd rice di 1;b61 wine, drink etr p4tilr gas/petrol ett tawaa cigarette t Mket packet bla beer bild sack ldba pound (lb.) es agáná matches ed atampa printed cloth (0 yaadi yard (or cloth) n g4lki gallon 31c; LECON XIII/LESSON XIII Le Temps/The Weather DIALOGUE /DIALOGUE Bill: Quel est ce bruit? Bill: kadlla tdel ablye? Bill: Modu: C'cst le tonnerre. M6dU: dioda girjfin. Modu: Bill: Va -t -ii pleuvoir enfin? Il a fait Bill: gryenzf tf ffjin wg? Bill: trbs chaud ces quelques derniers vliimgrb kgildba kng fI*gdwn jours. kozfna tiin. Modu: Nous sommes encore a la saison seche. WW1: andi kwagsan bdelan Modu: La saison des pluies n'a pas commencde. 16.rcgiA. nfngfri tf 4 kfrma tfrb. Bill? Bill: Je sens qu3elle commencera bientat; Bill: wdy6 Asarakfna karilngimarb bier soir, le ciel dtait couvert, bdIjfin: biskkkajfrf tf smi it y avait du tonnerre et des éclairs tiin zdurb f66 Ngtbb, eon tf et it ventait tres fort. girgIrjfiny6 sfw6ltinye; kiirdmaan v4brZ) kardwaye. Modu: Ceci arrive souvent a cette pdriode M66): Adi Ngfbilsorb wahjfin w6ktu slabe Modu: de l'annde, mais la saison des pluies Atilan, ammA kwAdsan nfrgfri ti cst encore a plus de deux mois. kintai India kOzIna g4s6b. Bill: Pendant combien de mois pleut-il ici? Bfil: kintd1 &danirb nigh AtilanNjil Bill: ffjin? Modu: I1 pleut pendant trois mois environ. alAmanna kintdi yaskgirb Modu: Eill: Pleut-il dru? Bill: shab/ yaye &Inbar?) wdNjii tf Bill: fijinl Modu: Oui, surtout a la moitid de la sa...son M66): ada, ffjin - &it ningthbe tfin. Modu: des pluies. Bill: Qu'est-ce qui suit la saison des B/il: NgAwb ningi4i9ibe tfin Bill pluies, la saison seche? gaAin, bee wd? Modu: Non, la saison froide vient aprbs la M6d4: A9A, binfm gadin NgAwo Modu saison des pluies. ningthbe t =in. LECON XIII/LESSON XIII Le Temps/The Weather Bill: What noise is that? 1: Wile tddil abfye? diode girjan. Modu: It's thunder. last? It's been d6ryenzi tf tjfi ffjin wd? Bill: Is it going to rain at for the past few days. zgilmdrb kdild6a kaildiigdwbe very warm k6zina We are still in thedry season. The andf kwdds6On beelan Modu: started. kar9diye. nfngfrf ti rainy season hasn't b6dizapf kfrmd tfrb. I feel it will soon start:yesterday wilye yaserdkinakarfingimdrb Bill: there bdijfin: biskakajirf ti smi evening, the sky was overcast; and lightning, and it tan zdurb f66 NO:1U,diode tf was thunder girgirjanye siw6ltinye;kiardmaan was very windy. z4Z14 kardwaye. That often happens at thistime of the ddi Ngfbils6rO waajfinw6k61 sadbeModu: rainy season is still dtilan, ammA kwddsannfngfri ti year, but the months away. kintdi India k6zina g6ps6b. more than two it rain here? kintdi klaAirb ndadtilan Njfi Bill: For how many months does Min? three months. aldmanna kintdi yaski6frbffjin. Modu: It rains for about Does it ever rainheavily? saabf Aye dtinbarb wdNjfi ti Bill: ffjin? the middle of the ada, ffjin - ningfi'fbe tfin. Modu: Yes, especially in rainy season. What follows the rainy season,the wOktilbf Ngdwe.ninei'fbe tfin Bill: gadin, bee wd? dry season? the d9d, bfnfm gadin NgdwO Modu: No, the cold season comes after ning6fbe tiin. rainy season. Bfil: nda dtllan alamar4m diodabb Bill: Comment est le temps ici durant la saison froide? ti abnl sda binimjfa? Ngibils6r6 kdkua sda Modu: Il fait habituellement froid durant la saison binimjfa. froide. DRILLS EXERCICES As soon as student Des que les etudiants ont aquis une certainemartrise groups, of the fol de chacun ou des groupesd'exercices suivants concernant le temps, l'instructeur doit engagerles etudfants dans the instructor sho las discussions ayant trait auxdifferents aspects du weather in their temps dans leur pays, enutilisant les constructions de learned. Thus, a phrases qu'ils viennentd'apprendre. Done, apresl'exercice the first such dis No. 2, l'instructeur peut faire commencerla premiere discussion de ce genre en posant laquestion: 14rdindan alamardm du,Jaabe tf abnisda winter-jfa 14randan alamar (wintajfa)? "Comment est le temps dans votre pays en "What's the weath hiver?" 1. Repeat the fol 1. Repdter les phrases suivantesplusieurs fois avant d'utiliser celles d'entre-elles qui repondenta using those of accompanying q la question posde. Comment est le temps ici durantla saison nda atilan alamargm diogabe ti froide? ablef sda binimjfa? Habituellement, it fait froid durant la tigibilsOrb kdkua sda binimjfa. aaison froide. c'est brumeux bantlinda ity a de la brise Iasaarnma it vente kardwha c 1estpoussibreux birbirra fl fait humide zdnela c'est ensoleille kadsila c'est pluvieux kjfia it y a de la rosde kZ216nea XIII -2 nda dtilan alamardmdiodabe Bill: What's the weather like here tf abi61 sda binimjia? during the cold season? during the NgibilsOrb kdkua sda Modu: It is usually cold binimjia. cold season. DRILLS acquired enough mastery ofeach, or of rise As soon as students have following exercices having todo with the weather, cernant groups, of the dans the instructor should have them discusscorresponding aspects of du weather in their country, using the constructionsthey have just ns de learned. Thus, after Dril No. 2, the instructor could start off exercice the first such discussion with the question: ere abni sda winter-jfa(wintajia)? a 14rdindan alamargm dWabe tf the winter?" en "What's the weatherlike in your country in 1. Repeat the following responsesentences several timesbefore using those of them which areappropriate to answer the accompanying question. during the cold atilhn alamargm dujidabe ti What's the weather like here sda binimjia? season? the cold season. bilsOrb kdkua sda binimjia. It is usually cold during bantlinda hazy kasdamma breezy kardwaa windy birbirra dusty humid zdnela kddsilh sunny rainy fijfia dewy kill6ngaa 34 2. Se servir des phrases de1'exercice No. 1 pour 2. Use the rdpondre aux questions suivantes: the fol a) Comment est le tempsici durant la a) nda Atklan alamar4m diodabe saison froide? tf ablGi sAa binimja? Comment est le tempsici durant la nda dtilani alamar4m diOdab saison Ache? ti abfeisda beejla? Comment est le tempsici durant la nAa Atilan alamar4m diodabe saison des pluies? ti abler sAaninglajfa? b) Comment est le temps dans votre pays b) 14rdInd6bn alamar4m diodabe durant la saison froide? abler sAa binimjla? 3. Repdter les phrases de(a) plusieurs fois avant 3. Repeat de les utiliser pour rdpondre aux questions(b). using t a) Non, it a fait extre'mement chaud ces a) VA, z4Umarb kadaasaad ga quelques dernieres heures. kOzfna tfin. Non, it a fait exteemement chaud ces A9A, vgamArb kAddbakailA ga quelques derniers jours. kozfna tfin. Non, it a fait extr&ement chaud ces A9A, zglmarb kAddbamaid ga quelques dernieres semaines. kozfna tfin; Non, il a fait exteemement chaud ces zgimArb kaddbakinthiA quelques derniers mois. kozfna tfin. it a fait exteemement chaud ces zglmArb MUMsaki ga Non) quelques dernieres ann4es. kozfna tfin. b) Est-ce que le temps a dcd agrOable ces b) sad garid kozfna tfin allma quelques dernieres heures? diodabe tf kljil wd? Est-ce que le temps a etd agrdable ces kaild gand kozina tfin llama quelques derniers jours? diodabe tf kijfi wd? Est-ce que le temps a dtd agrdable ces maid gand kozfna tfin allma quelques dernieres semaines? diodabe tf kijli Est-ce que le temps a etd agrdable ces kintaid And k6 na tfin al quelques derniers mois? diodabe ti kijfi XIII - 3 2. Use the response sentencessupplied in Drill No. 1 to answer the following questions: a) What is the weatherlike here during the ada Atklan alamar4mdiodag tf ablGi sdabinimjfa? cold season? What is the weatherlike here during the nda alamar4m clUndab tf abli sdhbjfa? dry deason? What is the weatherlike here during the nda dtilan alamArlm ti abff sdaningiajfh? rainy season? country 14rdind6?n alamar4m dundabb tf b) What is the weather like in your ablef sda binimjfa? during the cold season? before 3. Repeat the response sentencesunder (a) several times using them to answer thequestions under (b). these past d9d, znmdrb kddaashad and a) No, it's been extremely warm k6zfna tfin. few hours. these past d9d, zglmdr6 kddahkailA gand No, it's been extremely warm kazinh tiln. few days. these past d9d, zguadrb kdabhmaid gand No, it's been extremely warm kOzfna tfin; few weeks. these past d9d, znmArb kddaakintaid And No, it's been extremely warm kOzfna tfin. few months. these past A9d, zgimArb kddaasaad gand No, it's been extremely warm kozfna tfin. few years. been pleasantthese past saha garid k6zIna tfin alamar4m b) Has the weather diodabb tf kijil wd? few hours? been pleasantthese past kabd gand kdzina tfinalamargm Hasthe weather dionbl a kijil wd? fewdays? been pleasantthese past maid And k6zfna tfinhamar& Hasthe weather diodhbb tf kijil wd? fewweeks? these past kintaid and k6Eina tfinAlamardm Hasthe weatherbeen pleasant diodabe tf kijil wd? fewmonths? Est-ce que le temps a dtdagrdable ces shad gang k6zinh tfin Alhmar4m quelques dernieres anndes? diodabe tf kijfi wd? 4. a) Rdpdter les phrases suivantesplusieurs fois 4. a) Repeat avant de les utiliser pourrdpondre a la using t question qui les accompagne. In what wOkeiblin kar9dlye? hndf bdhlhn khr9dlye. nfrigiklhn khr9dlyb. binfmlhn khr9diyh. b) Rdpondre concretement. Substituer pardes b) Answer mots approprids ceux entreparentheses. words f Quel genre de temps avez-vous dans 14rdind6bn wbktilbfin khr9dti sdh votre pays quand nous sommesa (la hndf ndandden (binfmlhn)kAr9diye? saison froide)? 5. a) Follow 5. a) Suivre les instructionsde l'exercice No. 4 (a). La saison des pluies a-t-ellecommencd? nfngfri ti gdizine wd? Non, la saison des pluies est encore d9d, ningif ti kintdi India k6zi a plus de deux mois. Non, la saison des pluies est encore yaskia a plus de trois mois. Non, la saison des pluies est encore ddih a plus de quatre mois. wah Non, la saison despluies est encore a plus de cinq mois. Non, la saison des pluies est encore hrhskfh a plus de six mois. .b) Suivre les instructions de1'exercice No. 4 (a). b) Follow Est-ce que la date de votredepart est letind6 kariczfna wd? proche? Notre depart est encore pourplus de letindd mdi indfa kozina gops6b. deux semaines. XIII - 4 these past lad gand kozina ttin Alamar4m Has the weather been pleasant todabe ti kijn. wd? few years? sentences many times before ois 4. a) Repeat the following response using them to answer the question. In what season are we now? andi balk klediA. We are in the dry season. ningthlan kar9dIA. rainy biniman kAr9dIA. cold b) Answer the followingfactually. Substitute other appropriate words for the one in parentheses. in your 14rdind6bn wbktilblin kar961 sda What sort of weather do you have (cold season)? andi ndandebn (binfmlan)kar9d1A? country when we have the instructions for Drill No. 4 (a). 4 (a). 5. a) Follow the tngia ti b6dizina wd? Has the rainy season started? is still more than two d9d, ningif ti kintaiIndia k6ztna g6ps6b. No, the rainy season months away. yasktl No, the rainy season isstill more than three months away. deta No, the rainy season isstill more than four months away. waa No, the rainy season isstill more than five months away. araska No, the rainy season is still morethan six months away. Drill No. 4 (a). 4 (a). b) Follow the instructions for Mand6 karicxfna wd? Is the date of yourdeparture near? letfndd mai India kozina Ops6b. Our departure is still more than twoweeks away. Notre depart est encorepour plus de latinde mdi yaskih kdzina Ops66. trois semaines. Notre depart est encorepour plus de deih quatre semain s. Notre depart est encorepour plus de waa cinq semaines. Notre depart est encorepour plus de hrhskih six semaines. c) Suivre les instructions de l'exercice No. 4 (a). c) Follow the Quand la saison des pluies a-t-elle ningii ti shabf 1:#1(116nb? commence? La saison des pluies a commence it y a ningif ti mind 1ndfh kdzinh to deux minutes. La saison des ;luies a commence it y a sda deux heures. La saison des pluies a commence it y a kad deux jours. La saison des pluies a commence it y a mdi deux semaines. La saison des pluies a commence it y a kintdi deux mois. 6. Repeter les phrases suivantes plusieursfois 6. Repeat the avant de les utiliser pour repondrea la question qui them to an les accompagne. Quand la saison des pluies commence-t-elle? sahbf ningif ti bkajfin? La saison des pluies commence enjanvier. ningfi'f ti s6r6 jendfrilyen bddiji febrdtilyen mars mdhciyen dprilyen mai. mdeyen juin. janben juillet. juldiyen &oat. 6gaistlyn s eptembre. septembayen octobre. Ict6lphyen n ovembre. nOwdmbhyan .)dtr3,TJ XIII - 5 than aree and i yhskih k6zinag4ps66. Our departure is still more weeks away. d4n Our departure is still morethan four weeks away. Our departure is still morethan five weeks away. than six araskia Our departure is still more weeks away. c) Follow the instructions forDrill No. 4 (a). start? ti shIbi bodlanb? When did the rainy season started two minutes ago. ti mind India kdzinhtfln bkidnb? The rainy season hours sdh days weeks mar months kintdI 6. Repeat the following sentencesseveral times before using question. qui them to answer the accompanying start? ning1;1 ti gdijfin? When does the rainy season January. ti sdr6 jendirivenbkajfin. The rainy season starts in February. fdbrdrilyen March . mdhcIyki April. eprilyen May. mdeyen June. jdimben July. gildiyen hastiyen August. September. septdmbhyen October. t6bayen November. nOwdmbhOn '3 4 Decr-Mor. Note: A la campagne, on entendbeaucoup plus les noms arabes Note: In the court des mois plutat que ceux donrdsdans 1'exercice No. 6. Ces more likely to be These are listed t :toms et leursprononociations en i(anouri sont classds ci- dessous. j anvier mdr,'n January fdvrier sdfur February mars gbf lgwn March avril nbf Idhir April mai. w6j1 mada al,761 May juin w6j1 mdda gajf June juillet r6j4 July aoat sw44n August s eptembre armal4m Septembtar octobre s%val October novembre kin November ddcenbre dji December 7. a) Substituer par des motsapproprids ceux entre 7. a) Substitute parentheses, dans la question et les rdponses. both in the Quelle saison vient aprbs la (saison des wbktibi iigawb (ningthb0 tfln Win? pluies)? La (saison froide) vient aprbs lasaison (binfm) gadinNgdwi) angeilba tan. des pluies. b) Suivre les instructions pour 7 (a) b) Follow the Quel mois vient aprbs (juin)? kintat.b1 Ngawb (jambe) tfin gh4in? (Juthet) vient aprbs juin. ilgdwb janba tfin gadln. 8. Suivre les instructions de 7(a). 8. Follow the ins Quel mois vient avant(juin)? kintaibf (janlitn) bilrwobn gadln? C'est (mai) qui vient avant juin. (mda) 'S'fmg janlan bi?rw6bn gadin. 9. Suivre les instructions de 7(a). 9. Follow the ins Quel mois vient entre ( uin) et (aout)? antaibl gtakkd (janna) (4gastlay C'est (juillet) qui vient entre juin et (jbl41) ;fmd kkMtet4 janna6glibstib oat. XIII - 6 arabes Note: In the countryside Arabic namesof the months are Ces more likely to beheard than the ones given underDrill No.6. ci These are listed below, as they arepronounced by the Kanuris: January February March hlr April da dw61 May da gaji June July August September October November December 7. a) Substitute other appropriatewords for those in parentheses both in the question and in its answer. kgdwb (ningii"lba) tiin gain? What season comes after the(rainy season)? rainy gadln isigawb ningthba tan. The (cold season) comes after the season. b) Follow the instructions for 7(a). kgawb (janba) tiln gadin? What month comes after (June)? haw?) janba tiin gaain. (July) comes after June. 8. Follow the instructions for 7 (a). f (janlan) btrwan Win? What month comes before (June)? ;Pimg jainan bilman gaain. It's (May) that comes before Jure. 9. Follow theinstructions for 7 (a). (June) and (August)? bi Iciekke (janna)(4gAstla0n)? What month comes between June ) ;Pima kbakkd 4gastlhOn. It's (July) which comes between and August. 34; Qui s'assied entre (Pierre) et (Smith)? Ndd kkekte (Smith-a)(Peter-ayen) n4psina ti? C'est (Jeanne). (Joan)s.fuld. Quelle ville se trouve entre (Maiduguri) et bilabi Ictelcte (yerwah) (kan6ayen)? (Kano)? C'est (Damaturu) qui se trouve entre Maiduguri(damdtdrd) simd kkekke yerwhakanbayen. et Kano. 10. Repeter les phrases (a) plusieurs fois avant 10. Repeat the response de repondre a la question (b). before using them t( kar9d1A. a) Nous sommes au premier mois de l'annee. andi sadye kIntat kintil6milan deuxieme k5nindimilan troisieme ktnyaskimilan quatrieme kindeimilan cinquieme kinwamilan kfnaraskimilan sixieme septieme kintdlimmilan huitieme kinwilskdmilan neuvieme hinliarmilan dixieme kfnmedmilan onzieme douzieme kinmediin indfinmilan b) A quel mois de l'annee sommes-nous sadye kintal kar9dIA? maintenant? 11. Substituer par des elementsappropries ceux entre 11. Substitute other appr parentheses de la question et de sareponse. both in the question Quelle est la date d'aujourd'hui? (kdil) lad antAlyeNdad? Aujourd'huil c'est le(quinzieme). kd4 kad antnye (lad wilrf). 12. Dialogues et discussionsimprovisees. 12. Impromptu class dialo XIII - 7 (Smith) and (Peter)? IckaMtd (Smith-a) (Peter-cyan) Who sits between sfna tf? It's (Joan). n) sfmd. What town lies between(Maiduguri) and abf Otakte (ydrwaa)(kdnbayan)? (Kano)? It's (Damaturu) that liesbetween Maiduguri mdtdrd) sgfrad 1c6takkdydrwaa Icanbayan. and Kano. nse (a) several times 10. Repeat the responsesentences given under follows under (b). before using them to answerthe question that a) We are in the firstmonth of the year. f sadya lantdiIcfntil6mIlan lar9dlya. second kfnindimilan kLyaskfmllan third fourth lcfnddfmilan fifth ltinwamilan ItInaraskfmilan sixth seventh Icfntatirmllan eighth kfnwtskdmilan ninth kfnliarmilan tenth kfnmadmilan kinmadintilanmilan eleventh twelfth kfnmadiin Indfinmilan b) In what month of the year are wenow? dya Tantakfadadmilan kar9dlya? r in parentheses PP 11. Substitute otherappropriate items for those on ntre both in the questionand in its answer. What's (today's) date. lantdiyaNdad? lad lantdlya (mad wilrf). Today is the (fifteenth). alo 12. Impromptu classdialogues/discussions. 3 '5 NOTES GRAMMATICALES/GRAMMATICALNOTES 1. The adjectival suf 1. Le suffixe adjectif. Adjectives are der Les adjectifs sontderivds des noms plus le suffixe-a. Les consonnes finales sontordinairement doubldes avant Final consonants a ce suffixe.Exenple: Njii Njfia Njii : Njiia eau mouille kasdam lasaarnmh kasdam kasdamma brise y a de la brise See further exempl Voir les exemples del'exercice No. 1. 2. Les nombres ordinaux. 2. Ordinal numerals. Les nombres ordinaux sontderives des nombres cardinaux Ordinal numeralsa et obtenus en plagant lesnombres cardinaux entre les by placing the lat affixes kin.... mi. Exemple: kinindimi indi kinindiml deux : deuxiame Note that 'first' Anoter que "premier" estexprime par kintilomi seulement; en d'autres motsl*kinf41min'apparait pas. words,lcinf4lmi do VOCABULAIRE /VOCABULARY je verse ftnin (fijin) I pour Ventre gadskin (Win) I enter je crois yasardskin (yasarakina) I believe it reste Ops6b/Opsina it remains it arrive wAhjfin it happens il tonne &oda girjfin it's thundering it fait des éclairs dioda siwatin it's lightning entre k6takkd between avant bilrwAn before encore kwadsobn still bient8t larfingimarb soon souvent, habituellement NgibilsOrb often, usually XIII - 8 1. The adjectival suffix. by means of the suffix s le suffixe-a. Adjectives are derived from nouns usually doubled before this suffix.E.g. t doublees avant Final consonants are Njii Njin water : watery, wet breeze; breezy a brise kAsam kAsalmml See further exemplesunder Drill No. 1. 2. Ordinal numerals. their cardinal counterparts ombres cardinaux Ordinal numerals are derived from between the affixes'ctn....mi. E.g. naux entre les by placing the latter indi kinindimi two: second 'first' is expressed only bykintilomi; in other int 1 16mi Note that apparait pas. words,41(Infami does not occur. flan (Min) I pour gadskin (Ann) I enter yasardskin (OsArakina) I believe gops6b/gbpsina it remains wMjfin it happens dioda girjiin it's thundering &OA siwatin it's lightning ketekte between bilrwan before kwadsan still kAriingimdrb soon Ngibils6rb often, usually finalement dkyenziti finally par exemple hid:mania for example bruit kadlle noise monde diode world chaleur kdddb heat vent kardwe wind doux zdnel sweat brouillard, brume bautline haze brise kasdem breeze temps, saison wokal time, season saison des pluies ningek rainy season saison seche bee dry season saison froide binim cold season etat, condition alemar6m state, condition force, vigueur dab force, strangth ciel s4mi sky nuage f 66 ArabicA Kanuri cloud srnvier jendiril mar6m January fevrier febrdril sdfur February mars mahcl lbbi ldw61 March avril eprtl ldhlr April mai mee w6j1 mdda dvAl May juin jam w6ji mdda gaji June juillet juldi r4j6p July anet dgditstl s6W6n August septembre septembaermeldm September octobre ekt6bh October novembre nbw4mba kidu November decembre disimbh dji December 3 finally for example noise world heat wind sweat haze breeze time, season rainy season dry season cold season state, condition force, strength sky Arabic Kanuri cloud ru mdrka January February lbbi 16w1 March ldhlr April w6j1 mddh dw61 May woji mddh gajf June rdjbp July ti gwgn August mbh hrmhldm September a gbwal October bh kfdu November bh dji December 3 LECON XIV /LESSON XIV Culture du riz/Rice farming DIALOGUE / DIALCGUE Bill: Il a beaucoup plu dernierement Bfil: khila k6zfnh tiin Njfi tf, Crains-tu que ce flux d'eau puisse Ngfburoflzinh. kdlOnfm Njfiye detruire ta ferme? bhnnhtfrb rinfmmh wd? Modu: Certaines personnes sont probable- w6nde dhm ldd rfzdnh. wd tfh ment dans cette situation mais pas ginkdfd bhrdtfmh; kiird ankdfa moi. Je suis un planteur de riz et, ti kjfi kgfbilmd Arad?). comme tu le sais, le riz se developpe dans l'eau. Bill: C'est vrai. Je presume que tu as Bfil: #di k41k41. timAriinh lhmbhtd déjà creusd des rigoles d'irrigation Ngfbuldnfmr7h sdr6 kdlbnfmb tout le long de ta ferme pour que sammds6bn, dti nhnkh tiro l'eau puisse atteindre facilement cdle wes6 fdta kiskdehlan fun chaque tige de riz. signdfln. Modu: Oui, je l'ai fait avant l'arrivde hdh, khd kja fith des pluies. ldbkb. Bill: Comment fa:is -tu pousser le riz: Bill: g futubfin ;inkSfd nhtfmin: eparpilles-tu les graines ou d'abord tf zfrzfrnimin bd rdh les semes-tu dans des plates-bandes cdle kilsiolben nhtfm/h kiird pour les transplanter plus tard? d6ryenzf w4ltim koljnimin? Modu: Il est preferable de transplanter, k6ktf dfmd kgfla wb,dalfllnzf ainsi on ne perd pas beaucoup-de sa tgddbsbye s6f6ndfi kusuni. ti semence a cause des oiseaux. z6bin bah vb. Bill: Les oiseaux sont-ils un probleme ici? Bfil: ndgh dtilhn hddOsb nkidfh glw6lnzdnh wd? Modu: Oui. Its le sont vraiment a la hdh, zdilmdrb 16ktil ktrimtaye pdriode de la recolte. sitfh. LECON XIV/LESSON XIV lture du riz/Rice farming andk6zfna tiln Njfi tf, Bill: It has rained a lot lately. Are fburo fizfna. kdlOnfm Njfiye you afraid that flood might destroy nnatfrb rfnimma wd? your farm? onee dam láá rfzdna. wd tfa Modu: Some people probably are, but am not inkdfd bardtfma; kiirdankdfd one of them. I am arice-farmer, and, Njii kgfbiimd Arad?). as you know, rice thrivesin water. di kdlk41. tImarafna lambhtd BIll: That's right. I suppose then that fbukinfmna sdr6 kdlbrifmba you've already dug irrigation ditches AmmAsan, dti nanka tiro all over your farm, so that water may 61a wbs6 fdtil kiskdealan Njfi easily reach each stalk of rice. ifkdfin. kad kiii nth 13-dijfInlan Modu: Yes. I did so before the rains came. Abkb. f filtabfin ankdfd natfmln: Bill: How do you grow rice: do you scatter tf zfrzfrnimin bd rda the seeds, or do you first sow them 61e kilsiviban natImfa kUrd in seed-beds and later transplant them? Gryenzf w4ltim korjnimln? 6ktf dfmd tgflh wb,dalhilnzf Modu: It's better to transplant, because gddOsbye sef6ndfl kits dpi tf that way one doesn't lose too mucl. 4bin bda wb. of his seeds to the birds. dga dtilan figddOsb n6ndfa Bill: Are birds a problem here? iwn.nzana wd? da, znmarb 16ktu kkrimtlya Modu: Yes. They are very much so at itfa. harvest time. natbn gita,kirimtarb sdtina Bill: Combien de temps s'ecoule de Bfil: la plantation a la recolte? di kintdi Ndad? aldma kintdi yaskiei. liodu: Trois mois environ. MAU: sdr6 sadyenNdadrO natiwi? Bill: Combien de recoltes fais-tu Bill: en une annde? ningia Ngf laa, indirb. Modu: Pendant les bonnes anndes, d eux. DRILLS EXERCICES 1. Repeat the folio 1. Repdter les phrases suivantesplusieurs fois several times. apres l'instructeur. J'ai peur (ou je crains les) desrivieres. kim4ddiirb rirjina. la pluie/l'eau. Njiirb des chiens. kirirb du tonnerre. &p'` girtirb de lidclair. &oda siwOltarb des dtrangers. kils6tOrb de sombre. kilmiskirb des tourbillons mdtirarb de vent. des serpents. kat:lir?) des insectes. kdarb 2. Follow the inst 2. Suivre les instructions del'exercice No. 1. J'ai peur de voyager la nuit. &oda kind bulawur3 tiro en avion. maardan billawUrb tiro rester seul. ti141 kindihrb de monter a dos dechameau. kaRmbrb kimbda de traverser une riviere. kimgda faltarb XIV- 2 Bill: How long is it fromplanting fil: natbn gita,kirlmtarbsatina to harvesting? di kintdi Ndad? Three months or so. aldma kintal yaski61. Modu: Bill: How many harvests do youhave in 1: sur6 sadyenNdadrb natfwi? a year? Ngilaa, indfre. Modu: In good years, two. DRILLS 1. Repeat the followingsentences after theinstructor several times. I am afraid of rivers. klm4dairb rain/water. Njiirb dogs. thunder. diuda girtirb lightning. divAa siwOlthr6 strangers. kils6tbrb darkness. kilmiskirb whirlwinds. mdtirarb snakes. kddirb insects. kairb St 2. Follow the instructionsfor Drill No. 1. night. tie) I am afraid to travel at don. bdne bulawur3 by plane. maardan billawtirb tiro to stay by myself. t1101/ kindiarb to ride a camel. kaiimbrb lambda to cross a river. kimgda altar?) 35S 3. Rdpdter les questions s' vantes plusieursfois avant 3. Repeat the folic d'y rdpondre par la nagLi-ve. them in the nega Crains-tu que ce flux d'eau puisse ddtruire kdlbnimkjily1 bAnnAtire rinimmA La ferme? Crains-tu que ce feu puisse ddtruire ta kabnim k6nnuye wArtArb ferme? Crains-tu que cette sdcheresse puisse kdnjOnim kin bdaye ajfinrO. ruiner tes rdcoltes? Crains-tu que ces oiseaux puissent manger hilanjinim iigdasbye z4binr6. tes rdcoltes? Crains-tu que ces voleurs puissent voler Ar9fmnim b4rwUsbye Nadzarb. ton millet? Crains-tu que cette sdcheresse puisse tuer feednfm Njii bAAA ajfinrb- ton betail? Crains-tu que ces voleurs puissent entrer fdAnimr6 b6rwild gAgAdinrb dans ta maison? Crains-tu que ces gens puissent traverser kabnim dAmsbye fAltArb. ta ferme? Crains-tu que ces gens puissent pidtiner kdnjbnim damsbye gibktArb. tes rdcoltes? 4. Chaque dtudiant doit rdpondreA la question suivante 4. have each stude positivement au autrement. otherwise. Que ,:raignez-vous (ou de quoi avez-vous Abirb ram? peur)? 5. Repdter les phrases suivantes plusieursfois avant 5. Repeat the foil de les utiliser pour repondre A la question quiles using them to a accompagne. Quel travail fais-tu? Id cidAbi dimin? Je suis planteur de riz. wd ginkafd bArdtimA. Je construis des maisons. fatb d1/4,ndbmA. Je suis mdcanicien. wd m6tA yAsAmA. XIV- 3 questions several timesbefore answering vant 3. Repeat the following them in the negative. Are you afraidthat flood water might destroy bnim, NjfiAbhnnhtirb rinimma wA. your farm? Are you afraidthat fire might burn your Onim k6nntiyewhrthrb. farm? Are you afraidthat drought might ruin jbnim kin bdayeckjlinrb. your crops? Are you afraidthat birds might eat your ±lanjinim IsIglidOsbyez4binrb. crops'? Are you afraidthat thieves might steal your 9imnim b6rwilsbyeNcthlzarb. millet? that drought mightkill your eanim Njil b4h0cejlinrb Are you afraid cattle? Are you afraidthat thieves might enter hnimrb bkw-bdghghainrb your house? Are you afraidthat people might be crossing lbnim Ahmsbyefhlthrb . your farm? Are you afraidthat people might trample njbnim AhmsbAgibkthrb your crops? the following questionfactually or ante 4. Have each student answer otherwise. What are you afraid of? rb rfhm? sentences several timesbefore ant 5. Repeat the following response accompanying question. les using them to answer the What work do you do? cidabi dimia? ginkafd bardtima. I am a rice-farmer. fdt6 tkulbmh. I build houses. m6th yhshmh. I am a motor mechanic. 1 Je suisprofesseur (instituteur). wu mdlim mddrantAye. I an- Je suisinspecteur sanitaire wd dUwhOri. I suisfermier. wd bark& I ar..4 Je suischasseur. wd bhrhmh. I arr Je suiscordonnier. wd sdnomh. I air Je suiscommerpnt. wu kktfm.h. I ar- je suisdocteur/infirmier/aide-infirmier wunita. I an Je suisinspecteur de denrdes. wu cUkUmAhn. I ar. Je suisforgeron. wu khdltimh. I arr Je suisdpicier. wd birl thdbmh. I ar. 6. Suivre les instructions del'exerciceNo. 5. 6. Follow the instructions Quel travail faites-vous? cidhbf diwi? What Nous sommesplanteurs de riz. And/ n.nkdfd bhrbd/bhretimh. We Nous sommesentrepreneurs. and/ fdtO tkidbmh. We Nous sommesmecaniciens. and/ m6th yhshmh. We Nous sommesprofesseurs. hndf mallmmd mAdrantdye. We Nous sommesinspecteurs sanitaires. and/ dimhgki. We Nous sommesfermiers. and/ bhremd/bhrM. We Nous sommeschasseurs. and/ bhrhmh. We Nous sommescordoniers. and/ stin6mh. We Nous sommesdpiciers. and/ biri lkbd. We 7. Demander aux dtudiants, et faites demander par un 7. Ask students, and have 1 dtudiant a un autre, leurs experiences professionnelles their past work experiei passdes ainsi que ce qu'ils pensent faire dans do in the future, using l'avenir, en se servant des questions suivantes ou des similar ones. questions similaires. Qu'as-tu fait avant de venir ici? cidhbf dlim khd IsImin tan? Wha As-tu travaille comme mecanicien avant? Nghltd yhyd cfda meta yhshye wd? Hay, OU as-tu travaille comme mecanicien? Ndardhn cidh m6th yhshye cidilm2 Whe Que feras-tu en Afrique? Afrikhrb fsimfh hbf dfmin? Wha Sais-tu ou to iras travailler? ndh cidhnimin nbnimmh wd? Do OU aimes-tu travailler? Nddrdhn cidhnimfh rhdhm? Whe. 36.1 XIV - 4 am school teacher. malim madrantaye. I am a am dima6rf. I am asanitary inspector. a i barema. I am afarmer. air barama. I am ahunter. am I am ashoemaker. am stin6ma. kktfma. I am ashopkeeper. an doctor/nurse/nurse's aide, et. rifts. I am a am produce inspector. ciddimaan. I am a a blacksmith. kaaltfma. I am a ar. bid Mama. I am afood-seller. ons 6. Follow the instructionsfor Drill No. 5. at What work do you people do? dabs dfwi? e rice-farmers. ndf ginkdfd bared/baretfma. We are e ndf fdto thdbma. We arehouse-builders. We motor mechanics. ndf m6ta yesama. We are We school teachers. ndf mallmma mAarantaye. We are We sanitary inspectors. ndf d4wagkf. We are We ndf baremd/bared. We arefarmers. We hunters. ndf barama, We are We shoemakers. ndf sun6ma. We are We ndf bfri 16dbd. We arefood-sellers. ye have them ask one anotheralso, about r un 7. Ask students, and rie well as what they hope to sionnelles their past work experience as ing do in the futuce, usingthe following questions orclosely es ou des similar ones. Wha here? idabf di:1m kad Islmin tfin? What did you do before coming mechanic before? Hav zealtd yaye cfda m6ta yasayedfmma Have you ever worked as a motor Whe mechanic? Tddraan cfda m6ta yesayecidlim? Where did you work as a motor Wha Africa? frfkarb fsfmia abf dfmin? What will you be doing in Do will be working? Aa cidanimin nOnfmma wd? Do you know where you Whe daraan cidanfmla radam? Where do you like to work? 3 Ar' 8. Rdpdter les phrases suivantesplusieurs fois avant 8. Repeat the following resp de les utiliser pour rcpondrea la question qui les using them to answer the accompagne. What Que fais-tu pousser? hbf nhtimin? I grc Je fais pousser du riz. ginkdfd nhtiskin. du millet. hr9im des arachides. tc61ji du mars. tighai des feves. Ngdlb des pasteques. bbmbdsil des poivrons. Njitth du manioc. Orish k6131n. des pommes de terre. dkkal des oignons. lina4s6r du yam. doyh des bananes. hyhwh I 9. Rdpdter les questions suivantesplusieurs fois avant 9. Repeat the following que d'y rdpondre. them. Is ti Y a-t-il une riziere Oui, ii y en a une. sdr6 kdlbnimben hdh, hbdjf. dans ta ferme? ginkhfhr4m gbejf wd? on yc Y a-t-il une parcelle sdr6 kdlbnimben Is ti de millet dans ta hr9imr4m hbejf wd? on y( ferme? Y a-t-il une piece sdr6 kdlbnfmben Is ti de manioc dans ta gkishr4m Nbdjf wd? pate! forme? Y a-t-il une parcelle sdr6 kabnimben Is t d'arachidzs dans ta kbljir4m gbdjf wd? plot ferme? Is t Y a-t-il une piece sdr6 kdlobnimb&I de pommes de terre gnicar4m Nbejl wd? pate' dans. ta ferme? Y a-t-il une parcelle sdr6vkabnimben Is t de mars dans ta Nghurirdniglodjf wd? plot ferme? Is t Y a-t-il une piece sdr6 kdlbnimben de feves dans ta Nghlbr4m hbdjf wd? patc ferme ? XIV - 5 several times before ant 8. Repeat the following response sentences les using them to answer the accompanyingquestion. nhtimin? What do you grow? kdfd nhtiskin. I grow rice. fm millet. peanuts. 31 uri corn. lb beans. watermelon. tth pepper. fsh k61]ln. cassava. kal potatoes. 4sk onions. a yams. wh banana. avant 9. Repeat the following questions severaltimes before answering them. 6 killbnimben hdh, tbdjf. Is there a rice-paddy Yes, there is. khfhr4m Nbejf wd? on your farm? 6 ktilbnimbn Is there a millet-plot Imr6m tbejf wd? on your farm? 6 kdlbnfmben Is there a cassava- rishr6m Nbdjf wd? patch on your farm? :6 kdanimbhn Is there a peanut- ljir6m fibejf wd? plot on your farm? r6 ktilbnimbk1 Is there a potato- nWilr4m iqbejf wd? patch on your farm? T6 kdibnimben Is there a corn- aZiardmkbeji wd? plot on your farm: T6 ktilbnimben Is there a bean- hlbr6m bdjf wd? patch on your farm? Y a-t-il une parcelle Oui, it y en a une. stir6 ktilOnfmben hdh, de pasteques dans ta bbinbtisZir4m Nbdjf wd? ferme? Y a-t-il une parcelle stir6 ktileafmben de poivrons dans ta kjitthr4m Nbdjf wd? fermes Y a-t-il une parcelle sdr6 kdlbnimben d'oignons dans ta liaw6s6rr4m tb&jf wd? 1 ferme? 10. Suivre les instructions del'exercice No. 9. 10. Follow the instruct] hdh, hndfh giw6lzdnh. I Les oiseaux vous Oui, ils nous Neadbd ddrangent-ils? derangent. gMlnzdna wd? Les sauterelles vous Oui, elles nous khfid ddrangent-elles? derangent. at,Alnzdne wd? Les insectes vous Oui, ils nous kilad n6ndfh derangent-ils? derangent. gltalnzdna wd? Les moustiques vous khntanad n6ndia ddrangent-ils? silealnzdna wd? Les animaux vous dhbbhd rindfh 1 derangent-ils? gic,Alnzdn:k wd? Les hyenes vous Oui, elles nous nc ddrangent-elles? ddrangent. giwlnzdra wd? Les voleurs vous Oui, ils nous b,trwild n6ndia ddrangent-ils? derangent avAlnzdah wd? Les rats vous 411wad 11ndia ddrangent-ils? siwelnzdna wd? Les mauvaises herbes Oui, elles nous budud nbndia vous derangent-elles? derangent. gimblnzdna wd? 11. Repeter plusieurs fois,les questions suivantesavant 11. Repeat the follawin d'essayer d'y rdpondre. to answer them. Combien de mois sydcoulent de la plantation lath sith kirlintarb satinh di kintdi ala recolte? Mad? 3"5 XIV - 6 Is there a water- Yes, there is. dr6 kilbnimban ada, kbeji. melon plot on your bmbilsilr6mNbeji wd? farm? Is there a pepper- sdr6 kdlOnfmban Nbeg wd? plot on your farm? Is there an onion- odr6 kdlbnimben patch on your farm? lliwbskr6m tbkg tad? 10. Follow the instructionsfor Drill No. 9. Do birds trouble Yes, they trouble us. Neldba ada, andia gMlzana. giwnnzdna wd? you? 'And nndla Do locusts trouble awlnzdna wd? you? Do insects trouble kilad n6ndla aTAlnzana wd? you? trouble kantanad nktdia Do mosquitoes giwlnzana wd? you? Do animals trouble dabbad nkidia glt4lnzana wd? you? Do hyenas trouble bultud rindfa giOlnzdna wd? you? Do thievestrouble WarwZia n6ndia glw41nzana wd? you? Do rats trouble 4ilwa4 sivAlnzdna tad? you? Do weeds trouble budud nkidfa awblnzdna wd? you? questions several timesbefore attempting ntes avant 11. Repeat the following to answer them. from planting to *On sita kirlmthrb sdtina dikintdi How many months is it Ndad? harvesting? 3 1-A Combien d'heures s'ecoulent du b6dihe)mlen site tambtirb satina di commencement e la fin? sAh Rdad? Combien d'heures s'ecoulent du kingAel Mien sie4 kingAel kzikimerb lever du soleil a son coucher? satina df sde Mad? Combien de jours reste-t-il jusqu'e la ride. AtIn site batdallarb satina di periode des vacances? Iced Nded? Combien de semaines reste-t-il jusqu'au nAe AtIn site letindorb satine df moment de ton depart? mál kali? Combien de mois reste-t-il jusqu'au debut nde AtIn site beerO satina df de la saison seche? antAi tided? Combien de semaines reste-t-il jusqu'e nde AtIn site kirismirisres satina df Nog l? mAl Nded? Combien de pieds y a-t-il d'ici nAh Atin site nAh tddimb satine df cet endroit? flit ilded? Combien de jours se sont ecoules depuis zime hAwbyen site kdiirb sddtine df vendredi dernier a aujourd'hui? lead Nded? Combien de mois se sont ecoules depuis sal nAe atirb rsimmalan sita karb sinitina ton arrivee jusqu'a ce jour? df kintAi kdad? (Voir la note sur l'utilisation de satine/sddtina) (See note on the use o 12. Repeter les phrases suivantes plusieurs fois avant 12. Repeat the followi de les utiliser pour repondre a la question using them to answ qui les accompagne. Que pense Bill? bill tf ebi timez6b? pense que Modu a creuseles rigoles stye timezina Modilye lembetd df lAzinerb. d'irrigation. pense que Modu est unplanteur de riz. Ms3dil df :glnkAfA baretimerb. ne craint pas la pluie. M66.1 df lijilrb rizOpirb. la pluie a ete tres forte kaudk6zina tiin tjil df recemment. zairb le riz aime beaucoup d'eau. ginkafA tf gjil Ngfbu sireAna les oiseaux derangent les giye timazina ggddbsbye baram: planteurs de riz. ginkafasbbea glvAlzAna les oiseaux aiment le riz. Neldba tf gankafd saraanaro. XIV - 7 from start to finish? lAn sith tamOtirb sAtina di How many hburs is it NdAd? from sunrise to sunset? dAl lublan sitZ4 kingAhl How many hours is it la di sdA tdAd? vacation time? dtin sitA batdAllarb sAtina di How many days is it now to NdAd? the time you dtin sitA atindorb satinA di How many weeks is it now to leave? 1IdAti? the beginning Atin sitA bderO sAtinA di How many months is it now to Ai gdAd? of the dry season? How many weeks is it now toChristmas? dein sitA kfrismirisrbsAtina di 1IdAia here to that dein sith nab. tddilrb sAtinh di How many feet is it from kdati? place? last Friday to hAwbyen sit& kik?) slititina di How many days is it from Ndau? today? from when you arrived to nah Atirb fsimmAlan sitAkairb sdeltinA How many months is it Antal RAU? today? (See note on the use ofsAtina/stititinA). sentences several timesbefore vant 12. Repeat the following response using them to answer theaccompanying question. What does Bill think? 1 ti abi tImIza? irrigation ditche3. timAzina M6dilye lambhtd dilAzinarb. He thinks Modu has dug is a rice-farmer. Mcidil di iinkAfd bardtimArb. isn't afraid of rain. M661 di Njfirb kaudk6zina tfln kill di that the rain has been veryheavy zArb of late. that rice likes plenty of water. ginkAfd ti Njii Ngfbu sirhAnarb. 'Rye timAzina ilgtidbsbye bAreml that birds trouble rice-farmers. ankAfasbbea giwn.zanArb. keldbA ti ginkafd sarAdnArO. that birds like rice. 13. Respond to these que 13. Repondre a ces questions commeindique: gi timazfna M6dilyd Qu'a pensd Bill que II a pensd await abr Bfilye timazA lambatd Ngibu t Modu faisait? creuse plusieurs MZelye sidfnarb? lazinhrb. rigoles d' irrigation. - gf timhzfixd A-t-il pensd que Non, il n'a pas pense gf timazina wid M6du M6dil ti barama W Modu etait un planteurque Modu dtait un tf barama ar9fmber6? ar9fmbarb. de millet? planteur de millet. aaa, tirea/3inh gf Bill, as-tu pense Oui, jtai pensequlil Bfil, timAnimA wd que Modu etait un etait un planteur tf bhrhriad harem-a hr9imberb. planteur de millet? de millet. hr9imberb? ada, Billye timhzinh D Bill, a-t-il pense Oui, it a pense que Bfily6 tImAzinh wa M6dil ti bilrwan M que Modu devait Modu devait d'aboid M6dilye kilsdAnzi kilstiAnzi dWfin d'abord semer ses semer ses graines bZirwobn dWifin graines dans des dans des plates- k6kcinrb? k6kcinrb. plate -bandes? bandes. gly6 timhzinh Qu'a pensd Modu Il a pense quail Ndds6Onza Ngf la woro kilah dpifyhn qu'il etait prefe- etait preferable 146dilye timhza: nhtbma Ngilh wOrb.. rable de faire, de les planter kilsdjanzi Arzirth t semer endparpillant dans des plates- rah kOkth? les graines ou les bandes. planter [dans des plates- bandes]? iidasanza Ngilh wk.?) timaniim? Que pensez-vous'etre preferable de faire? NOTES GRAMMATICALES /GRAMMATICAL'IOTES 1. Use of satinh/sdlitin 1. Utilisation desatfna/sddtfna With reference to th En reference a la constructionintroduite dans l'exercice satfna is used when No. 11, satfna estemploye quand le comptes'eloigne de sddtfna when reckoni l'element en question tandis quesddtfna s'utilise quand below, taking 1968 a le compte va versl'Eement en question. Ceci est schematise ci-dessous, prenant 1968 commeelement en question. 3 1-49 XIV - 8 13. Respond to thesequestions as indicated. He thought he had Jug What did Bill illy6 timaza gi timazfna Modilyd ditches. think Modu haddone? many irrigation esidinarb? lambatdNgfbu lazinarb. Did he think Modu No, he didn't think Modu mazina wd M6dil gi timazard millet-farmer. was amillet-farmer?was a rema ar9imber6?M6dil ti barka ar9imberb. Bill, did you think Yes, I thought he was a tImanimma wa timal)ina gi Modu was amillet- millet-farmer. ti baramA barema ar9fmberb. farmer? barb? Did Bill think Yes, Bill thought Modu 6 timzina wd ada, Bfily6 tImazina Modu should first should first sow his 6 kiistijanzi M6dil ti bilrwan sow his seedsin seeds in :ed-beds. ondWifin kiistVinzi d66iiin seed-beds? nrb? k6kcinrb. them Which did Modu He thought planting Onza Ngf la worngiy6 timaiina uJli better. think was better, in seed-beds was timaza: kilda dpriyan to scatterseeds or to ninzi zirzirta natbma Ngila to plant them kOkta? [in seed-beds]? Which do you think isbetter? anza Ngf la. wbrbtimaniim? 1. Use ofsaina/stidtina 11, the constructionintroduced in Drill No. exercice With reference to reckoning away fromthe reference point,and igne de satina is used when towards it. This situationis diagrammed se quand stidtina when reckoning below, taking 1968 asthe reference point. t sddtia sdlitfna 1958 (satina 2. The suffix 2. Le suffixe -ma/-ma Le suffixe -ma/-ma est ajoute aux nomset aux nums verbaux The suffix pour designer ceuxqui pratiquent certaines professions. to signify Le premier suffixe -ma estajoute aux noms finissant sur suffix, -m2 whose final un ton haut oudont les deux derniers tons sontbas. Exemple: stin6 sdn6ma chaussure cordonnier 16db : 16dbma vendant vendeur Le deuxieme suffixe -ma estajoute aux noms dont les deux The second tons foment une concordancede tons haut-bas. Avant form a higi d'ajouter ce suffixe, tous les tons de tels noms sont the tones ( changes au bas. Exemple: cida cidamd travail : travailleur jee jeemA corde cordier Ce suffixe a un pluriel-d, mais ceci est rarement The suffix employe. Voir exercice No. 6. see Drill l VOCABULARY/VOCABULAIRE j'ai peur (je crains) rirAn (rizana) I am afraid je pense/espere/m'attendsa timal3in (timina) I think, hope je creuse larjin (lanimma) I dig je seme natfskin I sow j'eparpille zfrzirrAn I scatter je rlante k613in I plant je derange, ennuiequelqeun giw611)in I trouble, wo XIV- 9 sddtfnA 4 1978 sdtinA 2. The suffix -ma / -m6 is an ached to nounsand verbal nouns s verbaux The suffix -111/-414 practitioners of certainprofessions. The first ssions. to signify the attached to nounsending on a high tone, or ant sur suffix, -ma, is whose final two tones areall low. E.g. as.Exemple: sdn6 sdn6ma shoe : shoemaker selling : seller whose last two tones The second suffix, -ma,is attached to nouns les deux attached, all form a high -low sequence.Before this suffix is ant changed to low. E.g. sont the tones of such nouns are cida cidAmd work : worker jee jeema rope : rope-maker this is seldom used; The suffix has aplural form, -II, but see DrillNo. 6. n (rizdnA) I am afraid qin (tim4inA) I think, hope, expect n(ldnimmA) I dig skin I sow I scatter n I plant lain I trouble, worry someone I harvest je recolte (moissonne) kirimi3in j'attrape, je m'empare de tdskin (sIta) I catch, seize I take away j'emmene ydtiskin (sdtina) I cross je traverse fdlnin je marche sur, je pietine gib4nrjin I tread upon, trample I burn je'brule wdrnin je tue yeziskin (cajiin) I kill farmer fermier baretima a ditch une rigole lambatd small flooded square p une petiteparcelle carree et ale inondee pour faire pousser le riz seed graine kilsdT1 bird oiseau Ngddb riviere klm4ddil river chien kiri dog obscurite kilmfskl darkness snake serpent kddl insect insecte kai tourbillon de vent mdtirh whirlwind sprouts (n.) bourgeon kdnjb man, millet kildnji heads of corn, millet, thief voleur b4rwil professeur (instituteur) mdlim madrantdya school teacher journey voyage billawilrb inspecteur sanitaire dilwag6rf sanitary inspector docteur, la plupart desemployes afta doctor, most hospital d'hopitaux, tels que infirmiers, aide-infirmiers, etc... inspecteur des denrees cilkilmdan produce inspector XIV- 10 I harvest I catch, seize (tsa2tin) I take away I cross I tread upon, trample I burn (tifIn) I kill farmer a ditch e p small flooded squareplots for growing rice. seed bird river dog darkness snake insect whirlwind sprouts(n.) et heads of corn, millet, etc. thief ardntaye school teacher journey sanitary inspector nurses' aids, etc... al doctor, most hospitalemployees such as nurses, produce inspector 34 batdalla vacation vacances Christmas Yoe1 kirismiris black-smith forgeron kaalima shoemaker cordonnier sdn6ma hunter chasseur barama cassava manioc 6risa potatoes pommes de tprre genic ri beans feves kalb watermelon pasteque bambdsil yam (not American yam d6ya locust sauterelle kAfi animal animal dabbh hyen hyene bultu weed mauvaise herbe bddd rat rat jilwa seed-bed, mud-bed plate-bande dWi XIV - 11 atdallh vacation irismiris Christmas black-smith dnoma shoemaktz arama hunter cassava ktk6ii potatoes galb beans )ambdsZI watermelon can American yam) days yam (not 1ff locust dAbbh animal bdltu hyen bddd weed Aiwa rat bed dWi seed-bed, mud-bed forsleeping on LE9ON XV/LESSON XV Un Projet de Voyage/A projectedtrip , DIALOGUE/DIALOGUE dli kirm6 n6I yI6 klr6yerb Buul: Je suis sur le point de partir chez mon frere Kara. Fannami: Combien de nuits [y]passeras-tu? Fannami: boonimin? 696, 'Anil g61 w6. Buul: Non, it n'est pas questiond'[y] Buul: passer des nuits. Fannami; Tu vas [y] passer lajournde alors? FInn6m1: dlbeonimin 136? 161, billnz6In dlbenin. Buul: Oui, je passerai la journee dans son village. Fannami: Si tu passes lajournde la-bas, Fannami.: dlbdOnimil, dimbr 145 partiras-tu vers la moitid de cinimin? l'apres mid5? 161, dfiwbr Buul: Oui, je partirai vers le milieude l'apres-midi. Fannami: Sur ton chemin du retour,vas-tu FInn6m1: w6ltimil, knriln bbbnimin dormir a Kouri ou seulement leur raa cotro 1111alewlnilm dire au-revoir et continuer ton konlmin? voyage? sGndia bea lefaNge kOnin. Buul: Je les saluerai seulement et con- Buul: tinuerai mon voyage. Fannami: Je vois. Quand tu irasa la cdremonieFInnAmi: h61. n61 salye tiro du choix d'un nom et si tu voisPapa lenimil, bI6 GOnil tadiwia Goni transmets-lui mes plus vives wuro ill Ngillrb lefane. amities. b16 G6ni inn b6? Buul: Tu veux dire que Papa Goni viendra B641: [1a-bas]? cON XV/LESSON XV t de Voyage/Aprojected trip dli kirmA naa yaa klrAyerb Buul: Right now I am on my way to my brother, Kara. kaukdIfirb bnnimin? Fannami: How many nightswill you spend [there]? of spending 69S, buna wA. Buul: No, it's not a matter nights [there]. spend the day dlbdOntmin bA? Fannami: Are you going to [there] then? aaa, billnzAln dlbdbrAn. Buul: Yes, I shall spend theday in his village. abdOnimil, dim'ar w6 Fannami: If you spend theday there, will you mid- cinimin? then be leaving towards the afternoon? towards the. aaa, dimbrc1131n. Buul: Yes, I shall leave mid-afternoon. w6ltimil, knriin bnntmin Fannami: On your wayback, are you going raa cotro 111kIlewIntlm to sleep inKoori, or are you good-bye kOnlmin? merely going to greet them and continue your journey? sandiabea lefaNge Buul: I shall merely greetthem and then continue my journey. the naming al ha. nAl saye tie) Fannami: I see. When you go to Papa Goni, give him lentmil, baa GOnil tldtwil, ceremony, if you see wuro sia Ngillrb my warmestregards. Do you mean to say that Papa Goni ase, IAA GiSni inn bA? Buul: will come [there]? 31,(--_) Fannami: Oh oui! it viendra.Salue-le bien de Fannami: ea, iiin. wuro411erse ma part. Dis-leur de ne pasoublier lefene. sbndirb guile que dans quelques joursj'irai les wbnte 'kjeselsli wuma suro klfi genityen lerAn. voi r. ya, fan jade. Buul: D'accord. Je n'oublierai pas de faire B1141: la commission. EXERCICES DRILLS 1. Repeter plusieurs fois les phrasessuivantes 1. Repeat the fo apres l'instructeur. Si je passe la journde[le-bas] je partirai dlbeongil dfiwbr vers la moitid del'apres-midi. Si tu passes la journde[le-bas] tu partiras dlbdOnimil dfiwbr cinimin. vers la moitid del'apres-midi. Si it passe la journde[1A-bas] it partira dlbdejil dilwbr cijiln. vers la moitid del'apres-midi. Si nous parsons la journde[le-bas] nous dlbdopeia dimbr clxleen. partironf, vers la moitid del'apres-midi. Si vous passez la journde[.le. -bas] vous dlbeoniwil ddwbr clniwl. partitez vers la moitid del'apres-midi. S'ils passent la journde [le-bas] ils dlbdOz611 dimbr clz61. partiront vers la moitid del'apres-midi. 2. Rdpondre aux questions suivantes commeindiqud. 2. Answer the fo (Pierre), oil va I1 va chez Kara, (Peter), Buu1 ti nee yehnzi kere Buul? son frere. Ndererb lejiln? lejiln. (Smith), va-t-il y Non, it n'y passera (Smith), nee tiln 696, na tiln b passer la nuit? pas la nuit. bObjiin jiln bee. (Jean), y passera- Oui. (John), dlbdejiln t-il la journde? be? 3/D Fannami: Oh yes, he iscoming. Greet him 1A1, isin, wuro Ngilaro well for me. Tell the people lefene. sndirb elide I myself wInte kjesag w(irlaS sfir6 there not to forget that will be coming in a fewdays. keta geneiyen lerjln. Right. I'll see that they get your ya, fenjkle. Buul: message. DRILLS several times. 1. Repeat the following sentencesafter the instructor [there] I shall leave dirwbr If I spend the day towards the mid-afternoon. [there] you will leave is aiwbr ciniran. If you spend the day towards the mid-afternoon. [there] he will leave ankr cijiln. If he spends the day towards the mid-afternoon. [there] we shall leave aiwbr darken. If we spend the day towards the mid-afternoon. [there] you will leave pia aiwbr drawl. If you spend the day towards the mid-afternoon. [there] they will leave isambr clz61. If they spend the day towards the mid-afternoon. 2. Answer the followingquestions as indicated. (Peter), where is He is going to Kara, ti naa yeSnzi kerAyerb uul his brother. - lejiin. Buul going? 4p.a.n: (Smith), is he goingNo, he won't spend the as tiln naa tiln bbb- night there. jiln b61. to spend thenight there? (John), will he spend Yes. bdojiin aaa. the day there? S'il passe la S'il passe la journde dlbdOjiA, sAAbi abdOjiA,duwr ^ journee, quand it partira vers la cijiinl cijiin. partira-t-il? moitid de l'apres-midi. (Buul), si tu y Oui, si j'y passe la Oal), ALI, abdOngil passes la journde, journde, je partirai dtawbr wa cinimin? dimbr vas-tu partir vers vers la moitid de la moitie de l'apres- l'apres-midi. midi? (Pierre), Buul et Lui et son frere y (Peter), Bala sia5715nziAnat. qui y passeront-ils passeront la journde. NdliA naa tan tiln Abdina. la journde ensemble? dlbeoza? (Smith), quand ils Quand ils y passent (Smith), n51 tiln naa tiln dlbeo- y passent lajournde la journde, ils ne dlbazfAll rOkko rokko gljd. clz' wont -ils partir partiront pas wa ciza? ensemble? ensemble. (Buul), quand vous Non, quand nous y (BUZA1), nLA tiln L9L, n51 Can y.passez la journde, passons la journde rOkko dlbdCoeil, reqc allez-vous partir nous ne partirons wa ciniwi? glja cijken. ensemble? pas ensemble. 3. Rdpeter.plu5ieurs foislesArases suivantes apres 3. Repeat the f l'instructetr. Au retour , je dormirai a Kouri. wbltiskilkooriin bob/An. tu dormiras woltimil bibbnimin. dormira wbltil bObjiln. nous dormirons wbltiyeil vous dormirez wbltiwil bbbniwi. ils dormiront vthltf411 bnza. 4. Follow the in 4. uivre les instractions del'exercice No. 2. 696, w6ltil ab (Smith), quand Non, quand it (Smith), bal ti w6ltil glxi bObjiln. Buul sera de sera de retour, kbbriln bL bObjiln? retour, dormira- ne dormira pas t-il a Kouri? A Kouri. XV - 3 Gsr If he spends the day, Ilbi dlbdsbj11, dilwk If he spends the day he will leave towards c i jiin. when will he leave? the mid-afternoon. is Yes, if I spend theday . 16a, abdOngil, (Buul), if you spend bnimi1, there, I shall leave towards nlmin? dimbr cinin. the day there, are you going toleave the mid-afternoon. towards the mid- afternoon? He and hisbrother will ill ylhnzil nhl (Peter), Buul and tan abdOza. who will spend the spend the day there. day together there? dOz When they spend the day a tin !ILI tiIn dlbdOz2i1, (Smith), when they lz spend the day there, there, they will not rOkk6 rick6 gIxii ciza. are they going to leave together. leave together? n No, when we spend theday h9h, n61 tiln (Buul), when you 6k atan there, we shall not leave rokk6 dlbdbxhil, rOkk6 people spend the day are you going together. gIskicIJe n. to be leaving together? instructor several times. 3. Repeat the followingsentences after the kariin When returning Ishall sleep in Koori. baniman. you will sleep bajiin. he will sleep bax6n. we shall sleep banita. you will sleep bazbi. they will sleep in 4. Follow the instructionsfor Drill No. 2. 00 (Smith), when Buul No, when he isreturning, w6ltil 696, w6lti1 kooriin will he will not sleep in n? ATI bObjiin. is returning, he sleep in Koori? Koori. 696 s4ltiskil (Buul), dormiras- Non, je ne dormirai (Bal), w6ltimil 1161 kdSMSen bal.jin tu nimporte au sur pas n'importeoZ1 166In banimin b6? ton chcmin de sur mon chemin de retour? retour. (Jean), est-ce que Oui, i 1 y va. fTnhn). BG11 ti suu 161, lejiin. Buul va a la ceremonie tiro lejiin b.5? du choix d'un nom? Et Fannami, y va-t-ilOui, it y va FInnSmidu6o,lejiin 161, lejiin. aussi? aussi. 136? nbolg. Sur leur chemin de Je ne sais pas. naa suu tfyIn retour, ou dormiront- tid6r6In ils? bazU? D'accord Buul, ou Nous ne dormirons y6b, Buu1,woltiwil, dormirez-vous sur nulle part sur kdSrSen abniwi? t1d6m6In votre chemin de notre chemin de b61. retour? retour. 5. Ask students 5. Poser des questions enKaiouri aux 4tudiants sur leurs activites quotidic: :es, etc... enutilisant the construc feel like ha les constructions enseignees dansles quatre derniers exercices.Exemple: Quand vous avez envie de boire, 6u allez-vous? 6. Follow the i 6. Suivre les instructionsde l'exercice No. 3. Je les saluerai seulement etcontinuerai mon sddia bey,lefeflge kOnin/kOxin. voyage. Tu les salueras continueras ton lefIntlm kOnlmin. Il les saluera continuera son lefzil kOjin. Nous les saluerons continuerons notre lefeja kOsien. Vous les saluerez continuerez votre lefaniu kOnlwi. Its ,les salueront continueront leur lerazAl kenbi. 7. Repeat the I 7. Repeter les phrases suivantespiusieurs fois apres l'instructeur. Je les saluerai seulement etpasserai. Oandie beS lefaNge k6rAn/k6An. XV - 4 (Buul), will you No, I won't sleepanywhere timie naa 696, w6ldskil; sleep anywhere on on my wayback. min b6? Nd6mhen bbOxiin bhe, you wayback? (John), is Buul Yes he is. 1 ti suu 161, lejiin. going to the naming b6? ceremony? What about Fannami, Yes; he is. lejiin e6e, lejiin. is he going also? On their way back I don't know. en nor jii. where will they araan sleep? O.K. Buul, where We shall not sleep wbltiwie, 41tiyeie, will you people anywhere on our way niwi? Mlmhen bbbI6en back. b6e. sleep on your way back? activities, etc., using 5. Ask students inKanuri about their daily drills. Es. When you the constructiontaught in the last four feel like having adrink, where do you go? 6. Follow the instructionsfor Drill No. 3. I shall merely greetthem and continue my eh lefeke kOnin/k6.pin. jcv_irney. your kOnlmin. You will He will his lefazi kOjin. our learke kOxien. We shall You will your lefenn koniwi. their lefezhe k6eal. They will times after the instructor. 7. Repeat thefollowing sentences several them and pass by. be6 lefgge k61.31n/k6slin. I shall merely greet Je les saluerai seulement etm'assierai. skdia beS lefahe n:Grqin. retournerai. me retirerai. les quitterai. kblnin/kblAn. entrerai. gaSkin. attendrai. darjin/dajlin. 8. Answer the follow': 8. Repondre aux questionssuivantes comme indiqu4. (Peter), Bal ti, Sam knriye lefazil (Pierre), que fera saluera les Bill a Kouri sur gens a Kouri et c4ltia'abi sldiln kOjin. son chemin de pass era. knriln? retour? 16a, sbndia beS Est-ce vrai, Buul? Oui, je les saluerai B1141, Sdrsi wh? seulement et passerai. lefatge 160.n. Ldlye dblillnzi kau Pourquoi vas-tu les C'est parce que je sndia be6 kIngSal sukuriin saluer seulement et veux revenira la lefanilm kOnlmin ti abi nankleo? tiln fStOrb wblti- passer? maison avant le coucher du soleil. kia raSkina. S9S, bnx.een b6a: Buul, vous et FannamiNon, nous n'y BC141, beS lefejlee dormirez-vous a Kouri dormirons pas, nous FannSmia rokko sdndia Nabltiwia, knriln kOsien. sur votre chemindu saluerons seulement bnniwi w6? retour? les gens la-bas et passeront. sandia lefaza (Smith), qu'a dit Il a dit qu'ils (Smith), Ball ti abi gillz6b? kOzn. Buul? salueront les gens et passeront. Non, ils n'y dormiront (John),Bciulla VS, booty way. (Jean), Buul.et Sam knriye lenza Fannami, dormiront- pas; ils salueront fannSall naysuu kOzbi. ils a Koury sur leur les gens a Kouri et tiben w2ltf41.1, chemin de retour de passeront. kooriin bnzU wS?' la cer4monie du choix d'un nom? 9. Repeat the follow 9. R6p6ter plusieurs foisles phrases suivantesapres times. l'instructeur. XV - 5 them and sit down. e6 lefItge nut1.31n. I shall merely greet return. 1,,iltiskin. depart. c10.n/clxIn. leave them. kblnin/kblxin. enter. eakkin. wait. dIrAn/dIXIn. 8. Answer the followingquestions as indicated. (Peter), what will He will greet thepeople , Biall ti, am kooriye lefazil Buul do in Koori on in Koori and passby. abi sIdlin kojin. his way back? Yes, I shall merely 161, eandil be6 Is that so, Buul? dni w6? greet them and passby. lefItge kkin. Why are you merely That's because I want beh 6dlye dblillnzi kI6 going to greet them to get backhome before mkOnlmin ang611 siflairiin sundown. nInkerb? tiln f6tOrb x4ltis- and pass by? kra eakkinl. sleep 596, Woken b61: Buul, will you and No, cis shall not Fannami sleep in there; we shall merely a rokkO Andra be6 lerajlee Koori on your way greet the folks there _a,P3Oriin kcijlen. and pass by. wh? back? (Smith), what did He said they would greet ),Ball ti Andra ilraza the folks and pass by. lza? 1c6A1 gillza. Buul say? (John), will Buul No, they will notsleep BUI111 .69,5 bbbesa wh. amkariye lenza and Fannami sleep there; they will greet isa n61 sta.' the folks in Kooriand wb1t61.11 Iambi. in Koori on their the pass by. nbnzol wh? way back from naming ceremony? instructor several 9. Repeat the followingsentences after the times. Je reviens a Kouri/je vais a Kouri une fois kooriro w6ltiske lerjin/lexam. I encore. Tu reviens to vas 1,761t1m lenimin. Yr revient it va x41t1 lejiin. 1-1( Nous revenons nous allons w6ltlye letpeen. WE Vous revenez vous allez waltu leniwl. Yc Ils reviennent its vont w6lte lez61. Ti 10. Suivre les instructions de l'exercice No. 9. 10 Follow the instructic Je reparerai l'auto une fois encore. mina di w6ltiske yese kin. I T Je revendrai l'auto. Je relaverai l'auto. I Je renverrai l'auto. Awe /jin/zIwajan. I Je recuirai la nourriture. birl di wbitiske de/An/Opin. I Je coivrirai la nourriture une fois encore. Almin/zbilan. II 11. Repondre aux questions suivantes comme indiqu4. 11. Respond to the follu (Buul), reviendras- Oui, j'y reviendrai (BOA), kbbrieo 141- We, nee tie() sibdra (: tu a Kouri? samedi. tIm lenimin 1)6? w6itiske lerjin. gl (Fannami), y revien- Oui, j'y reviendrai (Fennemi), sibre aaa, nee tiro dras-tu toi aussi? aussi. w6itlm lenimin be? 14ltiske t, (Pierre), quand (Buul) I1 y reviendra (Peter), Bal ti yilm sibdle 1461t1 reviendra-t-il a samedi. saabi knrieo c41t1 lejiin. ( Kouri? lejiin? t (Jean) (Buul) et Je ne sais pas. (John), Baille ( ( Fannami), revierdront- iz'ann6mi_e rOkki5 wa a ils ensemble? w6lea lez61? g (Buul), Fannami et Non, nous n'allons (Bal.), J11 96, rOkko glx1 toi, allez-vous pas revenir ensemble. Fann6ale raid)wa Tabltlye lexeen. ( revenir ensemble? leniwi? t D'accord, maintenant Non, ils ne vont pas ya, (Joh$ kirm6 696, rOkko 0 Jean, reponds: vont- revenir ensemble. emsa ye: rOkk6 wa w61te lez61. a ils revenir ensemble? w6lta lez61? P (Smith), comment vont- Ils vont aller (Smith), filtiablin eGdegbderb 141te aller? separement. leza? lezoi. r) Koori/I am going to Koori riro woltiske lerjin/lestin. I am going back to once again. you are going woltIm lenimin. You are going he is going w61t1 lejiin. He is going we are going w6ltlye We are going you are going waltiu leniwi. You are going they are going 1461t1 leza. They are going 10 Follow the instructions forDrill No. 9. again. w6ltiske ys6kin. I shall repair the car once rediskin. I shall resell the car. ttal/An/ttalian. I shall rewash the car. back. zIwIrjin/z1wIxin. I shall send the car food. di 141tiske deriln/dejlin. I shall recook the zlamin/zbigam. I shall cover the food onceagain. 11. Respond to the followingquestions as indicated. (Buul), will you be Yes, I shall be going kbbrirb w61- tiro sibdll going back to Koori? back there on Saturday. enimln 136? w6ltiske Yes, I shall be going Aye 161, Wa tiro (Fannami), will you be going back there back. mlenimin 136? wbltiske too? when is He will be going back .), Buul ti yilm sibdll w'elt1 (Peter), (Buul) going back there on Saturday. kbbrirb wolt1 lejiln. to Koori? (John), will (Buul) I don't know. , Buulla and (Fannami) be miarOkk6wa leza? going back together? (Buul), are you and No, we aren't goingback x11 696, rokk6 gIJli (Fannami) going back together. mia rOkkO wa wbltlye lexieen. leniwi? together? No, they are not going (John, kirmS S96, rOkk6 O.K. now, (John), answer: are they back together. ye: rOkk6 w6 w61t1 lezGl. leza? going back together? (Smith), how are They are going separately. ), futubiln eadegbderb 1.761t lezol. they going? '4)4%, 12. R6peter les phrases suivantes plusieurs foisapres 12. Repeat the l'instructeur. times. Je lui dirai d'envoyer a Mustapha un bidon siroeilhe rrastArb kananziir gkliw de kerosene. fb1 ATAjil Tu lui diras gullim lui dira edzil Nous lui dirons giApee Vous lui direz Its lui diront gulzaa 13. Suivre les instructions de l' exercice No. 12. 13. Follow the , Je 1ui dirai de venir demain. siro gulNge ban iv,sin. de revenir demain. d'aller demain. lejiin. de quitter demain. cljiin. d'etre pr& demain. d6w6rtin. 14. Repondre aux questions suivantes comme indique 14. Repond to t (L'instructeur remarquera que cet exercice est should note base sur la legon XII. S'il le faut, reprendre necessary, le dialogue de cette legon pour une revision of that les des elements necessaires a cet exercice). things talk Qui enverra un bidon C'est Ali qui iidu MIseahrb k6n6nziir Ari gimA mIstlar de kerosene a enverra un bidon g6rfiwL f61 Awajiln? kAn6nziir eGrilw Mustapha? de kerosene a f61 Awajlin. Mustapha. Qui dira a Ali C'est Bill qui Ndu Asarb edzil Bill gimA riro d'envoyer un bidon va dire a Ali MIsCaSrb kAnAziir gulzi MIstArC de kerosene a d'envoyer un bidon Ig6rfiwS f21 Awkjiln? kLnLnziir gbrim Mustapha? de kerosene a zlwajiin. Mustapha. MAArAntirb leni Bill, quand vas-tu Je lui dirai Bill, saabi Anrb dire a Ali d'envoyer de l'envoyer a gullim MIsta6eo giro eilke mis un bidon de kerosene Mustapha sur mon kfmAnziir grirwL Awajiln. f';:1 AwIjiin? a.Mustapha? chemin vers l'ecole. XV- 7 12. Repeat the following sentencesafter the instructor several times. (1w I shall tell him to sendMustafa a tin of loge mIstehrbkhnhnzilr g6r6w6 kerosene. fb1 Awejiin. ullilm You will Ulzil He will ul,pee We shall ulniu You will ulzaa They will 13. Follow the instructionsof Drill No. 12. tomorrow. 41fIge bAn. igln. I shall tell him to come to return. lejiln. to go %.4%. cljiin. to leave dew rt.n. to be ready o t 14. Repond to the followingquestions as indicated.(The instructor ote should note that this exerciseis based on Lesson XII. If necessary, thestudents should go through themain dialogue les of that lesson once again torefresh their memories of the alk things talked about: there). It's Ali who will send air ro khnhnziir Ari gimh mIsteaib Who will send ruw Mustafa a tin of Awejlin? khnhnzilr gbrimh Mustafa a tin of f61 Awejiin. kerosene? kerosene. lro Who will tell Ali It's Bill that's going gu'lzil Bill lima Aar?) send arc to send Mustafa a to tell Ali to 5n5ziir gulzil MIstehrb Mustafa a tin of uw tin of kerosene? AwIjiin? khnhnzilr Or6w6 kerosene. f al Awejiln. eni Bill, when are you I shall tell him to I Ailib 1166r6ntirb ler3Inne Nis going to tell Ali send it to Mustafa on staaro giro gulIVge Mlstehrb to send Mustafa a my way to school. gruwa Awejlin. tin of kerosene? in? (3zi- (Smith), combien deJe ne sais pas. (Smith), SamNdafi no1N i. personnes dironta Ariro gUizal Ali d'envoyer un Mstaaro k5n6nzilr bidon de kerosene gbrilw6 f61 AwIjiin? a Mustapha? tiVoi girb Bill, toi et qui Moi seul lui dirai Bill, xil kdol karb wu diront a Ali d'en- d'envoyer un bidon 01fIge Miseafirb kInAnzilr 6r61.76 voyer un bidon de de kerosene a k6n6nziir g4rdw4 f61 f61 kerosene a Mustapha. AwIjiin? Mus tapha? 15. Re:peter les phrases suivantes plusieursfois apres 15. Repeat the fc l'instructeur. times. Je lui ai dit d'envoyer un bidon de giro AstlArbkSnSnzilreGring6 f61 AwInt kerosene a Mustapha, hier. Tu lui as dit d'envoyer un bidon de giro Astl5rbkSnSnziirg6rilw6 kerosene a Mustapha, hier. gialimrA biskl lui a dit d'envoyer un bidon de giro astl5rbkSnAnzilre.tfix46 f61 AwIne kerosene a Mustapha, hier. gulzinabiskl. Nous lui avons ditd'envoyer un giro k6n5nzilre4rilw6 bidon de kerosene,a Mustaphalhier. eaperil biska. Vous lui avez dit d'envoyer un giro mstaarok6nhnzilrgkinah f61 bidon de kerosene a Mustapha,hier. ellnitVa biskl Its lui ont dit d'envoyer un bidon girb mlsOarbkSnSnzilrg2rilw6 f21 zIwIn& de kerosene a Mustapha, hier. ellzAn1 16. Reprendre l'exercice No. 14, aupassé. 16. Do Drill No. (Smith), how many I don't know. , L'am Ndau nor iii. ulzaa people will tell o kkihnzilr Ali to send Mustafa f4l AwIjiin? a tin of kerosene? is Ndua Ariro wut116pi girb Bill, you and who I alone will tell him to send Mustafa MIst1Lrb ellhe MiseArb will tell Ali to it Ordwaf4l khnLnzilr gbr6wa send Mustafa a a tin of kerosene. n? fol AwIjiln. tin of kerosene? apres 15. Repeat the following sentencesafter the instructor several times. tin of staaro k5n6nzilrg6r(1146 alAwIn6 I told him to send Mustafa a biskl. kerosene, yesterday. tin of staaro 16n6nzilrg6r1114 falAwIne You told him to send Mustafa a .a biskl. kerosene, yesterday. He told him to send Mustafa a tinof staaro khnhnzilregrfiw6 AwIne biskl. kerosene, yesterday. We told him to send Mustafa atin of Iseahrb kAnLnziiresrfiw6f alAvIme biskl. kerosene, yesterday. You told him to send Mustafa atin of Istl5rb kAnAnzilrg6rfiwfi falAwIne qa biskl. kerosene, yesterday. They told him to send Mustafa a tinof istaaro kin5nzilresx61,76 AwIne a biskl. kerosene, yesterday. 16. Do Drill No. 14 once again, inthe past tense. 1 p NOTES GRAMMATICALES/GRAMMATICAL NOTES 1.1 Tense VI: Veri 1.1 Temps VI: la conjonction du verbe Les suffixes du Temps VIutilises avec les verbes du The Tense VI Groupe A, sont: Singulier/Singular Pluriel/Plural 1. Age/-kge -11W-A 2. -nilm/-nlm 3. -zil/-z1 -z6,)/-z1 Le choix du suffixe depend, comedans les precedents The choice of cas, du ton de la racine duverbe. the tone of th Paradigmes exemples/Sample paradigms lehe "Je vais/suis alle et..."; "I go /went and ...". 1. leNge lexiee 2. lenilm lenn 3. lezil leza kalge "Je passe/suis passé et..."; "I pass/passed by and ...". 1. koNge keoe 2. kOnlm kcinn 3. kOz1 k6z1 n6milge "Je m'assieds/mesuis assis et..." "I sit/sat down and ...". 1. II&Inkge ne 2. nacanlu 3. n-GpsE nepsa 3-35 - 9 er 1.1 Tense VI: Verb conjunction used with Group A verbs are: verbes du The Tense VI suffixes Singulier/Singular Pluriel/Plural 1. Age/-kge .1164-A 2. -nilm/-nlm 3. -zit / -z1 -zel/-ze f depends, as in earlier cases, on precedents The choice of suffix th the tone of, the verb stem. and 1. leilge le,* 2. lentlm lenu 3. lezil lezaa assed by and ...". 1. koNge 'Ape 2. kOnlm kOn14 3. 1-.6z1. koza 'I sit/sat down and ...". 1. nbmkge rtrive 2. nbmnlm ntlmn14 3. rasps 1 n.,spse 4,14r11ge "J'ajourne/ai ajourne et ..."; "I postpone/postponed and ...". Plurie1/1 1. (11.10,Age ddwarJ 2. dbrabrnilm o'Gsa'arni 3. dbw%Grzil dtwbr z gUlkge "Je dis/ai dit ... et ..."; "I say/said ana ...". 1. 604161 2. 3. gulz ellza "Je me repose/me suis repose et ..."; "I rest/rested and ...". I. tilsage 2. tUsUni 3. t. "I dismount /dismounts zlnaNge Je mets ied 1 terre/aid mis pied1 terre et ..."; Amflge zlmoe1 2. zlmnIl m zkmniu 4. 3. zipsIE zipsaa dimkge "Je divorce/ai divorce et "I divorce/divorced and ...". 1. dimkee dimo1 2. dimnim 3. dips one/postponed and ...". Singulier/Singular Pluriel/Plural 1. (11N,l'erNe! dMr,Oe 2. dbuiGrnilm dMrniii dbulbrz61 3. dblArzil ...and ...". 1. 2. 3. 'I rest/rested and...". 1. tilsilfige tilsilska 2. tilsimilm tiisimiii 3. tiJsZizil tusuzaa e et ..."; "I dismount/dismountedand 1. Am&ge Aida 2. ZiMnikM zmnu 3. zIpsil Apsha rce/divorced and ...". 1. dimNit.. diva 2. dimnlm dimniu 3. dips} dipsa Les suffixes des verbes du Groupe B,du Temps VI sont donnes The ci-dessous. Le symbole V represente une voyellede ton bas, du The m'eme genre que celle qui la precedeimmediatement. qualg Singulier/Singular Plur 1. -ske 2. -6 3. Paradigmes exemples/Sample paradigms diske "Je fais/ai fait et ..."; "I do/did and ...". 1. diske C 2. diim d 3. sldil lbdiske "Je vends/ai vendu et ..."; "I sell/sold and ...". 1. thdiske 2. lbdilm 3. rilske "Je vois/ai vu et ..."; "I see/saw and ...". 1. 2. ram suru ytwilsk "J'achete/ai achet et ..."; "I buy/bought and ...". 1. yiwilske 2. yiwum 3. cwu XV- 11 he B verbs are given below. imps VI sontdonnes The Tense VI suffixes for Groupe he of the same voyelle de tobas, du The symbol V represents a low tone vowel ual precedes it. iatement. quality ac the one that immediately lur Singulier/Singular Pluriel/Plural 1. -ske -iye/-10 446 2. -Vm "'11.1111.1 3. SI k did and ...". 1. diske diye 2. dam diu 3. sldil sbdil sell/sold and ...". 1. adiske adiye 2. ndilm 3. sbrGdi1 w and ...". 1. ruske raye 2. ruum riu 3. suru stiria I buy/bought and ...". 1. yiwbske yiwiliye 2. yiwiim yiwn 3. ciwil cesiwil 3 iske "Je viens/suis venu et ..."; "I come/came and ...". Singulier/Singular Pluriel; 1. iske Ise A "1,% 2. 1SIM 1SIU 3. 1S1 Ise fl;ndiske "Je trouve/ai trouve et ..."; "I find/found and ...". 1. andiske rGndiye 2. 3. slwZ;ndil sGi,w.ndk ylske "Je donne/ai donne et ..."; "I give/gave and ...". I 1. yiske Y1-37 2. yilm yiu 3, cis sadl criske "Je reste/suis reste et ..."; "I stay/stayed and ...". 1. dleske dlelye 2. dIA'am 3. dIS'a Aga b6ske "Je mange/ai mange et ..."; "I eat/ate and ...". .,. . 1, bilske oulye 2. bam biii 3. ziwil zbwil 1.2 Quand des series d'acLions verbale sont conjointes presque 1.2 Wi.1,J tous les derniers verbes concernes sont mis au Temps VI, but: passe, present ou futur en fonction du sens et/ou du con- the texte de la phrase. Exemple: teLl set) eandie be6 lefehe k6 0.n"Je les saluerai seulement et st-1 passerai." an XV - 12 .e and ...". eli Singulier/Singular Pluriel/Plural e 1. iske lge 2. islm islii 3. isl ise d/found and ...". 1. fIndiske andiye 2. nndilm fkidiii di' 3. slwkdil slv.1;ndil e and ...". 1. yiske YIYe 2. yilm yiii 3. cil sad /stayed and ...". 1. dlAske d15Iye 2. dlAem dWI 3. daa Awn and ...". 1. bilske baye 2. bialm biii 3. ziwU z&wil Wit conjoined, all onjointes presque 1.2 When a series of verbal actions are bu put :n Tense VI, is au Temps VI, but the last of the verbs involved are th present, or future ns et/ou du con- the last being put in the past, to tense, depending on the senseand/or context of the se: sentence. E.g. "I shall merely greet them i seulement et beb lefehe kinjin an and pass by." Le Temps VI n'a pas unereference de temps qui lui est propre: Tense sa reference de temps estla meme que celle du dernier verbe refer des series d'actions verbales conjointes. En d'autres mots, si conje la reference de temps du dernierverbe est le present ou le words futur, come dans l'exemple ci-dessus,le verbe precedent (ou refer les verbes) auront, parnecessite, comme reference de temps (or v le present ou le futur aussi; it ende meme pour les autres time E.g. temps. Exemple: lefige bOrAn "Je vais m'allonger" rehZ n&ge bbOskb "Je suis all et me suis allonge" lefle 1.3. Engli 1.3 L'anglais (le franpis) et le Kanouri neconsiderent pas toujours de la meme maniere ce qui constitue lesseries des actions const other verbales conjointes. Quelques concepts verbaux quel'anglais (le franqais) considere, naturellement,kre des activites indi- norma facto visibles, nt, en Kanouri, fragments endes s6quences d'actions. Quelques unes des plus employees et utilesde ces constructions Some sont introduites dans cettelevm (exercices No. 9-14) d'autres are seront introduits dans les deuxprochaines legions. in tip VOCABULAIRE/VOCABULARY je m'allonge, passe la :alit bikin I lie down, spend the ni je quitte cinin I leave je dis au-revoir n.%alalewli]in I say goodbye je salue learAn I greet nous nous reconstrerons tldiyen (eadiwi) We shall meet je passe la journee dlbeoljin I spend the day tout droit direct, straight-away direct) cotro seulernent, (simplement) be6 merely s6parement eacieGderb separately le moitie de-l'apres-midi dowl-r the mid-afternoon XV - 13 nse reference of its own: its time lui est propre: Tense VI has no time fer that of the last verb in a Bernier verbe reference is the same as njo actions. That is, in other autres mots, si conjoined series of verbal rd s present or future intime resent ou le words, if the last verb is fer example, the precedingverb precedent (ou reference, as in the-above r have a present orfuture nce de temps (or verbs) will of necessity me similarly with the othertenses. r les autres time reference also; g. E.g. bbrjin "I am going to liedown" lehe bboskb "I went and lay down" gli always agree as to what Brent pas toujours 1.3. English and Kanuri do not nst constitutes a series ofconjoined verbal actions. In des actions her which English speakers que l'anglais other words, some verbal concepts nma normally consider to beindivisible activities are os activitesindi- cto sequential actions inKanuri. 1,quences d'actions. factorized into component me and useful of suchconstructions 'es constructions Some of the most common e in this lesson (cf.Drills No. 9-14) and o. 9-14) d'autres are introduced th ons. in the next two. I lie down, spendtoe night I leave I say goodbye I greet We shall meet I spend the day direct, straight-away merely separately the mid-afternoon 4 j LECON XVI/LESSON XVI Au Dispensaire pour Bebes/At theWell-Baby Clinic DIALOGUE/DIALOGUE Ngdama nankarb cfrin? Barbara: Pourquoi crie-t-elle? Barbara: ddi hdlnzi: saabls6rb cfrin. Fati: C'est son passe-temps: elle crie Fati: tout le temps. Barbara: N'e'tes-vous pas sa mere? Barbara: ,p/m1 gi pf wd 57Z,,anzi wb? Fdti: ada, wtimd ydanzi w6. Fati: Oui, je le suis. kintalnzi imad? Barbara: Quel age a-t-elle? Barbara: Fdti: kintdi Fati: Huit mois. kazimiinzi ti Mne, sfa Barbara: Deshabillez-la et mettez-la sur Barbara: la balance... Oh! Oh! elle est Itedtfrk tiin gindand .;'fro birl yb en dessous de son poidsnormal! sftemzina! Avez-vous commence a lui donner bddinfmmawd? des aliments substanciels? d9d, Ngonji b6s Fati: Non, je la nourris au sein Fati: seulement. ae, ddimd nankar6 saabis6 sf Barbara: Rien d'etonnant a cequ'elle crie Barbara: biri k61k4lrb tout le temps. Vous ne luidonnez cfrin ti. pas assez a manger. slasndfin bda. ammd saabls6 cfrin ?i/rb Fati: ais je lui donne le sein FAO.: immediatement chaque fois qu'elle ylke slmblin. crie [pour la nourriturej. ada, kildaLTI/rb gaina; ammd ddi Barbara: Oui, je comprends mais cen'est pas Barbara: fdrb kIndianzi suffisant. Une fille de sonhe sia sitfin bda. doit manger des cereales, desoeufs dtW di, bilim ar9imbesb, wajfa wbsobn klmAtkiny6 et de la viande. On doitaussi wo. lui donner a manger du foie, tous 'girl) 576 ziwti. les jours. LECON XVI/LESSON XVI re pourBebes/At the Well-BabyClinic crying? ra: kgdamd nankarb cirin? Barbara: Why is she ddl hdlnzi: saabis6rb cirin. Fati: That's her pastime: she cries all the time. Barbara: Aren't you hermother? ra: in/ma gpi wd ydanziwb? ada, wdmd ydanzi Nab. Fati: Yes, I am. ra: kintdInzi ivad? Barbara: How old is she? lantai Fati: Eigilt months. clothes and put her ra: kazimiinzi ti rIlne,gia Barbara: Take off her tiin gindand on thescales.. Oh, Oh, she is underweight! Have you started gi Ng6mzin't! girb birl yb yet? b6dinimma wd? giving her solid food d9d, k34nji b4s simblin. Fati: No, I only breast-feedher. she cries all the time. Ira: ne, ddima nankar6 saabisegif Barbara: No wonder enough to eat. biri 1(41k41rO You don't give her . cirin ti. sifkdfin bda. promptly arum saabis6 cirin 511b Fati: But I breast-feed her she cries [for food]. ylke slmbiln. each time but that will not ara: ada, kildklirb gaina;ammd ddi Barbara: Yes, I understand; her age should be gia sitfin bda. ferb kindianzi do. A girl of meat. She dtni di, bilim ar9fmbesb, eating cereals, eggs, and liver to eat iigila wb. wajla wbsan kimatanye should also be given gfrb ye ziwd. every day. Fati: Quel genre de foie? Fad: kimAtkin jiabf? Larbara: Tout genre: foie de vache, foie Barbara: jiabi yayd: kimzitkIn feeye, de chevre, foie de poulet, tant kimAtkin ka,711ye, kimAtkin que vous le faites cuire et mettre aroma denim k414snim en bouillie [pour elle]. EXCERCICES DRILLS 1. Repeter les phrases suivantes plusieurs foisapres 1. Repeat the followin l'instructeur. several times. Pourquoi crie-t-elle/il? Ngarr6 nenkerb cirin? hurle-t-elle/il? yiljln? grogne-t--:11e/il? Amjiln? dort-elle/il? letcln? rit-elle/il? leasta 011.11? sourit-elle/il? cis 2. Suivre les instructirms de l'exercice No. 1. 2. Follow the instruct N'etes-vous pas sa mere? jAmA glja wh yhenzi lab? son p)are? behnzi son aine (e)(masc./fem.)? yehnzi son oncle? rhwenzi sa tante? bhwenzi sa belle-mere? son voisin? klmskinzc 3. Repeter les phrases suivantes plusieurs fois,separement, 3. Repeat the followin avant de les utiliser comme questions etreponses. be:ore using the an kadnzl dd. De combien de jours Elle a quatre jours. kaLinz .7gdad? est-elle a gee? De combien de semaines Elle a trois semaines. mainzf tdau? mAinzi yaskl. est-elle ggee? XVI - 2 Fati: What kind of liver? .ti: kimatkin Barbara: Any kind whatsoever: cowliver, ,rbara: jiabi yayd: kimZ,tkin fdeye, goat liver, chicken liver.Just so kimatkin kaTlye, kimatkia kuulye. long as you cook it and mash it up amnia denim k614snim [for her]. DRILLS win after the instructor apres 1. Repeat the following sentences several times. Ng61m5 nankarb cirin? Why is she/he crying yiljln? yelling? zlmjilnY groaning? letcin? sleeping? kasitl g6flu? laughing? cii smiling? uct 2. Follow the instructionsfor Drill No. 1. :1mA gljd. 1,74 y5'anzt lab? Aren't you her mother? bagnzi father? ynzi elder sibling (male/female)? r6w1nzi uncle? b5wanzi aunt? kWAnzi in-law? klatskInzi neighbor? win 3. Repeat the following questionsand answers separately severaltimes , sdparement an the question. onses. before using the answer in response to She is four days old. kadnzi imati? kaunzf de. How many days old is she? She is three weeks old. &dau? mdinzi yaski. How many weeks old is she? kintainzi De combien de mois Elle a :suit mois. kintainzi Ndad? est-elle agee? saanzf De combien d'annees Elle a sept ans. sLalzi kdad? tulur est-elle ggee? 4. (a) Rep ea. 4. (a) Repeter les questions suivantesplusieurs fois several t apres l'instructeur. Avez-vous commence a lui donner des giro birl yb bdinimma wi? climents subtar ciels? Avez-vous commence a laver lelinge? a faire le lit? df41 tf yasa a cuire [des aliments]? birl deta a faire la table? tecvurtftondo a apprendre le Kanouri? kaniirf kiTh a manger [des aliments]? bfriKirlbuu a fumer des cigarettes? tawaa lanzAa a aller au cinema? sinimarb leti (b) Have (b) Les etudiants doiventrepondre a ces questions 4. 4. in al ne par l'affirmative oula negative. 4. (c) Have 4.(c) Les etudiants doivent poserles ekes questions 11 transformees en "Quand avez-vouscommence et start--- - y repondre. 5. Repeter les phrases suivantesapres l'instructeur. 5. Repeat tt Elle/il est en dessous du poidsnormal/maigre. gf Ngkzfna. au-dessus /gros. gdrzam. /gross e. ma lade d6ndi . mince s4rs4r. pale bukalur. Elle/il a le teint tres clair kimee. fonce XVI -3 L old. kIntainzi Ndad? antdinzi wilskd. How manymonths old She is eight months. is she? She is seven years old. saAnzi iidad? sadnzi tdliir. How manyyears old is she? after the instructor. urs fois 4. (a) Repeat the following questions several times. giro IAA 0 b6dinimma wd? Have you started giving her[solid] food? clothes? kazImil tillta Have you started washing the df41 tf yesa making the bed? cooking [food]? birl deta making the table? tdwiir tf tondo learning Kanuri? kanilrf kib eating [food]? biri klmbdil tawda anzda smoking cigarettes? going to the movies? sfnimarb leti questions either affirmatively or ,.uestions 4. (b) Have students answer the same in the negative. questions into "When did you questions 4. (c) Have students turn the same 11 et start " and answer them. after the instructor. tructeur. 5. Repeat the following sentences He/she is underweight/skinny. e. gi Ng6mzina. gdrzam. overweight /fat. e. sick/ill. dondi . s4rs6r. slender. ....,---"- bilkaldr. light-complexioned. fair/ligh..,in complexion. kimee. very dark - complexioned> silim. 1 4 u cJ 6. Suivre les instructions del'exercice No. 5. 6. Follow the instru klmAtkin feeye giro ye. a) Donne-lui du foie de vache. chevre. ka,Tifye poulet. kuuiye mouton. dfmiye boeuf. dal6ye dda feeye gfrb ye. b) Donne-lui du boeuf. de la viande de chevre. kajliye kinaye du poulet. dfmiye du mouton. du boeuf. dal6ye 7. Suivre les instructions del'exercice No. 5. 7. Follow the instru a) Donne-moi du foie a manger. klmatkIn wdrb ye bdske. 'g'irb ye ziwd. lui andirb ye bdiye. rows skidfrb ye z4w.d. leur kimatkin girl) ye ziwd. b) Donne-lui du foie a manger. du travail a faire. cfda sldi. des choses a vendre. kked. tdlzi. du linge a laver. kazimild dezf. des aliments a cuire. yasA. un lit a faire. di41 ginazi. de l'argent a garder. kdijina (N.B. Les formes de verbes utilisees ici sontdes formes (N.B. The verb forms du Temps V, introduites dans lalegon X. Donc, la premiere in Lesson X. Thus, t phrase de 7 (a) veut dire, mota mot, "donne-moi fJie, "give me liver, let laisse-moi manger [le)"). NCTE: Les quatre prochains exercices sontbases sur la NOTE: The next four legon XII, s'il le faut, faire unerevision de cette students May be aske legon avant d\crmencer ces exercices. doing the drills. XVI - 4 6. Follow ttl,instructions for Drill No. 5. kimAtkin feeye g/rb yd. Give hin/her cow liver. kaplye goat liver. kuuiye chicken liver. d/miye sheep liver. dal6ye ox liver. dab. feeye girb ye. Give him/her beef. kaslye goat meat. kuuiye chicken. dimiye mutton. beef. (.16.16ye 7. Follow the instructionsfor Drill No. 5. kimatkin wdrb ye bdske. Giveme someliver to eat. g/rb 5r4 z(wd. him/her kerb ye bdiye. us skidirb ye z4w.d. them klmatkin%girb, ye zfwd. Givehim/herliver to eat. work to do. cfda sldf. kkbá sildf. things to sell. clothes to wash. kazimild tdlzi. 'biri dezi. food to cook. dill yasa. a bed to make. kdr3ina ginazC money to keep. here are the Tense V formsintroduced formes (N.B. The verb forms used the first sentence under 7(a) means, literally , la emiere in Lesson X. Thus, -moi foie, "give me liver, let me eat[it]. ") based on Lesson XII. If necessary ses sur la NOTE: The next four drills are that lesson once again before de cette students may be asked to go over doing the drills. 8. Repeter les phrases suivantes plusieursfois apres 8. Repeat th l'instructeur. times. Je finirai bientat de faire le lit. d/41 tf karfingln yasAke dajfin. yasdam Tu finiras sasda Il finira yasnye Nous finirons Vous finirez yasdil saasda Its finiront 9. Suivre les instructions del'exercice No. 8. 9. Follow ti J'ai fini de faire le lit. di41 tf yasake dazina. Tu as yasdam Il a sasda Nous avons yasdlye Vous avez yasn Its ont saasda 10. Suivre les instructions de l'exercice No. 8. 10. Follow Je n'ai pas fini de faire le lit. d/41 tf yasdke dazf ,rd. de manger. biri bdske de cuisiner. bfri dgge de laver le linge. kazimild tf taNge de faire la table. tewiir ti t6ndiske de faire le travail. cfda ti dfske 11. Rdpondre aux questions suivantes commeindiqud quand 11. Respond it est demandd de la faire. called (Smith), qui faisait C'etait Mustapha. (Smith), iidd df61 mistad gfm!. s5s41. le lit? s6s4I? (Jean), a qui est le A Bill. (John), dig Nduye lit.qu'il faisait? s6s4i? (Pierre), est-ce que Oui, it l'a appeld. (Peter), Bill tf Bill a appeld Mustapha? mistad:b66zina wd? XVI- 5 after the instructor several fois apres 8. Repeat the following sentences times. making the bed. dill tf klrfinginyasake dajiin. I shall soon finish yasdam You will sasda He will yasalye We shall Asa.' You will saasda They will for Drill No. 8. No. 8. 9. Follow the instructions the bed. dig tf yasake dazina. I have finished making yasdam You have sasda He has yasAlye We have You have saasda They have instructions for Drill No. 8. No. 8. 10. Follow the making the bed. df41 tf yasakedazilrd. I haven't finished eating. bfri bdske bfrl dgge cooking. washing the clothes. kazimild ti td1Nge making the table. t6wilr tf t4ndiske doing the work. cida tf diske questions as indicated when e indiqu6quand 11. Respond to the following called upon to do so. (Smith), Isidd dig mistad gimA didl (Smith), who was It was Mustafa. gs41.? s6s41. making a bed? (John), whose bed Bill's bed. h'ddye dig Billye s6s61. (John), dig was he making? s5s41.? (Peter), did Bill Yes, he called him. (Peter), Bill tf adal gla b66zina. call Mustafa? mistad b66zfvh we (Smith), misthd ti hbfgf d141 s6s4i. (Smith), que faisait le lit. sidlin sdh Billyd faisait Mustapha gfh b66zinh tfin? quand Bill l'a appeld? (John), dial ti shsdhd9d, shsah dhz (Jean), avait-il finiNon, il n'avait pas de faire le lit quand fini. dhzine wl sdh Bfilye Bill l'a appele? gfh b66zine tiln? ddlyd 41filnz (Pierre), pourquoi Parce qu'il voulait (Peter), abi nankarb misthd Njfim 1 l'a-t-il appele? qu'il bala41 une sia b66nO? certaine chambre. firdjfh Arlan sdh d141 shsdL (Smith), quand avait a la (Smith?, mistad ti Njfim ti fird- Mustapha avait-il balayer apres avoir shabi Njiim ti a balayer la fini de faire firdjin? chambre? le lit. Ngdwb d1 41 tf Je vois, Mustapha, J'ai balayd la yn, (nIsthd),Ngdwb yasake dazing qu'as-tu fait apres chambre apres avoir df41 ti yhsdhm dhzinh Rjilm ti fird avoir fini de faire fini de faire le tiln, hbf calm? le lit? lit. balm da (Pierre), qu'as-tu faitapres avoir fini (Peter), kal staqa. NgdwO bfri de manger ce matin? tlin, abf dilm? etc. etc. 12. Rdpeter les phrases suivantesapres l'instructeur. 12. Repeat the Je lui ai permis de peser son bdbd. gfh kblgge tfbn di 441wOnO. Tu lui as k011iim lui a kblzil Nous lui avons kblyde Vous lui avez Its lui ont knzah XVI - 6 He was making a bed. (Smith), mistad tfabi gf (1141 skin.. (Smith), what was sidlin sda Bfilyd Mustafa doing when gla b66zfna tfin? Bill called him? No, he hadn't. (John), df41 tf sasdad9d, sasda dazfix/. (John), had he dazina wd sda Bfilyd finished making the him? gfa b66zfna tfin? bed when Bill called Because he wanted him (Peter), abf nankarb ddlye dpfilnzf (Peter), why did he to sweep a certain gfa b66nO? mistad Njfim ldd call him? ffrdja slradna tfrb. room. He was to sweep it (Smith, mistad tf sda (1141 sasda dajla (Smith), when was after the had finished shabf Njfim tf Njfim tf ffrdjin. Mustafa to sweep making the bed. firdjin? the room? I swept the room after y6b, (mistad),Ngdwb Ngdwb d/41 tf I see, Mustafa, what I finished making the dig ti yasdamdazinayasdke dazfna tfin, did you do after you bed. tfin, abf dfim? &jflm tf ffrdbkO: finished making the bed? you finished (Peter), kdil shwaNgdwO bfri barn dazfna (Peter), what did you do after tfin, hbf dfim? eating this morning? etc. etc. after the instructor. 'instructeur. 12. Repeat the following sentences weigh the baby. sin kblgge tfiAl dikg41wOnb. I allowed him/her to k011fim You kblzfi He kOlTA We kOlnfil You kblzdh They 13. Suivre les instructions del'exercice No. 12. 13. Follow t .11e m'a permis de peser lebebe. via kOlzil tibZ-,1 di Ig41wOkb. N011hm. Je t'ai permis Tn. kOlIcf0 Je lui ai permis gih Ig41wOnb. NOlwbiye. Ell nous a permis hndih kedzfl Je vous ai permis rikdih kOINge Nalwn. Je leur ai permis skidih kg419hdh. 14. Suivre les instructions del'exercice No. 12. 14. Follow t Il me laissera passer. wtia kblza quitter (partir). aller. m'asseoir. n4m0.n. venir. rester. diaskir. retourner. w4ltiskin. 15. Suivre les instructions del'exercice No.12. 15. Follow ne me laissera pas passer. wua kblzil k6riln bah. quitter (partir). cirjln. aller. venir. Iskin retourner. w4ltiskin 16. Respond 16. Repondre aux questionssuivantes comme indique quand it est demande de le faire. upon to aka, gih kb (Smith), Fati a-t-elle Oui, ellelui a (Smith), Fad tf tib6lnzi Ng permis h Barbara de permis de peser Barbara kOlza ?eser son bebe? son bebe. tfbc'Anzi NOlzinh wa? ma, wdh ke (Barbara), Fati Oui, elle m'a (Barbara), Fati ti tibnnzi Ng t-a-t-elle permis permis de peser pia kOlzii tfbnilzi de peser son Bebe? son bad. NOlzinh wa? XVI- 7 for Drill No. 12. No. 12. 13. Follow the instructions the baby. wda kblzfi tibl-1 dfNO1wOkb. She allowed me to weigh ga kbIgge N011am. I allowed you gla NO1wOnb. I allowed her andia kblzfl NOlwaya. She allowed us nkdn. kblage NOlwbil. I allowed you I allowed them sbndia kg419ada. for Drill No. 12. No. 12. 14. Follow the instructions He will let me pass. wda kblzfi kkan. leave. go. sit down. n6mnin. come. iskin. dldskir. stay. return. w6ltiskin. for Drill No. 12. No.12. 15. Follow the instructions He won't let me pass. wua kblzfi k6t3inbda. leave. lerjin. go. come. fskin return. w41t1skin questions as indicated whencalled e indique quand 16. Respond to the following upon to do so. Yes, she allowed her (Smith), Fdti tf ada, gn plzfi (Smith), did Fati allow Barbara to to weigh her baby. Barbara kOlzfl tibblnzi Ng4lzfna. tfblnzf Nalzfna 144? weigh her baby? (Barbara), Did Fati Yes, she allowed me (Barbara), Fdti tf Ada, wiSa kblzfi allow you to weigh to weigh her baby. pia kOlzfi tfbN.nzf tibblnzf Ng611)fna. her baby? Ng4lzina wd? gla kOl! (Fati), lui as-tu Oui, je lui ai permis (FAO.), gia kbllfim permis se peser ton de peser mon bad. tiblnfm 441zfne tibW11 kgglzj tan wa? (Barbara), 1(s mores Non, quelquefois elles (Barbara), yaas6 tf dcd, sae MAL to permettent-elles ne me permettent pas saebis6r6 wA ga kblzda tib611 toujours de peser de peser leurs bebes. kblzee tib611anza kg4113in leurs bdbds? VOCABULAIRE /VOCABULARY je crie, pleure yiriskin (cirin) I cry, weep je- me deshabille siinrAn (rline) I take off (c je mets en bouillie (dcrase) k414srjin (k414snimin)I mash up je nourris au sein (je donnele sein) ylmbiskin (simblin) I breast-feed4 j'apprends rikin (kin)) I learn je crie, hurle yi1/9.n (yfljin) I shout, yell je grogne zimajin (zimjiin) I groan je dors (Idtcin) I sleep an) I smile je souris cil mdmdsi/jin (mucous je ris kasiti g6rJin (g6jin)I laugh je suis en dessous de monpoids normal) kern:Jima I am underwei j'ai perdu du poids. (kgkzfne) I have lost w caractere (genre) hal character balance kg5larbm scale poitrine, sein 46nji chest, breast foie kimatkin liver poulet Wadi chicken mouton diml sheep vache fee cow boeuf del6 OX chevre kajl goat XVI - 8 (Fati), did you allowYes, I allowed her s (Fdti), gfa kbllam ada,gla,kbltge her to weigh your to weigh my baby. tfb6lnim 441zina tibblxf Ng6lzina. baby? cad? (Barbara), do mothersNo, sometimes they Iles (Barbara), ydasb tfd9d, sda laden Wa always allow you to do not allow me to as saabls6rb wd sin kblzda tib6lldnzd weigh their babies? weigh their babies. es. kblzda tibblldnzd 44113in bda. yfriskin (cirin) I cry, weep rinrJin(aine) I take off(clothes) k414sr3in (k414snimin)I mash up ylmbiskin (simblin)I breast-feed ifkin (kin) I learn yllijin (yfljin) I shout, yell (zimjfin) I groan 14min (letcin) I sleep cfi mdmdsirjin nn) I smile kasiti g6/31n (g6j1n)I laugh I am underweight) (&g6mzina) I have lost weight. hdl character scale chest, breast tig6n.11 klmdtkin liver kuui chicken dimi sheep fee COW dela OX Lag goat 4r. age kindie age end (e) (masculin, feminin) yed elder sibling (male younger sibling(ma benjamin (e) (masculin, fdminin) kirdmi uncle oncle rdwe bdwa aunt tante belle-famille kisa in-law neighbor voisin kim4skl Bros, au-dessus dupoids normal gdrzem fat, overweight sick malade d6ndi slender mince s4rs4r teint clair bilkeldr light-complexioned very light-complex teint tres clair kimee laughter rire kesiti only seulement b4s noir stlim black XVI - 9 kindfh age yhd elder sibling (finale,female) kirdml younger sibling(male, female) raw' uncle bdwa aunt kisa in-law kim4sk/ neighbor gdrzhm fat, overweight d6ndi sick sars4r slender bilkhldr light-complexioned kimee verylight-complexioned klsiti laughter b4s only silim black 42 :1 LEON XVII /LESSON XVII Chez le chapelier/At the Cap Makers DIALOGUE/DIALOGUE Bfil: zdwd m6diirb diltfmma df rain Bill: J'ai vu la casquette que tu asfaite pour Modu. An: radmma wd? walla zawhd gdw Ali: Comment la trouves-tu?C'est une, des dialkfnasb tfba f4lnzd. plus belles casquettes que jen'ai jamais faites, tu sais. Bill: z4UmArb radkfna. wdyerb f4l Bill: Je l'aime beaucoup. Je voudrais que tu mien fasses une pareille. tfbe diztfmmfa rhalcfna. da: 'thank tf m6aya tfa ghnd n Ali: La tienne sera un peu plusgrande que k6jin timanina. m6dilye tie celle de Modu, je pense. Tu la veux de 1415niinzd til6 wd radam? la meme couleur? Bill: Oui, verte, jaune, rouge etbleue. Bil 1;hda, Wrfla, arnAlh, kimea Ali: En ce qui concerne le tisu pour dii: b6kth jiabf zdwd tfrb (Rai casquettes, tu as le choix entrele buulrda sflfm? noir et le blanc. Bfil:fiadsanzd ardinfim? Que me recommendes-tu? dn: ralga bda, d61filnzf Ali: C'est difficile I dire. Des gees jfa f4l saran, kiird lddye pr4f6rent un genre, d'autres l'autre. saran. tima/3inh buul tf gfmd 14dn4 Bill:\Peut-etreque le blanc irait mieux Bfil: tia k511(61jfin 03. timanimm avec ces couleurs. Ne le penses-tu pas? dil: hda, timarjina. Ali: Oui, je crois. Bill: wilrb sdwajdyerb zdwd f41 du Bill: Je voudrais que tu en fasses uneautre pour un and.. rhAlcfna. zdwd sdwanfmbe tf jfri khan Ali: Sa casquette sera-t-elle dumeme style da: ta 1c611c6lrb wd dilaskin? que la tienne? LEON XVII/LESSONXVII ez lechapelier/At the Cap Makers for Modu. Bfll: zdwd m6dilrb diltfmmitdf rdkina. Bill: I've seen the cap you made radmma wd? walla zawadsdwa gdwa Ali: How do you like it?It's one of the des dri: know. clUtfkfnases tfbe f6lnzd. finest caps I've ever made, you radkinh. wdyerb f41jfiinzf Bill: I like is very much. I want you to ue toBill: znmArb like that for tfbe diltfmmfa raakfna. make another one just me also. tn. gand nimkdran Ali: Yours will be a littlebigger than que dil: kadnim ti Modu's I think. You want the same ux de k6jin timanfna. m6divetfa. 14dniinzd t116 wd radam? colors as Modu? and blue. Bill: &dal krrila, kirndia, kimaa,aUlda.Bill: Yes, green, yellow, red, for making the b4kth jiabf zdwd tfrb Ali: As regards the cloth choice between black buulrda sflfm? cap, you have a and white. Bfil: itiads66nzd ardinfira? Bill: Which one do you recommend? ral0 gi1113in bda, d51fi1nzf dam lddy6 some people like jfil f41 saradil, kUrd lddye _WI OdeAli: It's hard to say: another. saran. one kind, others Opsinh Perhaps white would gobetter x Bill: timar3ina buul tigfmA Bill: timanfmma wd? those colors. Don't you think? Cu pas? tfa k61k6ljfin wb. da: an, tImarjfna. Ali; Yes, I think so. Bill: I want you to make a capfor a friend autre Bill: wirb sdwaxdyerb zdwdf41 eitfmla of mine, too. radkfna. style dn.: zdwd sdwanfmbe tfjiri kadnimbe Ali: Will his cap be of the same style as tia k61k41r6 wd diltfskin? yours? d9d, kaskde tia g6dej1in. Bill: Non, elle sera differentede la mienne.B111: 16ianiibis: sirAAO? Ali: Quelles couleurs veut-il? Bill: gf zdwd ti buul f6kmd siradb,ammd Bill: Il veut que la casquette soit com- pletement blanche I llexception du kilda zawdbe ti cidw6On bah, sommet qui doit etre jaune. d5lillnzi kirndima Arad?). EXERCICES DRILLS 1. Repeat the follow: I. Repeter les phrases suivantesplusieurs fois apres the instructor. l'instructeur. f6lnzd. C'est une des plus belles casquette queje n'ai zhwad gdwagawa diltfkinasb tit:se jamais faite avant. tfbe f4lnzd. 4 C'est un des plus grands livres que jen'ai kitaud kdra kdra rdkinasb jamais vu avant. C'est une des plus petites maisons queje n'ai ft6d gand gand jamais vue avant. C'est une des plus larges routes que jen'ai dib611d f4r.4k f6r4k jamais ue avant. C'est une des plus doucesboissons que je n'ai Nb21 kljfi kijil ydkinasb jamais euavant. C'est une des plus chereschemises que je n'ai glmajed zai yiwatnasb jamais achetee avant. C'est une des plus longues tables que jen'ai temirra kilra kuruut4ndiskinasb jamais faite avant. C'est une des plus grandes villes queje n'ai brlad kdra kdrardkinhsb jamais vue avant. XVII - 2 different from mine. Bfil: d9d, kaskde tieOdejlin. Bill: No, it will be What colors does he want? dil: 16iinibls: Area? Ali: He wants the cap to bewhite all Bill: gf zdwd ti bellfokmd siradb, ammd Bill: exception of its top kiln zdwdbe tf d4w6bnbda, over, with the alfilnzi kirndima Area. which should be yellov. DRILLS following sentencesseveral times lfte...: fois apres 1. Repeat the the instructor. tibe f6lnzd. It's one of the finest caps Ihave ever n al zawedgdwa Uwe diltildnasb made before. It's one of the biggestbooks I have ever kithild Wire kdrerdkfnasb tibe fanzd. seen before. It's one of the smallesthouses I have ai fatbd gand gand ever seen before. It's one of the widest roads Ihave ever dliAlld f4r6k f6rdk seen before. It's one of the sweetestdrinks I have ai Ilibbl kijil kijfi ydkinasb ever had before. It's one of the most expensiveshirts I have gimajed z44 zgiylvidkfnas6 ever bought before. It's one of the longesttables I have ever teairra kiirdil )(Uralt4ndfskinas6 made before. have ever bind kdre kdrardkfrasb It's one of the biggest towns I seen before. 2. Repeter les questions suivantes plusieurs fois apres l'instructeur avantd'y repondre comme indique. ada, 14rdindeen Nb Avez-vous de grands Oui, nousen avons.14rdind6bn,kasilild marches dans votre pays? kdra kdre Nb6jf wd? Avez-vous de larges Oui, nousen avons. lerdindandib611d routes dans votre pays? f4r4k. f4r.4k Nbeji wd? Avez-vous de grandes Oui, nousen avons.16rdind6bn,biled villes dans votre pays? kdre kdra Nbejf wd? Avez-vous de belles Qui, nousen avons. 14rdindan,zawed casquettes dans votre gdwa gdwa Nbdjf wd? pays? Avez-vous des petites Oui, nousen avons. 14rcand6bnfhtbd gand maisons dans votre pays? gand Nbejf wd? Avez-vous de petites Oui, nousen avons.14rdindAn,mOthd voitum dans votre pays? gand gand Nbeji wd? Avez-vous des chemises Oui, nousen avons.14rdind6bn girajed zai cheres. dans votre pays? wd? Avez-vous des boissons Oui, nousen avons.16rdind6bn tql)1 douces dans votre pays? kigi kigi Ihejf wd? Avez-vous des choses1 Oui, nousen avons.14rdind6bn,awbd 'bon marche' dans votre bdtil bdril Nbeji wd? pays? fois 3. Repeter les phrases suivantes plusieurs apres l'instructeur. Ing nlmkfirin Bill, la tienne sera un peuplus grande queBill,kadnim ti Welye tie g celle de Modu. kkan. XVII - 3 2. Repeat the following questionsafter eurs the instructor several timesbefore pondre answering them asindicated: Do you have bigmarketsYes, we do. ons.14rdind6bn,kasnd adal 14rdindeenNbeji. kdra kdra Nbdjf wd? in your country? Do you have wide roads Yes, we do. ons. lArdindand1b211d in your country? f4r6k f4r4k. Nbdjf wd? Do you have big towns Yes, we do. ons.14rdindAn,b1lad in your country? kdra kdra Nbdjf wd? Do you have fine caps Yes, we do. ons. 14rdind6amawad in your country? gdwa gdwa Nbdjf wd? Do you have smallhouses Yes, we do. ons. 14rdindanfatbd gand in your country? gand Nbdjf wd? Do you have small cars Yes, we do. ons.14rdindAn,mOtad in your country? gand gand Nbdjf wd? Do you have expensive Yes, we do. ons. 14rdind6bngimajM shirts in your country? z44 libdjf wd? Do you have sweet Yes, we do. ons.14rdindan kbnl drinks in your country? kijil kijfi Nbdjf wd? Do you have cheap Yes, we do. vons. 14rdIndan,awba things in your country? bdtZI bdcit NIAji wd? 3. Repeat the followingseveral times urs fois after the instructor. bigger than gana nlrakfiran Bill, yours will be a bit queBal,kadnim ti Mddilye tia k6j1n. Modu. nimf4r4k1 Bill, la tienne sera une peuplus large que Bill, kadnim ti M4aye tia gend Mjin. celle de Modu. nimganden Bill, la tienne sera un peuplus petite que celle de Modu. nimkiiran Bill, la tienne sera un peuplus longue que celle de Modu. nimkefan Bill, la tienne sera un peuplus courte que celle de Modu. nimballa Bill, la tienne sera un peuplus blanche/claire que celle de Modu. nimkim6en Bill, la tienne sera un peuplus rouge que celle de Modu. nimsiliml Bill, la tienne sera un peuplus noire/sombre que celle de Modu. nimkirfil Bill, la tienne sera un peuplus verte que celle de Modu. nimkirnai Bill, la tienne sera unpeuplus jaune que celle de Modu. 4.(a) Repeter les deux phrases suivantesplusieurs fois apres l'instructeur. Gui, elle est aussi grande quecelle de Modu.aaa, nimkdrenzi M6dZiyeZ31. A9d, nimkdrenzi M6aye61 Ard. Non, elle nest pas aussigrande que celle de Modu. 4.(b) D'abord repeter les questionssuivantes pluiseura fois avant d'yrepondre en utilisant les phrases deja appraisesde l'exercice precedent. nimkdranzi Waye61 wd? Bill, la tienne sera-t-elle aussigrande que Bill, kadnim ti celle de Modu? X711 - 4 Bill, yours will be abit_ wider that: Bill, kadnim tf Mayatfa gand nimf4r4klan k6jIn. Modu's. nimgandan Bill, yours will be abit smaller than Modu's. nimktann Bill, yours will be abit longer than Modu's. nimkafnn Bill, yours will be abit shorter than Modu's. nimbnllan Bill, yours will be abit whiter/lighter than Modu's. nimkimebn Bill, yours will be abit redder than Modu's. nimsflimanBill, yours will be abit blacker/darker than Modu's. nimkiiillan Bill, yours will be abit greener than Modu's. nimkirndilan Bill, yours will be abit yellower than Modu's. 4.(a) Repeac the following twosentences after sieurs the instructor severaltimes. Yes, it is as big asModu's. nimkdranzf 11.6dtlyeZ7-i. No, it isn't as big asModu's. 49d, nimkdranzfWcitlygi gig. 4.(b) First repeat thefollowing questions several times beforeanswering them with the response sentencesjust learned under 4(a). Bill, will yoursbe as large/big asModu? Bill, khanim ti nimkdranziM6d4ye6i wd? Bill, la tienne sera-t-elleaussi large que Ball khanim ti nimf4r4knzi Moidaeef celle de Modu? Bill, la tienne sera-t-elleaussi rouge que nimkimAnzi celle de Modu? Bill, la tienne sera-t-elleaussi noire/sombre nimstlfmnzi que celle deModu? Bill, la tienne sera-t-elleaussi blanche/claire que celle deModu? Bill, la tienne sera- t -eileaussi jolie que r4mgdwhnzi celle de Modu? Bill, la tienne sera-t-elleaussi chore que nimzainzi celle de Modu? Bill, la tienne sera-t-elleaussi bon marche nimbdtiinzi que celle deModu?. 5. Follow the instr 5. -Suivre les instructionsde l'exercice No. 4(a) et 4(b). hah, rdkinh. hmmd zhwha saw' g&wh (a) OuilTen ai vu mais c'estcertainement une des plusbelles casquettes que je n'airdkinhsb tibe f6lnzd. jamais vue avant. zawi illmgawhnzi dti6fighlte yhyd rdmmh (b) As tu jamais vu une casquetteaussi belle avant? As tu jamais vu un livreaussi grand kItau nimkdAnzl avant? As tu jrnais vu une autoaussi petite m6th nimghnanzi . avant? As tu jamais vu une routeaussi large dibl nimf4r4knzi avant? As tu jamais vu unechemise aussichore gImajd nimzginzi avant? XVII - 5 Bill, will yours be aswide as Modu's? khanim ti nimf4r4knziMddaygoi wd? Bill, will yours be asred as Modu's? nlmkimdenzi Bill, will yours be asblack/dark as Modu's? nimsflimnzi Bill, will yours be aswhite/light as Modu's? nimbdianzi Bill, will yoursbe as pretty asModu's? nimgdwhnzi Bill, will yours be asexpensive as Moou's? nimzginzi Bill, will yours be ascheap as Modu's? nimbdtiinzi and (b). Follow the instructionfor Drill No. 4(a) (a) et 4(b). 5. (a) Yes, I have,but it is certainly one ada, rdkinh. hmmd zhwhdgdwh gdwh of the prettiest caps Ihave ever seen rdkinhsb,tibe f4lnzd, before. ever seen a capthis pretty zdwi nimgdwhnzi dti61Nghltd yhye rummy vid?(b) Have you before? Have you ever seen abook this big kitdu nlmkdrhnzi before? Have you ever seen a carthis small m6th nimehndnzi before? Have you ever seen aroad this wide d/bn nimf6r6knzf before? Have you ever seen ashirt this expensive gimdjd nimzgInzi . before? As-tu jamais vu tine table aussilongue t6wur nimkun4unzf dti51 Ngalt4 yaye / avant? As-tu jamais vu une ville aussigrande bila nimkiiranzi avant? As-tu jamais vu un morceaude bois aussi kiskd nimcfbbilnzi dur avant? As-tu jamais vu un morceaude bois aussi kiskA nimkiirwanzi lourd avant? 6. Repeat the 6. Repeter les phrases suivantes plusieurs fois avantde les utiliser pour repondre la question quiles accompagne. using them Bill, quel genre de J'en veux une aussi Bf11, zdwajinbf gaud gf ...itibf =4: casquette veux-tu? petite que celle-ci.mdnimin? I J'en veux une aussi kdra gf ati6f má, grande que celle-ci. J'en veux une aussi gf ati6f m411 chere que celle-ci. J'en veux une aussi UNA gf At16f mA, jobe que celle-ci. J'en veux une aussi bdtil gf dtibf bon marche que celle-ci. J'en veux une aussi buul gf dtl6f and blanche que celle-ci. J'en veux une aussi kimee gf atgf m rouge que celle-ci. J'en veux une aussi silim gf dti5f m noire que celle-ci. J'en veux une aussi kirndi gf da6r jaune que celle-ci. XVII - Have you ever seen atable this long nlmkiiranzi dt15f NgalteArd rdmma wA? before? Have you ever seen a townthis large bin nimkfiranzi before? Have you ever seen apiece of wood this kiski nimcibbianzi hard before? Have you ever seen apiece of wood this kiska nimktirwanzi heavy before? sentences several timesbefore Is avant deles 6. Repeat the following response the accompanying question. accompagne. using them to answer Bill, what type of cap I want one that is Bill, zdwd gand gi dt161 do you want? as small asthis. mdnimin? I want one that is kdra sf dabi as big as this. I want one that is si dt161 as expensive asthis. I want one that is gdwa gf dab/ mdylin. as pretty asthis. I want one that is bdt4 gi dtlbi maxin. as cheap asthis. I want one that is gi da6f mdpin. buul as white asthis. I want one that is kimee gf dtlk mjiin. as red asthis. I want one thatis silim gf dabi as black asthis. I want one thatis kirndi gf AtIlfmdpin. as yellow asthis. Winn gi ati6i Bill, quel genre de J'en veux une aussi Bill, zdwd jiribi mAsan. casquette veux-tu? neuve que celle-ci. manimin? 7. Suivre les instructionsde l'exercice No. 6. 7. Follow the instruc sdwanzi zAwd jiiibi mdjin? Quel genre de casquettel'ami de Bill veut-il? Billye veut une casquettecomplftement blanche. zdwd buul f6k mdjin. tres petite. gand cilld complftement rouge. kimde fit noire. silim fit verte. kith tirit tres chore. zgl fit tres bon march& bdtti bdlds tres jolie. gdwa antd bien neuve. bifin s4r 8. Repdter les phrases suivantesplusieurs fois, 8. Repeat these inter s6par4ment, avant d'utiliser les unes pour repondre several times befo aux autres. d9d, 14dniinzA t116 Veux to qu'elle ait Non. M6dive tia 14dniinza gisd radskb. la mgme couleur que t116 wd Adam? celle de Modu? d9d, nimkdranzd t116 Veux-tu qu'elle ait M6dilye tia les mgmes dimensions nimkdranzd gig radskb. que celle de Modu? 0.16 wd radam? Veux-tu quelle ait M6dilye tn. nimktirdiinzd la mgme longueur que nlmktirainzd t116 gig radskb. celle de Modu? t116 wd radam? Veux-tu qu'elle ait Modilye tn. d9d, nimkilrwanzd le mgme poids que celle nimktirwdianzd til6 gig radskb. de Modu? t116 wd rand? Veux-tu qu'elle'ait Mddilye til d9d, ddtinzd t116 la mgme hauteur que ditinzd gig radskb. celle de Modu? t116 wd radam? XVII - 7 want one that 1, zdwa j1iibi biii1n gi hti61 Bill, what kin d of I is as new as this. imin? mayIn. cap do you want? 7. Follow the instructionsfor Drill No. 6. What kind of cap doesBill's friend want? lye sdwhnzi zdwdjIiibi mAjin? is white all over. A buul f6k majin. He wants a cap that very small. ghnd cilld red all over. kimg fit black silim fit green krif1 tirit very expensive. zal fit very cheap. bdtil bdlds very pretty. gdwh antd billn s6r brand new. separately 8. Repeat these interrogativeand response sentences the responses to answerthe questions. ondre several times before using No, I don't. nye tih 14dnUnzdd9d, 14dnilnzd 6.16 Do you want it to 16 wd rhahm? gig radskb. be the same color as Ilbdu's? dilye tih d9d, nimkdrhnzdtileDo you want it to be the same size as mkdranzd gig radskb. 16 wd Adam? Moduls? nye tih d9d, nimkUranzd Do you wantit to length as mkiirainzd tile gig radskb. be the same 16 wd rhdhm? Moduls? nye tih did, nimktirwaInzd Do you wantit to weight as mkiirwanzd tile gig radskb. be the same 16 wd Age? Modu's? it to &lige tih did, ddtinzd 6 16 Do you want Ainzd gig radskb. be the sameheight as 116 wd radhm? Moduss? 4 I,(1 Veux-tu qu'elle ait le Non. M6dilye tfa tdmannzd A9d, tdmannzd meme prix que cellede til6 wd radam? t116 radsk6. Modu? Veux-tu qu'elle ait le M6dilye tfa jianzd Pa, jfilnzd mgme type que celle de til6 wd radam? til6 gig radsk6. Modu? Veux-tu qu'elle ait le M6dilye ta sadnzd d9d, sadnzd 6.16 gfjii raask6. meme age que cellede til6 wd Adam? Modu ? 9. Repeat the followi 9. Repeter les phrases suivantesapres l'instructeur. Non, elle seradifferente de la mienne. e)d, kaskda tia edejlin. Non, elle seradifferente de la tienne. kadnim Non, elle sera differente dela sienne. kadUzi Non, elle seradifferente de la notre. kadNde Non, elle sera differentede la votre. khAdb Non, elle sera differentede la leur. kadNza 10. Respond to the fo 10. Repondre aux questions suivantes commeindique, quand it est demand& de lefaire, upon. (Smith), du combien Ma pointure est (Smith), sdnOnfm nimkdrhnzf lambh witskti. chausses-tu? huit. nimkdranzi abaf? (Pierre), quelle est La mienne, c'est (Peter), kadnim tf kaskee tf nimkdranzi to pointure? neuf. nimkdranzf lambh Ndad? ldmba lidr. (Jean), les chaussuresNon, les chaussures(John), siinbd Smith- 69d, Peter-ye Smith-ye de Smith et Pierre sont dePierre sont un yeh Peter-yea tia gand nimkdran elles de meme pointure?4peuplus grandes nimkiiranzd t116 wd? k6zfna. :que celle de Smith. (Pierre), est-ce Oui, les miennes sont (Peter), 6di61 adh, kaskde tf Smith-ye correct? un peU plusgrandes wd? ta gand nimkdran que celles deSmith. kozina. XVII - 8 Do you want it tobe No, I don't. atAmannza d9d, tamannza the same price as -adara? t116 gig radsk6. Modu's? Do you want it tobe a jianzd d9d, jfrinza the same type as -Mama t116 gig radskb. Modu's? Do you want it tobe a saanza d9d, sadnza the same age as 'Adam? t116 Aid radsk6. Modu's? sentences after theinstructor. 9. Repeat the following different from mine. keb tia eajfin. No, it will be No, it will bedifferent from yours. *11 No, it will bedifferent from his/hers. Nzi No, it will bedifferent from ours. Nde No, it will bedifferent from. yours. Ndb No, it will bedifferent from theirs. zA questions as indicated,when called quand it 10. Respnnd to the following upon. They are size eight nimktirAnzf lambA wilskti. (Smith), how big are sdatinfm shoes. zi hbni? your shoes? (Peter), what size Mine are size nine. khanim tf kaskee ti amkdranzi are yours? Izflambs Ndad? lambA liar. Peter's shoes are Peter-ye Smith-ye (John), are the shoes No, sialba Smith- d!d, of slightly biggerthan tfA gAnd nlmkdrAn of Smith and Peter r-yeA the same size? Smith's. t116 wi? k6zfnA. Yes, mine areslightly ada, kAskee tf Smith-ye (Peter), is that ddi6f bigger than Smith's. tfa gand nimkdran right? k6zinA. 11. Students, using the 11. En prenant les courts dialoguesde l'exercice precedent comme modeles, les etudients doivent discuter avecl'instructeur, new discuss with the another, their weigh aussi bien qu'entre-eux, deleurs poids et taille, des couleur pointure et grandeur deleurs habits et chaussures. sizesoftheircloth 12. Repeter les phrases suivantesapresl'instructeur. 12. Repeat the following I Je ne peux pas dire. rdige gulxin Yo Tu ne peux pas dire. r4r3nim He ne peut pas dire. r6ksi gulji.n baa. We Nous ne pouvompas dire. r4rgie 01,714en bge. Y Vous ne pouvez pas dire. r6rjniii gulliu waa. Its ne peuvent pas dire. r6kse can. 13. Follow the instruct 13. Suivre les instructions del'exerciceNo. 12. Je peux reparer la pendule. rAge ag6g6 tf yesdkin. Je peux te voir d'ici. nde Adilen j,ia rdskin. I Je peux te faire une table. jairb t6wur t6ndiskin. I Je peux faire le travail endeux jours. cfde tf sdr6 ked indlyen diskin. I Je ne peux pas revenir avantle coucher du ked kingdel siikkfin tfin w6ltfskin bde. I soleil. Je ne peux pas finir letravail avant le ked kIngael sukurf.n tfin cfda ti coucher du soleil. thminjin bde. indique quand it est 14. Respond to the foil 14. Repondre aux questions suivantes comme demande de le faire. upon to do so. Non, Je ne peut pas (Smith),r4rpim ndejlrel did, raige fskin bda. (Smith), peux-tu venir t chez moi demain soir? venir. Mn. kejfri akin ba? e Pourquoi to ne pas? Parceque Je ne abf nankerb ddi ? &aye c1611.11nzi wd rao pas en ville? bilan didskin baa. (Pierre), est-ce que Non, it ne peut pas (Peter), Smithtf gf d9d, gf r4ksi Smith peut venir chez venir. r6ksi ndepirb bail bde. moi demain soir? kajfrf fgin bd? 4 '37 XVII - 9 short dialogue as model,should cice precedent comme 11. Students, using the above with their instructor aswell as with one vecl'instructeur, now discuss and heights, and thecolors and t taille, des another, their weights and shoes. its et chaussures. sizes of their clothes sentences after theinstructor. 12. Repeat the following I am not able to say. :-%ge gu1jin bAa. You are not able to say. 413nim gullfim baa. He/she is not able to say. 6ksi We are not able to say. 41.1pa gillx4en bAa. You are not able to say. wAa. 4rjnitt They are not able to say. 4ksa wia. for Drill No. 12. 12. 13. Follow the instructions peice. Age 446 ti yasAkin. I can repair the time I can see youfrom here. nAh Adilan rdskin. I can make a tablefor you. x/r6 tbwur t6ndiskin. I can do thework in two days. cida tf sdr6 kad indlyendfskin. return before sundown. kad kingahl sukuriin tiinw4ltiskin bda. I cannot the work before sundown. kad kingdal sitkitrfin tiincida ti I cannot finish taparain bda. questions as indicatedwhen called ndique quand it est 14. Respond to the following upon to do so. (Smith), can you come No, Ican't come. (Smith), rknim narfreVA, rgigge /skin bAa. to my place tomorrow ban. kajfri almin bA? evening? Because I shall notbe Adlye How come youcan't? Abf nankarb Adi ? in town then. bilan didskin bAa. (Peter), can Smith No, he can't come. (Peter), Smith ti gf VA, gf r6ksi /gin come to my place tc- r6ks1 nAapirb bAil bAa. kajfrf fgin bb? morrow evening? y6O, (John), g4sfnand6 ad k, r4Ipe igen. Bien, alors (Jean), Oui, nous pouvons est-ce que le reste venir. r/21.114 /siwi wA? d'entre-vous peut venir? GR. NOTES GRANMATICALES 1. Adjective Plu 1. Le pluriel des adjectifs. Adjectives are, Les adjectifs pont, enregle generale, rendus au pluriel Cf. Drills 1-2. en lesredoublant. 2. Inchoative V 2. Les verbes inchoatifs. formes 1 parti Inchoative verbs Les verbes inchoatifs(verbes de debut) sont and from nouns d des adjectifs et des nomsdesignant le temps(1 l'exception the Group A verb de suwa "matin) et1 l'aide des suffixes des verbes du plural forms of i Seule la troisieme personnedu singulier et du Groupe A. noun or an adject pluriel, des verbes inchoatifsest utilisee. Tous les tons verb must be chan du nom ou de l'adjectifqui doit devenir verveinchoatif, (The adjective kb dovient gtre chang6s au ton bas avantd'ajouter les change.). E.g. suffixes de temps. (L'adjectif korkor "rond" est une exception: ces tons nechangent pas.) Exemple: eade "autre" "another " / % "it will gGdejiin / gadezina ce seradifferent/c'est different" keikel "exact" "exact" correspond" "it wil kblkbljtin/kblk%Glzin1 ia correspondra/ia slim "noir" "black" ce seranoir/c'est dejl noir" "it will b bUne "nuit""night" % ! % dejl la nuit" "the nigh bunejlin/bunezEna "la nuit viendra/c'est 41 XVII -10 Well then, (John), canYes; we can come. John), g6psinend6 ed11 r4iyie igen. the rest of youcome? /Awl 14? GRAMMATICAL NOTES 1. Adjective Plural general rule madeplural by beingreduplicated. pluriel Adjectives are, as a Cf. Drills 1-2. 2. Inchoative Verbs (verbs of beginning) areformed from adjectives .es 1 parti Inchoative verbs "morning") by means of denoting time (exceptsillia 'exception and from nouns singular and suffixes. Only the third person, es du the Group A verb inchoative verbs areused. All the tones of a er et du plural forms of adjective that is tobe turned into aninchoative s les tons noun or an added. to low beforethe tense suffixes are choatif, verb must be changed kOrkor "round" is anexception: its tones don't les (The adjective t une change.). E.g. different/ it is different" ifferent/c'est different" "it will be matches" orrespondra/ia correspond" "it will match/it black/it is blackalready" rtoiric'est dejl noir" "it will be come/it is night already ndra/c'est dejl la nuit" "the night will ; kOrkOr rond""round" kOrkOrjin "ca deviendra rond" "it will become rv,ind" 3. Adjective ModifyingAc 3. Les adverbes modifiantl'adjectif. There are special adverb y a des adverbesspeciaux pour modifier les adjectifs en Such adverbs can usually kanouri. De tels adverbespeuvent-etre interpretes comme "tres completement, partout" et chaucun d'entre-eux a ces all over" and each of th significations seulement lorsqu'il estaccompagne par un environment of the one o it to occur. Cf. Drill ou deux adjectifs aveclesquels it apparait ordinairement. Se referer a l'exercice No.7. Some of the adverbs intr Il est aise de constater maintenant quequelques uns des adverbes introduits dans l'exerAceNo. 7, ont de possibles now convenient to note, (mais probablement de dialectales)variantes, comme ce variants, as follows: qui suit. kimee fit/pit/cit silim fit /pit kirii ttrtt/tirik z44 fit/pit butu biriln stx/s61. 4. !'To be able" 4. pouvoir The Kanuri verb meaning Le verbe,Kanouri signifiant"pouvoir" est utilise seulement au 12-14. .Temps VI, comme dans les exercicesNos. 12-14. as in Drills Nos. 441 t will becomeround" 3. Adjective ModifyingAdverbs for modifying adjectives inKanuri. tifs en There are special adverbs be glossed as "very,completely, comme Such adverbs can usually of them has these meaningsonly in the a ces all over",and each two adjectives withwhich it is usual for r un environment of the one or Cf. Drill no. 7. rement. it to occur. introduced above underDrill No. 7, it is s des Some of the adverbs acceptable(but probablydialectal) ssibles now convenient tonote, have ce variants, as follows: 4. "To be able" "to be able" is usedonly in Tense VI, eulement au The Kanuri verb meaning as in DrillsNos. 12-14. VOCABULAIRE / VOCABULARY I sew J'ai cousu diltiskin I recommend Je recommande IrdIrjin(brdinilm) I finish,complete thmbnin Je finis, Je complete it will watch kblkbljiln sa correspondra it will bediffer gdBjiin ce sera diffrent cap z6146 casquette color 1.31ania couleur cloth Otement b6kth type, kind,style jiii type, genre, style v, pretty sawa jolie . green vert Mil lama yellow jaune red . kimee rouge 'inn blue bleu black, dark silim noir, sombre white, light bail blanc, clair cheap bUtil bon marche expensive, hot 24.11 cher, brillant (poivre, feu, etc.) XVII - 2 I sew kin I recommend In(hrdinilm) I finish,complete in it will match ljiln .. it will bedifferent lin cap color cloth type, kind,style pretty green yellow red blue black, dark im white, light I cheap expensive, hot(of pepper,fire, etc.) sweet doux ktjii blnin new neuf gbde other, autre, un autre w3113 . honesti honnetement(iine exclamation) 445 XVII - 13 sweet: new other, another honestly (an exclamation) 446 LEON XVIII /LESSON XVIII Au March6/At the Market DIALOGUE/DIALOGUE rattle hdl tAmInnzt Vusa: Combien cote cettelampe? Musa: wfimh sule Irlsktin kawilskb. Ali: J'ai paye six shillings quand je Aa: l'ai achetee (a l'achat). yikkIlbdimin? Musa: Mais combien me la vendras-tu? Musa: wuro Ndauro side Ali: Huit shillings. An: Musa: Huit shillings: Je te paierai ce Wise: sule wilskfi! 1w6 yawumma tan que tu as payquand tu l'as awe yiwilskin. achete. Ail: kai, moonjiin 1361. Ali: Je regrette, pas d'affaires. stile Irlskt di Ngila de. Musa: Mais s:i.x shillings,csest Musa: certainement raisonnable. An: 696, ..Ali: Je ne suis pas d'accord. Relance. (ou augmente ton offre). Musa: D'accord je te donnerai septshillings MfisS: ya kgill. J,Arb side tfiliir pour cette lampe, ce qui veutdire yiskin, dei riwa suleye que tu fais un profit de unshilling. andimin. Ail: 696; tLmInnzi gallen Ali: Ma rdponse est encore "non". Je baisserai son prix de six pencPs pour toil par faveur. side tulur gall. Musa: Ce qui veut dire que tudemandes Musa: sept et six? ILI, side tulur gall. Ali: C'est ga, sept et six. Ara: Musa: Tres bien. As-tu la monnaied'un Wish: ya, day candy k6k6d1 side billet de dix shillings? meuye NbLji w6 161. Ali: Oui. Ail: 44f ON XVIII/LESSON XVIII Marche/At the Market ill edi temInnzi Nail? Musa: How much is thislamp? e side Irlskiln kbiw:Iskb. Ali: I paid six shillingsfor it when I bought it. Ndauro yikklldimin? Musa: But how muchwill you sell it to me? le wilskfi. Ali: Eight shillings. shillings! I'll pay you what youpaid le wZiskil! 1146 yiwilmml tan Musa: Eight ye yiwilskin. when you bought it. mbOnjiin bal. Ali: I am sorry, no deal. e Irlski di hill de. Musa: But six shillingsis definitely reasonable. r % 'e bid. yErrnGi Ali: I don't agree. Raise your o Ngila. V.rb stile tfilim Musa: All right.I'll give you seven will skin, dli riwl suleye shillings for it, which means you it. ndimin. realize a shilling profit over 6; temennzi sisilan Ali: My answer is still'no'. I '11 take six pence off its pricefor you, as a favor. asking for e Musa: In other words, you are seven andsix; side Ali: That's right, seven and six. have change for a dai cendi 1(61(641 sule Modu: Very well. Do you euye Nbeji we nelnimlln? ten-shilling note? aa. Ali: Yes. Masa: Alors prends ca etdonne-moi la Musa; dli teo tai; c6ndi side indi monnaie: deux et six. sisiabe wuro 1(61f4bYjne. DRILLS EXERCICES Students should be Les etudiants doivent avoirle temps de lire et being asked to do t d'etudier la note No.1 avant de faire les exercices. qui suivent. 1. Repeter les phrases suivantesplusieurs fois 1. Repeat the follo apres l'instructeur avant de les utiliser pour several times be repondre a la question qui les accompagne. question. a) Combien cote cette lampe? a) atill edl temInnzi Un penny. lamb. Trois pence. ,v%torn Six pence. sisi. Neuf pence. nbi. Un shilling. sfile Une livre sterling. fSlm fl, b) Combien cote cette lampe? b) rain tLmennzi Ndaui Un et six. sfilel Deux et six. stile indi aal- Sept et six. sfile Une livre dix. fam f61 sule meua. NOTE: Les deux exercices suivantsont pour but d'enseigner NOTE: The next two reckon money in you aux etudiants commentcompter l'argent en livres,shillings et pence. L'instructeur poserales questions en les variant the questions, vary of the denomination pour testerl'assimilation par les etudiants des denominations donnes dans la note 1. Ceci en faisantles subsitutions substitutions where appropriees ou it est mentionne de le faire. 2. Combien font (troispence) multiplies (t6r6 torn) gbdeeGde (del) NW par (quatre)? Trois pence multiplies par quatre torn torn eedegbde dei sule fb1. font un shilling. XVIII - 2 Musa: Then take this and give me achange sa: dli fie) tbi; c6ndi side indi of two and six. sisiabe wuro kblfs'ajne. DRILLS Students should be given achance to read and study Note No.1 before drills that follow. es. being asked to do the 1. Repeat the following responsesentences after theinstructor several times before usingthem to answer the accompanying question. fbtill adi tAmInnzi tkilfi? How much is this lamp? kOwO6 One penny.(1d). tore. Three-pence (3d). sisi. Six-pence (6d). nbi. Nine pence (9d). side fbl, One shilling (1/). Wam f61, One pound (1., 1). eacill Lei rrn'ann71, tski.V1? How much is this lamp? sulea ;1111., One and six.(1/6d) side indi Two and six.(2/6d) tfilim Seven and six(7/6) fAlm fbl sae me61. One pound ten.(i 110/) wo designed to teach studentshow to enseigner NOTE: The next two drills are po shillings, and pence. The instructorasks . shillings reckon money in pounds, ar, them so as to test thestudents' knowledge es variant the questions, varying ion in note 1, by makingappropriate denominations of the denominations given er utions substitutions where indicated. (three pence)multiplied ;torn for :) gbdegl;de keafi? 2. How much is by (four)? multiplied byfour is a III6r6 torn gbdegbde deisae fbl. Three pence shilling. 3. Quel est le resultat de un shilling (stile fb1) (dean) yerjnimil iidefi? divise quatre? Un shilling divise par quatre est stile fb1 delln yeonimia torn. 6gal a trois ponces. 4. Repeter les phrases suivantesapres l'instructeur 4. Repeat the follo avant de les utiliser pourr6pondre a la question before using the qui les accompagne. Combien as-tu achete cette lampe? ratila Ndlan kbtwilm? Je l'ai achete six shillings. sae araskan k4iwirskO. cinq wan quatre den trois yaskiln deux indiin un fdllan neuf lihrlan dix meuun 5. Suivre les instructions del'exercice No. 4. 5. Follow the inst Combien vends-tu cette lampe? rattle hdl kda(leo thdimin? Je la vends un shilling. stile flrb lbdskin. deux Indirb trois yaskirO quatre deirb cinq wuuro six Irlskirb sept tfiliirrb 6. Suivre les instructions del'exercice No. 4. 6. Follow the inst De combien abaisses-tu sonprix? t,:niannzi Je l'abaisse d'un penny. kOwblan de trois pence. tOr011n de six pence. D.R11n d'un shilling. stile f6111n de un et six. sfilel Ralln d'une livre. fifilm fgllan XVIII - 3 by (stile f61) (deign) yerinimilNail? 3. What is one shilling divided four? side fU dean yeonimiI torn. One shilling divided by four is three pence. after the instructor eur 4. Repeat the following sentences the accompanying question. ion before using them to answer ratill 6(11 Ndlan k6iwilm? How much did you buy thislamp? stile Irlskan k6iwilskb. I bought it forsix shillings wuun five dean four yIskiln three two ind lin Mlln one 11firlIn nine mean ten 5. Follow the instructionsfor Drill No. 4. this lamp? fbtill ad} ticilfirb adimin? How much do you sell shilling. stile f6lrb adIskin. I sell it for a indirb two ylskirb three four deirb five wuuro six Irlskirb seven tfiliirrb 6. Follow the instructionsfor Drill No. 4. off its price? tSmInnzi kdlan Rankin? How much will you take I'll take off a penny. kOw011n fillinAn/f414111n. three pence. tOr011n v. v six pence. sisilan sae f6111n a shilling. one and six. sulea sisilan one pound. fAlm f6111n 7. Repeter les questions suivantesplusieurs fois avant 7. Repeat the que d'y repondre conme indique. as indicated. 12 neve. Est-ce que les oeufs Oui, ils .ont a vendre. Ngiwil di ftsdbye wa? sont a vendre? Est-ce que les oignons lilw5sbr di sont a vendre? Est-ce que les Sponges Oui, elles sonta sin() di sont a vendre? vendre. Est-ce que le savon Oui, it est a vendre. awfiill di est a vendre? Est-ce que les mechesOui, elles sont lbbni di sont 1 venArp? Est-ce que les nattes bfiji di sont a vendre? Est-ce que les paniers Oui,ils sont a vendre. zoo di sont a vendre? 8. Repeat the fc 8. Repeter les phrases suivantesplusieurs fois avant using them to de les utiliser pourrepondre a la question qui les accompagne. a) Combien le/la/les vends-tu? a) Neafirb lbdimin? J'en vends decx pour un penny. indi kowbrb ildiskin. quatre pour un penny. dei Je vends une "zakka" pour un penny. zakka f61 kOwOrb radiskin. "kuyenge" kuyenge un gallon g6lbn f61 un bidon Orfiwfi f61 un yard yfildifal b) Combien le/la/les vends-tu? b) a/dimln? J'en vends deux pour un penny. indinzi kOwOrb lbdiskin. quatre pour un penny. deinzi Je vends une "'akka" pour un penny. zfikkenzi "kuyenge" k4engenzi un gallon Olbnnzi un bidon Orfiwinzi un yard yfildinzi XVIII - 4 several times before answeringthem fois avant 7. Repeat the questions as indicated. they are. tigiwil di neve 146? 'ael, lbdbye. Are the eggs for sale? Yes onions lilw6s2r di sponges soso di soap for sale?. Yes itis. awAill di Is the Are the wicks for sale? Yesthey are. lbOni di mats bilji di baskets zoo di sentences several timesbefore is avant 8. Repeat the following response accompanying question. n using them to answer the How much do you sellit? a) Neafirb lbdimin? Inca kOwOrb lbdiskin. I sell it at two for a penny. four del zekkl f6l kOwOrblbdiskIn. I sell one "zakka" for a penny. kilyenge f6l "kuyenge" gallon g6lbn fi'41 fbl tin yaadifl yard How much do you sellit? b) leatirb lbdimin? indinzi kOwOrb lbdiskin. I sell it at two for a penny. four deinzi one "zakka" zekk'anzi "kuyenge" kilyengenzi gallon g6l2nnzi tin 6rilwenzi yard yeldInzi 9. Les dtudiants soivent faire ce court dialogue, levariant 9. Students should en substituant les mots entreparentheses par des elements substituting api approprids a prendre dans les deux prdcedents exercices. for those enclo! Est-ce que les (epon- Oui, elles sont (sOs6 ti) lbdbye 161, lbaye. ges) sont 1 vendre? vendre. wS? Combien les vends-tu? J'en vends (deux) Ncraiirb lbdimin? (indi) (kowbeo) pour (un penny). 10. Repeter les phrases suivantes plusieurs fois avant 10. Repeat the fol de les utiliser pour rdpondre a la question qui using them to , les accompagne. Combien de poivre veux-tu acheter? Njitta kdlfil mSnlmln? J'en veux pour un penny [de poivre]. kOwb1 ma pin. trois penny toroa six penny sisia neuf penny noia un shilling sulea un shilling et six penny sulea an.;ye majiin une livre fSlm f6111 11. Rdpdter les phrases suivantes plusieurs foisapres 11. Repeat the fol l'instructeur. instructor. cSndi tOrOye heji 1161nimlln? As-tu la monnaie de trois pence? .04 v, six slsue d'un shilling? suleye d'un billet de cinq shillings? cSnd1 Ick6d1 side wuuye Nbeii wa dix d'une livre? Wam flye de cinq livres? fAlm alLye 12.'L'instructeur doit faire dire aux dtudiants, en Kanouri 12. The instructor combien ils ont payd certains articles qu'ils ont much they paid apportes en :lasse. class with the XVIII - 5 ld do this short dialogue,varying it by le variant 9. Students should now apt from the last two drills des elements substituting appropriate items lo parentheses. exercices. for those enclosed in (sOs6 ti) rodby 161, radbye. Are (the sponges) Yes, they are. w6? for sale? I sell them at (two) Ndauro radian? (indi) (koworo) How much do you lbdiskin. sell them? for (a penny). fol sentences several timesbefore avant 10. Repeat the following response to using them to answer theaccompanying question. to buy? Njitta tidea manlmin? How much pepper do you want lawn mkpin. I want a penny worth[of pepper]. toroa three penny worth, gigra six n61.1 nine - sfilel a shillingworth. six pence worth. sfilel sigiaye mAxiln a shilling and fAlm fella a pound worth. fol several times after the apres 11. Repeat the following sentences instructor. candi toroye Nbeji w5 n5enimlln? Do you have change forthree-pence? six- sisiye a shilling? sfileye note? candi kbk6d1 sae wuuyeNbeji w5 a five-shilling ten mefiye [n.Vanimlen? note? ffilm fly a pound note? fam wuuye a five-pound for students to say in Kanurihow en Kanouri 12. The instructor should get aid of the articles theybrought to s ont much they paid for some the class with them. 13. L'instructeur ou le coordinateur de langue doitprevoir 13. The instructor period in whicl une periode speciale pendantlaquelle les etudiants s'entraineront a acheter et vendre dans la tradition KanuritraditI Kanouri. Beaucoup de realism peut'etre obtenu durant such a practice cette p6riode en veillad:a faire apporter unevariete articles brougl d'articles ordinaires et en mettant les prix sur des pounds, shillin etiquettes, en livres, shillings et: pence(L:s:d:). of the host cou S'il nest pas possible d'avoir de l'argent du pays U.S. money may hate, l'argent americain peut 'etre "revalue" et utilise pour la circonstance. NOTES GRAMATICALES/GRAMMATICAL NOTES 1. L'argent nigerian 1. Nigerian Money Le Nigeria est dans la zone monetaire dusterling. Nigeria is in ti Son argent est compte en livres (EN), shillings Pounds (LN), shi et pence. Les billets emis parla Banque Centrale du the Central Bank Nigeria ont quatre denominations :LN5, LN1, 10/, LN5, LN1, 10/, 5/, c'est-a-dire, cinq livres, une livre, dixshillings, et and five shillii cinq shillings. Les pieces, pour tout usagepratique, ont sfour denominatic quatre denominations aussi: unshilling (11), six pence pence (3d), and (6d), trois pence (3d) et un penny (1d). douze pence (12d) = un shilling (1/) twelve pt vingt shillings(20+une livre (LN1) twenty .91 Une livre nigerianne (LN) a une valeur de$ 2.80 en One Nigerian po; argent americain (une livre anglaise(L) vaut $ 2.40). (One British poi VOCABULAIRE /VOCABULARY I raise, increase j'augmente ylr9Lskin (y1r9U) I lower, reduce je reduis je vends quelque chose aquelqu'un yikIlbdiskin (yiklaradimin) I sell something t be possible etre possible rannjiin je retourne (quelque chose) 1(61kgin (1(616bipe) I return (somethin, I divide je divise yeuin (yerpimil) prix taman price VS profit profit riwa XVIII - 6 or language coordinator sets aside aspecial t prevoir 13. The instructor or is: period in which students practisebuying and selling in iants it be achieved during dition Kanuritradition. Greater realism may icc to have various common durant such a practice sessionby arranging ug session, and putting price tagsin variete articles brought for the li (b :s :d :) on them. If the money ur des pounds, shillings, and pence co is not available at thetraining site, :d:). of the host country "revalued" for the occasion andused instead. pays U.S. money may be 1. Nigerian Money ti sterling area. Her money isreckoned in ng. Nigeria is in the sh and pence. Currency notes,issued by nS Pounds (EN), shillings, an Nigeria, come in fourdenominations: ale du the Central Bank of ), 5/-, i.e. five pounds, onepound, ten shillings, 0/, LN5, EN1, 10 /., li for all practical purposes,in shillings, et and five shillings. Coins come ti (6d), three- .four denominationsalso: shilling (1/-), six-pence nd atique, ont six pence pence(3d), and penny (1d). twelve pence (12d) = oneshilling (1/) (20/ = one pound(EN1) 1) twenty shillings (EN) is currently $2.80 in U.S. money. 80 en One Nigerian pound (One British pound (E) is$2.40) $ 2.40). ylr961.) I raise, increase liitAn1) I lower, reduce (yikkIlbdimin) I sell something to someone be possible ]garine) I return (something) nimil) I divide price profit 4t livre (L) f6em pound (L) shilling side shilling neuf pence n6i nine pence ...,v, six pence sisi six pence trois pence tOr6 three pence penny kowb penny monnaie c6ndi change papier, billet itic6d1 paper, currenc lampe fkill lamp ...., ,... savon sawuul soap Sponge sOs6 sponge meche lbbni wick natte bilji mat panier zoo basket un genre de(calebasse) mesure z6kkl a type of (cal un genre de (aluminium) mesure kilyenge a type of (alu un yard Oldi a yard va, prends -le! kgb here, take! un gallon g4ln a gallon pound (L) shilling nine pence six pence three pence penny change paper, currency note lamp soap sponge wick mat basket a type of(calabash) measure a type of(aluminum) measure a yard here, take! a gallon 46.0 LECON XIX/LESSON XIX Un Cas Nouveau/A New Case DIALOGUE/DIALOGUE Bill: Qu'est ce qui ne va pas? Bill: abi waazoo? manajiin baa, data. Fati: I1 ne peut pas parley, Docteur. Fati: Bill: Quel lien de parente existe entre vous? Bill: Ibi kkendObn d161? Fati: Je suis sa femme. Fhtl: wA kfirritihzi. Bill: Etant sa femme, vous pouvez peut- Bill: Atnimfil, weniel aw6 walzina gtre me dire ce qui ne va pas. ti wilrb kOzinl tan, Fati: Il a commence a avoir de lafilvre FAti: 116ml kl6 ity a dix jours. Il seplaignait kangee sia lantAl d'un mal de eete aussi bien que de aye lalfianzi slrIndilnwono, kuru sUronziye zIljiin. crampes. Bill: Habitez-vous cette ville? Bill: nbndi Indis6 bill fitIn bh klr9V.I? Fati: Oui Docteur. FAti: Ifil. Bill: Pourquoi ne l'avez-vous pas Bill: abi ankle° al burwoon naa amene ici plus eat? Sari) kudi mi. Fati: (Pas de reponse) Bill: Son etat est trls grave, par Bill: kOsAnzi ti Wirb rit11; fitl consequent nous allons le garder nankaro sia liitariin rojien ici, a l'hopital, pour quelques kau kldhrb. si sllnzitid16? jours. Quel age a-t-il? Fati: Je ne sais pas. Fati: mbrjig.* Bill: ete malade auparavanc? Bill: si bilrwan dOndizina wfi? LECON XIX/LESSON XIX Un Cas Nouveau/A NewCase Bill: What's the matter? Bill: Ibi waazoo? Fati: a r6ks1 manajiinb61, dOktl. Fati: He is unable totalk doctor. between Bill: Ibi k6tendan dIA1? Bill: What's the relationship the two of you? FAti: wu khminzi. Fati: I am his wife. maybe you can tell Bill: AtraimAl, wOnee 1w6 wIlzinl Bill: That being the case, ti wile° gull min. me what the matteris [with him]? 116m1 kliy meal kOzin1 tan, Fati: He started running afever about te,) FAti: I kangee al lantAl days ago. He complainedof headache stye slrIndiin wOnb, as well as of cramps. k4r4 simenzlye zbUjiin. Bill: Do yc.0 two live inthis town? Bill: rindi indisO bil1 at 136 klr964? Fati: Yes, doctor. FAtl: 161. Bill: Why didn't you bringhim here Bill: Ibi nankaro sia burwoon naa AtIrb kfidilmi? earlier? Fati: (No answer). serious, and 'so, kOsAnzi ti eaimb rit11; Atl Bill: His condition is very Bill: in tne nankleo sil llitlriin rWen we shall have to keep him here hospital for some days. Rowold is he? kauklarb. stslInzi tic116? 'Fati: I don't know. FAti: nO131Ili.* sick before? Bill: a burwoon andizinlwA? Bill: Has he ever been Fati: Oui, it y a environtrois ans. F5tl: 151, 116m1 kuu s1.5 ylskibi. s51 tin, kosabi sia sits? 3i11: Qu'avait-il? Bill: Fati: I1 avait la dysenterie. FAti: kfiyailye a1 sits. NOTE: nobriljl*:This NOTE :n011isd* est une rdponse evasive de ?a partde Fati. n'est pas de coutume pour une femmeKanouri de devoiler customary for Kanui les nom et age de son marl, tout commeelle ne dit pas husband, just as t le nom de son premier ne. their first-born. DRILLS EXERCICES 1. Repeat the foil 1. Repeter les phrases suivantesplusieurs fois avant employing them de les utiliser pour repondrea la question qui les accompagne. Qu'a-t-il dit? Ibi ellz6b? Il a dit que sa te'te lui faisaitmal. ;1.376 sirIndiln son corps tilnzt son estomac siirOnzi sa main mfiskOnzi ses reins luifaisaient mal. kOsenzi sa dent lui faisaitmal. timinz5 v son flanc stinzti son cou son oeil siurnzt 2. Follow the inst 2. Suivre les instructionsde l'exercice No. 1. Qu'a-t-il dit d'autre? .1171 (Ade ellza? Il a dit que son estomac lefaisait souffrir. siir6nziye son oeil Mmnzlye sa jambe Mnziye son doigt/orteil 411OndOnziye son genou keiriundirilmnztye son oreille simbnziye son nez kinz1nziye sa cuisse dinOnzly6 son dos NgSwOnzkye sa langue alkinziye son coude kjirbminzlye XIX - 2 Fati: Yes, some three yearsago. 161, 116ml Ica saaylskibi. Bill: What was wrongwith him then? ii: saa Can, kOsIbisia sits? Fati: He had dysentery. : kilyekilye ;in sitl. evasive ansv2r onFati's part. It is not Fati. NOTE: nOnljA*:This is an to disclose the namesand ages of their 61/oiler customary for Kanuri women would not normallydisclose the names of pas husband, just as they their first-born. DRILLS several times before 1. Repeat the followingresponse sentences employing them to answerthe accompanying question. What did he say? bi giaza? He said his head wasaching. iye knAlnzi strIndiinwOnb. body tiinzi stomach siirOnzi hand milskOnzi loin 1(456nzi tooth timinz side sitinzt neck dgInzi Manzi eye 2. Follow the instructionsfor Drill No. 1. What else did hesay? AA gboie gillz6411? He said his stomachhurt. ArOnziye zbiljiln wOnb. eye kilmnziye leg Mnziye finger/toe gllOndemziye knee Neiriamgfirilmnziye ear steonziye noze kineanzlye thigh dfinOnziye back NgSwOnziye tongue t11:41Inziye elbow Njleominziye A. 3. Follow the instruc 3. Suivre les instructionsde l'exercice No. 1. kOsabi sia sits? a) Qu'avait-il? a) avait la dysenterie. kuyekuye sia sita. avait la bilharziasis. warn la syphilis. d uun la blennorragie. Njiiti la rougeole. timinim la variole. baril le ver de Guinde. la tuberculose. kgbnji la lepre. dirim une mdningite. des douleurs d'estomac. stir6z5Gil. b) Qu'avait-il? b) kbsabi sia sits? avait des douleurs al'estomac. siir6AZI sia a la jambe. SliZVU %II a l'oeil. Sl1"I%MZGU a la main. M6SkOZCZ au cou. dgIZU1 4. Students do this 4. Les dtudiants doivent faire cecourt dialogue, avec l'instructeur et entre-eux, en donnant desreponses themselves, givir vdridiques aux questions posdes. 1,5a, bilrwan (Smith), es-tu tomb4 Oui. (Smith), bilrwan malade auparavant? dOndinimml wS? dendiriina. Qu'est-ce qui to J'avais (la dysenterie). kOsabi sits? (kilyekilye) will site. faisait soilffrir? 5. Answer the folloc 5. Repondre aux questionssuivantes comme indiqud, quand it est demande de le faire. upon to do so. (Smith), qu'avait I1 avait de la fievre (Smith), abi kam kkigeel l'homme malade? et des crampes. dondi dia site? stirOzbill sia XIX - 3 3. Follow the instructionsfor Drill No. 1. a) What was wrong withhim? a) kosabi seta? He had dysentery. kuyekuye .'1.Z1 sita. warn bilharziasis. aliin syphilis. Nilti gonorrhoea. measles. timinim small-pox. lo'aril _..linea-worm. tiTgildi tuberculosis. NeGnji ain.m leprosy. spinal meningitis. esilkIri pain in the stomach. siirOzZi. b) What was wrong with him? b) kbs'abi sia sits? . , stomach. suioz,,L1., N,!.. -.4%sia skta. He had pain in the v4. .. leg. slizsu v,.. v.. eye. siimz,m hand. milskOz'Gt neck. clUzi.1 short dialogue both with theinstructor and among avec 4. Students do this the questions asked. onses themselves, giving true answers to (Smith), Have you Yes. (Smith), Xii. bilrwan 'aL,%a, bilnagn sick before? dOndinimml wL) d'ondiriin'a. ever fallen I had (dysentery). kOsIbi pia sits? (kilyekilye) What was ailing wffa sits, you? 5. Answer the followingquestions as indicated, whencalled upon to do so. (Smith), what was He had fever and (Smith), Ibi kOim leangen sick cramps. dOndi dn site? wrong with the sits. man? 1 elgml kau metibi (Pierre), quand la Elle a commence (Peter), saabi klngge kozinl tiln sia fievre a-t-elle it y a dix jours di ae cite? cita. conmence? environ. Son etat etait (John), Ibibi elgme zcurokosenzi di (Jean), quel etait f.` l'etat de l'homme tres grave. kgem dOndlyl di saa v1.1 malade quand ils al sgidine clan? l'avaient. amene? g9g, rQcs1 (Smith), pouvait- Non, il ne (Smith), 1.-41(si mlnl- menejiin bge. il pouvait pas. jiin bg? (Pierre), qu aurait du Ii aurait du (Peter), kgem dondi lliterirb skrb faire l'homme malade venir a l'hopital di abi sldiin saa quand it est devenu rapidement. k6s,5 di sia sltgnl malade? clan? Negirb kaugenAri)/kedgr (Jean), combien dc Its le garderont (John), keil v temps le garderont- quelques jours. al llitIrlin rozbi? sia ils a l'hopital? 6. Repeat the folio, 6. Rep6ter les phrases suivantes uncertain nombre de Lois evant de les utiliser pourrepondre a la using them to an question qui les accompagne. Qu'est-ce qui est arrive? ebi waazoo? avait de la fievre. kangee ae site. Il a ete mordu par un serpent. kgdi sia Il a 6t6 mordu par un chien. kirl al ,Ara. Il a ete piqué par un scorpion. lathnji sill Ara. Il a avale du poison. slam saa. avait un saiguement de nez. kiLzgmil al sits. avait le hoquet. siagengl al seta. 7. Follow instructi 7 Suivre les instructions del'exercice No. 6. Qu'est-ce qu'il y a? ebi wazoo? ne peut pas parler. a rics1 mlnljiln baa. XIX -4 It started about bi kIngge IlgmI kau meai (Peter), when did kozinI tart sia the fever start? ten days ago. cita. His condition was 116m1 zauro kOsInzi di (John), what was the very serious. di saa condition of the sick brought di1n? man when they him? No, he wasn't. mana- rrAcs1 (Smith), was he able mInIjiin bgI. to speak? (Peter), what should He should have come ,111 dOndi liitariro s,%rb the sick man have done to the hospital in saa isin. right away. sItga when he became sick? (John), how long will Theywill keep him tqdlairb leafi eanArb/k5adArb they keep him in thefor a few days. -nr6z11? sia r6A1, hospital? llo times before 6. Repeat the following responsesentences a number of an using them to answerthe accompanying question. What happened? He had fever. seta. He was bitten by asnake. roo. He was bitten by a dog. roo. He was stung by ascorpion. zkroo. He swallowed poison. He has nose-bleeding. sitl. He has hiccups. iss eta. cti 7. Follow instructionsfor Drill No. 6. What's the matter? najiin ba. He cannot talk. a r6ks1 ziwin ba. ne pent pas manger. respirer facilement. Ngilaro injiln avaler. sIndiln ba. uriner. cblrojiln ba. defequer (faire ses besoins). birl yerijin ba. ouvrir sa bouche. ciinzi firimjin ba. tourner sa tgte. kllanzi sbcArjin ba. 8. Suivre les instructions del'exercice No. 7. 8. Follow the instru Que fait le docteur? dOkt1 Ibisb sIdlin? itnettoie les blessures. tfin6 panse les blessures. tUn6 kirjln. Il donne des medicaments au malade. am dOndirb kZirwan ciin. Il pique le malade. 61m dondiro rlula sIkkiln. II vaccine les gens (contre la variole) Oamml slariln. Il examine les gens malades. aam dondia opere les gens malades. Llm dOndn rejln. 9. S'il y a parmi les stagiaires de laclasse, un volontaire 9. If there are any qui est affecte a la branchemedicale ou le service de will be working sante en general, quand it sera dans le payshospitalier, in general, when l'instructeur doit le designer pour jouer lerole du should have such docteur qui essaiera de trouver lesantecedents de la sante etc, and patient. d'un patient, qui sera egalement un stagiaire. Puis the Latter. designer a tour de role, d'autres etudiants qui seront docteurs ou patients. 10. Repeter les phrases suivantes uncertain nombre de fois 10. Repeat the foil apres l'instructeur. of times. Vous pouvez peut-gtre me dire ce qui est wOnee 1w6 wnzin1 ti wile° gialimin. arrive. Vous pouvez peut-gtre me dire ce que vous yiwumma ti avez fait. Vous pouvez peut-gtre me dire ce que rummy ti vous avez vu. XIX- 5 Jks1 ziwin baa. He cannot eat. Injlin baa. breathe easily. sIndiln baa. swallow. c011bjiin bee. urinate. birl yerijin bel. defecate. ciinzi flrimjin bee. open his mouth. klleenzi slArjin bee. turn his head. trt 8. Follow the instructionsfor Drill No. 7. e ebisb sldiln? What does a doctor do? He cleans wounds. kirjin. He dresses wounds. sick. dondiro ciin. He gives medicine to the dondirb riula sIkkiln. He gives shots to thesick. (against small-pox) siariin. He vaccinates people axial He examines sick people. pecple. dondia rejin. He operates on sick in the class who, asvolunteers, :aire 9. If there are any trainees g field of medicine or publichealth .e will be working in the en to the host country,the instructor pier, in general, when they get uch should have such traineestake turns acting theroles of doctors, ent the former finding out the casehistory of a sante etcy and patients) the latter. t oll after the instructor a number fois 10. Repeat the following sentences of times. Perhaps you can tell me whathappened. ee ewo wIlzinl ti wi'arbgullimin. did. yiwumme ti Perhaps you can tell me what you Perhaps you can tell me what you saw. rummy ti 4 1 Vous pouvez peut4tre me dire ce que vOnee aw6 ntnimma ti wuro vous savez. Vous pouvez peut4tre me dire ce que gullimratl vous avez dit. Vous pouvez peut4tre me dire ce que thdimma ti vous avez vendu. Vous pouvez peut4tre me dire ce que dimma ti vow: avez fait. 11. Suivre les instructions de l'exercice No.10. 11. Follow the in Lui avez-vous dit ce qui est arrive? aw6 walzina ti s4? que vous avez vu? rumma ti fai' ' dimma ti achete? yiwUmma ti vendu? ti dit? ti 12. A l'instructeur: Demander a un etudiant de vous 12. To the instru donner un livre. Prendre le livre et le donnera a book. Take un autre etudiant,a la vue de toute la classe. full view of Puis poser les questions suivantes, a differents from differen membres de la classe. Les reponses aux questions answered in f doivent titre completes. Fournir les formes mooskina and approprides du verte m66skine et hien entendu corriger les erreurs. a) Connais-tu la personne a qui j'ai a) kaam kitau di 1.kinl di nbnimma donne le livre? Connais-tu la personne qui m'a donne wuro cina di nbnimm le livre? Qui est la personne a qui j'ai yikinl di si Nal? donne le livre? Qui est la personne qui m'a donne wuro cina di si tid6? le livre? XIX - 6 im wonee aw6 nOnimma ti w6rb Perhaps you can tell me what you know. ealimma ti Perhaps you can tellme what you said. thdimma ti Perhaps you can tell me what yousold. dimma ti Perhaps you can tell me what youdid. in 11. Follow the instructions forDrill No. 10. w6? 1146 wnziria ti siro eillimral 146? Did you tell him what happened? riimma ti you saw? dimma ti you did? ti you bought? r&dimm'a ti you sold? gullimma ti you said? tr-,t students to give you ous 19, To the instructor: Ask one of your ke student in ,er a a book. Takethe book and give it to another of the following questions se. full view of the class. Then ask rep class. The questions should be ents from different members of the n forms of the verb ions answered in full. Supply appropriate nd m66skina and of course, correct allmistakes. wa the k6am kit6ii di yikina di nOntmml 14? a) Do you know the person to whom I gave ) [book? the book? wilrb cina di ramimml w6? Do you know the person who gave me yikina di a Nal? Who is the person to whom I gavethe book? wuro cina di a WU? Who is the person who gave methe book? 4 IL/ b) Connais-tu la personne dont b) kOam nOanziln kithU di m66skina j'ai eu le livre? di nbnimm'a wh? kitau di slm66n1 Connais-tu la personne qui Warn m'a pris le livre? di nbnimm'a wh? Qui est la personne dont khlm nhInziln kithZ1 di m66skina j'ai eu le livre? di Qui est la personne qui Wam naa,p in kithil di simOona m'a pris le livre? di si Ndu? c) Connais-tu le magasin oUit c) konti kiteU di ciwuna di a achete le livre? nbnimm'a wa? Connais-tu la ville oU le bin kiteU di 0Gdina di livre a ete fait? Animm'a we? Connais-tu l'annee durant saa kithil di sl)din'a di laquelle le livre a ete fait? ribnimm'a we? Connais-tu l'endroit oU naa kiteil di sbdina di le livre a ete fait? nbnimma we? 13. Repandre aux questions suivantes commeindique quand it 13. Answer the est demands de le faire. upon to do s Ngo tGi. (Smith), laisse-moi Le voici, prends-le! (Smith), kithUnim ton livre et laisse- kUde rfike. moi l'examiner. (John), Warn wuro siainzi (Smith). (Jean), comment 11 s'appelle s'appelle la personne (Smith). kithUnzi cina ti, qui m'a donne son 1 sfiUnzi Nal? livre? silUnzi (The (Pierre), comment I1 s'appelle le (Peter), kiteU Kanuri of Born, s'appelle le livre Kanouri de Bornou. (Smith-ye) wilrb cue m'a donne (Smith)? cina ti, abi sanzi? (Smith), oU as-tu Je l'ai achete (Sm4.th), kiteUnim (New York-lan) le livre de to (a la ville de di Nderean IdisiwUskb. collection? New York). XIX- 7 from whom I khlm nhInziln kithil dim66skinl b) Do you know the person di nbnimml wh? got the book? who took the khlm kitAZI di sim6onl Do you know the person di n'unimml wh? book from me? I got kaam nanziln kitaudi m66skinl Who is the person from whom di n the book? the book khlm kithti di simOonl Who is the person who took di si Ndil? from me? Monti kit questions as indicated whencalled quand i1 13. Answer the following upon to do so. Here, take: mith), kitaunim Ngo tai. (Smith), give me let me de rilke. your book and examine it. His name is (Smith). ohn), kAlm wilrb sfiiinzi (Smith). (John), what's the thUnzi cina ti, name of the person Unzi Ndu? who gave me his book? It's name is The ter), kithil suunzi (The (Peter), what's the Kanuri of Bornu. mith-ye) wdeo Kanuri of Bornu) name of thebook na ti, Ibi given me by !Smith)? I bought it in 4th), kithiintm (New York-11n) (Smith), where did Ndhran you buy thebook (New York City). of yours? (Pierre), connais-tu Non, je ne sais pas. (Peter), saa kitgi di h%A, nbql: l'annde durant laquelle sbdiria di nonimma wa? la livre a dtd fait? (Smith), quand le En 1967. (Smith), kitglnim di suro sea livre a ete fait? seabi sbda? 1967-yen. (c'est-a-dire publier). NOTES GRAMMATICALES/GRAMMATICAL NOTES 1. Les propositions relatives. 1. Relative c Les propositions relatives sonttres frdquemment terminees Relative c- par t/di en Kanouri. Serdfeler a l'exercice No. 12. A Kanuri. cf. n'importe quel moment oil le besoin se fait sentird'indiquer explicitly explicitement le cas d'un antecedent, le cas dusuffixe suffix is apprcprie est ajoutd a ti/di. Ceci arrive presquetoujours, is avoided ou, peut4tre&Titer en utilisant une construction plus simple. VOCABULAIRE /VOCABULARY ca fait mal sirindiin it aches ca fait souffir ZGUJPin it hurts parler, causer manakin (mInljiln) to talk, speal retenir, ddtenir rOxin (rWen) to hold,detaj etre malade, pas bien dOndijan (dOndijiln) to be sick, n (physiquemment) emmener maskin (m66skinl) to take awa; respirer Ingin (injiln) to breathe avaler Indiskin (Andiln) to swallow uriner cblrojan (c011bjiln) to urinate ddfequer (faire ses (bin) yerilan (yerijin) to defecate besoins) XIX 8 (Peter), do you know No, Idon't '3k sea kitRI di Aci, di nbnimml w6? the year the book was made? 1967. ), kithilnim di suro s16 (Smith), when was the In s'ada? 1967-yen. book made (i.e. pu- blished). e c 1. Relative clauses e c frequently terminated byti/di in erminees Relative clauses are most cf Whenever the need is felt toindicate 12. A Kanuri. cf. Drill No. 12. tly antecedent, the appropriate case d'indiquer explicitly the case of an is ti/di. But this seldomhappens; or it iffixe suffix is attached to ded other simpler construction. toujours, is avoided by using some plus it aches it hurts pea to talk, speak eta to hold, detain to be sick, notwell (physically) to take away to breathe to swallow to urinate to defecate 1 / ouvrir flrimjan (fIrimjin) to ripen tourner stwkipin (sWkjin) to turn Tier, attacher (kirjin) to bind, tie up enfoncer yikkiskin (sIkkiln) to push into faire des marques par leariskin (slarlin) to make mal-ks by in incisions cptrer repin (rejln) to cut open leangee fever dysenterie kilyekilye dysentery maladie k6s6 disease, sickness bilharziasis warn bilharziasis syphilis clan syphilis blennorragie Nati gonorrhoea rougeole timinim measles variole barn small-pox ver de Guinde(lit. pauvre Ngudi guinea-worm (lit. homme) lepre leprosy tuberculose kgbnji tuberculosis m6ningite daukri spinal meningitis douleur a l'estomac sfirOzbil pain in the stomacl corps body bouche mouth %id% oail SlIM eye lombes (reins) Id4e loin cou dtk neck dent /dents t tooth/teeth flanc (cats) Sit]. sld.t eAgt, orteil !igllbrido finger, toe , genou Ngurumgurum 1-nee I XIX - 9 In) to open In) to turn to bind, tie up in) to push into n) to make marks byincision to cut open fever dysentery disease, sickness bi lharz iasi s syphilis gonorrhoea measles small-pox guinea-worm (lit. poor man) leprosy tuberculosis spinal meningitis pain in the stomach body mouth eye loin neck tooth/teeth side finger, toe knee oreille simb nez kinz1 cuisse chid) langue tIlem coude kjirOmi serpent k6di Chien kirl scorpion kIlkji poison swum saignement de nez kinz6mil hoquet singenge blessure tuno Lapital, dispensaire, aleari clinique docteur, infirmier, etc. dOkt1 faisant peur, causant d,e ritll l'anxiete quelque, peu kld6 malade dOndi condition, tat 116m1 mddicament kZirwan aiguille, injection/piqare i'llill . 4/i yi fie ear nose thigh tongue elbow snake dog scorpion poison nose-bleeding hiccup wound (n) hospital, dispensary, clinic doctor, nurse, etc: frightening, causing anxiety few, small sick (adj) condition, state medicine needle, injection /shot LE9ON XX /LESSON XX A la clinique pre-natale/Atthe pre-natal DIALOGUE /DIALOGUE Zer6: fide dibeond6? Zara: Comment to sens-tu toute cette soirée? kgelte yeye Nancy: Tres bien, merci. Es-tu déjà Nancy: kllewende silei. venu a cetteclinique? liitari htlrb isimml w5? 161. Zara: Oui. Z1r6: seebirb k6dim? Nancy: Quand etait-ce ta derniere Nancy: visite? Zara: I1 y a deux semaines environ. Zara: fide lc,;:dlnim di ruke. hdl si wh Nancy: Lasse-moi voir ta carte (de la Nancy: clinique). As-tu déjà eu un t5dInim bilrwOberb 1461jin rhe bebe ou cela va gtre lapremiere bilrwan yembilmea? fois? bilrwan yembfikine. Zara: J'ai déjà eu un Ube. earh: thdl r6e ferb? Nancy: Un garcon ou une fille? Nancy: Zara: line fille. Zer6: ferb. Nancy: Quel age a-t-elle? Nancy: se5nzE Nda6? Zara: Ell a trois ans. Zer6: seAnzi ylki. Nancy: Comment se porte-t-elle? Nancy: gi di kilewexh? 151, gi kliewl: ambnzi10, kuru Zara: Elleeest en bonne sante: elle est Zara: active et a toujours eu bonappetit. k mbuu tigilerb zibln. Nancy: Y avait-il des complications Nancy: s51 gil yembilmin tiln, Dino pendant sa naissance? Nginiwu cina wh? 481 cON XX/LESSON XX al pre-natale/At the pre-natalclinic How are you all thisevening? bdOndo? Zara: Just fine, thank you.Have you and& silei. Nealte Aye Nancy: this clinic before? ri atro isimml wa? ever come to Zara: Yes. When was your lastvisit? 1-'1) kLdim? Nancy: Zara: About two weeks ago. Let me see your(clinic) card. Have you 'Gsk&dinim di rfike. 6d1 gi wa Nancy: ever had ababy before or is this im bilrwObrb w6ljinra going to be your firsttime of On lambUmml? having a baby? I've had a baby before. On ylmbilkim'a. Zara: A boy or a girl? rLI ferb? Nancy: Zara: A girl. How old is she? Ndafi? Nancy: She is three years old. zi ylki. Zara: How is she? kllewlx.6? Nancy: She is in goodhealth: she is active, gi kllewl: dfinOnzilye, kuru Zara: and always hasa good appetite. aukgillrb zibin. Were there anycomplications during gil yambumin tar., grb Nancy: her delivery? iwu cina wa? Zara: S951 Zara: Non aucune. 5dimben fancy: Tres bon. Suis-moi, par la s'il te Nancy: zgirb Ngill. plait. Je vais te donner des ga. xlrb kiirwain yiskIn medicaments qui vous rendront, toi xla tibblnimmls6 dfinblrb et le bebe, forts... Voici,prends sldiln Pgb to carte. Reviens dans deuxsemaines. wuri sltil are. yob, lengi. 611 Zara: D'accord. Je m'en vais. Au revolt.: nrS. EXERCICES DRILLS 1. Repeter les phrases suivantesplusieurs fois akes 1. Repeat the following l'instructeur.- Elle mange bien. kmbuu Ngilkb zibin. vite. darb/darb lentement. eanheanSeo facilement. laskeneo suffisament. 1(611crb beaucoup. kgibUrb avidement. klamIklamArb 2. Suivre les instructions del'exercice No. 1. 2. Follow the instructic Ca te rendra fort. xil dfinYarb en bonne sante. nileralrb malade. dondirb affame. kInLIIrb assoife. Widnrb fatigue. klambarb actif. zgz'gilrob faiole. uuno lArarb célebre. suuaro 3. Suivre les instructions del'exercice No. 1. 3. Follow the instructi( Il/elle va atre mon premier enfant. gi t6c11,171 bilrwOberb wOljin. Elle va titre ma femme. gi k5m4pirb wOljin. je vais titre docteur. wudOktarb 1461,pin. rc )0C - 2 Zara: None whatsoever. r5: 596, Very good. Follow methis way 5dimhZ..r. Nancy: ncy: z6irb please: I am going to give you grb kiirwfain yiskin some medicine tomake both xil tib2lnimmaso dfinblrb you and the(unborn) baby strong... sldiin teo kg(Wlnim. Here, take your card.Come back wuxi sltil Ire. in two weeks. Zara: O.K. I am off.Good-bye! r6. ya, lengi. fill 1(116141! DRILLS .ng sentences after theinstructor. res 1. Repeat the following She eats well. Imbal Ngilaro elan. fast. darb/clarb slowly. gln5glnArb easily. kiskfielea sufficiently. k61kWo a lot. Ngiburo greedily. lanImIkInemSeo 2. Follow the instructionsfor Drill No. 1. I It will make you strong. 11 cginblrb healthy. nilefelrb sick. clondirb hungry. klnalrb thirsty. Ngficiblrb tired. klAmbfilrb active. weak. dinb balrb famous. suuaro 3. Follow the instructionsfor Drill No. 1. He/She is going to be my firstchild. tAdlg bilrwoberb wOljin. S She is going to be my wife. i kfidoirb wOljin. doctor. datlrb w6ljan. I am going to be a '1/4.1 bS? Vas-tu titre mdcanicien? xl m6t1 ylsemlrb va titre professeur(maitre d'ecole) gi mAlim mSSrSntSyerb wOljin. 4. Suivre les instructions del'exercice No. 1. 4. Follow the instr T'a-t-il/elle donnd des problemes? grb Nginiwu cinl wa? Leur as-tu donne de l'argent? s'Gndirb Virjine yimml wa? A-t-elle donn6 a Zara des medicaments? zararo kiirwiliin cina wa? Lui as-tu donne to carte? girb lc,;AtbdInim yimml wa? A-t-elle donnd a ton bebe des medicaments? tiblanimrb kiirwan cina wa? 5. Rdpdter les phrases suivantes un certain nombre de 5. Repeat the folic fois avant de les utiliser pourrdpondre a la before using the question qui les accompagne. Quel est son 4tat? 116mnzi Elle est sterile. gi Elle est enceinte. suroa. Elle a ses regles. sSlInzi isinl. Elle a des douleurs prd-natales. lalS1 anzSmbiyen. Une sage-femmel'accouche. mfikOme tAdInzi siman. 6. Suivre les instruction del'exercice No. 5. 6. Follow the insti Comment se porte-t-elle? gi di lalewes6? Elle est en bonne sante. 1S1, gi Elle n'a pas vdcu. gi roo bSe. Elle etait morte -nee. nuns kItemba. Elle 4tait née aveugle. kimbu kleamb6O. Elle est morte en petite enfance. tiblAnzan bIgnb. Elle est morte avant d"etreprenommde. blAnb. 7. Rdpdter les phrases un certainnombre de fois apres 7. Repeat the sent( l'instructeur. Je suis (reellement) alld. lengi Tu es lenimi, 30C-3 Are you going to be amotor mechanic? Caro wolnlmin/wOlaminIA? school teacher. rfintAyrb wajin. He is going to be a str 4. Follow theinstructions for Drill No. 1. problem? Nginiwt cina wa? Did he/she give you any money? ro kfirAn1 yimml wa? Did you give them medicine? o kurwuun cina wa? Did she gave Zara any card? IckbdInim yimul wa? Did you give her your baby any medicine? nimeo lairwan cina wa? Did she give your llo number of times 5. Repeat thefollowing response sentences a the before using them to answerthe accompanying question. nzi Ibni? What's her condition? She is barren. awu. She is pregnant. uroa. She is seeing herperiod. alanz isinl. She is in labor. Ilfil lanzAmbiyen. A midwife isdelivering her baby. ml tficranzi simoin. istr 6. Follow the instructionsfor Drill No. 5. Haw is she? lalew1,115? She is in good health. gi knew's. She did not live. ob bfil. She was still-born. kItImbob. She was born blind. ukItImba. She died in infancy. lnzan blfinb. She died before shecould he named. suunz slAckiinnn b'afinb. number of times. ante 7. Repeat the sentencesafter the instructor a I (actually) went. 4 You 4 11/Elle est (rdellement) and. le ji. Nous sommes Vous ftes leniwi Us /tiles sont leza 8. Rdpondre aux questions suivantes commeindiqud, 8. Respond to quand it est demandd de le faire. to do so. (Zara), qu'as-tu Quand ca? (ZerA), ebi saabi? dit? Js-tu dit que to Oh oui, j'ai dit lenimi w5 16e, lnngi t'en allais? que je m'en allais. gblhb. (Smith), qu'a-t-elle Elle a dit qu'elle (Smith), ebi gi leji 6'12 dit? s'en allait. gblzOb? (Pierre), combien Ell a dit qu'elle (Peter), sl4ndi si tilOnzi d'entre-eux, a-t-elle seulement s'en allait. Nde6 leza ellzOb. dit; qu'ils s'en ellza? allaient? (Zara), toi et qui, Tu m'as mal comprise. (Zer6), pia kAem k5: as-tu dit, que vous Je n'ai pas dit 1661 leniwi 146 166'a asia vous en alliez? quelqu'un et moi nous lent nous en allions; j'ai dis: je mien vais. Je vois, je comprendsmaintenant. yob, kilgejlirb kirm6 glial. 9. Suivre les instructions del'exercice No.7. 9. Follow the J'ai (rdellement)fait le travail. cide di diski. Tu as dimi. 11/Elle a sldi. Nous avons diya. Vous avez diwi. Its ont sdi. XX - 4 He /She (actually) went. eji. We 1,11a You eniwi They ez61. indicated when asked 8. Respond to thefollowing questions as to do so. (Zara), what did youWhen was that? ara), Ibi guiim? saabi? say? Did you say you are Oh yes, I said I am nimi w6 161, lengi off? off. (Smith), what did She said she is off. ,pith), Ibi gi leji gidza. lza? she say? (Peter), how many of She said she alone is eter),sondi gi tilOnzi leji them did she say are off. aulezU lza? off? You got me wrong. A9S, 161 kaam (Zara), you and who 1r6), xil k61m I did not say someone IASI lei ki glxi did you say are off? Al leniwi w6 and I are off; I said gillneo; lengi 1111m? I am off. I see. I nowunderstand. Ob, k1161,pirb irm6 glinl. 9. Follow the instructionfor DrillN^.7. I (actually) did thework. id1 di diski. dimi. You sldi. He/she diy6i. We diwi. You, eadi. They 10. Follow the IA 10. Suivre les instructions del'exercice No. 8. (Nancy): oh oui, (Anne): nAlnimeo (Nancy): ya, (Anne): je suis venue Marlin, cid hier chez toi quand j'dtais a la biskl saa Njii diskin. cette pluie tombait, clinique en train fijin tan iskinl; mais tu n'dtais pas ade travailler. Imm6 xl ffitbn bal. la maison. 161,cid disk Tu veux vraiment Oui, vraiment; Igfi saa Can cidl dire que tu as j'ai travailld. . dimi wa? travaill: pendant ce temps la? Et Jeanne, y dtait- Oui, elle y dtait. (Joan) dila; stye elle aussi? nfil tiln b6? A-t-elle travailld Oui, elle a travailld. giye cidI sldi w6? 161, cidsldi aussi? w11161,cid Je suis fort surpriseHonngtement, nous zglmfirb diyei. que vous ayez avons travailld. n'endi cidl diwi travailld. tin?). eendi cidl s14 (Smith), qu'a dit Elle a dit qu'elles (Smith), Nancy Ibi Nancy? ont travailld. (Pierre), pourquoi Parce qu'il pleuvait (Peter), Anne ti ad lye dalti.ln Anne dtait-elle si des hallebardes a Ibi nInklrb 1j1p- kiii ti dfinbl: fijin surprise? ce moment-la. lamb? NOTES GRAMMATICALES/GRAMMATICALNOTES 1. The suffixes 1. Les suffixes -r6 There are at y a au moin3deux differents suffixes-0) en Kanouri. L'un des deux, illustre dansl'exercice No. 42 est le them, Must' introduced it .suffixe du cas du datifintroduit dans la Legon II (voir note 1). L'autre, illustrd dansles exercices in Drills 1-: which is alsc 1-3, est fondamentalement unsuffixe adverbial (comae dans l'exercice No. 1). Il estaussi exigd dans or with,certl certaines constructions de phrases(comme dans l'exercice No.2) ou avec certains verbes(comme dans l'exercice No.3). XX - 5 e ins 10. Follow the instructionsfor Drill No. 8. (Anne); I came to your(Nancy); oh yes, i was nfilnimrb (Nancy): ya, wit cidl place yesterday whenat the clinic yesterday. I saa Njil cidl that rain was falling, ntin iskinl; diskin. but you weren't home. xi ffitbn iiski Yes, indeed, I worked. saa tan cidl ILI, cidl diski. Do you really mean that you worked at wfi? that time? What about (Joan), Yes, she was. n) diaa; giye la. was she therealso? tin bfi? di. Did she work also? Yes, she worked. cid1 sldi wa? Ifil, cidl sldi. I am greatly Honestly, we worked. firb w11161, cidl surprised that you i cidl diwi diya. people worked. (Smith), what did She said they worked. th), Nancy Ibi eendi cidl sbdi a? gulzoo. Nancy say? Ilnzi (Peter), why was Because it was rain ter), Anne ti fidlye dblillnzi noaro Anne so surprised? cats and dogs at that nInklrb 1j1p- kjii ti chinblrb time. o? fijIn tiro. ces 1. The suffixes-0) at le different suffixes -rb inKanuri. One of Kanouri. There are at least two istra Drill 4, is the Dative casesuffix first st le them, illustrated in i in (see note 1). The other,illustrated II introduced in Lesson II 1 -3, basically an adverbialsuffix (as in DrillNo.1) ces in Drills 1-3, is also certain constructions(as in Drill No.2) comme which is also required in ertai or with certainverbs (as in Drill No.3). l'exercice rcice tIJ 2. Tense N 2. Le Temps VII Le Temps VII est le dernier etle moins courant des temps Tense N Kanouri, %a etre introduit dans celivre. Les suffixes to be i des formes de verbes du Groupe A,du Temps VII, sont les of Grot suivants: Singulier/Singular Pluriel/Plural 1. -ngi jig 2. -nimi -niwi .4 3. -31 -zbi Paradigme exemple/Sample paradigm: lengi "Je suis (reellement) alle!"; "I actually went". 1. lengi lexki 2. lenimi leniwi 3. leji lezi Les affixes des formes deverbes du Groupe B, du Temps VII, The Te follow sont les suivants: 1. -ski -01. 2. -mi -wi . 4 3. sE---1 s2 --i Paradigmes exemple/Sample paradigm diski "Je l'ai (reellement) fait"; "I (actually) did it." 1. diski diyei 2. dimi diwi 3. sldi eadi 431 use VI 2. Tense VII Lse and least common Kanuri tense urant des temps Tense VII is the last be i this book. The Tense VII forms Les suffixes to be introduced in Grou the following suffixes: VII, sont les of Groupe A verbs display iral Singulier/Singular Pluriel/Plural 1. -ngi xki 2. -nimi -niwi .. 3. -31 -z6i ally went". 1. lengi lexki 2. lenimi leniwi 3. leji lezbi e Ten of Group A verbs displaythe e B, du TempsVII, The Tense VII forms 1lowl following suffixes: -yei 1. -ski 2. -mi -wf 3. sl---i 5b...i ally) did it." 1. diski diyei 2. dimi diwi 3. sldi slodi Tense La Temps VII a une reference au tempsdu passe, (i) il ne peut pas etre utilise avec des mots tels queben. "demain"; (ii) frequement, that ( (ii) i il peut etre remplace par le TempsIV (Temps parfait); (iii)il est tense) rendu negatif de la mimemaniere que les temps ayant unereference refere au temp dupasse. Like T Come le Temps IV (maisdifferent des Temps II et III), le can be Temps VII peut-etre interrogatif au moyende la particule we. When u Quand il est utilise, le Temps VIIdonne une Legere accentuation1 faction verbale de la phrase. action While Bien que le Temps VII, en ionctionde ses rares apparitions et interchaCgeabilites avec le Temps IV, nemerite pas beaucoup d'atten- interc too mu tion (il n'apparait pas en "kanouri"du Niger), les etudiants doivent, toutefois, apprendre les suffixes quil'indiquent, comme ces suf- studen fixes ensemble avec un autre: -I, sontutilises dans un certain indica nombre de tres courantes constructions enkanouri. Voir Lecon VIII, suffix constx No. 1. VOCABULAIRE/VOCABULARY donner naissance a ylmbfiskin (ylmbfimml) to give I to be bog etre ne tImbfiskin (kItImba) mourir (pour les animaux) nfiskin (aim's) to die (c mourir (pour lesetres humain) blpin (blenb) to die (c papier, carte kWdi paper, probleme, difficulte Ivgn1wu problem, midwife sage-femme mukoma fast (ad' vite (adv.) deleo/darb avidement (lit. avec faim) klaralkinlmerb greedily health sante nilefl barren sterile bfiw1 pregnant enceinte suroa famous celebre dead mort nuns 449 XX- 7 se VI reference, as shown by the facts ne peut pas Tense VII has a past time t (i) words like ben. 'tomorrow'; (ii) frequemment, that (i) it cannot be used with ) it by Tense IV (perfect t); (iii) it est - (ii) it can frequently be replaced ,se); with past time reference tense); (iii) it is negated like tenses 'erenc t une reference. :e Te :I and III), Tense VII II), le Like Tense IV (but unlike Tenses L be we. ticule we. can be questionedby means of the particle m us When used, Tense VII gives aslight emphasis to the verbal :ion e accentuation action of a sentence. .le T its rare. occurrence and its aritions et While Tense VII, by reason of :er ch. itself not worth beaucoup d'atten- interchangeability with Tense IV, is of muc does not occur in Niger "Kanuri"), etudiants doivent, too much attention (it ident learn the suffixes for comme ces suf- students should nevertheless dicat together with another ns un certain indicating it, as these suffixes Ef ix of very common Kanuri Voir Lecon VIII, suffix -I are used in a number Istru constructions (cf. Lesson VIII, No.1). ve bi (ylmblimml) to give birth to born (kleamba) to be born e (of finl) to die (of animals) e (of enb) to die (of humanbeings) , car paper, card em, problem, difficulty fe midwife (adv. ro fast (adv.) ily ( kaArb greedily (lit. with hunger) h health barren ant pregnant famous dead blind aveugle kimbil vivant ra alive .. etre actif zGgzau be active (twin babies) (des jumeaux) (kfifi) (first born) (premier ne) (mAlji) (dernier ne) (geji) (last born) cette N.B. Les mots entreparentheses n'apparaissent pas dans lepn, mais it estconsiders utile de les apprendre. , tive babies) t born) born) parentheses did not occurin this lesson, N.B. The entries in as dans cette this point. but are considereduseful to learn at pprendre. Al- . (be) able rftge (etre) capable about 61 environ ache (v) sirindlin/ avoir mal sirindina active z6gz6ii active (be) afraid riiin (avoir) peur Africa Afrika Afrique afternoon kajirf apres-midi (1 - 7 p.m.) age landial sda (n) age airport fbmfbmmari adroport alien (n) kils6tb 6tranger alight zimxin descendre alive ra vivant all right y6b, too d'accord also (suffix) -Y6 aussi America Ambirika AMerique all sAmmA r tout, tous and laird et and (in counting) ldklcb et (en comptant) animal ddbba animal another (adj.) g6dd autre answer (n) dmsa, jdal reponse April. epri1,15131 Lair Avril approach (intr.) Ick-irjjfin/ approcher karlipinh area flan, region arrange sernzin arranger voc. 1 arriver :rive arrive fskin articles, choses :ticl articles k4re de ce fait ;a as a matterof fact hifyatfra cendres ;hes ashes bdd igust August sbwAn, 4gasti Aoilt tante ant aunt bawa l"` baby tibbl Ube bind back (a) Ngdwb derriere bird bad dibi mauvais bite (v) banana ayawa banane black barren bdwil sterile black-sn basket OA panier blind (r bean cake kosal gateau de feves blue beans Ngd1O feves, haricots body beautiful gdwa beau (fem, belle) boil (v. to become w61pIn devenir (qqchose) book (something) bookcase lit (de boue pour bed (of mud, for db6if be born seeds) grainer) bed dial lit bottle I chambre a choucher bedroom bilnaram (woodenl beer bla biere boy before (adv.) bilrwan, bUrw6 (n) avant bread Iced (adv,) brLast begin (trans.) b5dixin commencer breast-i believe yasardskin/ croire yasardkin breathe belly sdr6 ventre breeze between kkekbte entre brick bicycle bdskiir bicyclette bridge big kdra gros bring 0 bilharziasis ward bilharziose briskly bill (as in dollarkakadi billet (comme dans bill) un billet d'un dollar) broad voc. 2 bind kirjan courber bird Ngddb oiseau bite (v) girfskin/girikin mordre black silim noir black-smith kealime forgeron blind (n. adj.) kfmbu aveugle riuld bleu (e) es blue t/i corps its body bouillir lie) boil (v.int.) kitAL livre ose) book bookcase kab6d bibliotheque pour be born tembdskin/ etre nd tembdkin bottle (n) kolwa bouteille ucher (wooden) box s6nddil boite boy tide garcon bread bdr4di/bdrOdi pain breast Ng4nji poitrine breast-feed yimbiskin/ nourrir au sein ylmbikin breathe Inpiin respirer breeze kesdem brise brick j416p brique bridge (n) g'ad's pont bring (something) kdskin apporter (vichose) briskly n4dirb vivement e dans large un dollar) broad f6r4k brother ydana frere brown (adj.) bintinis brun burn (v.tr.) warnin braler bus (n) m6ta autobus bush karda buisson but ammd mais buttocks gidi derriere (fesses) buy yiwilskin acheter 501 frere brun braler autobus buisson mais derrik.e (fesses) acheter c. 3 / / cabinet ( Icabd cabinet Chris . can (aux.v.) ralge pouvoir cigar ca.? (v) zawa se coiffer de cinen car meta voiture city carcass ifwa carcasses clear cadavre clini k4k4di carte card (n) clotl hang51 soin care (n) clod- caramel caramel clouc porter carry g6pin come manioc cassava g6risa come attraper catch (v) taskin commt d6u centre center comp: barca, tgimfri celebration celebration comp: cereals bilim cereales 'certain lad certain comp Tchad Chad fOrlami (sun chaise chair kdris, kdjei'd comp candi change, monnaie change (n) cold hal personnage, character color caractere cond: cheap bdtil bon marches cord( cheat bdskin/bdkin tromper consi chest Ng6njl poitrine kuui poulet chicken convl enfants children Nduri cook choose (tr.) karepin choisir diet 590 voc. 4 arist Christmas kfrfsmfris Nal igarc cigarette tawaa cigarette inema cinema fer de cinema sfnima i ty city bfrxd vine, cite lean propre se, clean (adj.) kadA4 baaa linic clinic liitarf clinique loth cloth b6kta tissus lothe clothes v'etements loud cloud (n) f66 nuage ome come /skin venir ome come here are viens ici ommu er communal labor sirwa travail communal omple complete (v) tembjan achever omple ation completely s6r, fill fit, f6k,completement es p6k, fit, cilld, bdlds omple completely dirizi completement surro (surround) lompou compound fatb compose, complexe old monnaie cold season binim saison froide nnage, olor color (n) couleur sere :ondit condition (n) alamar4m condition, etat archd :onfel conference samn6 conference, reunion er .onsti construct t6ndiskin/ construire ine t6ndikin :onve t conversation Jame conversation :ook is cook (liquid karjan cuire (liquides) [lets) it diets) I1. cook (v) (solid dejan cuire (solides) diets) cuisiner cooked beftine cult cool (v) hdmgiskin/ refroidir hdmgikin corn cake(flat) tdbiske galette de mays coronation, khan. couronnement crowning count (v) Isemjan compter counter kante. comptoir country 16rdi pays, campagne cover (v) z6ipin couvrir cow (n) fde vache cross (v) fdixin traverser cry (v) yfriskin/yirikin pleurer cube (of sugar) j41.4 morceau (de sucre) cubit zda coudde (mesure) currency note k4k4di billet de monnaie voc. 5 cuire (solides) cuisiner cult refroidir galette de mars couronnement compter comptoir pays, campagne couvrir vache traverser pleurer morceau (de sucre) coudde (mesure) billet de monnaie damage (v) bann4pin endommager dark silim sombre darkness kilmIski obscuritd to darn diatiskin raccommoder daughter fen!) fille day jour day yfim jour day-before- biskantb avant-hier gnerday mina wort December dji, disamba Ddcembre deep kuruu profond defecate (v) (bril) yerislin faire ses besoins delay (v) r4pin ajourner to delay (trans.) Arlin retarder deliver (baby) maskin/makin accoucher depart cljan partir destroy bannknin ddtruire die (human beings) mourir (gtres humains) to die (of animals)ndskin mourir (animaux) different gdeg6dd different (be) different (v) 6dejfin/gbdezina (gtre different) difficulty figinfrwil difficultd dig (v) lapin creuser diligent inda diligent dimensions bye dimensions 507 voc. 6 direct c6trb direct direct, directly s6krb direct, directement salet6 dirt kaddit disease k6sd maladie dish (n) tdsa plat, mets dislike (v) waxin ne pas aimer dismount d4monter dispensary ilitarf dispensaire disperse (v. tr.) zfrzirpin disperser district sidf arrondissement ditch (n) lambatd tranchde divide (v) yeTlin divi ser divorce dimxin divorcer do diskin/dfkin faire do (something) huAran faire (qqchose) doctor rifts docteur docteur, infirmier, etc. doctor data dog (n) kiri chien res dollar d61a dollar donkey k6r6 ane imaux) don't (s. pl.) wants, wbnt66 ne fais pas ne faites pas, non Brent) door (n) clinna porte drink (n) boisson drink (v) ydskin/ydkin boire to drop (tr.) kblnin laisser tomber faire tomber to drop into (tr.) kbl9fskin/ laisscr tomber dedans kbVikin dry season bee saison seche to dust cinxin epousseter dysentery kdyekbye dysenterie voc. 7 laisser tomber dedans saison seche epousseter dysenterie ear sim6 oreille east hdfinnhm (pref.) est (pref.) gidi (tabooed) (tabou) eat bilskin/bdkin; manger yaskin/yakin; giriskin/girikin edge cfi bord egg (n) NOwil oeuf eight wusku huit eighty fiIsku quatre vingt either...or ou...ou elbow fijirbmi coude empty deb vide England ingilh Angleterre (be) enough sitfin/sitinh (gtre) assez enter ghaskin entrer even (adj.) tildlh egal even (adj.) Mr mgme evening (1-7 ) khjfrf soir (13 -19h) ever before Ngalte Aye jamais...avant every samma, wbs6 chaque, tous everything hbfs6 tout exam jhrawh examen examine rdskin/rdkin examiner excrements bin excrements i voc. 8 expect timajan s'attendre a expensive zgi cher oeil (p1. yeux) eye (n) slim t finish facing each wdt61 face a face otIi2r fire (n) fall down yikiirdskin/ tomber fire pla yikiirdkin (at) fix family famille first-bc famous Sala celebre fameux fish (n) five far cling loin farm (n), field (n) ktilb fermelchamps fix (v) farmer barétlaa fermier flour farming bdr culture flower + fast (adv.) deirb/doirb vite fly (n) fat (adj.) gdrzam gras follow father Aba/baA/babA pere food fear (v) rlxin avoir peur foot, fl February fdbrAril, sdfur Fevrier for exax feet (12 inches) flit pied (12 pouces) force foreign, festival bAe?a festival, fte forty fever kangee fievre four few kacIA, gand. peu, quelque French (a) few lAA (un) peu fresh ( fifteen, fortnight wilr/ quinze, quinzaine stale) fifty fiu Anquante Friday file (n) dArtb lime friend finally dbryenzi ti finalement friend find (v) fbndiskin/andikin trouver frig fine (adj.) kilwd fin front ( finger (n) NilOnd6 doigt fry funeral voc. 9 finish tamb(pin finir fire (n) k6nnti feu fire place kOnnilr4m foyer (at) first (adv.) oda (au) debut first-born, first maaj/ premier-ne fish (n) bu,Pi Poisson five wuu cinq fix (v) y.lsaskin/yasakin reparer, arranger flour rdnge farine flower (n) fire fleer fly (n) c/i mouche follow gaskin/gekin suivre food bfri/masand nourriture foot, feet gii pied, pieds for example aldmanna par exemple force dtinO force foreigner kils6tO etranger forty fidai quarante four dei quatre French faransa franpis frais (opp. a pourri) fresh (opp. of krii stale) Friday zima Vendredi friend shwa /saws ami friend (of a woman)kbita ami (pour une femme) frigo frig firfiji front (n) fuu devant frire fry kayejan funerailles, enterrement funeral gitira gain (n) riwa gain gallon g4lbn gallon (4 litres) gas (petrol) petit essence (petrole) Germany Antis Allemagne get up ci,pin se lever getting up in the watf se lever le matin morning (n) girl fer6 fine give yiskin/yfkin donner give birth yambdskin/yambdkindonner naissance a glass finjdal verre go (v) lkpin aller go out laskia/lnkin sortir goat kag chevre gonorrhoea Njfiti blennorragie good (adj.) Ngf la bon good-bye (to say) alakilewaxin au revoir (dire) grass kajiim herbe Great Britain fngila Grande-Bretagne greedily kinarnakirarnarb avidement green kith vert greet (not V.I.P.$) lefaxin saluer (non pour les personnages importants) grind (v) Arlin broyer groan (v) zimpin Omir ground sidi sol voc. 10 el gruau gruel bflim st invit4, hate guest kas6tO nea-c mars de Guinee guinea-corn Ngawla nea-w ver de Guinee guinea-worm kgddi tar anifiarP guitar gaidm hair-powder tAptap poudre a cheveux honey half retA moitie demi hope hammer hammy marteau horse (n) horse race hand (n) mciskb/mdkb main 141N n,...r4ua n41 hncriri hot (fire, peppc hard cTbbu dur etc) harvest (v) kirfavan moisson hotel have affair with bbkran (in the faire affaire plural) avec hour house (n) haze bantilne brume he gi it how (in greeting head kilaa eate how much/many? head of corn, Ngilanji epis de mar's human being millet, etc. millet, etc. hundred health (good) kilea/kilewa sante (Donne) hunger hear fanlan entendre hunter heat katidb chaleur (it) hurts chauffer (v) husband heaven zanna paradis hyena heavy lourd height dati hauteur hello! laleb salut! help (v) bandjan aider here, take! ggb tiens, prends hiccup singenge hoquet high kuruu haut his, hers kadqz1 sien, sienne hold (v) rojan tenir honestly! (an cA116i ! honn'atement! exclamation) (exclamation) r;/117 voc. 11 _ honey kimean miel hope timajan (T. IV) esperer cheval (pl. chevaux) horse (n) ffir course de cnevaux horse race Or161) hospital liitarf hapital chaud (feu), fort (poivre) ,epper hot (fire, pepper, z44 etc) hotel hbteel hotel hour sda heure house (n) fat?) maison 'tings how (in greetings) gda comment (en saluant) ty? how much/many? ildad combien ? human being kaam (pl. dam) 'etre humain hundred 5456r, mea cent hunger kinda faim hunter barama chasseur (it) hurts Wijfin (fa)fait mal husband kwaa mars hyena billtil hyene i keep (v) I(ego) wd je (ego) identify dsdnin identifier kerosene inch inci pouce kill (other increase (v.tr.) yir96kin/yie6skin augmenter by sle "ghte inexpensive bdt4 maiAt4 kind (n) in-laws klsa allids kitchen insect kdfl insecte knee insert (v) yikkfskin/ insdrer knife (n) yikkf kin knit inside sdr6 dedans know intention jide intention koori (in N it gf il/elle kukawa January jdndfril, mArbm Janvier join (together) kflAn joindre journey billawilrb voyage July jilldi, r6j6p Juillet June jan, Wji made Juin gajf just (adv.) bed juste voc. 12 keep (v) gindiskin/ garder gindikin kerosene kananziir kerosene qu'en kill (other than yeziskin/yezikin/ tuer (autrement by slaughtering)(v)yedskin abattant) kind (n) jfil genre cuisine ki tcnen kOnnUr4m genou knee keirilmgdrilm knife (n) jana couteau knit ditiskin tricoter know savoir koori (in Niger) kbbri Kouri (au Niger) kukawa kliwah kukawa lamp atfla lampe large kdre large last-born, last gaji dernier-ne, dernier last year minde liannee derniere laughter kesiti rire law gariam ioi leak (n) sdai fuite learn apprendre leave (dep.rt)(v) clpin. quitter (partir) leave (let go) kOljan laisser (laisser partir) ledge kante etagere left (hand) wOfildfwbild gauche (main) lemon lemuun citron leprosy claim lepre letter (mail) w6tia lettre (courrier) lie down bOxiin se coucher light-complexioned bilkeldr teint clair like reaskin/radkin comme lime lemuun lime little kedd, gand petit liver kimatkin foie locust kaff sauterelle loin (n) k6gé lombe (rein) long kuruu long look at rdskin/rdkin regarder voc. 13 look for beraxin, mApin chercher perdre du poids lose weight telmvin, tg6mijina bas -ne, dernier low kaftiii 6.114xin abaisser derniere lower (v) ,..s-1-4 Ifl4Cdeeharpente lumber ZWL.Q10.4.4 lunch d4w6r1a dejetiner re (partir) (laisser (main) (courrier) her lair elle (rein) er main street d6nd61 grande rue meeting man kwditA homme merely manner, method maniere, methode melon many beaucoup middle March i&JN1 Mars midnight mark (with a kAriskin/kArikin marque (avec midwife knife) un couteau) mile market kAsa marche milk se marier (pour un marry (of a man) jaajlin millet homme) mine (pr marry (of a woman) mobskin/makin se marier (pour une femme) minute ( mash up k616sxln ecraser Monday money mat. bdji natte match (n) k61kbljfin/ month lealkblzina moon (n) match's Agdnd allumettes more or matchet Addd machette morning May mee, w6j1 mdla Mai morning Aw61 10 a.m.) maybe w6nee peut4tre morning measles timinim rougeole 1 p.m.) measure (v) kgarlin mesurer niosqui tc measurements b6ye mesures mother i meat dda viande mouth medicine kiirwan medicaments movies meet (one another) tAdlyen, kIldh se rencontrer voc. 14 meeting (n) sdmn6 rencontre merely bed simplement melon ethode melon fAsii middle ddil milieu midnight dirti minuit sage-femme rec midwife mdk6ma ) mile mfll mile milk edam lait (pour un millet ar'fim millet mine (pronoun) kaskee/kakee mien (pour minute (n) minti minute ) Monday litii'fin Lundi money kdrjfna argent month kintdi mois moon (n) kfmb61 lune s more or less of plus ou moins morning (5-6 a.m.) f4j6r matin (5-6h) morning (6 a.m.- sdwa matin (6-10h) 10 a.m.) morning (10 a.m.- kddsil matinee (10-13h) 1 p.m.) mosquito kantdna moustique mother (n) yda mere mouth cfi bouche cinema is movies sInfma trer rot nail (n) kdsh clou name (n), suu nom, not a single c naming ceremony cer4monie du nom not yet near (adv.) karfingi pres November neat kadai baaa net now neck (141.1 cou number (n) needle inla aiguille neighbor (n) klm4skf voisin never again, no Oder?) (plus plus jamais, more neg. verb) pas plus new blifin nouveau news habdar nouvelles night (7 p.m. - blind nuit (19-5h) 5 a.m.) nine llár neuf nine-pence (9d) n6i neuf pence ninety flint quatre vingt dix noise kaalla bruit none, nobody ilddmd...bda aucun, personne north yala nord north-east yald gidi nord-est north-west yald Rite nord-ouest nose kinza nez nose-bleeding kinzamil saignement de nez t no .19.4 non. voc. 15 not bah;glipi ne...pas (used only with nouns/nominals) not a single one f41ma...bda pas un seul not yet kiird du6o pas encore November Idea, nOwambh Novembre now kirma maintenant number (n) lambh nombre 526 October Waal, bkt6ba Octobre office 6fis bureau often iigfbils6rb souvent oil kinddi huile O.K. y6b,t6O d'accord on account of nankarb en tenant compte de one f61, til6 un one (numeral) f41 un (chiffre) onion lilw6s6r oignon only (adv.) b4s seulement open (v) firfmxan ouvrir opposite wdt61 en face de oppose a or 61;lah/rah ou (question) (in question) orange lemdiln orange ours khaNde- notre outside dea dehors other (adj.) Ode autre overweight (adj.) gdrzam au dessus du poids c da16 boeuf (vivant) Octobre bureau s ouvent huile d'accord en tenant compte de un un (chiffre) oignon seulemert ouvrir en face de oppose a ou (question) orange not re dehors autre au dessus du poids boeuf (vivant) 16 pace (n) Sangd pas picc( packet faket paquet pines pain in the stomach sdr6z6U douleur d'estomac plac( paper k4k4ca papier place pass by k6pin passer place think patch up (a hole) ldnstin rapiecer (un trou) plant patch up (a tear) atiskin raccommoder than (une dechirure) platt( pauper, poor man Ngddi pauvre, pauvre homme plena pawpaw gdnde papaye poise peace (in gree- salaam paix (dans les to pi tings) salutations) (it) pcanut patch kbljir4m parcelle post d'arachides peanuts kolji arachides, post] cacahuetes pota pencil pensiir crayon pours, penny (1d) k6wO penny poum people (n) dam gens poun pepper (n) kitta poivre to p peppermint mind menthe pour perhaps w6nee peut-ftre powd person kaam (pl. dam) personne preg petrol petUr petrole (essence) be p pick. up g6pin ramasser 5 voc 16 0._ tiece piece of paper w4ric bout de papier >ineap pineapple abarbd ananas >lace place (v) gin in placer, situer >lace place (n) nah endroit >lace place for keeping ginatir6m endroit pour garder :hings things les choses, resserre >lant plant (v) (other k6rg.i.n planter (autre chose :han s than seeds) que des graines) plate plate (n) tash assiette )lent) plenty NObil beaucoup poisol poison (n) suum poison to p to polish einlan faire briller (it) (it) is possible mbOnjfin/m66nzina (c') est possible post post office fat?) wayabe bureau de postes Poste postp postpone, put off dW5rxiin ajourner potat potatoes d5nk6sii pommes-de-terre pound pound (lb.) labh livre Pound pound (6) fahm livre (monnaie) pound pound (v) giwirxan piler to p to pour fiyin verser pour pour into fliskin/filkin verser dedans pawde powdery kilwd poussiereux. pregn pregnant stir& enceinte be pr e be prepared d4w4rtiskin/ etre pre't d4w4rtikin 5 3D preserve (v) gindiskin/gindikinconserver pretty gAwa joli price (n) taman prix printed cloth atampa tissus imprime problem Ngfnfwu probame produce inspector alkilmAan inspecteur des produits profit riwa profit pump (n) p6mp6m, f6mfbm pompe pumpkin s6d1 potiron puncture stial ponction pus kdri pus push into yikkiskin/yikkikin enfoncer quarter (15 min.) kwata quart (15 min.) quarter (of town) Ngtire quartier (une ville) question (n) kW) question quickly darb/doirb vite alwadtiwaan, ngdirO 5.31 V')C. 17 ikin conserver joli prix tissus imprim4 probThme inspecteur des produits profit m pompe potiron ponction pus kikinenfoncer quart (15 min.) quartier (une ville) question vite Adirb 17 radio (n) rdda radio resta rainy season ningal saison des pluies retur raise (v.tr.) yir9askin/yir9akinaugmenter, dlever retur rat (n) jilwa rat rice reach (v) nhaskin/nhakin atteindre right be ready d6w6rtiskin gtre prgt d6w6rtikin right really! age rdellement! ripe reason (n) dnfil raison risir morni rebellion tad rebellion river receive andiskin reccvoir andfkin road reckon Isampin compter, calculer roast recognize asdxin reconnoitre room recommend ardixin recommander room red (not communist) kimde rouge (pas communiste) rougi reduce fu lupin rdduire rope region naga region root relative (n) dair (pl. diirwd) parent rounc (it) remains Opciin/g4sina reste (il) repair yasAskin/yasakin rdparer rescue (v) maskin/makin secourir to reside diaskinikarcaskb resider (tense II) habi ter response jdail rdponse rest area W.C. toilettes rest (v) tusupin se reposer 53L voc. 18 :stau restaurant birir4m restaurant !turn pluies return (v.tr.) w4ltiskin/w4ltikin revenir !turn rentrer elever return (v.tr.) k414rpin Lce rice ginkdfd /g6nkdfd/g6nkawd riz Lght right (not hand) MIMl juste, droit (pas la main) Lght right hand kimbilr4m main droite Lpe ripe bafdna mur ising rising up in the wati lever le mating hrnin morning Lver r4.ver kim6ddil riviere Dad road dibl route oast alculer roast kayApin ratir DOM ( chambre (hutte circulaire) e room (circularhut) Njilm DOM ( piece (espace) -r room (space)(n) nda ough communiste) rough klsasa rude ope ( rope (n) jee corde Dot ( root (n) firtl racine ound round (adj.) k6rk6r9da rond 5 34 sack (n) buu sac sever.: salt (n) manda sel sew sand cesa sable she sanitary inspectordilwagki inspecteur sanitaire sheep Saturday sfbdi Samedi shehu saw (n) dart?) scie shehu' say (v) gukpIn dire shelf (weighing) scale 461:Irk balance shill: scatter (v. tr.) zfrzfrjan disperser shirt school (n) madranta/mAdranti ecole shom school teacher malim maArantaye maitre d'ecole shoes instituteur shop scorpion kil4nji scorpion short sea birim mer shout search for barajan chercher showe see rdskin/rdkin voir sibli seed (n) kilsdja graine (elde sell 16diskin/16dikin vendre sick sell to someone yikk116dfskin/ vendre sick quelqu'un yikk116dfkin sickn envoyer (qqchose) send (something) ziwajan side separately Odeg6derb separement simul September armal4m, septemba Septembre set out (on a trip) Aran organiser (un voyage) since seven to lur sept sisze seventy fitulur soixante dix sit d voc. 19 several Ngibil quelques sew ditiskin coudre she sgi elle mouton ur sanitaire sheep dimi shehu 'WI shehu shunu's palace geilri palais du shehu shelf kdb5d, kdnta etagere, rayon shilling (1/) stile shilling shirt gimdje chemise shoemaker stin6ma cordonnier chaussures l'ecole shoes sdn6 eur shop (n) k=Gnti boutique short kafa court - shout (v) ynTin tirer shower room kasalar4m salle de bains, de douches sibling (younger); kirdmi ; yad benjamin (plus jeune) ; (elder) ain4 sick (adj.) d6ndi malade sick (v) dOndijlin ftre malade un sickness k6sd maladie (qqchose) ;.4,-, ,,N s.,.... k., gla cote ent simultaneously k41k4lrb, kilda simultan4ment elL m'eme temps re til6are er (un voyage) since kad depuis sister yaana soeur I dix sit down n4m/In sassoir south sitting room rt4ptfrm salle de sejour south six araski/araki six sow ( six-pence glgi six pence space sixty ffraski soixante span size lamba tai lle speak sky s4m1 ciel sleep (n) kinfim sommeil spend spend sleep (v) 14nyin dormir . spina sleeping place bunar4m chambre a coacher split slender srs,xx r mince spoil small kadd, gaud petit sponE small-pox bard variole spoor smile (v) cli mdmdsyln sourire smoke (n) kang6e fume sproL to st smoke (v.tr.) Ufkan fumer star smoke (cigarette, yaskin/yakin fumer (cigarette, tabacco) tabac) stat( smooth sdlsil doux (raj: snake (n) kadf serpent stay hote" snatch waryin agripper stay soap gawnl savon stew soft, smooth tfl.ala mou,/ doux (be) some IAA quelque stir somehow AO de cette maniere stir son tada fils to s scon karfingimarb bientat to s south anfm sad 54A"- I voc. 20 outh- antra gidi sud-est e s4jour south-east sud-ouest ;outh- south-west anfm Rite ;ow ( natiskin/natikin semer ce sow (v) ;pace space (=room)(n) n4a espace ;pan span (n) kawaa empan parler ;peak speak manajlin journee spend spend the day dibdOxin passer la spend spend the night bonin passer la nuit spinal dnkiri m4ningite (cerebro-) spinale a coucher spinal meningitis inciser, ouvrir en long split split (v) repin spoil spoil bannaxin abimer sponge sponge (n) sOs6 4ponge cuillere - spoon spoon cold)]. sprout sprouts (n) kUnjb bourgeons (debout) to sta to stand daran se tenir star ( gf110; 4toile cigarette, star (n) state state (n) alamar6m etat (railr (railroad) station tagan gare stay t stay (e.g. in a zimjan r4sider hotel) er hotel) stay cadskin ; kindia rester (v); sejour(n) stay (v) ; (n) stew kAld ragout oux stew (n) (be) (be) sticky tdiapciinffidiapsina (ftre) collant still kwA4s6On toujours to maniere still (adv.) remuer stir stir to stc to stop by dafskin/daikin s'areeter to st to stop (trans.) dajan arre'ter stop-over (n) z6ngb arret store (n) siltn magasin story habdar histoire straight s6k droit stranger (n) kils6tO dtranger stream NgAda courant (d'eau) strength dung force string-up tend re style (n) jiii style sufficient 1(411(61 suffisant sufficient r6k assez (be) sufficient sItiin/sitina Mre) suffisant sul,ar (n) gdwiir sucre sugar cane ieke canne a sucre sun (n) kingdal soleil Sunday ldadi Dimanche be surprised ajamina etre surpris swallow (v) IndiskinAndikin avaler sweat (n) zungu sueur swcep ffrapin balayer sweet kijfi sucre syphilis (Inn syphilis syringe riula seringue voc. 21 arrt magasin histoire droit dtranger courant (d'eau) force tendre style suffisant assez (etre) suffisant Sucre canne a sucre soleil Dimanche e'tre surpris kin avaler sueur balayer sucre syphilis seringue 21 three table (n) tewiir table take away maskin/makin enlever three-pe; take away/along yAtiskinjyAtikin emmener Thursday (or person) tick take off (clothes) "rinjan retirer tie up talk (v) manajan parley time tea gAi the timepiec tea-cup kw46s tasse a the tin (she tear (n) sdai dechirure tobacco to tear kArlan dechirer tobacco ten -!u dix today tendon of the leg k6rd6rj tendon de la jambe toe (n) the ti,di le, la , les together then (conj.) daf/daji alors tomorrow there is/are Nbejf it y a tongue therefore Adi/Ati done tooth/te nankarO/Ati nanka tiro top these dpi ces town they skid/ ils, elles train (n thick tlwir epais trample thigh ddn6 cuisse tree thing(s) aw6, k4rb choses(s) trip (n) think timajan (T. IV) penser trouble thirst Ngidu soif truck (r thirty fnski trente truth thief b6rwil voleur tubercu] this Ati/Adi ce Tuesday thousari dibd mule 541 voc. 22 three yaski/yakf trois e-penc three-pence t6r6 trois pence sday Thursday lamfsi Jeudi tick karf tique up tie up kfrxin rassembler time s6kil temps (horaire) piece timepiece ag6g6 montre (shee tin (sheet of it) g6ng6x etain (feuille d') cco tobacco tawda tabac cco f tobacco flower frrt fleur de tabac y today kuu aujourd'hui (n) toe (n) Ng thnd6 orteil ther together r6kk6 ensemble Tr-ow tomorrow ban demain ,ue tongue ti14m langue 11/tee tooth/teeth t fmi dent (s) top kilda sommet town bfla ville (n) train (n) jfrgf s/d/be train trample upon gib4nIln pietiner tree kiska arbre (n) trip (n) voyage zble ( trouble (v) giwnxin ennuyer (n) :k truck (n) m6ta camion :h truth jire vdrit6 !rculo tuberculosis NOnjf tuberculose day Tuesday talai Mardi 5 4 2 N, tumbler finjdal verre turn (v.tr.) s4w4rjan tourner twenty findi vingt twins Mit jumeaux two findi deux type (n) _WO. type voc. 23 verre tourner vingt jumeaux deux type ?.3 uncle rdwa oncle underside, sidfa en-dessous underneath understand fansan comprendre unripe kirfi vert (pas mur) unpleasant cfbbu, kuttu ddplaisant desagrdable until 541 jusqu'a urinate cbllbjan uriner usually NgibilsorO d'habitude habituellernent vaccinate kariskin/karikin vacciner vehicule maard vehicule very zgirb, fdt (with tres very light- kimde teint tres complexioned clair vicinity b6t6ii/b6t6O alentours proximitd village biladea village visitor kils6tO visiteur vacation batdalla vacances 5 4 L.)-- voc. 24 oncle en-dessous comprendre vert (pas mur) deplaisant desagreable jusqu'a uriner d'habitude habitue 1 lenient In vacciner vehicule th tres teint tres clair alentours proximitd village visiteur vacances C.d.' 0.....) / 24 wait for gireyln attendre whea walk (v) fomytin, dada in marcher where? want (v) mApin vouloir where? want to radskin/radkin desirer whirlwind ward (or city) kgdrb quartier -.bite warm up gitkiiskin/ rechauffer white man gitkiikin who? warmth kAddb chaleur why? wash tdlyin laver washing (place for) tilliir6m nettoyage (endroit pour) wick water NjfI eau window water melon bbmbdsil pasteque wind (n) way dfb61 chemin wine (=an alcoholic we andf/andd nous wide wedding ceremony Ada cer6monie de marriage woman, wi wedding reception lbrdsa reception de marriage, notes wood Wednesday lArdwa Mercredi wooden bo weeds bddd mauvaises herbes work (n) week mat semaine work (v) weep yfriskin/yirtkin pleurer world weigh NOlipin poids worry (v. well (n) berm puits wound (n) we,,t filte ouest wrestling what ? ai? abi? Ndd? quoi? write what things? abise? quelles chos,s? wheat cake finkasi gateau de ole 54I voc. 25 when? saabf quand? where? fida ou. where? fiddrdanAddan whirlwind (n) mdtira toubillon (de vent) white buul blanc white man nasard homme blanc who? i1dd qui? why? abi nankarb? pourquoi? abirO? roit pour) wick lbbni meche window tdka fenftre wind (n) kardwa vent wine (=any Nbal vin (touter boissons alcoholic drink) alcoolis6es) wide f4r.4k large arriage woman, wife kdmd femme, dpouse .rriage9 wood klska bois wooden bowl bddr bol en bois es work (n) cida travail work (v) travailler world &oda monde worry (v.tr.) giwb],pin ennuyer wound (n) t dn6 blessure wrestling match Ng6d combat de lutte (catch) write limpin ecrire yam (not American) daya igname yard (3 ft.) ydadi yard (3 pieds) year sad armee, an yellow (color only) kirndl jaune yes ada, nadm (in oui, (en reponse response to a call)a un appel) yesterday biska hier you (sing.) Iii to you (pl.) nkidi vous yours (pl.) kadNde vatre yours (sing.) kadnim tien 54D voc. 26 ignamc yard (3 pieds) armee, an jaune oui, (en reponse call) a un appel) hier to vous vikre tien 553 yes hnilm dam people gens anim gidf A9A no! non! anfm Rite Aba father pere ankara abarbd pineapple ananas arhsk;/a a abi, af what? quoi? ardijan, (ardijfin, abf nankarb why? pourquoi? ardine, abfrb why? what for? pourquoi? ardin661 arditi) abfs6 everything tout are abfsb? what things? quelles choses? ar9Vrm add machete machette armal4m hdfinnam east est Askan Afrfka Africa Afrique (Astijin, ag6g6 time-piece montre Asa)* Asnn66, these ces asilta) ajamina be surprised etre surpris a;And (ajapsina ajapti) age: Aji December Decembre dti nanka. ankilewhpin to say goodbye dire au revoir (alakilewajfin, atampA ankilewane, Ati/ddi alakilewan66, alakilewati) AU alAmanna for example par exemple du... du alhmar6m state, condition (n) etat, condition aw6 Ambirfka America Amerique awbran (awbjfin, amend but mais awbne, awb dense answer (n) reponse awbti) andf/ande we nous ayawa 551 voc. 27 south sud anim gidf south-east sud-est anfm f6t6 south-west sud-ouest ankara Accra (Ghana) Accra (Ghana) six six ardisln, to recommend recommander ardind, ardin66, arditi) ar4 come here! viens ici! (une personne) (one person) arcilm millet millet armal4m September Septembre asti,pin to identify identifier, reconnoitre (Astijin, recognize asti6ne, asti6n66, as6th) a;and matches alumettes ag4! really! reellement! ati nankar6 therefore, donc, pour cette raison for this reason atampa printed cloth tissus imprime da/ddi this ce or OU either...or aw6 thing chose aw6,pin to do (something) faire (qqchose) (aw6jfin, awOne, aw6n661 awbtf) ayawa banana banane 5 1 ,1 4gasti August aoat -6f more or less, plus ou moins about 1v.:6ba October Octobre voc. 28 tout plus ou moins Octobre bd (or wA) interrogative particule interrogative bdwa badibabd YagWe pere bddijan (bdiji (there is) not (il n'y a) pas bda b5dine, baldna ripe, cooked mur, cuit b6din66 bditr) banin(bajlin to die (human beings) mourir (atres humains) bane, ban66, b6kta batf) b6rk bdmd Bama Bama to help (tr.) aider bandian b4s (bdndjin, bdndan6, b4ye bdndan66, bed bandti) bee bannklin to destroy, to spoil detruire, abimer, (bannajfin, damage endommager bia baanand binfm bannan66, bannati) bfska bantiind haze brume biskAnt bdr9a celebration, celebration, festival bfla festival baramA hunter chasseur biladea barayin search for, look for chercher (barajfin, bintinl barane, baran66, birg barati) bfrl farming culture bare birim fermier bardtfma farmer blrir4" tomorrow demain ban: bfri small-pox variole bard biriin bicycle bicyclette bdskiir bbymn batdalla vacation vacances (b6jfir. bbn66, 555 voc. 29 particule interrogative bdwh aunt tante phre bddIjinn to begin (tr.) commencer (bdijfin, (il n'y a) pas b6dind, mur, suit b6d1n66, bUitg) mourir (etres humains) b6kth cloth tissus b6rbm well (n) puits Barra b6rwil thief voleur aider b6s only (adv.) seulement b6ye measurements, mesures, dimensions dimensions bra merely, just (adv) simplement, juste dry season saison seche detruire, abimer, b6e endommager bfh beer biere bfnfm cold season saison froide biskh yesterday hier brume biskAntb day-before avant hier yesterday celebration, festival bilh town ville chasseur bilhdeh village village chercher bilim gruel, cereal gruau, cereales (pour (for breakfast) petit dejeuner) bintinis brown (adj) brun biryd city cite bfri food nourriture culture birim sea mer fermier birir4m restaurant restaurant demain bfri excrements excrements variole birfin new nouveau (nouvelle) bicyclette bbyln lie down, spend se coucher, passer la vacances (bbjfiri, 1)6116, the night (p 1. nuit, (faire affaire, bbn66, bilnh/bOti) have affair with; coucher) lie down) r- bk.bdsil water melon pasteque botn/b6t6O vicinity proximite, alentours bddd weeds mauvaises herbes bdyi fish (n) Poisson bdji mat matte bilkaldr light-complexioned teint clair journey, trip voyage batil hyena hyene bads very (withbdtil) tres chambre a coucher bilnar4m bedroom, sleeping place bdn6 night (7pm-5am) nuit (19h-5h) bdr4di/bdr6di bread pain bilrw6On (adv.) before avant bc:skin to eat, to cheat manger, tramper ziwin, bdiw661 bdtil cheap, inexpensive bon marche bdd ashes cendres bud sack (n) sac bal white blanc bddr wooden bowl bol en bois bdwil barren sterile voc. 30 astaque roximite, alentours auvaises herbes oisson atte teint clair oyage yene tras chambre a coucher nuit (19h-5h) pain avant manger, tramper bon marche cendres sac ) blanc bol en bois ) sterile 5 ..D ."._-7,_ cae at first d'abord cam milk lait cdndi change (n) changement (monnaie) cd le paddy paddy cese sand sable cibbu hardunpleasant difficile, d4sagr4able cfde work (n) travail to work travailler (cidejfin, cidku56, cidati) cixin to get up, to leave, se lever, quitter, partir (cijfin, depart cind, cin66, citi) clkage Chicago Chicago cillt (adv.) very, extremely tres, extremement (with gand) (avec ganA) cii mouth, edge bouche, bard cfl fly (n) mouche clinne door porte cflati far loin cinpin to dust, polish epousseter, polir (cinjin, cfinnd, clinc66 and) c6kOl spoon cuillere c011bran to urinate uriner 011bjfin, co lbnd, 031161166, c011btf) 55D voc,31 direct rd cdtrb direct (adv) alickdan product! inspector inspecteur des produits ement (monnaie) cite, desagreable it iller ever, quitter, partir --- ago extremement c gana) he, bord he sseter, polir fere er 5 6 9 daa meat viande dMrjlin (diArjfin, dabba animal- animal dW6rne, dad akin walk (v) marcher gw6rn661 (dadajfin, d6w6rti) dadhe, d6w6rtiskin dadan661 d6w6rtin, dadatt) d6w6rtind, din to stand, stop (tr), etre debout, s4aregter, d4w6rtin661 dajfin, delay retarder d6w6rta) cane, da dan661 datl) daf/dajf then (conj.) alors di pin ;dejin, to stop by s'arrgter dafskin deene, (dhzlin, deen661 daine, deti) dain66 datii) del dal6 ox boeuf (vivant) darb/darb dangd a pace un pas df41 dart?) saw, file scie, lime dfb61 dAtl height hauteur dfbi dau middle milieu dfml dWf seed-bed, mud-bed for plate-bande, lit de boue disAmbh sleeping pour dormir d6 la dollar dollar dfskin (sidfin, de, raison c11111 reason (n) de661 kind6) main street grande rue d6nd61 di pommes-de-terre Ank6i1 potatoes didskin d5ryenzi ti finally finalement (dial di6e, diaw661 d6d neck C OU andia) d6akIrf spinal meningitis mSningite (cerebro-) spina le voc. 32 14rAn ajourner, mettre de ex'Grxiin to postpone, 6w5rjfin, (4w6rjfin, put off cots warns, d61.76rne, w6rn66, d"A45rn66, w6rti) dwIrti) w6rtiskin d6w6rtiskin be ready, prepared etre prat, prSpare w6rtin, d6w6rtin, 4rtine, d6w6rtIne, w6rtin66, d4w6rt1n66 w6rta) ebout, s'areeter, er cl6wrta) a da outside (n) dehors dee empty vide An dexin to cook cuire, cuisiner ejin, (dejin, ens, ter deene, en66, deen66, tf) d6tf) dei four quatre Irb/darb vite, rapidement vivant) deirb/doirb quickly, fast .adv) 41 df61 bed (of wood, iron) lit (de bois/m4talique) 1)61 route, chemin lime dib61 road, way bi mauvais ur dibi bad (adj) mi diml sheep mouton samba -bande, lit de boue disdmbh December Decembre d ormir skin diskin to do faire idfin, de, r (sidfin, de, 66, kinds) de66, kind6) le/la/les rue di the dskin rester, rSsider I un -de-terre didskin stay, reside in a 161, di6e, place endroit ement (d161, di4e, 4fw66, digw66, ndia) andia) gite (cerebro-) spinale 01-,2 dlbdbAn to spend the day passer la journee (dibdbjfin, dibdOne, dibdOn66, dibdOti) dfbd thousand mille dflwu method m6thode dimpin to divorce divorcer dipcin, dilmn66, dipti) dzrfzf completely (surround) completement dirti midnight minuit d6kta doctor docteur d6ndi sick (physically) malade (physiquement) dOndlylin be sick 'etre malade (andijfin dOndine, dOndin6O, dOnditf) ddya yam (not American) igname (non americain ) dikrAh the world le monde ddn6 thigh cuisse ddne force, strength force ddilm leprosy lepre duff skin to sew, knit, darn, coudre, tricoter, patch up repriser, rapiecer dilt661 dab) dam syphilis syphilis dar relative (n) parent -ezti voc. 33 quickly rapidement journ4e avaddilwaan inspecteur sanitaire dimagbrf sanitary inspector le milieu de l'apres- dtiw5r the mid-afternoon: dinirld lunch dejeumidiner epri 1 April Avril ment ?hysiquement) ade non am4ricain. ) tricoter, rapiecer fdem pound (L) livre (L) fieski Met pack paquet fidei felyln to cross traverser ffzin (faljin, (fijin, fealle, fiine, fee1166, filn66, falth) fits) fennin hear, understand entendre, comprendre fiisku (fenjiin, flit fann66, filskin fenti) (fizlin, ffine, France, French France, franiais(e) ferinse flin66, feif melon melon fitee) fate wayabe poste office poste (bureau de postes) filler fatb house, compound maison, complexe (habitation) findi matin (entre 5 et 6h) f6j6r morning (5-6am) finjdel f61 one (numeral) un (chiffre) fireski f4lme...bde not a single one pas un seul fit (adv. fridiskin find, receive trouver, recevoir fitulur flu ande, fbnd66, filr fbndb) fil (adv. large f4r6k wide, broad filel lampe ftile lamp finkesi Fevrier febrdril February firdyin fee cow vache (firajin, firdend, fille ferb girl, daughter firden66, fat (adv.) very (withlama) trls firati) fefetb wing (n) aile firilji voc. 34 t fiaski thirty trente quarante fidei forty fipin to pour verser (Min, ffine, filn661 fith) quatre vingts comprendre filskit eighty pied (12 pouces (mesure)) flit feet (12 inches) fl skin pour into verser dans (fiziln, ffine, franjais(e) ffin66, fitha) ureau de postes) flak. ninety quatre vingt dix complexe (habitation) Midi twenty vingt verre qitre 5 et 6h) finjdal glass, tumbler soixante ffre) firaski s5.xty seul fit (adv.) completely (with compl4tement (avec kimee kimee, zeil) ze4) soixante dix recevoir fititliir seventy cinquante flit fifty ffIr horse cheval ffl (adv.) completely, to the compl4tement, jusqu'au brim bord fildi shallow straw tray panier peu profonden paille finkasi wheat cake gateau de ble ffrayln to sweep balayer (ffrajin, ffraand, firdan66, ffratf) firilji frig. frigo 5%-3G to open ouvrir (fIrimjin, firlimne, firiimn66, firimti) root (n) racine firti fleur, fleur de tabac fire flower, tobacco blossom completement (aver sillm) fit MgeWlim) fokifek campletement (avec bail) (XtIgigalT fomfbm pump (n) pompe fbmfbmmarl airport aeroport fouclin to walk marcher (16mjin, foOmne, famn66 fOmtb.) f 66 cloud (n) nuage fOrraml Fort Lamy, Chad Fort Lamy, Tchad lower, reduce abaisser, reduire (fUlUjlin, fUlUne, fUlUn661 fUlUti) ouest fUte west maniere, methode futu manner, method devant fuu front (n) voc. 35 ouvrir racine fleur, fleur de tabac completement (aved sillm) completement (avec bail) pompe a4roport marcher nuage Fort Lamy, Tchad abaisser, reduire ouest .. . manlere, methode devant gadskin to enter entrer glne,jan (gaAin, (ginAjin, gab, ginAane, ga66, ginAan66, gab) ginAtO gAda bridge (n) pont gindiskin (ginAziin, dernier ne(e), dernier gait last-born, last gindine or gindand, gaud small, little, few petit, peu ginAin66 or gindan6 gtnAtff or ginataa) gaskin to follow suivre (zi4in, ginAtfrbm g61, gild ggw66, zaa or kIngAa) gfreTan (gfrejln, autre e;de another, other gireene, g6deg6de different, various differentlautre gfreen66, gireta) gadg5derb separately separement girf skin etre different g6d6jfin/g6dezfna be different (zlirlin, gderb (plus neg. v.)=never (avec v. neg.)=plus jamais, gird, again, no more ne... plus gir66, gallon 016n gallon girb) (il) reste gpciin/g6psfna (it) remains gftkilskIn gk.isa cassava manioc (gftslin, gftkine, horse race course de chevaux .g6r1bp gftkin66, bidon (cap. environ 4 gal- gittaa) gerlwA tin container (ca. 4 gallons) lon - 16 litres) distance compriseet le giwfryln gfbcdi the distance from talon etIextrmilte de heel to the tip of thebig toe orteil (giwfrjin, gib4nAn to trample on pietiner glwarne, (g1b6tcin, giwfirn66, gibgne, giwfrtf/g1wIrta) gibgn66, gib6tth) goslin (g6jin, east (tabooed), est (tabou), derriere, fesses gidi buttocks g6bne, gimAje shirt chemise gan66 gbta) 5.; voc. 36 place, keep placer, garder etralian (gindjin, gindand, gindan66, gindt0 garder, conserver gIndiskin to keep, preserve (g1nAziin, ne(e), dernier gindlnd or gindane, peu gindin66 or gindan66 glnatif or ginataa) endroit pour garder les ginAtirk place for keeping things les choses (utilise avec les gijif not (with nouns& ne pas nominals only) noms et lesnominaux) gfrexan to wait for attendre (Orejin, girdene, ent'autre gireen66, gireta) ent giriskin bite, eat mordre, manger ifferept (zilrfin, v.neg.)=plus jamais, gir4, lus g1r66, giro) es te gitkiiskin to warm up rechauffer (gitslin gitkine, de chevaux gftkin66, (cap. environ 4 gal- gittaa) 16 litres) ance comprise entrele giwfrjiin to pound piler ion et extremite de orteil (giwirjin, er giwiirne, giwfirn66, giwfrti/glwirta) porter, ramasser g61pin carry, pick up (g6j1n, abou), derriere, fesses gane, gan661 gbta) 5 1-1 habdar gang6/3 sheet of tin feuille d'Stain haiya tirba gund'a pawpaw papaye gulrin to say dire hal (61jiln, hAmgiskin e116, (hamzlin, 61166, hamginel hanigin66, gdrzam fat, overweight gros, au dessus du poids llama) llama gUidm guitar guitare hdng61 hailsarf hbtal voc. 37 habder story, news histoire, nouvelles hafya tirba as a matter of fact de ce fait hal character personnage,caractere hamgiskin to cool (v. tr.) refroidir (hamzlin, hamglne, hAmgin66, hamth) hamma hammer marteau hang61 care (n) soin har even mgme, egal 1 haUsarf Hausari_ward le quartier Hausari (naiduguri) Onaidougouri hbtal hotel hotel inci inch pouce (mesure) indi two deux indiskin swallow (v) avaler (sIndiln, inde, \-- ind66, \ indb) fngin England, G. Britain/Angeterre, G. Bretagne in, uiin breathe respirer (injiin, inne, inn66, ik6 Lagos Lagos isamsan count, reckon compter, calculer (isapciin, isamne, isamna, isapti) iskin come, arrive arriver, venir (igin, are, ar66, kingee/kindee) jaal response, answer reponse jamus Germany Allemagne jana knife (n) couteau Tarawa exam examen j616p cube,brick cube, brique jee rope (n) corde jenairil January Janvier voc. 38 jilwa rat rat jire truth verit4 jirgi sidibe train (n) train jiii type, kind (n), type, genre, style style (n) JOS Jos Jos gilii July Juillet jan June Juin keraa ladle crowning, coronation couronnement kania noise bruit karnin (karjin, kedlime black-smith forgeron kaerne, kdem person, human being personnel e'tre humain kaarn66, /karts) kednim yours (s) ton kart kedide ours notre kerfingi kedidb yours (pl) votre kerfingimarb kedNza theirs leurs kerlijjfin/ke kaiNzi his, hers sien, sienne kerf skin kab6d cabinet, bookcase cabinet, bibliotheque, (sieriln, shelf etagere kar e, keda small, few petit, peu ker66 kedn dirt salete kerb) kein Mae neat, clean (adj) net, propre kari kadi snake (n) serpent kaamb Kaddne Kaduna Kadouna kerdwa kaff locust sauterelle kasaam kefn shot, low court, bas keseler4m ' karea bush buisson dechirer, choisir, karIln to tear (tr), cuire (liquide) (karjin, choose, cook kaarne, (liquid diets) kaarn66, kartf/karta) tique kerf tick kariingi near (adv) prs karfingimarb soon bientOt karillgin/karinzinato approach approcher vacciner, marquer au kariskin vaccinate, mark couteau (slariln, with knife kIre, kar66 kleo) ken pus pus caramel kasiimb caramel kardwh wind (n) vent brise kasaam breeze salle de douche kasalar4m shower room kaskee/klicee mine mien(ne) kasiti Laughter rire kasat market marche depuis kld (n)(adv.) day,.before, pour, avant, since kad twin babies jumeaux (jumelles) kaddb heat, warmth chaleur kdds4 late morning matinee (10-13h) 10am-lpm) klwah span (n) empan 5 76 kilda kilpen kayesan roast, fry frire, griller (kayejin, kildh tiloarb kly6bne, kil6nji kayeen661 kay6ti) kilefa/kildwa clothes vgtements k6k4di card, paper, curren- carte, papier, billet kfljan cy note, bill, book (kiljin, k616qpin return (v) rentrer kalle, (k616kcin, kii11661 k614bryle, kilta) k4165/3n66, k616kta or kilwd k616ktf) kimdan k614syln mash up ecraser kimdtkin (kOlggan, k614sine3 kim6ddil k616sin661 klm6sk( 1(61sta) kimbbl k61k61 sufficient, right suffisant, juste kfmbu k6lkbljfin/ to match coincider k511(61zina kimbilr6m k61k6lti arida k61k6lrb simultaneously simultanement kinamakinamarb kkIti a shop une boutique kinddi kore articles, things articles, choses kindia kbtek,6te (n) between entre kingdal November Novembre kid4 kinam kimee red, very light- rouge, teint tres clair complexioned kintdi kirismiris Christmas Noll kinza kitd4 book (n) livre kinzdmil kijil sweet sucr6 kirdmi kilah head,top tote, sommet 5 ?';" voc. 40 (we) meet (nous) rencontrons griller kflpen til6hrb simultaneously simultanement kil4nji scorpion scorpion kilefh/kilewh health (good) sante (bonne) kilmiskl darkness obscurite kilsan to join joindre (ensemble) (kiljin, (together) kfille, kii1166, kilth) fine, powdery fin(e), poussiereux kimdan honey miel kimdt kin liver foie kim4ddil river riviere kim6skr neighbor voisin kimbbl moon lune blind aveugle kimbilr6m right hand main droite kindh hunger (n) faim kinhmhkinhmarO greedily avidement kinddi oil huile kindih stay, age sejour, age kingdhl sun soleil kinam sleep (n) sommeil nt tres clair kIntdi month mois kinzh nose nez kinzdmil nose-bleeding saignement de nez kirdmi younger sibling benjamin kfri dog (n) chien k6lw kirimjan to harvest moissoner k619iskin (kblziln, (kIrlmjin, kfrfimne, kbrine, kfriimn66 1c619fn66 kirimta) kOltfi) kirmd now maintenant k6nnd kirnal yellow jaune kOnn4r6m kirjan bind, tie up attacher, rassembler (kfrjin, kObri kilrne, k6rd613 kiirn66, k6rk6r9dta kirta) greenz fresh, verte, frais k6r6 kirii unripe k;r6 kisasa rough rude kisa an in-law un allie k6sa k6s4i kiska tree, wood, lumber arbre, bois, bois de charpente friend (of a woman) ami(e) (d'une femme) kbita kae k6jan pass by passer (k6jin k6w6 k6One, kdjeid k66n66, k6tf) kdi3fna kd16 koljan to plant planter (k6kcin, kdnj6 karyle, kdra k6bry166, kOkta/k6ktf) kdris k61j1 peanuts arachides, cacahuetes kuri 1(61jir4m peanut patch parcelle d'arachides k6rd kbljan leave, let go, laisser, laisser partir, kiird dila) (1(61jiin drop (tr) faire tomber kuruu kblle, 1(61166, kOltf) kurwou 5?) voc. 41 kolwa bottle (n) boutei lle kb19iskin drop into (tr) laisser tomber (kblziin, kb19ind, kb19in66, keltif) k6nnd fire (n) feu kOnnUr4m kitchen, fire- cuisinelfoyer place ssembler kbbri Koori (in Niger) Kouri (au Niger) tendon de la jambe k6rd613 tendon of the leg k6rk6r9ith round (adj) rond k6r6 donkey gne kOrb question (n) question k6sd disease, sick- maladie ness ggteau de feves (haricots) bois de charpente k6s41 bean cake femme) koge loin lombe (rein) k6wb one penny (1d) un penny kdjeid chair chaise kdi3ina money argent kulo farm, field ferme, champ kdnjb sprouts (n) bourgeons kdra big, large ;rand, large. kdris chair (n) chaise cacahuetes kuri insect insecte arachides kUrd and et isser partir, kiird du6b not yet pas encore ber kuruu long, deep, high long, profond, haut lourd kiirw6it heavy kiirwan medicine medicaments kdsa nail (n) clou kils6tO foreigner, visitor, etranger, visiteur, invite, Late guest alien kdskin bring (something) apporter (qqchose) (sddtin, Vide, kildb) kilsdx1 seed (n) graine kui:f skin stir remuer kiltb) kuttu unpleasant deplaisant (weatherwise, characterwise) Ica today aujourehni kuui chicken poulet kdwaa Kukawa Kukawa kdyekitye dysentery dysenterie kilyengé a type of aluminum un genre de mesure (aluminum) measure kwaa husband mari kwaas6bn still (adv) toujours kwaha man homme kwata quarter (15 minutes) quart (15 minutes) kw66s tea-cup tasse a the voc. 42 medicaments c lou etranger, visiteur, invite, h8te apporter (qqchose) graine remuer deplaisant aujourd4hni poulet Kukawa dysenterie un genre de mesure(aluminum) mari toujours homme es) quart (15 minutes) tasse a the 5 lAa or? ou? lemain láá some, certain,afew quelque, certain 14roin Dimanche laadi Sunday (16tcin, lAba pound (lb.) livre 1eenn4, 16enn66, creuser lAjlin to dig letti) (14-1-In 16an6, liitarf lAan66, lAtI) liar hello! salut! la1,56' limjan lAmba size, number (n) taille, nombre (lipcin, liimne laml)atd (drainage/irriga- tranchee (drainage/ lil66mn, tion) ditch irrigation) lipti/lipta) lamisi Thursday Jeudi liti'ifin a ward in Maiduguri unquartier dans lamisUlA lbOnf Maiduguri lbrdsa lArAwa Wednesday Mercredi . Avril 16bf lAhir April ldkkb 11)1 16w61 March Mars lduln (ldnjin 1.diskin . to sell vendre / (sil6dfin, 111unn6, thde, lainn66, 1Z;d66, hinti/liinta) 16dO) ldilskin lefajan to greet saluer (sIldin/ (lefajfin, (not V.I.P!s) (non pour les 1156, lefane, personnages 11166, lefan66, importants) liab) lefati) 1476s6r 16rdi country pays, campagne 14dnii color (n) couleur Lenin go (v) aller aejfin, len6, voc.43 ieman lemon, lime, citron, lime, orange orange certain lenxin sleep, (v) dormir he (letcin, leenne, leenn66, letti) liitarf clinic, dispen- clinique, dispensaire sary, hospital h8pital liar nine neuf limp in write, string up ecrire, etendre nombre .(lipcin, liimne, .6e (drainage/ lilinn66 tion) lipti/lipta) litiHin Monday Lundi rtier dans lbeInf wick meche uri lOrdsa wedding reception reception de mariage, di noces ltikkb and (used in coun et(utilise en comptant) ldivin patch up (hole) rapiecer (ldnjin, lain* lainn66, ldnti/lUnta) laskin go out sortir (sildin, our les lde, nages 1d66, tants) la) lim4s6r onion oignon campagne ur m6oskin/ maaci March Mars maajf first-born, first premier-ne, premier m6ta maara vehicle vehicule miaranta/ school (n) ecole mdk6ma maArantf (cli) desirer, rechercher Mat! LL want, look for (mdmdgii (majin,- mdmdilsn6 mian6, mdmasn6 maan66, mdmdsti) matf) mdskb/md mat week semaine mdtira malim learned person personna instruite (usually in (habituellement en Koranic matters) rapport avec le Coran) mallm mAarantaye school teacher maitre d'ecole manajan to talk, speak parler (manajfin, manane, manan66, manati) manda salt (n) sel markl January Janvier mea hundred cent mee May Mai med ten dix mfil mile mile mind minute, peppermint minute, menthe mfnde last year l'annee derniere mbOnjfin/ (it) is possible (cl) est possible mObnzinA maskin to rescue, secourir (sm6in to take away retirer m66, mA6 voc. 44 m66skin/mAkin marry (ofwoman)) epouser (pour une femme)) deliver 'baby) accoucher r-ne, premier m6ta car, bus, truck voiture, autobus, 1 camion mdk6ma midwife sage-femme mu lcil) mdmdsjlin to smile sourire Si rechercher (mdmdggin, 116 mdmasne, no mdmasn66 i) mdmdstf) mu mdskb/mdkb hand(n) main e tourbillon(de vent) mdtira whirlwind (n) one instruite -uellement en t avec leCoran) d'ecole er menthe ee derniere est possible ri r cer 5 t4 nae place, space, place, espace, nuna piece, chambre room ndskin neam yes! (answer to a Oui! (a un appel) (ndin, call) ndd, ndfw to reach atteindre naaskin ni16) (nazfin, (place) (un endroit) nafne, nafn66, netf) nenkarb on account of en tenant compte de nasard a white man un homme blanc nage region, area region, territoire natiskin to sow semer (sinatfin, ,pajan nate, Crlajiin net66, /lend, natO) n6bdirb briskly, quickly -vivement, 4.apidement, vite Ayln (jlejfin, nine-pence (9d) neuf pence ng xiene, n6mIan sit down s'assoir An66, (n6pcin, Atf) ngmne, n5kn66 Id n6pti) ylda nand/ you (pl.) vous slime n6ptfr5m sitting-room salle de sejour Alajan (plejfin, rainy season saison des pluies n4pin to know savoir Xlan66, (nbjfin, none, nOn66, nbtf) nOwambe November Novembre voc. 45 dead mort espace, nuns mourir chambre ndskin to die (animals) (animaux) un appel) (ndin, ndd, ndtw66, re ni1O) roit) ant compte de e blanc territoire diligent, intention diligent, intention xAa organiser (unvoyage) Alan to set out(on a (jiajtin, trip) xane, rapid ement, broyer Arlin to grind enc e And, it An66, Atf) you (s) to Td cer4monie de mariage Ada wedding ceremony conversation jam4 conversation (pour un homme) marry (of aman) se marier de sejour a des pluies Ilan66, Xlati) bre Ng4nji Nbal drink, wine boisson, vin Ngfbu héjf there is/are ilya Ida where? how (in oil? comment (en kgibils6rb ['greetings) , saluant) where? ou? Naraan/kdaan hfla Ndau how murhjm?nv combien Ngrlanji tidele/ a type of mets Kanouri Kanuri dish hilOnd6 be sticky etre collant Ndapciin/ ITamiri Iidlapsine kdd who? what? qui? quoi? none, nobody rien, personne kgiwil I/10 Nduri children enfants 46.1 4,ida stream (n) courant Ngudi Ngalb beans feves, haricots igalte (yaye) ever before jamais avant Ngddb guinea-corn malts de Guinee hawia Ngddu hiwb back (n) derriere kgdrb Ng 71,iin measure, mesurer, Neirimigdrilm (Ng6ljin, weigh peser hg 114, Njil N.,. te,n_166, NJ11M NOlti) kltir6m a weighingscale une balance Njitta Njiiti kgkelin to lose weight perdre du poids Shlmjiin - - maigrir Njirbmi Ngkati) kOnji tuberculosis tuberculose 6fis voc. 46 Neinji chest, breast poitrine Ngfbu many, plenty, bea,:zoup, several plusieurs often, usually souvent, habituellement good (adj.) bon, bien heads of corn, dpis de maYs, millet, etc. millet, etc. kgilOnd6 finger, toe doigt, orteil Nggmfri celebration celebration Nginfwil problem, probleme, difficulty difficulte egg (n) oeuf Rego here, take' tiens7prends! Ng6d wrestling match combat de-lutte (catch) Ngudi (poor man) (pauvre homme) guinea-worm ver de guinee Nglidb bird oiseau Ngudi thirst soif Nguro wardquarter quartier (d'une ville) of a town) Neirilugdrilm knee genou Njfi water eau ajiim room (circular piece, chambre (hutte hut) circulaire) Njitta pepper (n) poivre Njfiti gonorrhoea blennorragie Njiromi elbow (n) coude 6fls office bureau 5 pada ensemble reci- ensemblerecita- tation from the tion du Coran (riji Koran) riin pensZir pencil crayon riin6 riti) netur petrol/gas petrole /essence riwa p6k (adv.) completely completement (with bal) (avec bail) r6kko pompe p6mpbm pump (n) r6olin (r6ji r6bn r6bn6 rata) r6b raa or? ou? raaskin like, want to aimer, rung (sirann, desirer ruski ra6, (sure ra66, rdd, rab) rdiw rawa uncle oncle roj5p July Juillet r6k sufficient suffisant, assez rdige (r6ks1) be able, can (v) etre capable de, pouvoir reclib radio (n) radio riin: rexiin split (v) inciser ant' (rejin reene, risk ran66, (sfr- reta or rdti) i'e ktr6 cantle a sucre 'ieke sugar cane Yi i1 reta half moitie, demi riu 1 Rwa voc. 4.L1 fear (v), avoir peur recita- ji be afraid redouter Coran (rijin, riin4, n6 riin66, /essence riti) profit, gain profit, gain ement riwa r6kk6 together cn.lemblc retarder) r6jan hold, ji (r6jin, delay tenir nc r6bne, n6 r6bn66, rota} vivant r6b alive rdngb flour farine vcir, regarder, rdskin to see, look at, (sdrin, examine examiner rdd, rdiw66, Viral) docteur, personnel iiith doctor, most of the other hospital d'hapital, infirmieres, etc. ant, asset employees, nurses,etc. apable de, take off (clothes) enlever, retirer qnslin In (rinjin, in riinne, in: nt anta) apprendre riskin to learn (shin, r66 4 kir6) asucre aiguille, seringue riula needle, syringe demi blue bleu riwa carcass carcasse, cadavre sad year, age armee, an, age Sidi sea t".me, Lour temps, heure sidi ( sidibe saabi when? quand? sinima sdfUr February Fevrier sibdi salaam peace (in greetings) paix(en saluant) sauna all, every tout, tous, chaque sidia sdmn6 meeting, conference reunion, conference silim sdwa/s6wa friend ami sfmb stkil pumpkin potiron sing& sel (conj.) until jusqu'a sIl.ndi s6k straight droit sirind sgkrO direct, directly direct, directement sirinde s;:rwa ciel, s'4mi sky sndi they !ls/elles siti snddil wooden box botte en bois ::::na sGer (with bMin) completely completement sOs6 si,T13., to arrange arranger (E60-iljfin, sr6ine, =II sarUn6§ sillbrin sk.61.ti) sillOrd) mince s6rs4r slender sdlsil s6wAn August Aout sdn6 s6w6rxin to turn (v.tr.) tourner sdn6ma (s6w6rjin, s6wgrne, s61446rr66, sur6a s6w4rti) . sdrjeail September Septembre septembh sutoo , voc. 48 district, quartier sidi district sidi (jirgi ground sol sidibe) cinema sinima movies, cinema . sibdi Saturday Samedi en-dessous sidle underside, underneath sllim black, dark noir, sombre oreille simb ear singenge hiccup hoquet Arladlin/ to ache faire mal sirindina -- sirIndb sirwa communal labor travail communai sitlin/ be enough 'etre assez, siting sufficient suffisant sOkil time temps (horaire) sbs6 sponge (n) eponge sdle shilling (1/) shilling to boil (v.tr.) bouillir sdlsil smooth doux sdn6 shoes chaussures sdn6ma shoemaker cordonnier sdr6 inside, belly dedans, ventre sdr6a pregnant enceinte stomach douleur d'estomac stir6z6i1 pain in the silta store (n) magasin ceremonie du nom, suu naming ceremony, name (n) nom suua famous fameux, celebre swum poison (n) poison leak, puncture, fuite, ponction, tear (n) dechirure sdwa morning matin thA gal tea v. loi sardam law joli, beau 'gAwa pretty, beautiful gawal soap savon riz g=;nkaf.V rice gkkawilnink4fg ga Shehu Shehu Shehu's palace palais Shehu euri October Octobre gi he, she, it- il, elle pied(s) gii foot, feet oei l gflm eye (n) etoile gille4 star (n) six pence gigi six pence ate gitf side fundrailles gitill funeral voc. 49 nom, §i.N41pin to worry, trouble ennuyer re .g1w6114, giw61166 §Imblth) on, suwur sugar (n) sucre tábiska flat corn cake galette de man tWc tada boy, son garpn, fils tibl tadiyen meet (pl.) se rencontrer (pl.) tii (tadiin, tildla tad66, tam táka window ferietre ti14m taldi Tuesday Mardi til6 taman price prix timajan tambdskin to be born etre ne (timajiin, (tamblin, timane, tambe, timan66, tamb66, timati) tambb) time camivan to finish (trans.) finirl timinim (tambjiin, to complete achever tambne, tirit (adv.) tambn66, tambtii) tiwir tdptap hair-powder poudre a cheveux t6O tasa plate, dish assiette, plat t6r6 td'§'an (railroad)station gare tdlxin (tdljin, taskin to catch attraper (sit6i, tdblle, tg, tdi11166, tgw66, tdlti) ta) tawaa cigarette, tabacco cigarette, tabac to cur t6ndiskin to construct construire tdn6 (siOndin/ t6nde, tad tAnd66, tilsioin (tit: tndO) (tilsne, tewbr table (n) table tilsn66, 1-7 voc. 50 the le, la,les, de mars baby bebe fils tibl body corps ntrer (pl.) tii tf 161a soft, smooth, evenmou, doux,egal tWm tongue langue til6 one un timaTin to hope, think, esperer, penser, 1 a (timajfin, expect s attendre timane, tIman66, timati) timi tooth/teeth dent (s) timinim measles rougeole v. tirit (adv.) completely completeMent (with k4ifi) (avec kir/i) tiwir thick epais a cheveux tob O.K. all right d'accord plat t6r6 three-pence trois pence to wash laver (tdljin, t611166, td1t0 place for washing endroit pour laver les things choses te, tabac tujur seven Sept wire tdn6 wound (n) blessure tad rebellion rebellion (tiinfin to rest se reposer (tilsne, tilsn66, rest area W.0 toilettes Lfayan to smoke (v.tr.) fumer w6ltiskin Ofdjin (w6ltin, Lfdane, w6ltine, Lfdan66, w6ltin66, w6lti) wkit6 w6nt66 w6esk wd an interrogative particule interrogative wtia particle tab waa (a n..gative par- (particule ndgative) ticle) there is it n'y a pas not wbfild/w611 (il)arrive wahjiintwaazina (it) happens w6j1 'nada d - -waatf w6j1 mdda g wApin dislike (v.) ne pas aimer (wdjln, w6lTin waane, (wóljin wdan66, w6b116, wata, wati) w,%1166, wolti) wallg honestly (an honn'eteMent exclamation) (exclamation) w6née wdrjan burn (v.tr.) braler wbst5 (wdrjin, wdame, Wam66, wuu wartb) wusku snatch agripper warjan, wuri_ (warjin, war* wIlt61. warn66, wartl) ward bilharziasis bilharziose watl getting up in the se lever lematin/lever morning/rising wg! oh.(exci.) oh! (exclamation) voc. 51 w6ltiskin return (v.tr.) rentrer (weltin, w6ltine, w6ltin66, w6ltf) w6nt6 don't (sing.) ne fais pas wkit66 don't (pl.) ne faites pas w6r6k piece of paper bout de papier interrogative wtfa letter (mail) lettre (courrier) employee spe- Nab particle especially particule negative) at the end of empha cialement a la fin des pas tic sentences phrases emphatiques wbfild/w011a left (hand) (main) gauche a w6ji 'Dada ambl May Mai w6j1 mada gajf June Juin er w6111In to become devenir (w6ljin, (something) (quelque chose) wane, w6b1166, w6lti) t on) w6n4e perhaps, maybe peut4tre wbs6 every tous, tout wu I (ego) Je (ego) wa five cinq wusku eight huit wilrf fifteen, fortnight quinze, quinzaine a l'oppose wdt61. opposite, facing en face, each.other e matin/lever -mation) yda mother (n) mere YaY4 yad elder sibling aine yard (3 pieds) yerffin ydadi yard (3 ft.) (yekciin, ydana brother, sister frere, soeur yerpe, Ala north nord yeqn66 yektf) yaid Rite north-west nord-ouest (brit) yerfpin yald gidf north-east nord-est (yerijin yeriine, yalld family famine yerfin66, yambliskin give birth dormer naissance a yerta) (samb/in, y4rwa yambe, yamb66, yeziskin or yambb) yeéskin (cejfin, yasardskin believe croire (ssk-41, yet 66, yas6r41, yez(5) yasr4fw66, .yasara) yfim yasdskin repair, fix reparer, arranger yikkirGdfskin (sasa, (sikkIldfin, yasaf, yikki16de, yasAlw66, yikkil6d66, yasa) 16dn) yaski/yaki three trois yikkiskin manger, boire, (sikkiin, yaskin eat, drink (v), yik6, (ski, smoke fumer y1k66, 5r6f, yikO) y4fw66, kinzda) yikiirdskin yAtiskin take away/along emmener (satin, (person) yikiir66 ydte, yikiirb) ydt6o, yeti)) voc. 52 somehow de cette maniere YaYe also aussi -54 diviser yergIn to divide (yekciin, yeire, yerp66, yektf) (bin) yerfAin to defecate faire ses besoins (Orijin, ydrfine, ydrfin66Y yerta) Maiduguri yerwa Maiduguri quien yezfskin or to kill (other tuer (autrement abattant) yeeskin than by slaughter- (cejfln, ing) Yejd, yez66, yezb) yfim day jour yikkildfskin sell to someone vendre a quelqu'un (sikk116dfin, yikkil6d4, yikki16d66, 16dOO) inserer, enfoncer yikkfskin insert, push into (sikkfin, yike, yik66, yikb) tomber yikiirdskin fall down (silkiirfin, yikiire, yildir66Y yikiirb) yaTin shout (v) tirer (yfljin, yfill4, yfill66, zAkka yflti) yimbiskin to breast-feed nourrir au sein zanna (simblin, zawd yimbe, yimb66, z6gzil yimb6) z6rpin yir96skin to raise, increase augmenter, never (z6kciln, (s1r961, zGT16, yir96f, z617166, yir9411466/ zlicti) yirriaa) z66 yfriskin weep, cry pleurer z6iljfin.. (cfrin, zit yfr6, yfr66, yirb) zima yfskin give donner zimjan (cfin, (zipclin Ye, zimn6, y6 5, zimn66, yb or lanj6) zipti) yfwilskin to buy acheter Amjan (cEwin, (zimjfin yi-ee, zimn6, gfw66, zimn66, jiwb) zimti) y6b 0.1(.9all right d' accord zirzirja yar hundred cent (zirzirj zirzarn zirzarn zirzirta voc. 53 distance from elbow distance entre lecoude to tip of middle et l'extremite du finger (cubit) medius (coudee) zakka a type of (cala- un type de calebasse bash) measure mesure zanna heaven paradis zawd cap (n) casquette z4gz6a active actif zkoin to cover couvrir (z6kciin, zky166, zkti) hot, difficult, chaud, difficile, expensive cher zUlti (it) hurts (ia) fait mal , zGuro very tres zima Friday Vendredi zimTan stay (temporarily, resider (dans un h3tel) (zipciin, e.g. in a hotel), descendre, demonter zimn6, to alight, dismount zimn66, zipti) Alien to groan gemir zimne, zimn66, zimti) zirzirjan to disperse, dispercer, (zirzirjin, scatter (v.tr.) eparpiller zfrzfirne, zIrzfirn6d, zirzirta) ziwkran to send (things) envoyer (choses) (ziwajiin, ziwane, ziwan66, ziwati) zb6 basket panier z6ngb a stop-over areet, etape zdnel sweat (n) s, eur voc. 54 envoyer (choses) panier areet, etape sueur